<rss version='2.0'><channel><title>eCheat.com RSS Feed</title><link>https://www.echeat.com/</link><description></description>
  <item>
    <title>Badminton</title>
    <description>Badminton Notes

History on Badminton
The roots of badminton can be traced to ancient Greece and Egypt where a badminton-like game called battledore and shuttlecock was played. Two players would hit a feathered shuttlecock back and forth using small rackets.
During the 18th Century, the game was named “Poona” and played in India.
In the 1860s, it became popular among British Army officers who were stationed in India. They brought it back to England and the game’s popularity skyrocketed in 1873  after it was played in a party thrown by the Duke of Beaufort at his estate called “Badminton” located in Gloucestershire. 
In 1972, badminton appeared in the Olympic Games as a demonstrative sport and as an exhibition sport </description>
    <pubDate>2022-06-20T10:44:17.15-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Badminton-45572.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Bullying</title>
    <description>                                                                 Bullying
                                                 The ChildHood Stopper


                                                                 Bullying
                                                 The ChildHood Stopper


      A message sent to you and a victim, and let's all be honest, we have been victims before, whether it's a victim of bullying, racism, or an act of injustice and unfairness. What you need to know is that it can hurt people and it can even hurt you. What is bullying? It is an unwanted behavior from one person to another, designed to hurt, harm, or cause a chance of lifelong sadness to them and their loved ones.


Bullying Effect on People 

   Bullying is something no one wants to experience, even a bully doesn't want to experience it, it can affect a person's mental health or physical health in many ways, for instance, a person can start having low self-esteem or insecurities, a person may feel left out and start overthinking more, it can also lead the person to have a negative aspect or perspective of life, 19 percent of bullied students say that being bullied has harmed how </description>
    <pubDate>2022-04-19T01:04:57.18-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Bullying-45565.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>United States Army Rank Structure</title>
    <description>United States Army Rank Structure, 1814

Unified Rank Structure:

Enlisted Grade:

Volunteer - A newly conscripted man into the United States Army from state and territorial militias. 
Private - A trained, and fully operational soldier within the United States Army. 
Corporal - A Junior Non-Commissioned Officer, this rank is used to denote soldiers with leadership capabilities and to give them basic leadership roles such as commanding a squad or detachment of men for basic operations. 
Sergeant - A non-commissioned officer tasked with the duties of commanding troops of men in battle under the direction of superior officers. During the period, a Sergeant had many possible duties and positional appointments, all while being under the same general grade. 

	Sergeant Appointments: As previously noted, Sergeants during the period were not denoted as much by separate ranks, but by appointments which were virtually superior grades of Sergeants. These appointments served as the predecessors of the current rank structures we know today. Some of these include, but are not limited to:

	Company First Sergeant
	Quartermaster Sergeant
	Regimental Sergeant Major, as well as:

Company, Battalion, and Regimental Flag Bearers
	Platoon Sergeants
	Line Sergeants
Clerks
Mess Cooks, and a myriad of other things:
	
These aforementioned ranks serve as the hubris for regimental and company staff positions. As such, they all still fall under a single rank with differing positions and responsibilities. As confusing as it may be, this is the historical and proper structure of the Non-Commissioned Officer Corps during the period. Their duties are wide, and their power is great. Take care to listen to your Sergeants Major, and your staff who hold greater power, for they control the vast swaths of men beneath them and fill the duties with whom they are intrusted. 

Commissioned Officers:

Ensign - The entry level officer rank, most commonly given to newly appointed officers from West Point and various other military college institutions. 
Subaltern - A seasoned company grade officer, the predecessor to the rank and grade of “Second Lieutenant”. This rank is also attributed to being called Coronet in the cavalry corps. Can command platoons. 
Lieutenant - Company line officer who serves generally as the Executive Officer of a Company Commander. Can command platoons. 
Captain - A Company Commander within the United States. 
Major - A Battalion Commander, but mostly served as an Executive Officer within a Regiment. 
Lieutenant Colonel - Another Battalion Commander, most commonly seen as actually commanding such units. 
Colonel - A Regimental Commander. 
Brigadier General - A </description>
    <pubDate>2022-01-19T12:24:29.457-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/United-States-Army-Rank-Structure-45539.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Events of Dec 2020</title>
    <description>Event One
In the past few years, the black bear has been a symbol of the state of New Jersey when it comes to wildlife hunting. However, black bears are going extinct because they are being hunted way more than there are in this state. This is creating a huge controversy of whether or not hunting black bears are actually ethical. But the story goes in more depth than what is being said. Because this bear is still a symbol, there was a program, which was facilitated by Kate Reilly, the Duke Farms’ Manager of Education, to discuss this matter through a webinar on zoom. This was held on November 7th, 2020. I was not able to attend, but from what I read, both sides brought up good points why bear hunting should be legal or not. But after reading those sides, I believe that hunting an innocent animal is not right, especially knowing how important it is to the ecosystem. 

 Event Two
With the Democrats winning the election, it was a win for wilderness. There will now be an opportunity that land and water will be protected and climate change will be addressed. Joe Biden and Kamala Harris have promised to take better care of the environment than the previous administration. They have promised nine things. They were to reverse a last-minute oil auction in the Arctic Refuge, get back to fighting climate change, focus on equity to pursue environmental justice and overall conservation goals, protect 30 percent of U.S. lands and water, stop the destructive border wall, restore environmental and public health safeguards, rededicate federal agencies to environmental protection and justice, restore protections to Bears Ears and Grand Staircase-Escalante, and strengthen “the bill of rights for the environment”. This will do a major change for the environment, in a good way of course.

 Event Three
The Trump administration has invited oil industries to violate the Artic Refuge. This is a bad sign for people, climate, and even the wildlife because of the heavy negative impact. This is considered a sacred land for the idigenous people living there. This contradicts the Indigenous’ human rights and the environmental organizations beliefs with the Trump administration’s ideas. The articles do not explain what will happen next but it does mention how big bank companies will not fund any new oil and gas development in the Arctic Refuge, which is the first big step to </description>
    <pubDate>2021-12-12T13:42:08.83-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Events-of-Dec-2020-45531.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Legalizing drugs</title>
    <description>Legalization of Marijuana in California 

Article 1 – 
Year 2016 – outdated.
Legalization of Marijuana in California puts laws in direct conflict with Federal Government.
U.S. Government accepts taxes from Marijuana Companies.
Market for recreational and medical marijuana was projected to grow 22 billion in four years from 7 billion this year in California.
There are 25 states that already allow medical marijuana.
If passed  - reduction in drug arrests and increase in tax collection.
Legalization means marketing the drug and creating jobs.
Pursuant to the article 57 percent believe it should be legal.
Cons – need for impairment laws.
Cons- per study Marijuana more addicting than alcohol.
Article 2-
Portugal decriminalized all drugs  in 2001.
If person is caught with less than a 10 day supply of marijuana to heroin user is sent to a commission made up of a doctor, social worker and lawyer.  Worst case scenario treatment is recommended and potentially a small fine.
Prior to the decriminalization Portugal did suffer with having 1% of its population addicted to heroin and drug related aids deaths were highest in country.
Since decriminalization there has been a decline in drug use among adults 15-64.

Article 3-
In 2012, less than 1 percent of the american’s population consumed 80 percent of illegal drugs.
More americans are jailed for dealing drugs.
Prices of cocaine and heroin are 80 to 90 percent lower than 30 years ago
Article says that a $200 transaction can cause citizens about $100,000 for a three year sentence.
Drug dealers are making less money these days.
Legalizing marijuana would take about $10 billion from bad people/dealers.
Dealers will continue to make more on cocaine, heroin and methamphetamines.
In 1990 24 percent of Americans were for legalizing marijuana, today 50 percent.
War On Drugs – Article 4
President Nixon in 1969 in a message to congress indicated serious increase in drug use between 1960 and 1967.  In 1971, Nixon declared the war on drugs.
Nixon created Drug Enforcement Agency in 1973
Jimmy Carter in his campaign for president pushed for decriminalization of marijuana.
Between 1979 and 1985, the Colombian Cartel dominated the market on cocaine.   In the mid 1980’s (1985) due to the South Florida Task force fight against drugs, Mexico border comes into play as the main route for drugs.
In 1986 regan signed the anti-drug abuse act of 1986, at a cost of 1.7 billion dollars to fight the drug war.
1n 1989 George Bush (president) appoints Willaim Bennett as the new drug czar, who indicated he would make drug </description>
    <pubDate>2021-06-13T18:11:42-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Legalizing-drugs-45512.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Divergent Book Review </title>
    <description>Divergent is a novel first of the Divergent trilogy. A series of young adult dystopian novel set in a Divergent Universe. The novel Divergent features a post-apocalyptic version of Chicago and follows </description>
    <pubDate>2020-12-14T13:15:42.347-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Divergent-Book-Review-45502.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>CAUSE ESSAY FOR GLOBAL WARMING</title>
    <description>   GLOBAL WARMING cause essay


           Global warming is considered to be one of the biggest issues that us, as humans are facing right now. The causes of global warming are mainly from us, the human race, and the effects on us will be severe. It’s effects on animals and on agriculture are frightening , and the effects on the population as it was mentioned before are even scarier. The three main causes of global warming are carbon dioxide emissions from fossil fuel-burning-power-plants and gasoline for transportation, methane emissions from animals and ultimately the increase in usage of chemical fertilizers on croplands.
           Everyday, more electric gadgets flood the market, and without wide spread alternative energy sources, we are highly dependent on burning coal for personal and commercial supply. The increasing addiction to electricity from coal burning plants releases enourmous amounts of carbon dioxide into the atmosphere. As well our modern cars are responsible for the emissions of carbon dioxide, this is happening because the demand for more cars and consumer goods are increasing the use of fossil fuels for transportation  and manufacturing.
           Methane  emissions are another potent greenhouse gas. This gas is the result of organic matter brokne down by bacteria under oxygen-starved conditions. This process also takes place in the intestines of herbivorous animals, and with the increase in the amount of livestock production, the levels of methane released into the atmosphere is increasing. Arctic ice is metling and it speeds up the climate change by releasing methane gas from the Arctic seabed. As a result the rate of global warming is increasing significantly .
            The increase in the use of chemical fertilizers grew dramatically in the last half of 20th century. Excessive use of nitrogen based fertilizers in agriculture is contributing to nitrous oxide emissions. The plants absorb just a certain quantity of nitrogen and the leftover nitrogen reacts with the soil and the result is a dangerous greenhouse gas. The researchers found that agriculture’s use of chemical fertilizers is responsible for about 80% of all nitrous oxide caused by humans.
            Global warming </description>
    <pubDate>2019-01-11T15:24:46.833-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/CAUSE-ESSAY-FOR-GLOBAL-WARMING-45465.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>A Review of Contemporary Urban Planning Theories and the use of Radical Planning in Practice - Word Version</title>
    <description>A Review of Contemporary Urban Planning Theories and the use of Radical Planning in Practice

Approximately 3,300 words
What is planning and how do we plan are similar yet distinctly different questions. In defining planning, we begin to recognize that we are planning for a variety of different clients, in varying situations, each with their own needs, experiences and values. How do you develop a process to review and implement solutions that will complement all aspects of those that are impacted by the plan, what impacts take priority over others? Over the course of this paper we will revisit the question of what is planning and build upon this understanding of what is to plan in developing a fuller appreciation of how to plan.

What is Planning?

Thomas Adams, through Hodge &amp; Gordon, describes that communities do not simply grow, but “their form and functions are the result of countless decisions made over the generations of their life” (p. 1). Hodge continues to describe that the needs, experiences, values and aspirations of the builders are inherent in the architectural design of the landscapes they are constructing but more importantly in the inter-relationships between their built form and the environment; social, economic, physical, and natural; around them. Although not formalized, looking back at any human use of the landscape has resulted in some form of planning, for example, the proximity of village to a water source, the design and location of a medieval castle overlooking a break in a ridge of a hill set, or simply the foresight to include the environment around you. The key to understanding our role as a Professional Planner, and the purpose of this paper, is to dissect this inter-relationship between built form and the environment and more importantly how our specialties interact and influence this inter-relationship in the context of the 21st century.

We call ourselves planners, and in doing so it is important to recognize what it means to plan. Jill Grant best describes planning as the “means by which we transpose cultural values onto our townscapes and landscapes: its strengths and weaknesses mirror those of society that employs it” (2000, p. 443). Although this definition does not describe the systematic process of planning, Grant’s definition of planning helps capsulate the fundamental caveat that Adams describes, that planning is representative of the cultural values and expectation of today. More importantly, it helps us understand the motivation inherent in the </description>
    <pubDate>2019-01-04T09:01:06.667-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/A-Review-of-Contemporary-Urban-Planning-Theories-and-the-use-of-Radical-Planning-in-Practice-Word-Version-45464.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>1500 word essay on Article 92 (UCMJ)</title>
    <description>The Uniform Code of Military Justice (UCMJ) is comprised of a large amount of articles, 146 to be exact. Although, 
the first 135 are the most used, and only 58 are punitive articles (that is, these articles can be punished by court-martial
 if violated). The purpose of this paper is to disect and explain a very commonly violated and rather important punitive 
article: Article 92.

	The UCMJ was passed by Congress on 5 May 1950, and signed into law by President Harry S. Truman the next day; 
it replaced the historically used Articles of War. Article 92 was included when UCMJ was put into effect. The title of 
Article 92 is 'failure to obey order or regulation'. By definition it says that it is subject to any person who 
(1) violates or fails to obey any lawful general order or regulation, (2) who has knowledge of any other lawful order 
issued by a member of the armed forces, which it is his duty to obey, fails to obey the order; or (3) who is derelict in 
the performance of his  duties; shall be punished as a court-martial may direct. The sub-elements to each of the 3 general
viloations respectively are: (1a) That there was in effect a certain lawful general order or regulation; (1b) That the 
accused had a duty to obey it; and (1c) That the accused violated or failed to obey the order or regulation; (2a) That a 
member of the armed forces issued a certain lawful order; (2b) That the accused had knowledge of the order; (2c) That 
the accused had a duty to obey the order; and (2d) That the accused failed to obey the order; (3a) That the accused had 
certain duties; (3b) That the accused knew or reasonably should have known of the duties; and (3c) That the accused was
(willfully) (through neglect or culpable inefficiency) derelict in the performance of those duties.

	Each element has additional explanations, to further break down exact offences. The first (Violation of or 
failure to obey a lawful general order or regulation) has 5 sub points to clarify its exact scope. (a) General orders 
or regulations are those orders or regulations generally applicable to an armed force which are properly published by 
the President or the Secretary of Defense, of Transportation, or of a military department, and those orders or 
regulations generally applicable to the command of the officer issuing them </description>
    <pubDate>2018-01-02T08:36:24.593-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/1500-word-essay-on-Article-92-UCMJ-45412.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The role of the Ombudsman</title>
    <description>The Role and Effectiveness of the Ombudsmen in Jamaica

“The Ombudsman, as a protector of citizens of a country against the abuse of power and their human right, is a singular important institution in the pursuit of democratic governance.” This statement by A.J. Nicholson encapsulates the very essence of the role of the Ombudsman. The term Ombudsman literally means representative or agent of the people. Therefore, the Ombudsman acts as a go-between for the people and the powers that would have allegedly violated the rights of the people. In Jamaica, the ombudsman may investigate any matter that the complainant applies to the Supreme Court for recompense which is embedded within the Jamaican constitution. The Ombudsman is not powerless as he/she can recommend enactments, rules or regulations that may cause injustice to be rectified.
In Jamaica, there are different types of Ombudsmen that have different roles, responsibilities and standards of practice. These ombudsmen are, the utilities ombudsman, the parliamentary ombudsman, political ombudsman and the ombudsman for contract. They all come together to form the representative unit of the people. The Utilities ombudsman has the ability or power to intervene in disputes involving the National Water Commission, the post and telegraph department, the Jamaica Public Service among others. To be more specific, matters including incorrect bills for utilities, unfair disconnections and inadequate street lighting all fall within the purview of the utilities ombudsman. It is wise to note that the Office of Utilities Regulation (OUR) is the utilities ombudsman as they carry out the aforementioned duties. The office of the utilities ombudsman is very effective as they act as a buffer in that they protect the rights of citizens and regulate the provision of prescribed utility services. Case in point, the OUR’s review of the back billing policy and procedures for JPS after a report from a dissatisfied customer, saw a reduction from four to two months of the allowable period in which JPS is allowed to back bill a customer’s account, therefore it is quite clear that the utilities ombudsman plays a major role in utilities regulation and customer representation.
 The parliamentary ombudsman is another branch in the tree of representation. This ombudsman deals with matters involving government agencies in general and seeks to change laws through advocacy or through the identification of flaws in public policy. The office of the parliamentary ombudsman tends to target the local government, the authorities approved by </description>
    <pubDate>2017-12-17T16:32:54.823-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-role-of-the-Ombudsman-45410.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Live™!!~Los Angeles Rams vs San Francisco 49ers Live Stream| @NFL ...|||||||</title>
    <description>NFL – Live Football
49ers vs Rams Live - Live Stream Online
W@tch Now
SAN FRANCISCO 49ERS Vs LOS ANGELES RAMS -
Live Stream …|
Los Angeles Rams Vs. San Francisco 49ers live, Watch Los Angeles Rams Vs. San Francisco 49ers
live,
Los Angeles Rams Vs. San Francisco 49ers live Stream.
Rams vs 49ers Live Stream
San Francisco 49ers vs Los Angeles Rams
Thursday, Sept. 21, 5:30 p.m. PT/8:30 p.m. ET
Levi’s Stadium, Santa Clara, CA
NFL Network TV
The 49ers offense has yet to score touchdown and they have started the season with two
losses. The Rams were competitive in their loss to Washington in Week 2.,,
The 49ers offense has yet to score touchdown and they have started the season with two
losses. The Rams were competitive in their loss to Washington in Week 2. (,,,,Tony)|
Rams vs 49ers Live Stream,,,
San Francisco 49ers vs Los Angeles Rams
Thursday, Sept. 21, 5:30 p.m. PT/8:30 p.m. ET,,,,
Levi’s Stadium, Santa Clara, CA,,
NFL Network TV
By Geoffrey C. Arnold
The Oregonian/OregonLive
San Francisco 49ers coach Kyle Shanahan was ,,,,,,,|||||||||||||||||||||||||considered an offensive guru
during his time in Atlanta, but the struggling 49ers have yet to score a touchdown as they
prepare for their game against the Los Angeles Rams on Thursday Night Football (5:30 p.m.
PT/8:30 p.m. ET, NFL Network, DirecTV).,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
You can watch the live stream on the NFL’s mobile app or DirecTV’s NFL app. If the NFL
Network is part of your cable package, you can also live stream ##################the
game through the NFL app on%%%%%%%%%%%%%% XBox, Apple TV, or Roku
device on your TV.
The 49ers (0-2) are trying to score their first|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| touchdown under Shanahan.
They have scored a total of 12 points in their first two games The nine points they scored
against the Seattle Seahawks was nearly enough to pull off a monumental upset, but they
gave up a late tou,,,,,,,,,,,,,chdown to lose 12-9.
Shanahan, the offensive coordinator for the high-scoring Atlanta Falcons in 2016, is probably
learning that it’s far easier to score touchdowns when you hav&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;e
quarterback Matt Ryan, wide receiver Julio Jones and running back Devonta Freeman
instead of Brian Hoyer, Pierre Garcon and Carlos Hyde.
The Rams (1-1) seem to be trending upwards under first-year coach Sean McVay. They
rolled past Indianapolis 46-9 in Week 1 and then hung tough with Washington before losing
27-20 last week. Second-year q|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||uarterback Jared Goff remains a work in
progress. He looked solid in the game against the Colts, completing 21-of2&amp;&amp;&amp;&amp;&amp;&amp;&amp;&amp;&amp;&amp;&amp;&amp;&amp;&amp;&amp;9 passes for 306 yards with a touchdown. However, his effort
– 15-of-25, 224 yards – against Washington was s|||||||||||||||||||||||||o-so, and he threw an bad
interception late in the </description>
    <pubDate>2017-09-21T17:50:59.98-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Live™-~Los-Angeles-Rams-vs-San-Francisco-49ers-Live-Stream-NFL-___-45377.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Canelo vs GGG fight - Live bout online - date, time, location.</title>
    <description />
    <pubDate>2017-09-16T11:11:43.993-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Canelo-vs-GGG-fight-Live-bout-online-date,-time,-location_-45373.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Texans vs Bengals NFL live stream today at 8:25 PM ET - Paul Brown Stadium! </title>
    <description />
    <pubDate>2017-09-14T15:31:55.507-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Texans-vs-Bengals-NFL-live-stream-today-at-8-25-PM-ET-Paul-Brown-Stadium-45371.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>How Can the Society Address Climate Change?</title>
    <description>Name
Course
Instructor
Date
How Can the Society Address Climate Change?
	In the current, evolving world, the issue of sustainability now lends itself as one of the critical issues more than ever. It is arguably one of the outstanding subjects that policymakers are discussing. This issue is hinged on the view that the growing global populations, the high rates of depletion of natural resources and the various emerging social, health and economic challenges call for a rethink on ways that the current generation will be able to continue sustaining itself, considering the effectiveness of existing approaches have been questioned. Many of the discussions have acknowledged the role of the environment as particularly imperative to sustainable development. The primary premise for this position is that if the global community does not protect or conserve the environment, the adverse environmental challenges such as famine, natural calamities, and diseases will be experienced, and these results will subvert the efforts aimed at achieving the social and economic development goals (Gille, 5). However, the path to environmental sustainability has not seemed to be a straightforward one. Indeed, several views have been offered as strategies for sustainable development, some of which have elicited the questions concerning their appropriateness. Some suggestions have always been characterized by heated debate contests. In fall 2008, the head of the United Nations Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, Rajendra Pachauri, called upon the global society to eat less meat in a bid to conserve the environment. His view has been perhaps the most interesting of insights that have attracted sharp reactions. This paper explores the question of eating meat as a way of supporting environmental protection, focusing on the implications of Hamilton's argument on Dr. Pachauris viewpoint.
A Look at Dr. Pachauris Opposing Viewpoint
	Dr. Pachauris acknowledges that the state of the rising global temperatures cannot be ignored — it calls for drastic interventions. The most appropriate approach for this intervention is by narrowing on some of the anthropogenic activities responsible for the emission of most of the greenhouse gasses. Animal farming happens to be one of the most notable causes of greenhouse gasses and, therefore, one way of addressing the issue is by avoiding eating meat. Dr. Pachauris viewpoint rests on the startling statistics that the meat production processes account for about 25 percent of the greenhouse gas volume emitted from the globe. These amounts of pollutant gasses are produced during processing of animals feeds, while others, especially </description>
    <pubDate>2017-06-14T03:31:03.213-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/How-Can-the-Society-Address-Climate-Change-45347.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>How Can the Society Address Climate Change? In the current, evolving world, the issue of sustainability now lends itself as one of the critical issues more than ever. It is arguably one of the outstanding subjects that policymakers are discussing. This is</title>
    <description>Name
Course
Instructor
Date
How Can the Society Address Climate Change?
	In the current, evolving world, the issue of sustainability now lends itself as one of the critical issues more than ever. It is arguably one of the outstanding subjects that policymakers are discussing. This issue is hinged on the view that the growing global populations, the high rates of depletion of natural resources and the various emerging social, health and economic challenges call for a rethink on ways that the current generation will be able to continue sustaining itself, considering the effectiveness of existing approaches have been questioned. Many of the discussions have acknowledged the role of the environment as particularly imperative to sustainable development. The primary premise for this position is that if the global community does not protect or conserve the environment, the adverse environmental challenges such as famine, natural calamities, and diseases will be experienced, and these results will subvert the efforts aimed at achieving the social and economic development goals (Gille, 5). However, the path to environmental sustainability has not seemed to be a straightforward one. Indeed, several views have been offered as strategies for sustainable development, some of which have elicited the questions concerning their appropriateness. Some suggestions have always been characterized by heated debate contests. In fall 2008, the head of the United Nations Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, Rajendra Pachauri, called upon the global society to eat less meat in a bid to conserve the environment. His view has been perhaps the most interesting of insights that have attracted sharp reactions. This paper explores the question of eating meat as a way of supporting environmental protection, focusing on the implications of Hamilton's argument on Dr. Pachauris viewpoint.
A Look at Dr. Pachauris Opposing Viewpoint
	Dr. Pachauris acknowledges that the state of the rising global temperatures cannot be ignored — it calls for drastic interventions. The most appropriate approach for this intervention is by narrowing on some of the anthropogenic activities responsible for the emission of most of the greenhouse gasses. Animal farming happens to be one of the most notable causes of greenhouse gasses and, therefore, one way of addressing the issue is by avoiding eating meat. Dr. Pachauris viewpoint rests on the startling statistics that the meat production processes account for about 25 percent of the greenhouse gas volume emitted from the globe. These amounts of pollutant gasses are produced during processing of animals feeds, while others, especially </description>
    <pubDate>2017-06-14T03:19:11.24-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/How-Can-the-Society-Address-Climate-Change-In-the-current,-evolving-world,-the-issue-of-sustainability-now-lends-itself-as-one-of-the-critical-issues-more-than-ever_-It-is-arguably-one-of-the-outstanding-subjects-that-policymakers-are-discussing_-This-is-45346.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Criminal Theory: Differential Association </title>
    <description>Criminal Theory: Differential Association 
Student’s Name
Affiliate Institution 




Criminal Theory: Differential Association 
The theory of differential association is one of the highly valuable theoretical approaches in criminology studies. This is due to its potential in incorporating sociological perspective to explain crime and deviance. The theory was developed by Edwin Sutherland in 1939 (Akers, 2013); it marked a breakthrough in criminology as prior to that, most criminological research lacked a common framework that guided research and basis for evaluation of findings. This research paper examines the criminal theory of differential association, highlighting its relation with Pine Hills’ experiment and impact on Freud’s theory. 
Theory of Differential Association and Pine Hills’ Experiment
The differential association theory has been very instrumental in inspiring the criminal abstract’s revision, as well as improvements, facilitating further empirical studies and application in national policies and programs on crime. The theory was based on certain components which include: delinquent behavior is learned, it is learned through communication as young people interact, the learning process mainly occurs during association in personal groups, learning includes the techniques of committing crimes, and differential associations vary with regards to various factors such as frequency, intensity, priority and duration (Akers, 2013). It is through these components that the Pine Hills’ experiment was established with an aim of treating delinquents through the process of learning non- criminal behaviors, hence, acquiring good values.
The Pine Hills’ experiment involved providing a suitable environment for delinquents so as to give them (children) a chance to experience changes from their delinquent behaviors. At the beginning, the children were required to publicly express their expectations of changing or not changing their behaviors by the end of the treatment. A halfway house established in 1956 (Pine Hills) was the treatment where the boys spent part of each day despite living at home and being free members of the community (Andresen, 2014). However, the boys were assigned responsibilities in the Pine Hills facility where decision making based on peer groups was emphasized. After the effective completion of the program, successful individuals were rewarded through status and recognition for their persistence to finalize the program, as well as their ability to be of service to others. The experiment only considered boys of the age of 15- 17 years with a criminal record and only 20 boys were involved in the experiment at once. The boys were picked at random without interfering with the judicial process </description>
    <pubDate>2017-05-24T00:39:08.293-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Criminal-Theory-Differential-Association-45333.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Fiduciary Rule</title>
    <description>Student’s Name
Instructor’s Name
Course Title
Date
Fiduciary role
History of the Fiduciary Rule
For many years, the regulation of the quality of financial advice offered to retirees has been under the provisions of The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 commonly known as ERISA. Since 1974, no revisions have been made on ERISA to reflect the changes in the retirement saving trends such as the surge in the Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs). Additionally, since the enactment of the ERISA, the financial sector has experienced a rapid growth in the defined contribution plans.  According to Pasztor, “40 years have elapsed since the Department of Labor’s defined what comprise a fiduciary act when it comes to the provision of advice that involves retirement plans (9).  In 2010, several recommendations were proposed but were quickly abandoned following a fierce opposition from the different stakeholders in the financial industry (Skinner).
On February 23, 2015, President Obama authorized the Department of Labor to update the rules guiding the advice that the financial service providers give to retirees. According to President Obama, the new rules aimed at ensuring that the financial advisors put their client’s best interest above their own (Skinner).  On April 2016, the Department of Labor proposed new rules as per Presidents Obama’s directive.  The new recommendations were approved by the Office of Management and Budget and endorsed by President Obama (Pasztor 2). The Department of Labor issued its final set of rules on April 6, 2016. However, this was not until it held public consultation that lasted for four days. Under the Department of labor’s new definition of fiduciary demands, all financial advisors need to act in the best interest of their clients. For this reason, there is no way a financial advisor can conceal any potential conflict of interest.  Additionally, the advisors are mandated to disclose all the commissions and fee their charge for their services to the client in terms of dollars.  The rule issued by the Department of Labor is set to be implemented starting on April 10, 2017 (Pasztor). If implemented, the new rule will ethically and legally bind all the professionals who offer financial advice to retirees since they can be held personally liable if their actions contradict with their client’s best interest (Skinner). 
The ruling will not only affect the financial advisors but will also have tremendous consequences on the insurance agents and brokers as well. </description>
    <pubDate>2017-04-18T01:21:36.317-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Fiduciary-Rule-45309.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Social Security Arbitration. The process of arbitration is one that is binding and conclusive. </title>
    <description>Social Security Arbitration
The process of arbitration is one that is binding and conclusive. Parties involved have the mandate to ensure that they abide by the decisions that are arrived at (Resnik, 2014). The arbitration process could entail an individual, or the court may be involved in resolving the dispute in question. 
The decision to have an individual oversee the process of arbitration in social security and Medicare could have varied effects. The first regards the aspect of the viability of the decision arrived at. It is the duty of the </description>
    <pubDate>2017-02-15T01:33:40.567-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Social-Security-Arbitration_-The-process-of-arbitration-is-one-that-is-binding-and-conclusive_-35283.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Social Security Arbitration</title>
    <description>
Social Security Arbitration
Name
Institution

Social Security Arbitration
The process of arbitration is one that is binding and conclusive. Parties involved have the mandate to ensure that they abide by the decisions that are arrived at (Resnik, 2014). The arbitration process could entail an individual, or the court may be involved in resolving the dispute in question. 
The decision to have an individual oversee the process of arbitration in social security and Medicare could have varied effects. The first regards the aspect of the viability of the decision arrived at. It is </description>
    <pubDate>2017-02-15T01:20:57.813-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Social-Security-Arbitration-35282.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Terror and god</title>
    <description>Name
Institution 
Course
Unit
Instructor
Date 
Terror and God
Unbeknown to many people, God of the Christian Bible and Allah of the Quran waged war and terror on humanity on different occasions. The Bible mentions about 158 times that God waged or threatened terror on humanity for a variety of reasons according to Wells (6). The Quran also mentions several occasions where Allah encouraged his followers to wage terror on others. In fact, a majority of Islamic extremists who wage terror around the world cite the Quran. Consequently, some scholars have termed God as the first terrorist. However, many Christians blame Muslims for terrorism activities around the world. Does this mean that terror is acceptable in the eyes of God? This attempts to answer this question by examining the use of terror by God as well as the Christian and Islam views on the vice. 
In the Bible, God employed terror approaches to punishing his people. God says to His people “I kill ... I wound ... I will make mine arrows drunk with blood, and my sword shall devour flesh” (Deuteronomy 32:39-42). Again, in the book of Genesis, God uses terror to strike fear among the enemies of Jacob. The verse says “As they journeyed, there was a great terror upon the cities which were around them, and they did not pursue the sons of Jacob” (Genesis 35:5). 
In the Quran, the same situation is repeated. It says in Muslim (1:33) about the Messenger of Allah "I have been commanded to fight against people till they testify that there is no god but Allah, that Muhammad is the messenger of Allah.” Again, Prophet Mohammed allowed jihad warriors to attack pagans at night and expose their women and children to danger (Bukhari 52:256). Evidently, God, as understood by Muslims and Christians, supports the use of terror in certain situations.
The two Holy books also contradict themselves by condemning terror and killing of the innocent. The Bible through the Ten Commandments commands humanity to love one another. The Bible also explains the origins of hate that can lead to violence by saying that "What causes fights and quarrels among you? Don't they come from your desires that battle within you?" (James 4:1). Similarly, the Quran does the same and says, “and do not kill a soul that God has made sacrosanct, save lawfully” (Qur’an 6:151).
Therefore, from the above assessment, it is evident that God permits the use </description>
    <pubDate>2016-12-01T04:04:18.397-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Terror-and-god-35253.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Impact of Water Pollution on Public Health in Flint, Michigan</title>
    <description> 
The Impact of Water Pollution on Public Health in Flint, Michigan
Introduction
Water pollution is considered to be any chemicals, biological or physical that changes the quality of water and has dangerous impacts on any living thing that utilizes it. This research paper discusses the effects of water pollution on public health in Flint, Michigan that have a significant effect on health, economy, social and public health. When human being drinks the polluted water, it habitually contains serious effects on the health and elevated blood lead levels in diverse children (Bamberger, &amp; Oswald, 2012). The water pollution in Michigan and especially in the major city of Flint is considered to be very high that contain a variety of impacts on the economy, health, social and public health. The main issue or problem that this particular topic presents in the United States of America Health Care System is the aspect of water pollution which has been the main problem in the state. The implications that the water pollution has resulted in a high cost of water pollution because of environmental protection and improvement measures. The study research aims to portray the impacts of water pollution on the economy, health, a social and public health of Flint, Michigan.  
Impacts of water pollution
In Flint Michigan, the issue of water pollution is increasing at an alarming rate since the majority of the state population lives in rural areas. Most of them have no access to good clean water availability since the unique increase in the state’s population has brought exceptional pressure on the aspect of clean water.  Residues of diverse firms have a harmful effect on human beings very much. For instance, Förstner, &amp; Wittmann (2012) reported that the residues of companies and their degrading products in human milk in the city of Flint since it affect pregnant women. In this particular way, water pollution produces negative impacts for the nourishment of children. Förstner, &amp; Wittmann (2012) further argues that the aspect of water pollution is now the single threat to human health, global environmental impact since this problem has been affecting the whole population. In addition to the natural water scarcity, chemicals and physical contamination of water sources which is a greater problem that has contributed to the aspect of water pollution. The implications that the aspect of water pollution has resulted involves potent neurotoxins and infancy lead poisoning that has an </description>
    <pubDate>2016-11-08T05:55:00.72-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Impact-of-Water-Pollution-on-Public-Health-in-Flint,-Michigan-35243.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Pablo1</title>
    <description>Pablo Lopez
June 17 2016
Government
Mr. Reagan
                              Public Education
	Public Education in our country is of obvious importance, yet much confusion arises as to who manipulates it, the national government or the states. Fortunately our federal system clarifies which government handles what, through the 10th amendment. The amendment makes it clear that the state has power over public education by what is distinguished to be reserved powers, and I support the position and is justifiable through our constitutional law.
	The 10th amendment states, “The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people”. The question now is what are the powers delegated? A website titled, Federalism in U.S. Government, answered the question by listing the powers delegated to the national government deriving from the Constitution which are the following. To regulate interstate and international trade, coin money, declare war, maintain armed forces, establish a postal system, enforce copyrights, and finally sign treaties. Public education is not mentioned so therefore becomes reserved. A reserved power is any power not specifically stated by the Constitution, and as stated by the 10th amendment it belongs to the states.
	Although the national government is not able to control public education it does not mean they are prohibited from aiding or upholding the education system, and is not to be confused as to who maintains power. As a matter of fact the national government ends the confusion immediately by claiming no power over education since 1785. A website identified as LMV.org reminds us that year was the year the first Northwest Ordinance law was created stating national government has the right to lay and collect taxes for the purpose of aiding the general welfare of the United States. And it is through general welfare that the national government has assumed the role of becoming a partner with the states to promote a good education. From henceforth the national government has provided millions of dollars and thousands of acres designated for public schooling until the present time. In no occasion has national government overpowered state government in changing the way students learn or what is taught as common core. The states decide how to </description>
    <pubDate>2016-08-31T17:03:09.29-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Pablo1-35220.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Education should be handled by the state</title>
    <description>Pablo Lopez
June 17 2016
Government
Mr. Reagan
Public Education
	Public Education in our country is of obvious importance, yet much confusion arises as to who manipulates it, the national government or the states. Fortunately our federal system clarifies which government handles what, through the 10th amendment. The amendment makes it clear that the state has power over public education by what is distinguished to be reserved powers, and I support the position and is justifiable through our constitutional law.
	The 10th amendment states, “The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people”. The question now is what are the powers delegated? A website titled, Federalism in U.S. Government, answered the question by listing the powers delegated to the national government deriving from the Constitution which are the following. To regulate interstate and international trade, coin money, declare war, maintain armed forces, establish a postal system, enforce copyrights, and finally sign treaties. Public education is not mentioned so therefore becomes reserved. A reserved power is any power not specifically stated by the Constitution, and as stated by the 10th amendment it belongs to the states.
	Although the national government is not able to control public education it does not mean they are prohibited from aiding or upholding the education system, and is not to be confused as to who maintains power. As a matter of fact the national government ends the confusion immediately by claiming no power over education since 1785. A website identified as LMV.org reminds us that year was the year the first Northwest Ordinance law was created stating national government has the right to lay and collect taxes for the purpose of aiding the general welfare of the United States. And it is through general welfare that the national government has assumed the role of becoming a partner with the states to promote a good education. From henceforth the national government has provided millions of dollars and thousands of acres designated for public schooling until the present time. In no occasion has national government overpowered state government in changing the way students learn or what is taught as common core. The states decide how to manage common core and simply receives aid from the federal government on top of collecting taxes themselves as well.
	In the end the state maintains and always will maintain power over </description>
    <pubDate>2016-08-31T16:56:39.51-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Education-should-be-handled-by-the-state-35219.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Immigration</title>
    <description>Pablo Lopez
June 17 2016
Government
Mr. Reagan
Public Education
	Public Education in our country is of obvious importance, yet much confusion arises as to who manipulates it, the national government or the states. Fortunately our federal system clarifies which government handles what, through the 10th amendment. The amendment makes it clear that the state has power over public education by what is distinguished to be reserved powers, and I support the position and is justifiable through our constitutional law.
	The 10th amendment states, “The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people”. The question now is what are the powers delegated? A website titled, Federalism in U.S. Government, answered the question by listing the powers delegated to the national government deriving from the Constitution which are the following. To regulate interstate and international trade, coin money, declare war, maintain armed forces, establish a postal system, enforce copyrights, and finally sign treaties. Public education is not mentioned so therefore becomes reserved. A reserved power is any power not specifically stated by the Constitution, and as stated by the 10th amendment it belongs to the states.
	Although the national government is not able to control public education it does not mean they are prohibited from aiding or upholding the education system, and is not to be confused as to who maintains power. As a matter of fact the national government ends the confusion immediately by claiming no power over education since 1785. A website identified as LMV.org reminds us that year was the year the first Northwest Ordinance law was created stating national government has the right to lay and collect taxes for the purpose of aiding the general welfare of the United States. And it is through general welfare that the national government has assumed the role of becoming a partner with the states to promote a good education. From henceforth the national government has provided millions of dollars and thousands of acres designated for public schooling until the present time. In no occasion has national government overpowered state government in changing the way students learn or what is taught as common core. The states decide how to manage common core and simply receives aid from the federal government on top of collecting taxes themselves as well.
	In the end the state maintains and always will maintain power over </description>
    <pubDate>2016-08-31T16:35:34.46-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Immigration-35217.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Obituary</title>
    <description>In Loving Memory of Allie Caulfield
For those asking of Allie and what legacy did he bring to this world. Allie left behind a void trail. A void trail in every heart of ours, guiding us to one day see him again. Overflowing our hearts with unforgettable memory, from playing baseball or writing poetry left handed, Allie was like no other. A red headed, sweet, intelligent kid. A joyous glow to those around him, even in the darkest hour. Gosh...time halted around him, yet naturally time is on the clock, even for </description>
    <pubDate>2016-08-31T16:29:11.86-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Obituary-35216.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Study of the Climate Change and Global Warming</title>
    <description>




Abstract
	Currently, the greatest worry among the environmentalists and the UN is the huge concern regarding the present rising levels of the earth’s temperatures. Among their top concern is the continued effects of greenhouse gases to the atmosphere that continually contribute to the global warming of the earth. More so, the increased and exploitative usage of the fossil fuels in the modern industries contributes to the increase in the global temperatures. The reason of the worries is the fact that the over-accumulation of the carbon IV oxide in the atmosphere continually deteriorates the climatic balance of the earth. Additionally, the top reasons causing the worries of the global warming effects on the Earth arise from the provision that the factors leading to the global warming and causing the upsetting climatic changes are synthetic and human beings contribute a huge role to the destruction of the atmosphere. The following write-up aims to focus on the various contributing factors of the climate change and those causing global warming. More so, the paper will address the challenges and benefits that would arise if the conventional energy producers would consider seeking greener or renewable sources for their energy, with a particular focus on oil and petroleum companies. In addition, the paper will have specific instructions for adaptable processes that various governments, institutions, and corporations to adopt and help in the overall campaign for environmental protection to reduce the detrimental effects of the climate change and global warming.
Causes of Climate Change and Global Warming and Issues Connected to the Global Warming and Climate Change
    The leading cause of the climate changes and the global warming is the increased and uncontrolled presence of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere (Klein, 2015). The greenhouse gases end up in the atmosphere through some ways. The leading contributor of the greenhouse gases to the atmosphere is the burning of the fossil fuels, by deforestation, and through increased environmental warmth (Klein, 2015). Combustion of fossil fuels- oil and petroleum and other carbon-related fuels are the most common source of energy for various applications in the 21st Century. The burning of the fossil fuels for energy releases carbon, which then combines with the atmospheric oxygen to create carbon IV oxide. The high levels of carbon IV oxide in the environment keep on increasing on a daily basis since a huge population of the earth uses the carbon fuels to produce </description>
    <pubDate>2016-08-17T00:40:00.997-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Study-of-the-Climate-Change-and-Global-Warming-35213.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Deforestation in Australia</title>
    <description>Deforestation is hazardous to the environment, for a multitude of reasons. Deforestation exposes the soil and earth to wind and water erosion. Soil is the world’s largest carbon store (McKeon et al., 2004), and as it erodes it releases its carbon into the atmosphere. Logging also causes carbon emissions. Removing the vegetation removes roots, causing the water table to rise, and as it rises it carries salts with it (ANZECC, 2001; Brough, 2007), causing land degradation by making it more saline (McKeon et al., 2004). The incidence of floods and droughts changes significantly as a result of the loss of vegetation (Deo et al., 2009; McAlpine et al., 2009), which further damages certain environments. Removing forests alters local and regional climates (Deo et al., 2009; McAlpine et al., 2009) by affecting rainfall patterns (Deo et al., 2009), which can in turn lead to an increase in wild fires (Connor, 2009) and dust storms. The loss of forests also creates a loss of biodiversity (DEWHA, 2009), not just in vegetation species, but also in vertebrates and other animals, by removing their homes and food sources. Rainfall variability makes it harder to conserve and preserve the remnants of natural environments (Deo et al., 2009).

In Australia, the continent that has seen the largest losses in biodiversity in the past 200 years (NRM, 2010), the majority of the land opened up by deforestation is turned over to pasture to feed livestock. Surveys have showed that 64% of the land currently used in Australia is used for grazing (ACLUMP, 2009). Between 1998 and 2008, 8.6 million hectares were cleared Queensland, which amounts to 80% of the total for this period (DERM, 2009). 91% of this clearing was purely for livestock (McKeon et al., 2004). There is a growing threat to Queensland’s biodiversity as a result of the pressures of animal grazing and the changes in land use that accompany it  (Assessment of Australia’s Terrestrial Biodiversity, 2008).

New vegetation laws were brought in to reduce this clearing in 2006, but in 2007-2008, 123,000 ha/year were cleared, 12,500 ha/year illegally without a permit (DERM, 2009). This level of clearance cannot be maintained, and it is causing severe impacts on the environment. This study seeks to show the impact of the clearance of rainforests in Queensland, and offers a few suggestions for how to stop it and to reverse some of the damage it has caused.
 
  </description>
    <pubDate>2016-05-23T11:17:52.837-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Deforestation-in-Australia-35197.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The very rapid growth of the service sector in the United States since 1970 has transformed the physical and social landscapes of American metropolitan areas.</title>
    <description>The very rapid growth of the service sector in the United States since 1970 has transformed the physical and social landscapes of American metropolitan areas. 


Metropolitan America is constantly changing. The cities, the people that live in the cities, and the processes that form them are in a constant state of flux. Many of the changes in recent decades have occurred as a result of the constantly growing service sector.

The development of the service sector may have taken jobs away from the primary and secondary sectors, but it has also created new jobs and industries that just did not exist before the rise of the service sector. Pioneers have seen niches in the market and opened them up, like the pioneers of the eighteenth and nineteenth century, opening up new parts of the Frontier. One example is the development of computers and computer-based services. Between 1974 and 1985, employment in computer and data processing grew by 247%, whilst management and public relations grew by 189% (Hartshorn 1992, pg 403).

Much of the jobs created by the growth of the service sector require space that is unavailable in the Central Business Districts. As many industries became dependent on computers, office complexes with large floor areas needed to be built to accommodate them (Knox 1992, pg 29). Large retail units and shopping malls have been developing since the 1930s, which encouraged shoppers to shop in several stores with cheaper prices, greater ranges and entertainment facilities all under one roof (Hartshorn 1992, pg 372). As the space was not available in the city center for these developments, they had to be built outside the city, within the suburbs. Parking lots were needed so that the then city center population, where the workforce and shoppers lived, could drive to work or to shopping centers. This created a landscape of concrete islands in seas of parking lots (Ghent Urban Studies Team 1999, pg 41). Following their move out of the old CBDs, residential areas were constructed surrounding them, for ease of access and to reduce commuting time. As a result, new urban forms have developed in metropolitan America – such as Edge Cities and Donut Cities.

Edge Cities (Garreau 1992) and Donut Cities have developed in pretty much the same way, and in fact some scholars fail to see the difference between the two.  It could be argued that Donut Cities are in fact Edge Cities </description>
    <pubDate>2016-05-23T11:08:15.34-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-very-rapid-growth-of-the-service-sector-in-the-United-States-since-1970-has-transformed-the-physical-and-social-landscapes-of-American-metropolitan-areas_-35196.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Explain key differences between the ‘quantitative revolution’, Marxism and the ‘cultural turn’ and assess the way these approaches have influenced geographical research</title>
    <description>Explain key differences between the ‘quantitative revolution’, Marxism and the ‘cultural turn’ and assess the way these approaches have influenced geographical research

Geography as a discipline had been dominated by regional geography for much of the first half of the twentieth century. Geographers picked out regions to study, and then analyzed the physical and cultural processes that made those regions unique. “A region contains… a special, unique, and in some ways uniform combination of kinds or categories of phenomena” (Schaefer 1953) and the uniqueness of every region was such that the only generalization that could be made about these regions was that they were unique (Peet 1998).

But Schaefer was unhappy with geography being classified in this way. He felt that there were regularities between the relative unique positions of phenomena, and thus spatial patterns and morphological laws existed (Bennet 1985). This led to the birth of the ‘quantitative revolution’, where geographers focused their studies in researching these patterns and laws, and sought to explain them using science.

John Marshall argues that geography had always been a science “by virtue of the fact it is a truth-seeking discipline whose raw materials consist of empirical observations” (Marshall 1985). When the ‘revolution’ began in the 1950s, examples already existed of “empirical observations” being used to explain phenomena in human geography. Christaller used mathematical models in his central place theory (1933) to explain the way people laid out the inhabited landscape because he had observed that similarly sized settlements were equidistant from each other. An example of such a study from the time of the ‘revolution’ would be MacArthur and Wilson’s Theory of Island Biogeography (1969) which seeks to explain how islands and other habitat islands are colonized by flora and fauna. It is based on the observation that islands far from the mainland usually have different and sometimes completely unique biogeographies, and the authors use some very complex mathematical equations to show how this phenomenon occurs.

Many people were however very critical of this approach to geography, particularly the positivist (scientific) side to it. The critics’ arguments are based on the fact that the positivist approach was supposed to be value free, but as human geography is a social science, and the geographers doing the research are part of society, they have their own values which unavoidably influence their studies (Cloke et al 1991). Another criticism came from Gould (1970) who argued that, with the exception </description>
    <pubDate>2016-05-23T10:57:07.417-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Explain-key-differences-between-the-‘quantitative-revolution’,-Marxism-and-the-‘cultural-turn’-and-assess-the-way-these-approaches-have-influenced-geographical-research-35195.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>green house effects</title>
    <description>

                           Assignment 
                                       On 
               Greenhouse-Effect 

        
  Course Name: Basic Science and Environment
  Course No: 125











                SUBMITTED TO :
                             Dr. Mohammed Almujaddade Alfasane
                                              Professor                 
                                   Department of Botany
                              Faculty of Biological Science
                                    University of Dhaka

 
                                       SUBMITTED BY:
    Sultan Mahmud
           Roll:07, Section:A
          Batch:20th 
       </description>
    <pubDate>2016-05-18T14:00:37.97-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/green-house-effects-35190.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Should Sports Classes be Dropped in Secondary School so Students can Concentrate on Academic Subjects?</title>
    <description>   Exercises and sports are important in the secondary school curriculum because they create the much-needed break for students from the monotony and stress of academic work. Sports also encourage the students to remain healthy and avoid sicknesses like obesity. A lot of research has shown that students perform better academically when they are exposed to physical activity, sports therefore has a direct influence on the cognitive skills and academic behavior of students which are important for academic performance, additionally, sports in the students curriculum has shown it to enhance attention, concentration, and improved behavior in the classroom (Trudeau &amp; Shephard 2008).
   Basch (2011) claims that exercise directly affects the functioning of the brain by; increasing the flow of oxygen and neurotransmitters to the brain and supporting neurotrophins which are in charge of neurons which are responsible for memory and learning. He asserts that physical activity influences the development and behavior of the brain by improving attention span, information processing, retrieval and storage, in addition, sports also reduce cravings and enhance positive effects. Sports relieve students from boredom which result in higher attention levels in academics. Research also shows that exercise brings relaxation that result in improved concentration and mood, in addition to enhanced creativity, memory and problem solving skills.
   Students who participate in sports are less likely to be involved in unhealthy behavior because their time is mostly spent in games. Sports involvement teaches students about team work, cooperation, and following rules (Basch 2011). Students get to learn of their placing in the teams; whether they are leaders, supporters or team players and they get to learn how their performance affects the team. Practicing enhances discipline, patience, hard work and competition, which are attributes that can be translated to academics. Sports are also filled with mentors who shape students in positive ways. Coaches, leaders, and team members help students to learn how to work under authority figures, respect hard work, and good sportsman ship, this are lifelong lessons that will stay even after graduating from school.
    Secondary school is the stage where most career athletes get discovered or get to realize their potential. In some instances sports and academics are intertwined, for example,  some schools have rules that stipulate the minimum GPA required for a student to participate in a particular sport, this will propel the student to work </description>
    <pubDate>2016-03-24T19:48:47.55-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Should-Sports-Classes-be-Dropped-in-Secondary-School-so-Students-can-Concentrate-on-Academic-Subjects-35185.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>sports  sociology</title>
    <description>Part 1
In the book titled Sports in Society: Issues and Controversies, Jay Coakley provides numerous insights necessary for a person taking a sporting sociology course. It was published by McGraw-Hill in New York and can be found in almost every bookshop or library in the country. In general, the book deals with the interaction of sports and the society, the “mechanics” of sports community relations and behavior. In fact, the text helps readers to develop critical thinking skills. Moreover, the author addresses the issues of social inequality, social control and violence in sports as some of the most important aspects. Other problems include media influence, bioethics, developmental sports, and globalization. In examining these aspects, Coakley stimulates critical thinking skills to make readers consider the role of physiology and sociology have in sports (Coakley, 2009). Importantly, every sportsperson, coach or even amateur needs to understand the relation between the sports and the issues that humans encounter in their daily interactions with other people.
Part 2
Notably, the authors raises numerous controversies and dilemmas in the sports industry. Although the material is mainly confined to the situation in the USA, readers can also find certain similarities with the trends in the global sporting environment. The book highlights many issues, including competition, politics, race, children and females in sports. Using an issue-oriented approach, the author analyzes every issue to determined the role sports plays in the society. The book discusses current sporting activities considered controversial based on sociologist and psychologist’s point of view. For instance, specialists study people’s behavior, attributes and the processes that exist in a sports setting. 
First, looking at the social inequality, the book examines the different forms of social division that exist and influence contemporary sports. For instance, many people are classified according to their condition, opportunity, and capability. Moreover, numerous sporting activities are influenced by religious beliefs, social class ideology, sexuality, age, and nationality. Consequently, most of the sports participants are chosen based on such grounds. Women, in particular, seem to be unfit for some of the sporting activities. Commercialization of sports, on the other hand, has led to members of the community being discriminated based on their social status, nationality, race and education background (Coakley, 2009). 
Moreover, there exists the issue of reaffirmation of sports as an important idea and belief in the society. This process represents the perspectives of most members of the community, as well as ideas </description>
    <pubDate>2016-02-17T08:45:44.27-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/sports-sociology-35177.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Human's Impact on Antartica</title>
    <description>For just over 100 years people have been travelling to Antarctica and in that short time most parts have been visited. But we have left more than just footprints.

Some of the main threats include:
1.	Climate change / Global warming 
These are resulting in a warming sea and loss of ice. This is a great long-term threat to the region. Already some ice shelves have collapsed and ice slopes and glaciers have retreated. Oceanic acidification (from dissolved carbon dioxide) is already leading to the loss of some </description>
    <pubDate>2016-02-08T12:23:59.403-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Human-s-Impact-on-Antartica-35173.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>sports and sociology</title>
    <description>
Sports Sociology
Student Name
Institutional Affiliation


Sports Sociology
Part 1
In the book titled Sports in Society: Issues and Controversies, Jay Coakley provides numerous insights necessary for a person taking a sporting sociology course. It was published by McGraw-Hill in New York and can be found in almost every bookshop or library in the country. In general, the book deals with the interaction of sports and the society, the “mechanics” of sports community relations and behavior. In fact, the text helps readers to develop critical thinking skills. Moreover, the author addresses the issues of social inequality, social control and violence in sports as some of the most important aspects. Other problems include media influence, bioethics, developmental sports, and globalization. In examining these aspects, Coakley stimulates critical thinking skills to make readers consider the role of physiology and sociology have in sports (Coakley, 2009). Importantly, every sportsperson, coach or even amateur needs to understand the relation between the sports and the issues that humans encounter in their daily interactions with other people.
Part 2
Notably, the authors raises numerous controversies and dilemmas in the sports industry. Although the material is mainly confined to the situation in the USA, readers can also find certain similarities with the trends in the global sporting environment. The book highlights many issues, including competition, politics, race, children and females in sports. Using an issue-oriented approach, the author analyzes every issue to determined the role sports plays in the society. The book discusses current sporting activities considered controversial based on sociologist and psychologist’s point of view. For instance, specialists study people’s behavior, attributes and the processes that exist in a sports setting. 
First, looking at the social inequality, the book examines the different forms of social division that exist and influence contemporary sports. For instance, many people are classified according to their condition, opportunity, and capability. Moreover, numerous sporting activities are influenced by religious beliefs, social class ideology, sexuality, age, and nationality. Consequently, most of the sports participants are chosen based on such grounds. Women, in particular, seem to be unfit for some of the sporting activities. Commercialization of sports, on the other hand, has led to members of the community being discriminated based on their social status, nationality, race and education background (Coakley, 2009). 
Moreover, there exists the issue of reaffirmation of sports as an important idea and belief in the society. This process represents the perspectives of most members of the community, </description>
    <pubDate>2016-02-05T00:38:21.403-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/sports-and-sociology-35168.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>what make a good dancer</title>
    <description>WHAT MAKES A GOOD DANCER?
Technique and Training
A dictionary definition of dance technique might be – the way in which the dancer uses
basic physical movements in performance or the ability to use fundamental physical
movements effectively. In casual usage it has come to refer to a style of dance or
movement vocabulary. Names associated with the techniques are normally those of a
choreographer or teacher, e.g. Cunningham, Graham, etc.
Good technique is crucial to dance training in terms of keeping the dancer injury-free.
According to Stuart Wright, “The simple fact is that virtually all dance injuries result from
faulty technique … „Technical correction is the best means to prevention and treatment.”
Acquiring good technique is a lifetime process.
Analysis of Technical Requirements
The Plie
A movement central to most dance forms. It is one of the first
movements taught in a technique class, anatomically it is one of the
most difficult to execute.
Attention must be given to the proper alignment of the hip, knee and ankle joints. At the
beginning of a plie, the legs must be aligned so that a straight line could be drawn from the
hip socket through the knee and ankle joints and to the second toe. This means that the
knee should not protrude in front of the toes.
Any good technique will not only aim at technical expertise, but it will also aim to develop
several movement skills such as strength, stamina, flexibility, co-ordination, spatial and
rhythmical clarity.
Strength
Definition The ability of an individual to exert a muscular contraction or force against a
resistance i.e., unless you are strong you are unable to articulate your body
correctly. Therefore, muscular strength is best defined as the greatest amount
of force that muscles can produce in a single maximal effort. It is muscular
power that generates force.
There are two types of strength:
1. Static: no change in the length of the muscle, but the muscle still
functions. This is also known as Isometric Contraction, e.g. holding
a position like an arabesque in ballet.
2. Dynamic: the muscles change in length. They either lengthen, which is known as an
Eccentric Contraction, or they shorten, which is known as a Concentric
Contraction.
All types of contractions are used in a plie. Going into the plie the quadriceps lengthen
(Eccentric), in the momentary pause at the bottom of the plie the muscles stay the same
(Isometric), and the stretching out of the plie shortens the muscles (Concentric).
Muscle strength is of the utmost importance to any technique; it is needed for the execution
of the most fundamental movements and positioning. Therefore, knowing which muscles </description>
    <pubDate>2015-10-04T10:01:47.643-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/what-make-a-good-dancer-35143.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Denver City</title>
    <description>URBAN GEOGRAPHY: RESEARCH PAPER ON NORTH AMERICA
Geographical Qualities of Denver, Colorado, United States of America
This paper covers the Geographical qualities and connections within Denver City, recent technological advancements their connection to the model covered in the module.
The origins of Denver City can be dated back to the 19th century when it had vast deposits of gold and silver that led to trade in the commodity. The 1870s railroad created a boom that made it the capital of Colorado.  Gamblers and traders often visited it making it a major western commercial center having one of the biggest CBDs in USA hosting the offices of the largest companies in the US. It is touted as the largest city within a 600-mile stretch. The City is located close to the foot of the Rocky Mountains. The latitude and longitude of the city are 39 degrees North 66’104 degrees 83m’ West while the altitude is 1.6 Km/ 5280 ft above sea level. The cities that surround Denver include Englewood, Cherry Hills Village, Edgewater, Sheridan, Lakewood, and Commerce City Greenwood Village. The town has a population of 600000 residents mostly whites at over 85% followed by blacks at 12% with the rest being of other ethnicities.  It covers an area of roughly 153.3 sqr. Miles. Descriptively it lies between the Mountains surrounding North Colorado at the intersection of the South Platte River and the Cherry Creek close to the eastern foothills of the Rocky Mountains and the continental divide. Although many people deem the city to be a western, it’s only about 300 miles from the midpoint of the US continent.
The town is accessed mainly by the Highways, Bus and railroad service and the Airports. Denver supplies the other mountain states with stores due to its centrality and topography that favor’s ground transportation. An excess of 30 million people receives goods transported through the city by airplanes, trains or trucks annually.  The city’s layout is in a grid with Colfax on the southern side and eastwards through Broadway extending north and south. The regional transportation district bus with its central station at Colfax also operates a light train service.

Major innovations in Denver City
The B- Cycle
Despite being technologically advanced, the B- cycle system is very easy to implement with few setbacks. Its main facilities include bicycles and solar-powered facilities in designated area within a city. Users purchase an annual membership or 24 hr </description>
    <pubDate>2015-09-23T07:05:39.607-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Denver-City-35137.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>terrisom in pakistan</title>
    <description>
Terrorism in Pakistan Full Essay: Terrorism is not just word but ideology that suffered this world a lot. There are many countries of the world that are facing this threat in their parts. Important thing is that all countries are trying to counter it but terrorism increased. Pakistan is also the victim of this terrorism. In fact it is suffering a lot than any other country. The reason of that it’s big functional boundary which is associated with big countries of the world like India, Iran, Afghanistanand China.

In last UN Convention in which all heads of States were present, PM India Man Mohan Singh said Pakistan is the Epicenter of Terrorism” and all people that were sit in that convention endorsed his statement without considering that Pakistan gave lot of lives in this fight of terrorism, army men and also public. Today, bomb blast or suicide bombing is normal thing for the citizens of Pakistan. Many Pakistanis are dying these blasts but they are facing it by bravery. But the whole world is continuously pointing to us as terrorist state. What a shame? There is no govt. official that can say truth to the world and to the citizens of Pakistan that are still seeing towards leadership.

This is happening with us because of our slavery and corrupt leadership that made such decisions and policies through we are reached at the edge of another partition. Our Establishment launched Jihad to rescue the people of Afghanistan against USSR. We defeated USSR badly with the help of USA and got huge success. Now the scenario has been totally changed for last 10 years. USA replaced USSR and it is fighting against these Afghanis that were fighting with USA against USSR. Pakistan played the same role and it is helping USA against those Afghanis. Presently Pakistan is considered as Infidel (Kafir) state by this Pakistani Taliban. So, Pakistan is facing different war scenes. TTP which has origin of Pakistan is fighting against Pakistani State and Afghani Taliban is fighting against USA in Afghanistan. This wart is continuously going and USA is ready to leave this region by the beginning of 2014 but what about Pakistan? Pakistan has to do something to get rid of this problem because after going USA Pakistan will become the prime target for both of them which will be very deadly detrimental for Pakistan and it should plan something long </description>
    <pubDate>2015-08-10T07:10:44.197-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/terrisom-in-pakistan-35131.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Figueroa's framework in squash</title>
    <description>May have to change bits to suit youFigueroa's Framework
Professor Peter Figueroa developed a ‘framework that initially supported Figueroa’s research investigating racism, but it is a useful tool to investigate the ways in which inequities can be challenged in the area of exercise, sport and physical activity.’ (Amezdroz, Dickens, Hosford, Stewart, Davis, 2010, p. 461). Figueroa’s framework consists of 5 main levels: the Individual, Interpersonal, Structural, Institutional and Cultural, which can then be broken down even further. The Individual Level is about why individuals choose to participate in physical activity. The Interpersonal Level is described as the way relationships affect decisions. The Structural Level of Figueroa’s Framework is concerned with distributing resources and rewards and how it affects access and participation. The Institutional Level is the fourth level of Figueroa’s framework and is about the institutions and organisations that establish ‘structures or mechanisms of social order, they govern the behaviour of a set of individuals within a given community.’ (Wikipedia, 2015). And finally, the Cultural Level is the level at which ‘societal norms’ and values impact the participation of people in society. Throughout the recent Squash unit, we have payed particular attention to access and equitable participation in a range of physical environments. In this research report, I discuss which levels of Figueroa’s Framework have had the most significant impact on my attitudes, behaviours, participation and progress in Squash over the term: the Individual Level and the Interpersonal Level. 
The first level of Figueroa’s Framework is the Individual Level. The individual level is important because it’s about the individual. It’s made of 5 factors; Personal Temperament; Individual Needs; Genetic Predisposition; Personal Beliefs, Values and Stereotypes; and finally, Self-concept and Self-esteem. Personal temperament consists of; Personality types, based on where you place your attention and draw your energy from, using the Myers-Briggs personality table; and temperament is your perception of the world and your reaction in any given situation. Individual needs is the Choice Theory.  The ‘Choice Theory, developed by psychiatrist William Glasser, says that all of our behavior is our best attempt, at any given time, to meet one or more of 5 genetically determined needs: survival, power and respect, freedom, fun, and love and belonging’(K. Justice, 2015). Genetic predisposition determines peoples body type, muscle type and amount, as well as height and limb length, which may provide natural abilities that in certain sports. ‘In an effort to understand the </description>
    <pubDate>2015-06-17T02:42:34.43-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Figueroa-s-framework-in-squash-35116.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>For-and-against essay 2</title>
    <description>Essay We all like going to the zoo, but what about the animals? How do they feel? Should we keep animals in zoos, or is it wrong to take them out of their natural habitat? On the one hand, zoos play an important role in nature </description>
    <pubDate>2015-05-04T06:27:42.4-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/For-and-against-essay-2-35108.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Family</title>
    <description>




So much years ago god made the perfect recipe.
1 large house
1 cup of lovely graceful humble holy bless wrapped in skin with the best features.
The 'mother'
1 cup of strong brave godly courageous wish wrapped in skin with a delightful smile.
The 'father' 
1 cup of the devine brave form who redefines the soulful nature of his mothers love and his fathers courage.
The holiness of this feeble heart was so beautiful that god dint want to send him alone,
And then came the other side of the mirror,
The glorifying handsome twin to bind the four together to perfection  
2 cup of patience
3 spoons of anger/frustration
3 kilos of laughter
4 teaspoons of trust
2 spoon of care.
And last but definitely not least,
Lots and lots of love.
First, the perfect little house was chose and made safe for the couple.  the two charming  people with the twins was mixed carefully and stirred well that they redefined their parents. In a separate bowl, the love and laughter were mixed together. Set aside.each one was taken seperately and the patience care and trust were evenly distributed. It was made sure that each one got an equal amount.but fortunately  the mother was dipped in love and care that it dwelled in each of her cell. Carefully open the bottle of anger/frustration was opened and  small portions of the anger/frustration onto each person were dabbed. Lastly, the love and laughter was sprinkled all over the house and people. And then it was baked well until all parts of the recipe were thoroughly combined.
And that's how the perfect family was given life.
To the best family i ever know??.


There were smiles that gifted us with hopes,
And hopes that were glamourized as scars,
There were scars which bloomed to colours,
And colours which had a reason for you to spill.
There were drips that dignified our senses,
And senses that acquainted to spare partners
There were seasoned masks who made the divine worth the tears,
And tears that winked twinkles of memories,
There were memories that glitched at the people who left to the seventh heaven,
And the beloved who grew into gleaming  flowers
There were heroic flowers that bloomed into  enchanting crushes.
And love some crushes that drooled out the reality
There were elegant truths of the fat gained,
And the cheese which glossed our curves
There were mirthful reflection that rolled down as summer sweat,
And sweat which froze the snuggled gratitude
There were unmet pleasure which winged out the glow </description>
    <pubDate>2015-03-01T08:50:43.76-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Family-35092.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>United States beats Mexico in FIBA Basketball World Cup</title>
    <description>For a Team USA squad that was still talking about the lessons learned from a slow start against Turkey a week ago, this was a success.

Unlike that pool play game in which they trailed at halftime before surging in the second half, it was yet another quick start (25-13 early on and 42-27 at the half).

Kenneth Faried (Denver Nuggets) continued his impactful World Cup showing with eight points and eight rebounds to counter the Gustavo Ayon show for Mexico (25 points, eight rebounds). It's a wonder how Ayon, who is an NBA veteran, is still a free agent with his deft post skills and impressive game.

USATODAY

Derrick Rose continues to struggle at World Cup

Stephen Curry (Golden State) scored 11 of his 20 points in the third quarter in which the Americans continued to pull away. No injuries, either, which is always a good thing for this group in the post-Paul George era.

As expected coming in this was never a game.

WHAT WE'LL BE TALKING ABOUT

Warriors fans are used to seeing Curry and Klay Thompson play like this, but the "Splash Brothers," as they're known, showcased their sharpshooting talents for the world's stage.

Curry buried six threes and hit seven of 10 shots in all, and Thompson had 15 points and hit three threes of his own (6 of 14 overall).

What's more, Curry dished out four assists in 24 minutes at a time when it's looking like Team USA may need him to put his point guard hat on again. Derrick Rose remained quiet in the tournament, as the Chicago Bulls point guard missed all five of his shots and had three turnovers in 15 minutes. He's now shooting just 21.6% for the tournament (8 of 37).

WHAT'S NEXT

Here's a scary thought for Team USA's next couple of opponents: they're about to rest up.

After playing five games in six days before this Round of 16 began, the next tilt comes Tuesday against the winner of Saturday's game in Barcelona against the Dominican Republic (FIBA world ranking of No. 26) and Slovenia (No. 13).

Both teams have plenty of reason for concern, as the Americans have already obliterated them in previous matchups – a 101-71 win vs. Slovenia in a scrimmage in Gran Canaria, Spain on Aug. 26 in which Slovenia's star, Phoenix Suns point guard Goran Dragic, had just six points and one assist; 105-62 USA win vs. the Francisco Garcia-led Dominicans Aug. 20 in New </description>
    <pubDate>2014-09-07T03:30:55.893-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/United-States-beats-Mexico-in-FIBA-Basketball-World-Cup-35049.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Why Nelson Mandela is my hero.</title>
    <description>Nelson Mandela was born in 1918 on July the 18th his father died when he was 12 which was in 1930. Nelson got his name from his teacher named Miss Mdingane.

Time spent in prison:
Nelson Mandela was arrested in a countrywide police swoop on 5 December 1955, which led to the 1956 Treason Trial. Men and women of all races found themselves in the dock in the marathon trial that only ended when the last 28 accused, including Mr. Mandela were acquitted on 29 March 1961.
 
How did Nelson Mandela change South Africa you may ask well this is how? In 1994 Nelson was South Africa’s first president this was a triumph for democracy and also a triumph for equality he made Africa a better place by installing fairer rules for the citizens of Africa.

Why is he my hero?
Mandela is my hero because is a man of great personal honor, strength, and integrity, but he was always fighting for something greater than himself, and that was the freedom of an entire nation. It is painful to imagine that this man, who radiates so much love, who exposed so many truths, could have spent so much of his life in prison.
Mandela is my hero because he triumphed over injustice, and not in a small way. Almost unimaginable just a few years before, Nelson Mandela became the first democratically-elected president of South Africa in 1994 and served in that position for five years.
But Nelson never gave up he kept fighting for his country he didn’t want to get beaten by this unjust system of government. He became a warrior in the battle to free South Africa Starting out as a leader of an underground political movement called the ANC. 
But his career in leading the ANC was cut short when he got sentenced to life prison.

Thanks to the self sacrifice of Nelson now all Africans have a better life it doesn’t matter what color they are they all have equal rights they get payed the same if they have an identical job as another citizen there is no unfair pay anymore (that we know of) He didn’t care if he would end up in prison all he waned is so that his country could have a better life, And I’m pretty sure the whole entire world could use nelson as a role model. He has taught me to Stand up for myself don’t </description>
    <pubDate>2014-05-26T21:55:59.233-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Why-Nelson-Mandela-is-my-hero_-35038.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Archimedes Contribution to Math</title>
    <description>Zaleka Tate
Math Essay for Exam
Archimedes 


Archimedes was born in 287 BC in Syracuse, a Greek seaport colony in Sicily. Archimedes’ father was Phidias. He was an astronomer; this is all we know about his father and we learn this from Archimedes’ work, The Sandreckoner. Archimedes was educated in Alexandria, Egypt. Archimedes’ friend, Heracleides, wrote a biography about him, but this work was lost. Some authors report that he visited Egypt and there invented a tool known as Archimedes' screw. This is a pump, still used today in parts of the world. It is likely that, when he was a young man, Archimedes studied with the followers of Euclid. Many of his ideas seem to correspond with the mathematics developed there. This speculation is much more certain because he sent his results to Alexandria with personal messages. He considered Conon of Samos, one of the greatest achieving mathematicians at Alexandria, both for his abilities as a mathematician and he also respected him as a close friend. 

Archimedes spent most of his life in Sicily, near Syracuse except for his journeys to Alexandria. He never held any public office but he was faithful to his lifetime of research and experiment. At times, Archimedes became so immersed in his work that he would forget to eat. He used every surface available to do his work on, including oil on his skin to ashes from a fire. Many of Archimedes’ discoveries were put to the test during the Roman conquest of Sicily. His mechanical tools and machines were used, including the legendary catapult which he is credited for making. This was all for the protection of Syracuse. 
Despite the use of Archimedes’ inventions, Syracuse was captured during the Second Punic war. A Roman soldier who found him drawing a mathematical diagram in the sand killed Archimedes. It is said that Archimedes was so preoccupied in his calculation that he simply said to the intruder, "Do not disturb my diagrams." 
Aside from the fame Archimedes earned from his work on the Archimedes’ screw, he was also famous for his relationship with the king, Hiero. Hiero often had complicated problems to solve, and Archimedes solved them causing surprise among the town. The king often challenged Archimedes. One of Archimedes’ quotes is “Give me a place to stand and I will move the Earth.” The king took him up on this challenge and invited him to move </description>
    <pubDate>2014-04-21T13:47:30.537-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Archimedes-Contribution-to-Math-35015.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>What measures should be taken to solve the problem of illiteracy in Morocco?</title>
    <description>Illiteracy is a dark stain in our society. More than 50% of the population is still illiterate in Morocco. Because of illiteracy Morocco’s rank has decreased from 120 in 2007 to 138 in 2010 in human development index. Many efforts have been taken to reduce the rate of the problem but all of these efforts were not efficient enough to wipe out illiteracy. It is up the government and civil society associations as well as NGOs to take quick and efficient measures to make the half of the society able to read and write.
The first step should be taken to face illiteracy is setting efficient and clear policies that will reduce the percentage of the illiterate to at least 10% of the population. On the one hand, the government should conscientize people about the disastrous effects of illiteracy upon society and future generations. For instance, the ministry of education should promote education programs through mass media instead of spending huge amount of money in advertising. On the other hand, it is up the government to clean its administrations from corrupt officials that hinder the implementation of its policies. These officials are in fact responsible for the spread of illiteracy among Moroccans. However, legislating laws remains fruitless unless the government sets out to fulfill its obligations. This seems a heavy burden for the government but it is the first step towards solution.
Besides setting policies in dealing with the phenomenon, government and civil society associations should provide adequate mechanisms to combat illiteracy especially in rural areas.  Since the rate of illiteracy is higher in rural areas than in urban areas we need first to connect our countrysides with cities by building roads and supplying them with electricity so that teachers can reach them.  We need also to build centers specialized in teaching illiterates because current ordinary schools cannot provide good education  for they are dedicated to school children and also are ill-equipped.  However, teachers remain the cornerstone in this process. Providing highly-qualified and experienced teachers in dealing with the illiterate will serve a great deal to render the illiterate literates and intellectuals. These mechanisms could achieve tremendous results if done properly.
Solving the problem of school dropouts is the most efficient measure should be taken for the great majority of the interviewed illiterate say that they have dropped out of school or never entered school at all. We should </description>
    <pubDate>2013-10-19T05:56:32.483-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/What-measures-should-be-taken-to-solve-the-problem-of-illiteracy-in-Morocco-34973.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>RECYCLING SHOULD BE A LAQ</title>
    <description>												 
Kavin Beal
Eng.101: Essay # 3 
Professor X. Tirado
June 16, 2013
					Saving the World
	Planet Earth is in state of emergency. For centuries, human beings have not used correctly our precious, limited, natural resources.  There have been numerous propositions to treat appropriately this planet from many countries. Global issues are quite dangerous to human existence that makes them think that there is not an exact solution to them. Complicated situations such as habitat destruction, global warming, exploitation of natural resources, waste of landfills, and pollution are so difficult to handle at the same time. These serious conflicts stand in need of professionals and the government to take control of them. According to the article, “5 Biggest Problems of the World Right Now”, pollution is in the top five worst problems in the earth. “Pollution damages the Earth’s Land, water and air. It results in contamination of the earth's environment with materials that interfere with human health, the quality of life, and the natural functioning of ecosystems (living organisms and their physical surroundings)” (Last). Pollution affects every single living thing in this world. It causes deaths and affects the health of people by contaminating the air we breathe. Unfortunately, this intense dilemma is created generally by the monstrous, human raze. Pollution is created by many different causes. One of 
the main causes of this catastrophic disaster is regularly generated by throwing thrash into the oceans and into the ground. Humans do not really care about it and don’t mind if they are been 
affected by it. It will continue to affect human beings drastically without them noticing it and their futuristic families too if they do not start acting. They think that landfills are to dump all the unnecessary items , but it really is not. Landfills are to not dump all the garbage in them, but they are only for dumping trash , not recyclable items. Human beings are a victim of this unnatural problem and need to find an effective solution to get rid of it immediately. As Albert Einstein said,"The world is a result of our thoughts and ideas. Therefore in order to change it, we must first change the way we think." Einstein’s words are very wise and human beings could follow these wise words to help save their homes. 
How green would this world be if everyone would recycle the items they use?  Humans think that </description>
    <pubDate>2013-06-18T18:54:09.737-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/RECYCLING-SHOULD-BE-A-LAQ-34898.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Restoration Period</title>
    <description>The Restoration Period (1660-1700)

  The eighteenth century in English literary history generally opens with the Restoration  period  as  a  kind  of  preface,  which  is  held  to  prolong  itself  until the  new  century  dawns.  This  Restoration  period  is  actually  a  part  of  Neo-Classical  age. This is called  Restoration  because  in this  period  the  English literary  tradition  was  restored  with  the  restoration  of  English  monarchy.  People  brought  back  Charles  I  from  France  and  made  him  the  king  of  England.
Many  transmutations  took  place  at  this  period  of  time. From  the  social system  to  the  literary  parts  altogether  saw  massive  alterations. The  long  term Puritan  regime  which  was  full  of  restrictions  and  severity  on  life  came  to  an  end.  For  a  generation  many  pleasures  had  been  suppressed;  now  the theaters  were  reopened,  bull  and  bear  baiting  revived,  and  sports,  music, dancing,--a  wild  delight  in  the  pleasures  and  vanities  of  this  world  replaced that  absorption  in  “other-worldliness”  which  characterized  the  extreme  of  puritanism. This   period  saw  the  Glorious  Revolution  where  the  Catholics,  the  Protestants,  Whigs  and  Tories  all  were  united  in  this  great  revolution  of  England.  The  Modern  England  was  established  too.  People  started  to  live  differently  than  before.  The  house  of  the  Lords  was  mostly  up  surged  by  the  creation  of  hereditary  titles  and  estates  for  ignoble  men </description>
    <pubDate>2013-06-08T23:32:36.763-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Restoration-Period-34895.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Should capital punishment be abolished?</title>
    <description>Capital punishment also known as death penalty is the punishment of death which is generally awarded to those guilty of heinous crimes, particularly murder and child rape. At first, capital punishment was applied all over the world beginning in the 18th century. The traditional way of awarding this punishment is "hanging by the neck" till the death of the criminal but there are other methods such as shooting, electric chair, lethal gas and so on. However, in recent months it has been an issue in whether the death penalty should or should not be abolished.
First of all, prison are not hard enough on their inmates. Prisoners that are held while their crimes are being investigated are treated too nicely. This could take days, months, even years. These persons are allowed to watch television o attend school in case they are released later. 
Also, almost everyone in the world fear death and think about it almost every day of their life and could do anything to prevent it or stay away from what can cause it. When people are aware that they will be punished with death if they commit a crime such as murder, their fear of death will discourage them from committing crimes.
Some people would argue that death penalty is murder so we would in fact only be repeating the crime. However, to others, death penalty isn't murder, it is society's self-defense. These persons would say: “Is it wrong for a police officer to speed in order to catch a speeder? Some cases require the offense to be repeated in order for justice to be served. Furthermore, if someone walks up to a person and punches him, then gets punched in return...you do not have two cases of assault.”, or “Life is our most precious possession. This is exactly what Capital punishment teaches. Capital punishment let all murderers know that they will have to abandon their lives if they take the life of someone else.”
Despite all the pros of capital punishment, there are also a lot of reasons why this kind of punishment should be completely abolished. Some of these reasons are:
 Every human being is entitled to receive a second chance in life whatever crime he or she did as nobody is perfect. Putting a convict behind bars is always a logical option than killing him, as there is a chance that he may improve. People who have </description>
    <pubDate>2013-05-24T10:00:10.29-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Should-capital-punishment-be-abolished-34889.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>How has time-space compression produced new uneven economic geographies of development? Illustrate your answer with examples.</title>
    <description>Introduction
Time-space compression is the notion that assorted societies have lessened the friction of distance, and are now more in contact than ever before, thanks to advances in transportation and telecommunications (Leyshon 1995; Warf 2011; Mackinnon &amp; Cumbers 2007). Although society has benefited positively in many aspects from time-space compression, it has also undoubtedly created new uneven economic geographies of development or the tendency for wealth, growth, and investment to become clustered in certain geographic locations over others (Coe, Kelly, &amp; Yeung 2007; Mackinnon &amp; Cumbers 2007). This essay will highlight how time-space compression has produced new uneven economic geographies of development by explaining how capitalism drives time-space compression, and the resulting uneven economic development consequences including technology and economic restructuring. 
How Capitalism drives Time-Space Compression
To understand how time space compression has produced new uneven economic geographies of development it is key to look at capitalism principles, and how it practices in our modern society. Fundamentally and most importantly capitalism relies on the exploitation of someone, somewhere, to earn a profit, therefore it can be stated that unevenness in economic geographies is a necessity of capitalism (Coe, Kelly, &amp; Yeung 2007; Mackinnon &amp; Cumbers 2007). For example for global retailers to maximise profit, sweatshops are established in developing nations instead of developed nations, because less cost is spent on producing the product and more profit is gained because of lack of legal rights (child labour, poor working conditions, limited unions/or none, and poor wages)  (Robbins 2010). 
Harvey (1989) (quoted in Leyshon (1995) &amp; Warf (2011)), suggests that this necessity for uneven development is created and continued by time-space compression. Harvey (1989) (quoted in Leyshon (1995) &amp; Warf (2011)) states that it is the dynamics of capitalist production, namely capitalist’s endless quest to reduce turnover of capital and the search for new technologies and markets that generates geographical expansion or  time-space compression. It is within Harvey’s (1989) explanation of why time-space compression happens ( quoted in Leyshon 1995 &amp; Warf 2011)that one can begin to unravel how capitalism induced time-space compression has brought about new uneven economics of geographies, this is especially seen in capitalists need to be highly creative and innovative, in developing new technologies.
Time-space compression Technologies  
The continuing capitalist search and survival for profits means that time-space compression technologies are being produced at a terrific speed. With the advent of the commercial jet liner and a communications </description>
    <pubDate>2013-04-10T23:12:30.767-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/How-has-time-space-compression-produced-new-uneven-economic-geographies-of-development-Illustrate-your-answer-with-examples_-34854.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Brown V. Board of Education</title>
    <description>Location: Board of Education 
Facts of the Case: Black children were denied admission to public schools attended by white children under laws requiring or permitting segregation according to the races. The white and black schools approached equality in terms of buildings, curricula, qualifications, and teacher salaries. This case was decided together with Briggs v. Elliott and Davis v. County School Board </description>
    <pubDate>2013-04-01T15:05:01.813-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Brown-V_-Board-of-Education-34840.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Uniforms</title>
    <description />
    <pubDate>2013-03-24T22:24:06.28-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Uniforms-34837.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>What is Problem</title>
    <description>What is Problem?
A problem is a question that motivates you to search for a solution. This implies first that you want or need to solve the problem and second that you have to search for a way to find a solution. Whether a question is a problem or on exercise depends on the prior knowledge of the problem solver.
A problem is a problem because you don’t know straight away how to do it. Let’s be clear start that we are talking about mathematical problems here. So what would stop you or one of the children in your class from doing a mathematics problem? Well, first there may be something about the wording that you don’t understand. Then the second, you may not see how to get started. There may be no obvious strategy for you to use. Third you may not know the right piece of mathematics to use, and fourth, you may know the right strategy and right mathematics but you may not be using them correctly or you may not be able to see how to put them together to come up with a solution.
The strange thing about problem is that what is a problem for one person is not necessarily a problem for someone else. This is because no two people have the same set of experiences. Hence one person will be able to understand the wording of a problem more quickly, than one of their friends-you will be able to understand more problem than your children will, simply because you are more experienced and have a larger vocabulary.
Some people too, will see what approach to take to a given problem more quickly than someone else sometimes. Strategy is almost obvious, sometimes too it is far from obvious. Of course your mathematical knowledge is vital to solving problems – clearly the more you know, the less questions will be problems. And on some days you will see how to put together the right strategy and the right maths more quickly than you will some other time.
WHAT IS PROBLEMS SOLVING?
	A problem solving is a mathematics process. As such it is to be found in the strand of mathematics processes along with logic and reasoning, and communication. This is a side of mathematics that enables us to use the skills in a wide variety of situations.
	Problem solving can also be defined as a mental process that involves discovering, analyzing </description>
    <pubDate>2013-03-23T00:44:33.67-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/What-is-Problem-34836.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Greenhouse Effect and its Implication on Global Warming </title>
    <description>
Greenhouse effect refers to an atmospheric process by which short wavelengths of the visible light from the sun pass through the atmosphere where they are absorbed or trapped.  However,  part of light emitted from the sun in form of long wave is re-radiated from heated objects on the earth’s surface in to the atmosphere. Presence of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere does not allow the radiations to pass through. The greenhouse gas molecules are more complex than any air molecule and their structure has high heat absorption capacity. The heat radiated back to the earth’s surface to modulate its temperature (Davis, 9).
 According to Parsons (23), this process is essential in order to support life. if this does not occur, the temperatures on the earth surface would be below freezing point and plant or animal life would be supported. however, human activtities in the past centuries have increased the concentration of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere which inturn have increased the average temperature on the earth’s surface. 
Greenhouse gases include water vapor, caborndixoide, nitrous oxide and methane. Acording to a report released by IPCC in 2007, there was  a significant increase in production of greenhouse gases between the 19th and 20th century (Davis, 11).

Causes of greenhouse Gases and their impact 
 Increase in population has led to increased transportation and manufacturing. This implies rise in the combustion of fossil fuels including oil, gas and coal. Combustion of fossil fuels leads to emission of, among others, carbon dioxide into the atmosphere and this account for over 80% of the Carbon dioxide emission (Alastair, 77). Parsons (25) notes that the gases produced are more stable that stay very long in the atmosphere.  Deforestation is a human activity which involves cutting down of trees. Major causes of deforestation include human settlement and wood for industrial use.  It is important to note that trees and other vegetative cover play an important role in atmospheric balancing process by consuming carbon dioxide from the atmosphere. Reduced absorption of carbon dioxide leads to its accumulation in the atmosphere. 
Electrical appliances and chemicals are also sources of greenhouse gases. Refrigerators, fire extinguishers chemicals, aerosols and some industrial packages are major sources of chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs). This chemical compound is also very strong and can stay in the atmosphere for a very long period of time. Chlorofluorocarbons are seemingly environmentally safe, non-toxic and stable chemical </description>
    <pubDate>2013-03-12T15:35:55.67-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Greenhouse-Effect-and-its-Implication-on-Global-Warming-34832.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Dating doesn’t have to send you into bankruptcy</title>
    <description>London is full of free entertainment that you and a London escort can enjoy
With things in the city costing you a lot more these days, there are always options in the city
centre for entertainment that isn’t going to send you into a tail spin. Instead of risking bankruptcy
to woo that pretty girl you have your eye on, why not look around the city for things you can do
with your date that won’t leave you in ruins? Londoners on average spend more than £200 on a
date, but there are many things in the city you can do for free, that give your girl the impression
that you are fun and a little quirky, rather than cheap. Here are a few of the best things to do in
London for free with a date or London escort.
The Royal Festival Hall on the Southbank houses many great musicians, dancers, and artists
and you can of course pay to see some of the music concerts, however in the main ground floor
stage area you can always see a free exhibition. After this you can take the singing elevator up to
the little known balcony area on the fifth floor, where you can look out at the view with your date
or Beautiful London Escorts.
Whilst you are in the South Bank area you may as well call into the British Film Institute. Here
you can enjoy all manner of swanky things, from one of the two bars through to the exhibition
space. But if you want to save your pennies you can always enjoy the Mediatheque. Here in front
of the large screen computers you can enjoy thousands of TV shows, documentaries and films.
At this place you can get to know your date better, and even introduce her to some of your
favourite childhood movies. A London escort loves getting to know the man she is dating, and
nothing lets you get into the mind of your date more than what you find funny. Old episodes of
Dad's Army or Dr Who will be able to tell her exactly who you are!
If you happen to be new Tower Bridge and love to catch a show, then The Scoop is the perfect
place to do this. In the summer time the amphitheatre is in use almost every night, showcasing
music, plays, and drama and film screenings. With over 800 seats you and your date can see
something amazing happening here, almost every night if you so wish. And after the show </description>
    <pubDate>2013-02-20T07:56:06.613-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Dating-doesn’t-have-to-send-you-into-bankruptcy-34805.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>ABORTION</title>
    <description>			Abortion

The Christian belief in the sanctity of life is based on the teachings   of famous Christians and on what they read in the bible, the teachings   of Jesus. A quote from the bible which seems to support the view that   abortion is wrong is from Psalm 139:13, verses 15-16,     "You created every part of me;   You put me together in my mother's womb?   When my bones were being formed,   Carefully put me together in my mother's womb.   

  When I was growing there in secret,   You knew that I was there ?   You saw me before I was born.   

  The days allotted to me   Had all been recorded in your book,   Before any of them ever began."     This seems to be saying that god has already begun to have an influence   on the life of a person before they are even born. The life of a person   is already unique and god has already given them their own identity   before they are born. If this is true, and the quote seems to be saying   that it is, then abortion would have to be seen as a crime on the same   level as murder. There are no good grounds for murder, one of the Ten   Commandments says,     "Do not commit murder."     So, if we were to consider only this quote then we would have to see   abortion as fundamentally wrong, any justification for abortion would   become a justification for murder, and we can see no justification for   murder, the ultimate sin. Another quote from the bible would seem to   strengthen this view, Jeremiah 1:4-5     The Lord said to me, ?I chose you before I gave you life, and before   you were born I selected you to be a prophet to the nations."     This seems to suggest, as did the last quote, that God decides the fate   of the child before it is born, abortion would prevent the child from   fulfilling its potential. This would </description>
    <pubDate>2013-01-17T11:19:19.563-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/ABORTION-34780.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Euthanasia</title>
    <description>	Merciful Killing “Euthanasia”
      

.George Shell suffered from permanent brain damage at the age of twenty-six, due to a lack of oxygen. This unfortunate and serious mishap was caused by Shell’s own selfish personal decisions (Door). An accident caused by her bulimia, which left her in a vegetarian state from 1990 to 2005. Doctors gave no optimism in her case, as a feeding tube was the only hope to keep her merely existence. According to her husband Michael, she had previously expressed that she did not wish to be kept alive if she was in such condition (Terri). A wise choice by Terri, due to the circumstances, if kept alive it would only be selfish, costly, and emotionally draining. Michael fought her parents in court for the removal of the feeding tube and it took fifteen years for the courts to favor Michael’s wishes. Terri died on March 18, 2005, thirteen days after her tube was removed (Terri). Results after her autopsy showed that Terri was unable to think, feel, see, or connect in any sort of way with her surroundings (Dorr). Michael’s tough decision to end his wife’s life was proven to be the best one.
      Some might describe this as cruel and an egocentric form of murder. However, the correct term is euthanasia. Euthanasia can be defined as an act “to deprive a person of existence by execution or omission for his or her alleged benefit” (Keelan). The word euthanasia comes from a Greek word in the seventeenth century, eu thanatos (Eu meaning good, and thanatos means death, good death (Dunsmuir). Euthanasia can be classified in four different categories, passive, active, voluntary, and involuntary (Walker).
      Passive euthanasia is when medical treatment is a necessary means for human existence, and is removed. The consequences are notably known and expected (Walker). A great example was Terri Shell’s case. Her doctors, husband, and immediate family knew if the feeding tube were to be removed, she would die. That poor woman was kept alive for thirteen years, yet she was unable to connect with the world. Active euthanasia is when drugs are administrated to a terminally ill person in order to cause death (Walker). The difference between the two is in passive euthanasia you do nothing to save a life, whereas in active euthanasia you attempt to end </description>
    <pubDate>2013-01-17T11:07:31.91-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Euthanasia-34779.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>media and freedom of speech</title>
    <description>Introduction :
“It is important for people to learn about the freedom of speech and expression and the power of media speech in order to create a culture of media in India and to combine them to some of the most fundamental aspects of our democratic society to create a balance."
Freedom of speech and expression is a natural right. The history of this freedom goes way back to when John Milton urged, “Give me the liberty to know, to utter and argue freely according to conscience above all liberties. Since then, the freedom of speech and expression has become a fundamental mantra to realize democratic aspirations. Almost all constitutions of democratic nations have given the prime place for the right to free speech. The whole concept of Freedom of Speech has generally evolved into a freedom of expression. But why is freedom of speech or expression so important? Of course because it is our constitutional right. More over it promotes and encourages the free flow of ideas from which our democracy was formed. It also promotes important ideas and ideals, uncovering the truth and making the leaders accountable for their actions. It opens the minds of the speakers, and the listeners to different views and ideas. Apart from some historical speeches that changed the course of history and had withstood the test of time like that of Martin Luther king (I have a dream) or that of Patrick Henry’s famous statement “Give me liberty, or give me death”, it is also important for the individual dignity, participation and accountability in democracy.

“Everyone has the right to freedom of opinion and expression; this right includes freedom to hold opinions without interference and to seek, receive and impart information and ideas through any media and regardless of frontiers”. Says declaration of human rights by United Nation. 

"The free communication of ideas and opinions is one of the most precious of the rights of man. Every citizen may, accordingly, speak, write, and print with freedom, but shall be responsible for such abuses of this freedom as shall be defined by law"- declaration of the rights of man and the citizen
.
Every constitution has an article referring to the freedom of speech and expression. Freedom of expression has always been emphasized as an essential basis for the democratic functioning of a society. The reasons for this are- the right of an individual to self-fulfillment, the inherent democratic </description>
    <pubDate>2012-11-06T04:01:42.663-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/media-and-freedom-of-speech-34735.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Value of Games and Sports</title>
    <description>"All work and no play makes jack a dull boy".

This proverb shows the importance of games in the lives of children. The body is the temple of the mind and is intimately connected with </description>
    <pubDate>2012-10-27T06:48:24.543-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Value-of-Games-and-Sports-34727.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Plot Summary of Kongi's Harvest, a play by Wole Soyinka</title>
    <description>KONGI’S HARVEST 

Plot Summary

Kongi’s Harvest is to be the official start of the five-year plan. Kongi is the president of Isma. He has the spiritual leader King Danlola under ‘preventive detention’ (PD). Kongi has insisted that Danlola should be seen by the people at the festival to bring him the New Yam with his own hands. Kongi has been increasingly involved in image building, before the festival comes to a shattering climax. ( The Blurb, Kongi’s Harvest, Macmillan Pub.)

Hemlock

There is a heavy, somber and pessimistic mood as the play begins. The king is endangered. The omniscience in the narration depicts that nothing good will come out of Kongi’s leadership over the land of Isma. According to the Superintendent, one of Kongi’s right-hand men, Danlola’s supporters have been gathering to desecrate the national anthem of the land. Consequently, Sarumi and Danlola are in detention. By so detaining them, the king has been deprived of his traditional power and sovereignty, hence conflicting with the president. 

A mock prostration from Danlola to Kongi scares the superintendent, who in spite of his new loyalty to Kongi still maintains a passive respect for the king. This can attract a traditional curse, and there is the danger of overthrown. 

The action of the play takes place on the eve and the day of the national celebration of Isma. 

First Part


The Reformed Aweri Fraternity is in deliberation, to get an image, in formal disputation. This means they are looking for a new identity and assertion their true place or relevance to the people. 

We see Segi and her drinking habits. 

Secretary joins the planning session of the Aweris, whom he finds starving. At this time, Kongi enters the stage. The Aweris vow to protect the leader’s image for the next five years development plan whose keyword is harmony. In this matter, another of Kongi’s men called the Secretary observes, 

“   All we want is some way of persuading King Danlola to bring the New Yam for Kongi with his own hands… the king should perform all his customary (and) spiritual functions to Kongi”. 

This, satirically, is called by the Aweris: an inevitable stage in the process of power reversionism. 

Meanwhile, there is clear civil unrest among the masses. A bomb for which no one has claimed responsibility has been thrown somewhere. The Aweris are visibly nervous and apprehensive of imminent coup d’etat. The Aweris are </description>
    <pubDate>2012-09-28T08:49:43.91-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Plot-Summary-of-Kongi-s-Harvest,-a-play-by-Wole-Soyinka-34652.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>importance and benefits of sports</title>
    <description>Have you ever thought why people do sports? Absolutely, many people seem not to know the reasons. As a anectode, there are many people who do sports for nothing around us. Everyday we can encounter with these people. They regularly do sports; however, none of them realizes the benefits and importance of sports. In fact, vice versa, some people want to be fit and attractive, look smart. Unfortunately, these people can’t consider other benefits of sports. In my opinion, there are several benefits of sports that people often do not consider: sports are required to be healthy people, are needed for enjoyment, and are great market for countries’ economies. 

The first advantage of sports for people is that they help people be healthy, and be fit. Throughout history, people can’t give up their interest at their body. I belive that now many people love themselves no matter how beautiful or ugly they are. Naturally, people’s first aim should be healthy and fit with the benefits of sports. Due to this fact that Sports keep our body healthy. As a possible example, imagine that there is a car which has not worked for years. If you try to run the motor engine, it will not work anymore since it has been rusted and its engine may be broken down. As a result, people is smillar to engines and motors. If we don’t do sports, we will be forced to rust, in other words, decomposition of our body; afterwards, we may have some problems with our body when we even need to small walk. In addition, sports balance our body’s blood pressure and circulation. According to many researchs which have been done by scientists, we can prove the importance of sports for our health because 70% middle aged people who did not do sports in their youth are now struggling with the problems such as high tension, trouble with blood circulation, easily become tired due to the lack of sports. 

The second advantage of sports for people is that they are required for our daily lives and competing at the internatinal area because of enjoyment of sports. For many years, sports have been done by people. For example, have you ever thought why people want to play football or other games? The answer may be easy since sports are entertaining. They are sometimes magics as they catch our attention and give us </description>
    <pubDate>2012-09-27T08:24:59.237-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/importance-and-benefits-of-sports-34651.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>identifying key forces and/or events that have trigger such a strong interest in cultural heritage within the tourism industry. </title>
    <description>Cultural heritage within the tourism industry is a flourishing phenomenon worldwide, and the cultural tourist who partakes in this type of tourism is equally burgeoning and multiplying at excessive speed (Lord 1999; Craik 2001; Richards 2009). Cultural heritage can be defined as the legacy of traditions, customs, practices, and artefacts of a group identity, which are inherited from past generations and socially constructed in the present (Craik 2001). This consumption of cultural heritage in the tourism industry is seen to be undertaken predominantly by middle class westerners, who are educated, wealthy and middle aged (Lord 1999; Craik 2001). These characteristics of the cultural heritage tourist illustrate with key forces and events why interest has increased so dramatically over the years. These key forces and events that have triggered a strong interest in cultural heritage within the tourism industry include; The Grand Tour, The revolution of tourism in the 1960’s and 1970’s, Globalization and the nation states beneficial use of cultural heritage and finally tourists collecting of cultural capital and their search for authenticity. All these key forces and events together discuss why there has been such a noticeable rise of interest in cultural heritage within the tourism industry.  

Western society’s interest in cultural heritage or the origins of the cultural tourist can be said to date back to ‘The Grand Tour’ from the mid seventeenth century (Towner 1985). This tour of Europe was undertaken for education and pleasure (Towner 1985), which we can also identify as a primary motive of today’s cultural tourist (Lord 1999, Mckercher 2002). Similar to today’s society it is also worthy to note that cultural movements influenced the route, and number of tourists undertaking ‘The Grand Tour’ (Towner 1985). This proves that there was a strong interest in cultural heritage within the very first example of what we would today; call a cultural tourist (Towner 1985). For example, from 1661 to 1700 the cultural movement/interest of the time focused predominantly on classical and renaissance (Towner 1985). This cultural popularity  can be mirrored in the earlier version of ‘The Grand Tour’ which  travelled routes predominantly taken through Italy, and France the ancient hubs of classical and renaissance  (Towner 1985). This early interest in cultural heritage, in the tourism industry can be said to form the beginnings of today’s interest and increasingly growing popularity in cultural heritage.
 
As highlighted above ‘The Grand Tour’ was </description>
    <pubDate>2012-05-21T02:06:20.497-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/identifying-key-forces-and-or-events-that-have-trigger-such-a-strong-interest-in-cultural-heritage-within-the-tourism-industry_-34574.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Social Geography discussing public spaces as places where everyone is welcome and is free to express their identity.</title>
    <description>Introduction

Public spaces are defined as places where there is inclusion, open mindedness, equality, and acceptance, no matter where an individual stands in the rank of society (Iveson 2003; Iveson 2007; Nolan 2003) But public spaces are often not always what they should be and this is because dominant groups, politics, culture, and power  dictates who is in and out of place and the appropriate uses of these spaces (Valentine 2007) This highly critical and political view of public spaces means that identities are constantly changing to adapt to different spaces and different contexts, they’re never fixed (Valentine 2007). This essay will explore how public spaces are not always places where everyone is welcome and are free to express their identity through the key points of identity constructed through norms of belonging, power and status determining inclusion/exclusion in public spaces and influence of politics on belonging in public spaces.

Identity Constructed Through Norms of Belonging

Identity in public spaces as addressed above, are fluid and ever changing in different spatial contexts (Valentine 2007). One of the reasons for this is because different public spaces are governed by different norms that deem what is acceptable and what is not (Nolan 2003). It can be suggested then that, in many public spaces individuals adhere to the socially accepted norms, and don’t freely express their identity. For example young women attending night clubs detailed how you must ‘dress up’ and adhere to certain feminine stereotypes (showing cleavage) to gain entry from bouncers (Waitt, Jessop, &amp; Gorman-Murray 2011). For the girls studied in this article, norms about clubs/pubs spaces dictated their identities when they went out and ‘dressed up’, thus they were conforming to the objective male gazes and not freely expressing identity (Waitt, Jessop, &amp; Gorman-Murray 2011). 

Power and Status Determining Inclusion/Exclusion in Public Spaces

Public spaces are not always a place where everyone is welcome and free to express their identity, and this is partially due to social powers and their locations within our society. The locations of power concerns the way groups and individuals are viewed within society (Iveson 2007, Dunn 2001). Many groups are excluded, not tolerated, frowned upon and feared, simply because they do not fit the conventional use of space decided by a general majority (Iveson 2007, Nolan 2003, Dunn 2001). As discussed by Iveson (2007) public spaces are becoming more neo-liberalised as a result of globalisation and capitalist underpinnings. These </description>
    <pubDate>2012-05-21T02:00:01.837-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Social-Geography-discussing-public-spaces-as-places-where-everyone-is-welcome-and-is-free-to-express-their-identity_-34573.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title> The way our understanding of ‘heritage’ has shifted and become more diversified and contested. In relation to multiculturalism. </title>
    <description>Monuments, buildings and sights. These are our traditional views on what heritage was and what some still believe is (Smith 2006). Never the less, society has progressed to a greater understanding of heritage, now recognising that heritage is in fact both intangible and tangible, fluid, socially determined, and living (Harrison 2010).  As our understandings of heritage have shifted, the more it has become contested and diversified. This can especially be seen in relation to multiculturalism. A nation that is multicultural is bound to have contested and diversified views on heritage; this is particularly seen in relation to national identities and collective memories (Harrison 2010). This essay will explain the traditional views of heritage and how these views have shifted in modern society. The essay will also explain how multicultural society’s heritage can become a production site of national identity, and lastly Britain is looked at as a case study on how national heritage excludes minorities, and how minorities have developed a voice to contested national heritage.  

Traditional views of heritage are well examined and explained by Smith (2006) in what she calls the Authorised Heritage Discourse (AHD). The AHD is characterised by; a need for expertise, focus on the intangible, elitism (white, male, middle and upper class), focus on national identity, property that is inherently valuable, all that is positive (effectively ignoring negatives), and  a universal past (Smith 2006; Smith &amp; Waterton 2009). This view of heritage came about through the period of enlightenment and the European nations struggle towards liberalism and nationalism in the late 1800’s (Smith 2006). Heritage was effectively used to bind a nation together during and after such a new and turbulent time period. This is seen in public monuments, statues and buildings; which were a testament to achievement, superiority and national identity, in modern Europe (Smith 2006). Museums in Europe were yet another public source to unite a country through, collections and artefacts from around the world, again demonstrating superiority, elitism, and achievement (Smith 2006). This ‘collecting of culture’ in the 20th century became the co modification of heritage, and seeing fabric form rather than the social or the intangible (Byrne 2008).In the 1990’s society started to come away from the view of heritage as purely tangible, we now recognise that heritage is both the tangible and intangible (Byrne 2008; 2009; Smith 2006; Smith &amp; Waterton 2009). But the struggle to adapt </description>
    <pubDate>2012-05-21T01:54:24.233-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/-The-way-our-understanding-of-‘heritage’-has-shifted-and-become-more-diversified-and-contested_-In-relation-to-multiculturalism_-34572.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Berlin the Shrinking City.... Specifically East Berlin</title>
    <description>Introduction

A shrinking city can loosely be defined as a densely populated urban area that has faced a population loss in large numbers for more than two years and displays a faltering economic momentum (Bontje, 2005). This phenomenon plagues many cities across Europe, but none so is more mentioned than Berlin in Germany. This report will look to explain the factors influencing how, particularly East Berlin became a shrinking city, including the industrial revolution and post-fordism and the consequences of a divided Berlin. It also explores Berlin as a shrinking city today and the borough of Friedrichshain-Kreuzberg specifically and their restructuring programs.  

Factors influencing how Berlin became a shrinking city
Industrial Revolution and Post-Fordism in Berlin

Bontje (2005) states that all cities experience rise and fall in population, employment, etc., and that decline only occurs for a short period of time. Bontje (2005) suggests that this process is cylindrical and will eventually make way for new growth. The industrial revolution and post fordism play a part in how East Berlin was designated the term of a ‘shrinking city’. The industrial revolution (which standardised production and mass employment)  from the 18th to the 19th century, marked a time of great prosperity and unprecedented growth of economy, wealth, and population (Bontje, 2005). Post-fordism followed with technological advances and globalisation, which meant that instead of relying on production lines, focus was more so on providing specialised services. This meant that if a city was dependent on one means of production, it could go into decline. Post-fordism was a gradual adaptation for western capitalist societies, but for post-socialists societies it was a shock and something that happened only within a couple of years. Many post-socialist states faced massive urban decline, as evidenced in the Eastern Europe countries (Bontje, 2005).
With the reunification of Berlin in 1990, came an entirely unique situation faced by East Berlin. East Berlin (a post-socialist capital) was to merge with the European western capitalist of West Berlin (Bontje, 2005). Despite enormous efforts from the German Federal Government, integration of the west and east was/is more challenging than expected because East Berlin faces many problems from post-industrialisation including: high unemployment, lack of investors, loss of population (to West Berlin), unequal education levels to job provisions, and a massive reconstruction and renovation task  (Bontje, 2005). This is all further evidence of decline, and that of a shrinking city.

Consequences of a divided Berlin

As stated </description>
    <pubDate>2012-05-21T01:37:03.84-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Berlin-the-Shrinking-City____-Specifically-East-Berlin-34570.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Death Penalty</title>
    <description>This topic has had a lot of controversy over the last several decades. People are very passionate, when it comes to this.  They have had incidents that have happened in their lives, which have influenced their opinions.  Personally, for me, I am against the death penalty. I knew the man on the motorcycle that shot the man in the back of the jeep about a year ago. The man, who did the shooting, was my sister’s best friend’s step-dad; he was a really nice man, at least from what I knew about him. We heard all about how Wisconsin should have the death penalty, and that he should receive it.  It hurt to know that people wanted this man dead.  I have always been against the penalty, but this made me fully support against it. My friend’s sister will be able to see her step-dad, even though he will be in prison. It is still better than not being able to see him at all. Obviously, murder is the most evil thing you can do.  However, I believe that everyone makes mistakes, and murder is a dumb mistake. I am glad that Wisconsin does not have the death penalty. 
One main reason that I am against the death penalty is because it is very expensive.  We spend an extensive amount of money every year dealing with death penalty cases.  These expenses include attorneys, court, judges, appeals, and the execution. These all are paid by American people’s taxes. It is a lot of more expensive to put the criminals to death rather than just keeping them in prison for life without parole. The additional cost of confining an inmate to death row, as compared to the maximum security prisons where those sentenced to life is $90,000 per year per inmate. So for the state of California, there are about 670 inmates.  This costs $60.3 million alone. For the whole process for an execution, it will cost about two to three million dollars. For example, in Florida, fifty-seven million dollars were spent on eight executions. According to Death Penalty Information Center, North Carolina spends an average of $2.16 million more per execution than a lifetime sentence without the chance of parole. Even though the executions cost a lot of money, there are many states that still use the death penalty.
A majority of the states </description>
    <pubDate>2012-05-08T16:08:50.7-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Death-Penalty-34556.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Pompeii - Mount Vesuvius</title>
    <description>We have arrived in Pompeii and I am surprised to see that the city is filled with people, despite the threat of a volcano that erupted just 2000 years ago.   The city has approximately 3.5 million people now, in the shadow of Mt. Vesuvius.   Now, we’re going to investigate a room that’s just been uncovered from the eruption!
We’re in the room now.   As far as I can see, there were four people present in the room on the day of the eruption, and there are also a few remains: someone’s bracelet, an old broken jug, and some money from that time.   The pyroclastic surge that smothered the people preserved their bodies, so it is clear how they died.   The room is covered in pumice stones, which fell from the sky 2000 years ago.   A huge cloud of smoke and ash rose 15km into the sky, and then it cooled and solidified, and fell like rain upon the people.   The roofs weren’t very stable, and they were only able to withstand rain, so the weight of pumice on the roof brought them crashing down.   Some houses experienced that fate.   Others were choked by the pumice, because pumice soaks up moisture in the air, therefore parching the throat.   Some people were hit by the pumice and died as well.
In this room, a man is crouched down on the floor, and looks like he was crying into his hands, or maybe he was praying to the gods.   At the time many people did the same, but some believed that there were no gods left, or the gods decided to kill them all.   This man was probably doing so, until the pumice soaked up all the moisture and left him suffocating to death.
There is also a woman and a child, buried beneath the pumice.   It took us a while to brush the pumice off.   They are both lying face-down on the floor, with the child curled up near the woman.   Some of us thought that the child was the woman’s, but according to facts, at the time slaves were supposed to protect their masters and their belongings, and also their children.   We found the bracelet attached to the woman’s arm, and found </description>
    <pubDate>2011-11-03T04:32:57.553-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Pompeii-Mount-Vesuvius-34300.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Seperation of church &amp; state</title>
    <description>Church &amp; State
Within recent past years, the issue of Church and State has been a continuous concern of many Americans and the focus of numerous debates.  The dispute is in the interpretation of the United States Bill of Rights First Amendment which states, “Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peacefully to assemble, and to petition the Government for a redress of grievance” (NARA).  It is contested that the First Amendment states one of two things, that the nation should have no established religion, it should be of personal preference and choice to the individual, or that there should be a strict division between church and state, in the sense that prayer in public schools is intolerable.  This will be our main focus for the purpose of this paper.  
The subject matter is one is which I have personally seen progress.  When I attended Elementary school, no wrong doing was seen in organized prayer or worship and the Pledge of Allegiance was said using “under God”.  However, before the time that I reached upper Elementary education, the statement was silently skipped over.  Though my young mind questioned that it was just mistakenly skipped, the issue as to why it had been removed was never questioned by me or any of my classmates, it was simply accepted.  Small changes kept appearing in the way religion was handle during school hours. It got so serious that prayer meetings were moved to before and after school and God’s name was scarcely mentioned.  The Ten Commandments were no longer posted without accommodating Commandments of other religions.  Though I am now in college, the issue of church and state is still strongly contested within public schools and universities.  
	Though the concerns of church and state are broad and deeply integrate, the controversy of prayer in school tends to arouse the most emotion.  The argument stems most directly from the fact that public schools are funded and supported by taxpayers.  Therefore, believers do not want their money supporting a facility that does not allow his/ her children to pray and non-believers do not want their money supporting an institution that requires their children to participate in prayer.  </description>
    <pubDate>2011-11-01T19:08:08.19-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Seperation-of-church-state-34282.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Labor and Employment Law</title>
    <description>This essay discusses labor and employment law, and the various areas covered by each.

I	Introduction
II	Further Discussion

	A	Employment Discrimination
	B	Pensions
	C	Workplace Safety
	D	Worker’s Compensation
	E	Labor Law

III	Conclusion
IV	References
 

I	Introduction

	Labor and employment law are two different areas of the law.  Employment law covers “all areas of the employer/employee relationship except the negotiation process covered by labor law and collective bargaining.”  It also consists of both federal and state statutes, court decisions and other regulations.  Some employment laws exist to protect workers while others “take the form of public insurance.”  Unemployment compensation falls into this category.  (“Employment Law,” PG).  
Labor law can fairly be described as a “sub category” of employment law.  It too consists of thousands of federal and state regulations and court decisions, but deals mostly with relations between employers and unions, collective bargaining, and other labor-specific issues.

II	Further Discussion

	Some of the areas that are covered under employment law are employment discrimination, pensions, workplace safety, and worker’s compensation.  (“Employment Law,” PG).  I’ll try to give a brief description of the concerns of each field of the law.
	Employment discrimination law is concerned with employer discrimination based on race, age, sex, national origin, physical disability and religion; there is a “growing body” of employment discrimination law dealing with cases based on sexual orientation.  “Discrimination” includes bias in “hiring, promotion, job assignment, termination, [and] compensation,” and all types of harassment.  (“Employment Discrimination,” PG).  Some of the familiar legislation enacted in this field includes the Americans with Disabilities Act; the Equal Pay Act and the Civil Rights Act of 1964.
	Pensions are in the news these days, because of the corporate scandals, such as Enron, that have resulted in workers losing not only their jobs but their savings as well.  There are generally two types of pensions, a “defined benefit plan” and a “defined contribution plan.”  In the first, the employee receives benefits based on his salary and length of service; in the second, the employer makes deposits “into an account established for each employee.”  (“Pension Law,” PG).  From just these examples, it’s easy to see that pension law is very complex and detailed.  It’s governed by federal law, specifically the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA).
	Workplace safety is governed largely by the familiar Occupational and Safety Health Act (OSHA), which is a federal law.  Its purpose is to reduce the number of injuries, illnesses and deaths </description>
    <pubDate>2011-10-30T20:35:43.17-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Labor-and-Employment-Law-34216.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The German Legal System</title>
    <description>This paper explores the German legal system and discusses the ramifications of the dissolution of the East German organization THA, and the transfer of its assets to the West.  (9 pages; 4 sources; MLA citation style)

I	Introduction

	The German legal system is one of the oldest codified sets of laws in the world.  I chose to examine it because of the nation’s troubled and bitter history; its division and subsequent reunification, and its rise to become one of the powerhouse economies of the globe.  In short, German history is fascinating.
	In this paper I examine the German legal system, and argue that its structure directly influences its decisions.
	In the first paragraph, I introduce Germany as it is today; subsequent paragraphs in the section entitled “History” trace the development of the German legal system over the centuries, particularly the fact that there is no jury trial in Germany.  The section entitled “The Courts and Policymaking” considers some of the ramifications of the German legal system and the relationship between the courts and public policy, as illustrated by a scholarly paper by Mark Cassell entitled “Privatization and the Courts.“  The conclusion briefly recaps some of the main points of the paper.

II	History

Germany today is a nation of over 85 million people.  It has a bicameral Parliament comprised of the Federal Assembly (Bundestag) and the Federal Council (Bundesrat); the chief of state is President Johannes Rau and the Head of Government is the Chancellor, Gerhard Schroeder.  Both are elected by the votes of a Federal convention.  The Parliament has 603 seats, and its members are elected by popular vote, in a system that combines both direct and proportional representation.  Judges are elected by the Parliament; half by the Bundestag and half by the Bundesrat.  (“Germany,” PG).
	Early German history takes us to a world of unsettled, nomadic tribes; a loose collection of fierce warriors that seems to be an unlikely candidate to develop the kind of organization and power we associate with modern Germany.  However, by about 500-888 AD, the “nation’s migration” ended.  (Freckmann, p. 2).  At the time, Germanic tribes had been gradually unified under the power of the König der Franken (Salic-Frank king)…”  (Freckmann, p. 2).  “During the Salic-Frank period … law produced by a legislator appeared.  It was the first time that legal rules had been recorded and intentionally </description>
    <pubDate>2011-10-26T14:51:41.42-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-German-Legal-System-34148.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Summary On Reading the Constitution</title>
    <description>This essay discusses the book by Laurence Tribe, and his suggestions for reading and interpreting the Constitution of the United States. 

	The Constitution of the United States is a document that has proven to be difficult to interpret; or rather, there are so many interpretations possible that it is not unusual for people holding completely different opinions to use the Constitution to justify their opposing views.   It is precisely because court decisions, particularly those of the U.S. Supreme Court, are based upon Constitutional law that it is desirable, even necessary, to understand how to read the Constitution.  That is the purpose of this book.
	The authors are careful to warn readers that they, like other Constitutional scholars, have not been granted some sort of magical “key” that will give them the one and only true interpretation of this document.  They remind readers that there is no such thing as a “blueprint” of the Constitution; what they offer is a “framework” to help put it in perspective.
They begin by discussing how not to read the Constitution.  The author believes that people who try to interpret the Constitution are likely to fall into one of two main fallacies.  Either they use the “dis-integration” method, or they turn to the “hyper-integration” method.  Neither one is a sound tool for Constitutional study.
“Dis-integration” is the practice of “…approaching the Constitution in ways that ignore the salient fact that its parts are linked into a whole—that it is a Constitution, and not merely an unconnected bunch of separate clauses and provisions with separate histories, that must be interpreted.”  (Tribe, p. 20).  As an example of the problems with this method, Tribe discusses Chief Justice Berger’s interpretation of the Fifth Amendment as justification for the use of capital punishment.  The Fifth Amendment says that no one can be deprived of “life, liberty or property, without due process of law.”  This would suggest to some that it is perfectly legal to deprive someone of life, provided that it is done with due process of law.  
This is a narrow interpretation of one amendment, and it stands only so long as we continue to view that single amendment without reference to any of the others.  But it’s impossible to do so, for the Eighth Amendment comes into play as well, and it specifically prohibits “cruel and unusual </description>
    <pubDate>2011-10-26T13:23:51.307-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Summary-On-Reading-the-Constitution-34116.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Summary of Unorthodox Lawmaking by Barbara Sinclair</title>
    <description>This essay summarizes Barbara Sinclair’s book about Congress, and in particular, how changes within Congress have changed the ways laws are made.


	Barbara Sinclair wrote her book because, as she says, “… the gap between the legislative process that I observe on Capitol Hill and the legislative process described in U.S. government textbooks has become a chasm.”  (P. xiii).  Her book explains how the legislative process actually works, as opposed to how it used to work.  The contrast is both interesting and disheartening.
	In order to show how the process works, Sinclair compares two versions of Clean Air legislation, one passed in 1970 and the other in 1990; highlights the differences between the bills, and explains the processes used to get them through Congress; she also questions the validity of the compromises used to get the bills passed.
	She also traces (in general) the path of a bill from its introduction to enactment, beginning in the House and continuing through the Senate.  She illuminates the reconciliation process that takes place as the two versions of the bill are debated and reworked into a suitable compromise piece of legislation, one that will pass both houses of Congress.
	She also deals with the budget, a huge, on-going wrangle that now threatens to paralyze the nation and put us in debt for generations to come.  But perhaps her most important work is the chapter in which she analyzes the changes that have occurred in the legislative process, and the reasons for those changes.  Since it is possible to consider the book as a history of various pieces of legislation, and since a paper this brief doesn’t permit an examination of how certain bills became law, I’d like to use the remaining space to discuss the “heart” of the book:  why the process has changed so dramatically.
	Sinclair says that three major trends played a part in changing the legislative process from the “textbook” one we know from our civics classes (ideally:  introduce a bill in the House; send it to committee; debate it; vote on and pass it; send it to the Senate where it again goes to committee; debate it; pass it; sign it into law) to the often hostile and difficult process we have today.  The three factors that changed the way laws are made are:  1) “…internal reform that changed the distribution of influence in </description>
    <pubDate>2011-10-26T13:22:20.257-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Summary-of-Unorthodox-Lawmaking-by-Barbara-Sinclair-34115.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Summary of Civic Ideals by Rogers Smith</title>
    <description>This essay examines Rogers Smiths book about American citizenship laws, which the author finds have been systematically and deliberately written to favor those in power. 

	Rogers M. Smith’s book is, in large part, the history of race relations in the United States.  He begins in pre-revolutionary times, then moves to the Colonial Era, and comes forward through various epochs until he reaches the 20th Century; in total, the book spans the years 1763-1912.
	Smith’s thesis is stark and uncompromising:  
“I show that through most of U.S. history, lawmakers pervasively and unapologetically structured U.S. citizenship in terms of illiberal and undemocratic racial, ethic and gender hierarchies, for reasons rooted in basic, enduring imperatives of political life.  (P. 1). 
 
	Smith originally set out to explore whether or not America is truly a “Lockean liberal society” as claimed by some political philosopher Louis Hartz.  (P. 1).  Smith felt it was not, and that there were two challenges to this idea:  one, that the U.S. had been shaped by “republicanism … that … opposed Lockean liberalism”; two, that although Americans might seem liberalistic, liberalism itself is an “unsatisfying” and “incoherent” philosophy, because it ignores the basic characteristics of human beings.  Smith believed that these challenges to his beliefs as a liberal could be examined by studying the American citizenship laws:  “If the U.S. was a product of visions of a privatized, atomistic liberal society and a more communitarian, participatory republican one, then different perspectives should surface and clash in legislative and judicial efforts to define legal membership in the American political community.”  (Smith, p. 2).  With this idea in mind, Smith began to examine the citizenship laws and in so doing, wound up writing an entirely different book from the one he had envisioned, because he found that “American law had long been shot through with forms of second-class citizenship, denying personal liberties and opportunities for political participation to most of the adult population on the basis of race, ethnicity, gender and even religion.”  (P. 2).  It was this systematic codification of inequality that he wanted to explore.
	Smith devotes his book, then, to an examination of the citizenship laws at various periods of American history.  He chose the times he did, he explains, by identifying those eras “when a distinct pattern in civic rules prevailed despite ongoing struggle, until those battles </description>
    <pubDate>2011-10-26T13:20:59.053-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Summary-of-Civic-Ideals-by-Rogers-Smith-34114.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Einstein’s Theory of Irreducible Algebraic Polynomials</title>
    <description>This paper discusses Einstein’s theory of irreducible polynomials in algebra.  (6+ pages; 4 sources; MLA citation style)


I	Introduction

	Mathematicians like Einstein seek to explain how the world works; their tools for doing so are the laws of mathematics.
	Einstein is probably best known for his work on relativity, and the Unified Field Theory, but he did significant work in other areas of mathematics as well.
	This paper will discuss his theory with regard to polynomials used in algebra, and why they are irreducible.  As a non-mathematician, the only way I can hope to approach this is to reproduce the theory itself, and then define the terms used to formulate it.  By restating the terms in my own words, I can then work toward a better understanding of the theory.

II	Einstein’s Irreducible Criterion

	This is the criterion Einstein demanded for irreducible polynomials in algebra:
“A sufficient condition assuring that an integer polynomial p(x) is irreducible in the polynomial ring  . 
The polynomial 
 


where  for all  and  (which means that the degree of p(x) is n) is irreducible if some prime number p divides all coefficients  , but not the leading coefficient  and, moreover,  does not divide the constant term  . 

This is only a sufficient, and by no means a necessary condition. For example, the polynomial  is irreducible, but does not fulfil the above property, since no prime number divides 1.”  (Barile, PG).
To me, this is hopeless!  But perhaps defining the terms will help.  We need to understand what is meant by “sufficient condition”, “necessary condition,” “integer polynomial”, “irreducible”, and “polynomial ring”.  But before that, let’s look at what polynomials are.
III	Polynomials
	Polynomials are mathematical expressions of the type “3x2 +2x +2”; a series of “terms” that describe a condition we wish to solve; they are basically sums of other expressions.  The “3x2” is referred to as the “leading term” and the “2” is the constant term, because it has no exponent or any other symbol indicating modification; 2 is always 2. (Stapel, PG).  Polynomials are arranged according to their exponents, with the highest first:  the expression “2x + 3 + 7x2” would be rearranged to be written “7x2 + 2x + 3”.  And because the first term’s exponent is a square, this is a second-degree polynomial.  If we had the expression “7x5 + 2x +3,” we would </description>
    <pubDate>2011-10-26T13:16:59.493-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Einstein’s-Theory-of-Irreducible-Algebraic-Polynomials-34111.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Stifling Creativity in the U.S. Media</title>
    <description>This paper explores the relationships between creativity, liberalism, and the U.S. media, and concludes that the increasing corporatization of the media, and its concomitant conservatism, is robbing the country of a vital opposition voice.  (6+ pages; 1 source; MLA citation style)

I	Introduction

	A debate rages these days, between conservatives who claim they’re sick of the ‘liberal media’ and liberals who say they haven’t seen anything liberal in the media for years.  There is also a debate about whether journalists and writers in the media should be creative or simply report the facts.
	This paper will examine the ways in which their occupations and organizations influence and constrain (if they do) creative people in the U.S. media; it will also explore whether and to what extent creative media people seem independent.
	Because it seems to be such an obvious choice, we’ll start with an exploration of the idea of the ‘liberal media.’
 
II	The ‘Liberal Media’

	Most people would like to believe that it is the job of the media to report facts rather than either giving personal opinions or seeking to drive events.  But most people today also recognize that the media is not unbiased, and that it does in fact often seek to shape public opinion rather than report it.  
	It’s difficult to state with any degree of accuracy where the idea of the supposed liberal bias in the media started, but it’s certainly not an exaggeration to say that conservatives use the charge of media liberality to condemn any coverage that doesn’t fit into their agenda.  It may be that because the term ‘media’ can also apply to television and film, and because there are frequently programs and movies that depict sexual material in a frank and open way, conservatives object to all of it.  (I should state that of course there are many conservatives who do not hold the extreme right-wing views of a Pat Robertson or Rush Limbaugh; but these more moderate people no longer seem to have much part in the current debate.  Instead, the conservative movement has swung much further to the right, to an almost reactionary status.  There is no such corresponding swing to the left.)
	What we are left with, then, is a strong conservative bias in the media, which should be obvious to anyone who considers the number of shows on talk radio.  There are quite literally hundreds of </description>
    <pubDate>2011-10-26T12:54:00.06-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Stifling-Creativity-in-the-U_S_-Media-34097.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Arendt, Levertov and Reznikoff</title>
    <description>This paper briefly compares the work of the three authors with regard to the trial of Adolf Eichmann.  (2+ pages; 3 sources; MLA citation style)

I	Introduction

	Hannah Arendt, Denise Levertov and Charles Reznikoff all wrote works based on the trial of Adolf Eichmann, the man responsible for running the Nazi machine that murdered six million Jews during World War II.  This paper compares the approaches of these three writers; the advantages of each format; and asks whether or not they can truly be compared.

II	Discussion

	Hannah Arendt’s book, entitled Eichmann in Jerusalem, is a non-fiction work that describes the trial in detail.  She begins with a description of the courtroom and the justices, and the reasons for the trial.  She then considers Eichmann himself, his appearance, demeanor, and defense.  She traces his life history, his involvement with the Nazis and his final standing as the man who implemented Hitler’s “final solution”—the extermination of the Jews.  She concludes by saying that what Eichmann had taught us was “the lesson of the fearsome, word-and-thought-defying banality of evil.”  (P. 252).  Indeed, it is hard to imagine a more ordinary man that Eichmann, and that is precisely her point.  
	Her style is easy to read, fluid, and factual.  She never becomes heated or passes judgment; nor does she dwell overmuch on the horrible details of the camps themselves.
	Reznikoff, however, uses the trial testimony (which Arendt doesn’t disclose) as a basis for his poems, which are graphic in the extreme.  It seems to be his purpose to force us to face the ugliness without being able to turn away; he describes shootings, gassings, torture and murder over and over again until the reader is numb.  For example:  “The S.S. man took the baby from her arms / and shot her twice, / and then held he baby in his hands. / The mother, bleeding but still alive, crawled up to his feet. / The S.S. man laughed / and tore the baby apart as one would tear a rag.” (P. 29).
	Levertov also describes the terrors of the Nazi regime, but far less graphically; she stands in contrast to Reznikoff’s brutal directness.  Here, for instance, is her description of Eichmann, in which it would seem she finds a commonality among all men:  “He stands / isolate in a bulletproof / witness-stand of glass, / a </description>
    <pubDate>2011-10-26T12:48:00.45-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Arendt,-Levertov-and-Reznikoff-34092.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Organized Crime and Computer Crime</title>
    <description>This paper explores the connection between organized crime and computer crime.  9 pages; 3 sources; MLA citation style.

I	Introduction

	Is there a connection between organized crime (the Mafia) and computer crime?  The verdict still seems to be out on this question, but several sources suggest that there is a link; they also suggest the worst is yet to come.
	This paper explores these assertions and tries to establish a connection between organized crime and computer crime.

II	Discussion
	In an article from TechWorldNews.com, Jack Germain sets out the parameters of the discussion:
“Internet security experts are divided on the source and purpose of computer viruses and worms like Blaster and SoBig. But some government agencies are investigating a possible connection between the increasing spread of infected computers and organized crime.”  (Germain, PG).

	There are two buzzwords here that illustrate the problem:  “divided” and “possible.”  In other words, the evidence proving that organized crime has taken an interest in computers, and is actively committing computer crime, is not conclusive.  But Germain suggests the connection is strong enough to insure it is merely a matter of time until a connection is found.
	According to Germain, computer experts worry that “malicious code buried in infected computers or released in new generations of worms” will allow organized crime to make targeted attacks against specific businesses and industries.  (PG).
	Germain quotes Michael Shema, who is a “widely recognized expert on Internet security.”  (PG)  Shema says that there is “considerable evidence” to support the link between computer viruses and organized crime, and he warns these are not far-fetched “conspiracy theories.”  However, Shema is unable to predict who “might be behind it” [the spread of the viruses].  (PG).
	Germain discusses the SoBig.E and SoBig.F worms, and explains that they were created to gain so-called “back door access to infected computers.”  (PG).  These worms, once in a computer, can remain hidden there, update and replicate themselves, and then launch a new attack.  Most such attacks appear to be unwanted spam, at least at this point.  But Germain suggests that spam, despite its annoyance factor, is not necessarily dangerous, though it is profitable.  No one would be sending millions of spam messages each day unless it was making money.  Still, the flood of unwanted messages about enhancing one’s sex life, losing weight and making money from home is not what worries experts.  </description>
    <pubDate>2011-10-26T12:31:36.25-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Organized-Crime-and-Computer-Crime-34082.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Twelve Angry Men</title>
    <description>The American legal system, based on the ancient idea of "innocent, until proven guilty;" has its share of advantages and disadvantages. They all serve to build a system that has suffered years of trials and tribulations, having lost much of their usefulness in today's world. The cornerstone of the American legal system is the "trial by jury," in which a citizen who has been accused of a crime, has the right to be judged by a group of his fellow citizens, who will have the evidence presented to them, and will subsequently rule based on the evidence as to the accused's guilt or innocence. The assumption in this system is that the jurors will judge their fellow man fairly and without any personal bias. Humans will be humans, however, making this system less than perfect.
	An excellent illustration of this point is in Twelve Angry Men, which is a fine example of a story about the conflict when logic and emotion collide. Set against mid-century America, the book revolves around the murder trial involving a troubled boy and his father. Twelve men, essentially strangers to each other, must decide the fate of this boy-did he let his rage take control in the murder of his father, or is he merely being taken in as the most convenient suspect.
	In the beginning of the book, the twelve jurors file out of the court room, giving last glances to the defendant. The scene shifts into the jury room, where they slowly settle into their seats under the direction of the over-organized foreman. At first, based on their conversation, it seems that it will be a unanimous conviction. But when they take a vote, a single man votes "not guilty."
	In the furor that follows, the other jurors immediately begin questioning the man, not understanding how he could possibly think that way. The man, an architect, responds by saying that he "merely wants to talk." Finally, as they see that they cannot bully the architect into going along with the group, he is asked to "tell us what you're thinking and we'll tell you where you're mixed up."
	At this stage in the book, the assumption of the other jurors was that the single hold-out was confused. They spend the rest of the time trying to convince him, to get him to relent. But instead, this single man is able to sway each of them in turn, </description>
    <pubDate>2011-10-18T01:30:27.183-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Twelve-Angry-Men-34059.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Cuba and U.S Relations                                      </title>
    <description>Cuba and U.S Relations
Although there are many aspects of Cuba that are interesting, Cuba es muy interesante. I chose to focus my report on the relationship between the U.S and Cuba. Cuba and the U.S. haven't had a very good relationship for a very long time. Americanos no visitan a la Cuba. Mostly because of the fact that the U.S has a very big influence on Cuba. In terms of the influence, the immigration into the U.S. from Cuba, Immgraci&amp;#8056;n de Cuba, and the embargo against Cuba. 
One of the reasons for the bad relationship between the  U.S. and Cuba are the influence that the U.S might have on Cuba. El relaci&amp;#8056;n entre la Cuba y Los Estados Unidos es muy mal. Fidel Castro the former ruler of Cuba believe that if U.S citizens travel to Cuba they will start to think low of Cuba and their culture. La Cuba tiene un cultura no mal. Fidel Castro recently allowed computers in few hotels, libraries and in homes in Cuba but many U.S sites are restricted. He also allowed cellular phones to be imported from the U.S to Cuban families that have been born or immigrated to the U.S to keep close contact. Cubanos puedan usan teléfonos celulares.  He also allowed DVD’s from America that have been approved. Fidel Castro also believes that the Americans will show the Cubans that living conditions in the U.S are much better than that of Cuba which might urge them emigrate out of Cuba. Ellos quieren a emigran.   Fidel also believes that Americans that travel to Cuba might show them that the U.S government is better than that of Cuba because of the communistic-like government that exists in Cuba today. 
Another one of the reasons that there isn’t a very good relationship between Cuba and the U.S is because of the immigration into America from Cuba. When Cubans immigrate to America, once they touch American soil they are allowed to stay in America. No trabajan hasta ellos tienen la carta de verde. But they may not work until they get a green card and apply for American citizenship to be able to work in America and file their taxes. Cubanos necesitan la carta verde.  Cubanos necesitan trabajar en los Estados Unidos.  Many Cubans have been deported because of criminal convictions. 
The last reason for the bad relationship between the </description>
    <pubDate>2009-04-06T21:09:18-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Cuba-and-U_S-Relations-34051.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Supplements from Foods                                      </title>
    <description>A Canadian company, Naturally Nova Scotia, makes supplements from foods instead of synthetics. The have vitamin C from fruit, herbal tinctures, green drinks, vitamin D3, and others. 
[url=http://www.naturallynovascotia.com]Supplements from Foods[/url]
A dietary supplement, also known as food supplement or nutritional supplement, is a preparation intended to supply nutrients, such as vitamins, minerals, fatty acids or amino acids, that are missing or are not consumed in sufficient quantity in a person's diet. Some countries define dietary supplements as foods, while in others they are defined as drugs.

Supplements containing vitamins or dietary minerals are recognised by the Codex Alimentarius Commission, the United Nations' highest authority on food standards, as a category of </description>
    <pubDate>2009-02-18T11:27:44-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Supplements-from-Foods-33980.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Case Study of Bartomeli v. Bartomeli 783 A.2d 1050</title>
    <description>Thomas Bartomeli (hereinafter the plaintiff) joined his brother Raymond Bartomeli (hereinafter the defendant) in founding a construction company. In 1983 the two brothers incorporated the company; however the Plaintiff never owned shares in the company. Both parties contributed individual assets to the company and jointly signed notes to acquire certain equipment that was stored on the Plaintiff’s property. In 1991 the Defendant became dissatisfied with the Plaintiff’s work performance and decided the Plaintiff should be removed as secretary of the corporation. Months later the Plaintiff made a request to have a blank check entrusted to him from the company’s secretary. When the Defendant became aware of the Plaintiff’s request, he terminated the Plaintiff’s employment with the company. The Plaintiff then attempted to reach palatable terms between both him and the Defendant as to a division of company assets, but an agreement could not be reached. The Plaintiff then filed suit against the company for breach of contract of partnership.

Issue of Law

Is there sufficient evidence to conclude that the corporation owes a duty to the Plaintiff to extend a division of assets from the company to the Plaintiff?

In what capacity did the two parties serve together within the corporation for which the Plaintiff’s employment was terminated?

Is there sufficient evidence to show the Defendant was liable in breaching any contract for which the Plaintiff alleges? 

Rule of Law

1. “Pleadings have their place in our system of jurisprudence. While they are not held to the strict and artificial standard that once prevailed, we still cling to the belief, even in these iconoclastic days, that no orderly administration of justice is possible without them… The purpose of the complaint is to limit the issues to be decided at the trial of the case and is calculated to prevent surprise.” 

2. “A Plaintiff may not allege one cause of action and then recover on another. Facts found but not averred cannot be the basis for recovery.” 

3. “[T]o form a contract, generally there must be a bargain in which there is a manifestation of mutual assent to the exchange between two or more parties.  

4. “[The] agreement must be definite and certain as to its terms and requirements....  [It] requires a clear and definite promise....  A court may, however, enforce an agreement if the missing terms can be ascertained, either from the express terms or by fair implication.... Thus, an agreement, previously </description>
    <pubDate>2009-02-10T00:22:53-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Case-Study-of-Bartomeli-v_-Bartomeli-783-A_2d-1050-33963.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>District of Columbia vs. Heller 128 S.Ct. 2783</title>
    <description>Review of Appellate History and Court Dispositions
	
The United States Supreme Court case District of Columbia v. Heller was an appeal arising from the case Parker v. District of Columbia, whereby the Circuit Court of Appeals for District of Columbia held appellate jurisdiction.  However, the United States District Court for the District of Columbia possessed original jurisdiction in the Parker case, and for that reason it is also where the case originated.  In district court case, the court’s disposition held that Shelly Parker’s (the respondent) Complaint should be dismissed and the District’s (the petitioners) Motion to Dismiss should be granted. The respondent then appealed, whereby certiorari was granted by the circuit court of appeals and a disposition in favor of the respondent was returned. The court further held that the respondent of record (Shelly Parker) had no standing and that the only respondent who had standing was Dick Anthony Heller. Petitioners then brought their appeal to the U.S. Supreme Court, whereby Heller was the respondent of record. 
Statement of Facts
	Since 1976 the petitioners have denied citizens within the jurisdiction of the district the right to lawfully possess functioning firearms within their homes.  The petitioners have also placed a permanent prohibition for possessing a handgun not registered prior to 1976 within the district. However, long guns (i.e. shotguns and rifles) that are lawfully registered within the city might be possessed, so long as they remain either disassembled or bound by a trigger lock. Even with these weapons bound or disassembled, the resident may not lawfully move the weapon about within the home, nor lawfully reassemble the weapon and use it in the course defending one’s own self nor his/her own family. 
	At the time the litigation began, the respondent, Dick Anthony Heller, was employed by the petitioners as a special police officer at the Thurgood Marshall Federal Judicial Center. In the course of his employment, the respondent was entrusted by the petitioners to carry a loaded handgun for the protection of the judicial building and its employees. However, when the respondent left the building to go home everyday the petitioners required the respondent to be disarmed. Even when the respondent applied to register a handgun in accordance with the district’s application procedures, he was denied the registration, pursuant to the petitioner’s total prohibition on private handgun possession. 
The respondent was also informed by the petitioners that if he attempted </description>
    <pubDate>2009-02-10T00:11:16-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/District-of-Columbia-vs_-Heller-128-S_Ct_-2783-33957.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Crime Causation                                             </title>
    <description>THESIS IN SUPPORT OF THE THEORIES OF CRIME CAUSATION AS IT PERTAINS TO THE SOCIAL STRUCTURE DOCTRINE WITHIN THE STUDY CRIMINOLOGY

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page


TABLE OF CONTENTS…………………………………………………….……...…… 2
TABLE OF AUTHORITIES………………...................................................................... 3
TABLE OF FIGURES…………………………………………………………………… 6
I.	PRELIMINARY STATEMENT…….................................................................... 7
II.	HISTORICAL ANALYSIS...……….………........................................................ 7
III.	ANALYSIS OF CAUSATION THEORIES..….................................................... 8
		A. 	Choice Theories…………………………...................................... 8
		B. 	Trait Theories……………...……................................................. 11
		C. 	Social Structure Theories…………………….........................…. 21
IV.	CONCLUSION…………………......................................................................... 26





                               


















TABLE OF AUTHORITIES

Albert Bandura: Aggression: A Social Learning Analysis (Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: 
Prentice-Hall, 1973).

Alexander Schauss, Diet, Crime and Delinquency (Berkley, Calif.: Parker House, 1980).

Byron Roth, “Child Rearing,” Society 34 (1996): 39-45. 

D.A. Andrews and J. Stephen Wormith, Personality and Crime Knowledge and 
Construction in Criminology,” Justice Quarterly 6 (1989): 289-310.

Deborah Denno, Biology, Crime and Violence: New Evidence (Cambridge: Cambridge 
University Press, 1989). 

Derek Cornish and Ronald Clark, eds. The Reasoning Criminal: Rational Choice 
Perspectives on Offending (New York: Springer Verlag, 1986); Phillip Cook, 
“The Demand and Supply of Criminal Opportunities,” in Crime and Justice, vol. 7, ed. 

Derek Cornish and Ronald Clarke, “Understanding Crime Displacement: An Application 
of Rational Choice Theory,” Criminology 25 (1987): 933-947. 

Devine F. (1982). “Cesare Beccaria and the Theoretical Foundations of Modern
Jurisprudence.” New England Journal on Prison Law.

Diana Fishbein and Robert Thatcher, “New Diagnostic Methods in Criminology: 
Assessing Organic Sources of Behavioral Disorders,” Journal of Research and Crime Delinquency 23 (1986): 240-67. 

Donald Gibbons, “Comment-Personality and Crime: Non-Issues, Real Issues, and a 
Theory and Research Agenda, Justice Quarterly (1989): 311-24.

Donn Byrne and Kathryn Kelly, An Introduction to Personality (Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: 
Prentice-Hall, 1981). 

Edward Megargee, The California Psychological Inventory Handbook (San Fransisco: 
Jossey-Bass, 1972).

Edwin Lemert, Human Deviance, Social Problems, and Social Control (Englewood 
Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1967).

Edwin Sutherland, “Mental Deficiency and Crime,” in Social Attitudes, ed. Kimball 
Young (New York: Henry Holt, 1931), chap. 15.

Hans Eysenck, Personality and Crime (London: Routledge &amp;amp; Kegan Paul, 1977).
Henry Goddard, Efficiency and Levels of Intelligence (Princeton, N.J.: Princeton 
University Press, 1920); 

J.A. Yaryura-Tobias and F. Neziroglu, “Violent Behavior, Brain Dysrhythmia and 
Glucose Dysfunction: A New Syndrome,” Journal of Orthopsychiatry 4 (1975): 182-188.

James Q. Wilson, The Moral Sense (New York: Free Press, 1993).

Larry Siegel, Criminology, (1998).

Lawrence Cohen and Richard Machalek, “A General Theory of Expropriative Crime: An 
Evolutionary Ecological Approach,” American Journal of Sociology 94 (1988): 465-501. 

Lawrence Kohlberg, Stages in the Development of Moral Thought and Action (New 
York: </description>
    <pubDate>2009-02-10T00:06:35-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Crime-Causation--33956.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Crime Causation                                             </title>
    <description>THESIS IN SUPPORT OF THE THEORIES OF CRIME CAUSATION AS IT PERTAINS TO THE SOCIAL STRUCTURE DOCTRINE WITHIN THE STUDY CRIMINOLOGY

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page


TABLE OF CONTENTS…………………………………………………….……...…… 2
TABLE OF AUTHORITIES………………...................................................................... 3
TABLE OF FIGURES…………………………………………………………………… 6
I.	PRELIMINARY STATEMENT…….................................................................... 7
II.	HISTORICAL ANALYSIS...……….………........................................................ 7
III.	ANALYSIS OF CAUSATION THEORIES..….................................................... 8
		A. 	Choice Theories…………………………...................................... 8
		B. 	Trait Theories……………...……................................................. 11
		C. 	Social Structure Theories…………………….........................…. 21
IV.	CONCLUSION…………………......................................................................... 26





                               


















TABLE OF AUTHORITIES

Albert Bandura: Aggression: A Social Learning Analysis (Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: 
Prentice-Hall, 1973).

Alexander Schauss, Diet, Crime and Delinquency (Berkley, Calif.: Parker House, 1980).

Byron Roth, “Child Rearing,” Society 34 (1996): 39-45. 

D.A. Andrews and J. Stephen Wormith, Personality and Crime Knowledge and 
Construction in Criminology,” Justice Quarterly 6 (1989): 289-310.

Deborah Denno, Biology, Crime and Violence: New Evidence (Cambridge: Cambridge 
University Press, 1989). 

Derek Cornish and Ronald Clark, eds. The Reasoning Criminal: Rational Choice 
Perspectives on Offending (New York: Springer Verlag, 1986); Phillip Cook, 
“The Demand and Supply of Criminal Opportunities,” in Crime and Justice, vol. 7, ed. 

Derek Cornish and Ronald Clarke, “Understanding Crime Displacement: An Application 
of Rational Choice Theory,” Criminology 25 (1987): 933-947. 

Devine F. (1982). “Cesare Beccaria and the Theoretical Foundations of Modern
Jurisprudence.” New England Journal on Prison Law.

Diana Fishbein and Robert Thatcher, “New Diagnostic Methods in Criminology: 
Assessing Organic Sources of Behavioral Disorders,” Journal of Research and Crime Delinquency 23 (1986): 240-67. 

Donald Gibbons, “Comment-Personality and Crime: Non-Issues, Real Issues, and a 
Theory and Research Agenda, Justice Quarterly (1989): 311-24.

Donn Byrne and Kathryn Kelly, An Introduction to Personality (Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: 
Prentice-Hall, 1981). 

Edward Megargee, The California Psychological Inventory Handbook (San Fransisco: 
Jossey-Bass, 1972).

Edwin Lemert, Human Deviance, Social Problems, and Social Control (Englewood 
Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1967).

Edwin Sutherland, “Mental Deficiency and Crime,” in Social Attitudes, ed. Kimball 
Young (New York: Henry Holt, 1931), chap. 15.

Hans Eysenck, Personality and Crime (London: Routledge &amp;amp; Kegan Paul, 1977).
Henry Goddard, Efficiency and Levels of Intelligence (Princeton, N.J.: Princeton 
University Press, 1920); 

J.A. Yaryura-Tobias and F. Neziroglu, “Violent Behavior, Brain Dysrhythmia and 
Glucose Dysfunction: A New Syndrome,” Journal of Orthopsychiatry 4 (1975): 182-188.

James Q. Wilson, The Moral Sense (New York: Free Press, 1993).

Larry Siegel, Criminology, (1998).

Lawrence Cohen and Richard Machalek, “A General Theory of Expropriative Crime: An 
Evolutionary Ecological Approach,” American Journal of Sociology 94 (1988): 465-501. 

Lawrence Kohlberg, Stages in the Development of Moral Thought and Action (New 
York: </description>
    <pubDate>2009-02-10T00:05:34-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Crime-Causation--33955.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Labelling Theory</title>
    <description>This paper critically examines Howard Becker's labeling theory (1963) view that "social groups create deviance by making the rules whose infraction constitutes deviance." The first section provides an explication of Becker's statement within the broader context of labeling theory and social deviance. The next section considers Becker's formulations within the context of specific examples. Finally, the analysis examines the possibility of bringing the labeled outsider back "inside" through a process using Braithwaite's theory of re-integrative shaming. 

Labelling theorists stress the point of seeing deviance from the viewpoint of the deviant individual. They claim that when a person becomes known as a deviant, and is ascribed deviant behaviour patterns, it is as much, if not more, to do with the way they have been labelled, as the deviant act they are said to have committed.
Howard S. Becker, one of the earlier interaction theorists, claimed that, "social groups create deviance by making the rules whose infraction constitutes deviance, and by applying those rules to particular people and labelling them as outsiders". According to Becker, after the individual has been labelled as deviant, they progress down the path of a 'deviant career' and it becomes hard to shake off the deviant label as others see it as a master status of the individual. He points out in "Outsiders: Studies in the Sociology of Deviance" 1963 , however, that when studying 'deviant people' one should not take their deviance for granted, as one "cannot assume that these people have actually committed a deviant act or broken some rule, because the process of labelling theory may not be infallible", that is to be labelled deviant does not necessarily mean that the individual is, or has been deviant in the past.

In "Notes on the Sociology of Deviance", 
Kai T. Erikson, also highlights the way social reaction affects the deviant individual. He reinforces what Backer had previously said: "deviance is not a property inherent in certain forms of behaviour, it is a property conferred upon these forms by the audiences which directly or indirectly witness them". He suggests, however, that deviance is necessary to society's stability, rather than being responsible for its breakdown, as the deviant individual serves as a marker of the difference between good and evil, right and wrong, and as Erikson writes, "in doing so, he shows us the difference between the inside of the group and the outside". He goes on to bring </description>
    <pubDate>2009-01-07T20:38:45-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Labelling-Theory-33935.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Great investment opportunity                                </title>
    <description>I'm Thomas Moor, I was looking for the way how to make online investment in the net, and someday I've found &amp;lt;a href=http://www.stoic-capital.com/index.php?partner=6912867083&amp;gt;www.stoic-capital.com&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;  the investment portal.
The main point of online investment was really far from my understanding. It was something new for me, something unexplored.
I never thought before that investment can be so easy and simple.

I have spent much time for reading feedbacks about Stoic-Capital on boards and monitoring sites.
And I realized - Stoic-Capital really works and makes a profit for customers. So, I have decided to put some money in. First of all, in April I put $2000 and gain approx. 2 percent daily. I mean EVERY business day. I had $40 daily 5 days a week. It's $200 per week - not bad for beginning, and not bad for doing nothing. Money been working without my meddling in process.

I've never known before and even couldn't imagine that such slight investment can bring such sizeable profit. City banks and mutual funds surely can not give such profit consider my amount of first deposit. When I've got $1000 for a bit much more than a month I certainly decided that Stoic-Capital is serious project honestly paying its investors and taking care of their prosperity. So, I open another deposit. I've trusted so much to Stoic and I decided to deposit my savings of $25,000. I've just withdrawn it from my Bank of America account with their paltry percents.

Right before putting my deposit I found out that for amounts of more than $20K Stoic-Capital offers VIP plan. It's 2.2% - 2.8% per every business day depending on day-trading results. These results are e-mailed to investors daily. Then I contacted the support of Stoic, their live-chat, which thanks God works 24x7 online. (It's really convenient to get advice and explanation). So, right at that time I received information about such tool named COMPOUNDING. Compounding means re-investment of gained profit back to deposit, so it brings maximum profit to the end of deposit term.

That's why in the middle of May I deposited last $25K of my cash and set up 100% compounding.
In the beginning of February 2009 I will have $2,700,677.20 exactly. I calculated it using Stoic calculator.

At the moment I've earned profit of approx. $4500, withdrawn and cashed it out. That means that by now my profit return has already exceeded the initial investment more than twice. And I will gain </description>
    <pubDate>2008-12-19T07:39:23-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Great-investment-opportunity-33925.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Business Law                                                </title>
    <description>Brief Notes on BUSINESS LAW for B.Com/B.S students
Moughera Waqas
17-08-2008
-----------
Chap 5
-----------
Consent
Free consent and its effects
Coercion
Undue influence
Fraud (section 17)
Fraud and its effects
Misrepresentation 
Mistake and its effects

[Terms and symbols used]
P.P.C	Pakistan Penal Code
/	or

Consent (section 13) (approval/assent/agreement)
“Two or more persons are said to be consent when they are agree upon the same thing in the same sense”.
Free Consent (section 14) (free assent/agreement)
“Consent is said to be free when it is not caused by coercion, fraud, misrepresentation, undue influence and mistake”.
Coercion (section 15) (compulsion/intimidation/force/unwillingness)
“Coercion is the committing or threatening to commit, any act forbidden by the Pakistan Penal Code, or the unlawful detaining or threatening to detain any property to the prejudice of any person whatever with the intention of causing any person to enter into a agreement”.
1.	Committing offence (obtaining or attempt to obtain the consent through an act forbidden by P.P.C)
2.	Unlawful detaining or threatening to detain (to obtain the consent of a person to enter into an agreement)
3.	Threat against any third party (i.e. in which the concerning aggrieved person has property or some interest)
4.	Presence of Pakistan Penal Code (is immaterial, presence/non-presence makes no difference)
Effects of Coercion
1.	The contact becomes voidable at the option of the aggrieved person/party, the aggrieved party/person has two options
a.	may compel the other party for specific performance (if deems fit)
b.	ma set aside the contract
2.	Section 64if the aggrieved party decides to set aside the contract he must restore any benefits received by him under such contract
Undue influence (section 16(1)) (undue use of power/authority/control)
1.	Position to dominate (one of the two parties must be in position to dominate the other party, i.e. having a superior authority over the other)
2.	Undue advantage (person having the superior authority must obtain an undue advantage with the use of his power)
a.	case if mental distress (it is easy to compel a person having temporary/permanent defective mental capacity to enter into a contract even on terms against himself, so it is a voidable contract on the option of defective person)
b.	real or apparent authority (the relation between the dominant and dominee can either be of real type or the apparent type, i.e. a police officer and a criminal, a doctor and his poor patient)
c.	fiduciary relation (dominance due to the natural love and affection, mutual trust and confidence)
Burden of Proof (no one carries the burden of proof, only the status of the parties may prove the existence of the undue influence)
Distinction between coercion and undue influence
Coercion || Undue Influence
To do any act not involving the </description>
    <pubDate>2008-12-17T08:01:37-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Business-Law--33921.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Global Warming                                              </title>
    <description>Global Warming: A Crisis ready to Strike
Global warming is an increase in the earth's temperature due to fossil fuels, industry, and agricultural processes caused by human, natural, and other gas emissions.  This results in an increased evacuation of greenhouse gases.  “Short-wave solar radiation sinks into the Earth's atmosphere and warms its surface while long-wave infrared radiation emitted by earth's surface is absorbed, and then re-emitted by trace gases.” (Wikipedia)
Climate changes occur in our earth's atmosphere due to a buildup of greenhouse gases. Greenhouse gases can occur naturally as well as a result of human activities.  The greenhouse gases are carbon dioxide, methane, and nitrous oxide; “Carbon dioxide is released into the atmosphere when solid waste, fossil fuels, and wood are burned.”  (Wikipedia)  The gases help to warm the surface of the Earth.  Each greenhouse gas absorbs heat differently. If natural gases did not occur, the temperature of the earth would be considerably cooler.  Problems can occur when higher concentrations of greenhouse gases are present in our atmosphere because they have enhanced our earth's heat trapping capability.
Human activities add to the levels of these gasses, causing more problems,  “automobiles, heat from homes and businesses, and factories are responsible for about 80% of today's carbon dioxide emissions, 25% of methane emissions, and 20% of the nitrous oxide emissions.”  (Wikipedia)  The increase in agriculture, deforestation, landfills, industrial production, and mining contribute a significant share of emissions also. These gases that are released into the atmosphere are tracked by emission inventories. An emission inventory counts the amount of air pollutants discharged into the atmosphere.  These inventories are important in studying the affects of global warming on the Earth.
The Centers for Disease Control have been involved in studying global warming's effect on human health.  Its affect on the climate can adversely affect humans. Plagues have been attributed to global warming. An increase in temperature can result in a longer life cycle for diseases or the agents spreading them.  Global warming will lead to more precipitation, which enables infectious diseases to be more easily contracted and spread.  Effects of global warming on human health might not be immediately detected but it is slowly and surely becoming evident.
Birds are a species that will be affected by a change in the climate. Global warming might result in birds finding a more permanent home in </description>
    <pubDate>2008-12-17T01:43:14-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Global-Warming--33919.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>capstone                                                    </title>
    <description>Instructions
As part of the Capstone course you are required to complete at least ten annotated bibliographies. To document your annotations you must fill out the research tracking sheet for each annotation. If the research source is an internet source, print out the source, highlight the key points and attach it to the tracking sheet. Research from any other format may be copied from the section of the book, journal, encyclopedia, etc. If you cannot copy the source you may complete index cards to accompany the tracking sheet. The index cards should include the citation and the information you choose to use. Staple the cards to the sheet for that source. Copy the tracking sheet as needed.

•	Please read the rubric for research carefully.
•	Your research is due on ___ / ___ / ___
•	Please include the rubric and this page as your cover sheet.


Rubric for Capstone Research

Category
	Exceeds
	Meets
	Below
	Reference


	Standard
	Standard
	Standard
	Standards

* Research
	•    Annotates
	•    Mostly completes
	•    Attempts to
	


	completely each
	the annotation of
	annotate the
	•    W-12-7.2


	source to include
	each source to
	research but does
	•    W-12-6.5


	a citing, a
	include a citing, a
	not fully cite,
	•    Elc


	summary, and an
	summary, and an
	summarize, or
	•    E2c


	indication of the
	indication of the
	indicate the value
	


	value of each
	value of each
	of each source.
	


	source.
	source.
	
	


	
	
	•    Shows little or no
	


	•    Extensive and
	•    Some evidence of
	evidence of
	


	relevant evidence
	comprehension to
	comprehension to
	


	of comprehension
	support the core
	support the core
	


	of information to
	question.
	question.
	


	support the core
	
	
	


	question
	•    Includes ten (10)
	*    Includes fewer
	


	
	or more primary
	than ten (10)
	


	•    Includes at least
	and secondary
	primary and
	


	fifteen (15)
	sources.
	secondary
	


	primary and
		sources.
	

	secondary
			

	Sources.			
*Resources
	•    Includes an
	•    Includes a variety
	•    A minimal
	


	extensive variety
	of sources (at least
	number of sources
	•    A3a


	(at least 4) of
	3) relevant to the
	(fewer than 3)
	•    A3b


	sources relevant
	core question.
	relevant to the
	•    W-12-6.6


	to the core
	
	core question.
	


	question.
	•    Most sources are
	
	


	
	properly cited on
	•    Many sources are
	

	•    All sources are
	a works cited page
	improperly cited
	

	properly cited and
	and in the
	or formatted in the
	


	formatted on a
	annotated
	works cited page
	


	works cited page
	bibliography
	and in the
	


	and in the
	(MLA format).
	annotated
	


	annotated
	
	bibliography
	


	bibliography
	
	(MLA format).
	


	(MLA format).
	
	
	


SCORE __________________ 
Research Tracking

Name: Molly Cocaine 							      Period: 7

Core Question: 

How can a Coventry High School student successfully raise awareness about the disease leukemia?

Research Topic:	Summary of information:


Leukemia
	Leukemia is the general name for four different types of blood cancers. </description>
    <pubDate>2008-09-08T21:49:06-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/capstone--33707.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>capstone reflection 2                                       </title>
    <description>So far in my capstone I have done all of the stuff that has been needed to be done before my final product. I still have a lot of work to do and I am very worried that I will not finish my capstone on time. All of my research is done with a typed research tracking sheet and a finished annotated bibliography.  I just started my PowerPoint the other night for my leukemia presentation at the middle school. Once I start to really work on the PowerPoint, it will be very easy to complete. I have not started my final PowerPoint presentation because I have been working on multiply other things at this time. On May 19th I will be making my presentation at the middle school for my final product. My project was coming along well till I hit a road block of procrastination and business which made me vary far behind! I’m mostly on time with the class’s assignments but I really feel that I am not going to finish it time. 
	The main problem that I have had during this project is my procrastination and my business. I have so many things to do and so much other school work and activities, that capstone keeps getting put to the back of my list and then not getting done. On a normal night with all my homework and activities I usually go to bed around 11:30 or 12:00 at night. If I was to start working on capstone every night that would push that time to about 3:00am which leaves me 2 hours of sleep because I have to get up the next morning at 5:30am. This has been driving me very crazy for such a long time that I am starting to fall behind in my normal classes as well.  I just wish that there was about six or seven more hours in the day, that would be truly perfect. Another major obstacle that I came upon while doing my project was that it was almost impossible to get a hold of the health teacher at the middle school. I had to chase her done and call her a million times before I even slightly got in touch with her. Once I finally caught hold of her we talked and set up a date very easily. I just wish that we could have gotten </description>
    <pubDate>2008-09-08T21:48:16-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/capstone-reflection-2-33706.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>midsemester reflection                                      </title>
    <description>Mid Semester Reflection 

For my capstone I am going to promote awareness about leukemia to the community of Coventry.  I have chosen this particular field of inquiry for my capstone project because it is closely related to my life. A year ago my dad was diagnosed with a rare form of leukemia. This was very surprising and frightful news to my ears! When I found this out, I was greatly shocked because my dad has always been very healthy thought-out his entire life time. The main reason why I wanted to promote awareness about the disease leukemia is because I want the community to be prepared for the effects of the disease and how they can affect people all around the world. I am hoping that the people that I present to will leave with the knowledge to know how to help prevent and cure this horrible disease. Another reason why I wanted to promote awareness about leukemia is because I personally wanted to know more about the deadly disease that has just taken hold of my beloved father. 
So far done my capstone project, I have not done a lot. I am so far behind that it’s not even funny.  I have fully completed my proposal which includes my timeline. That is about all that I have finished.  I have just started my research on leukemia. I went to the library and ordered about 7 books on the topic. I am planning my research very soon so that I can start working on my PowerPoint that I will use to promote awareness about the disease.  It is very difficult for my to complete my work in capstone because I have so much other work due in all my other classes. Since I and in almost all honor classes I gat tins of work every night that just take up all my time. I try so hard to work on my capstone but by the time I get to it is already one o’ clock in the morning and I have to get up for school in four hours. I am actually very stress all the time just because I know that I have tons of work to get done I and can’t complete it. 
	The only real problem that I have encountered during this project is my extreme procrastination.  It’s really weird too because </description>
    <pubDate>2008-09-08T21:47:34-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/midsemester-reflection-33705.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Capstone approval                                           </title>
    <description>How can a Coventry High School student effectively raise awareness about the disease leukemia?


The Capstone project is a very exciting and scary </description>
    <pubDate>2008-09-08T21:46:54-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Capstone-approval--33704.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Jokes                                                       </title>
    <description>A cop pulls over a guy. 
"Your eyes are awfully red. Have you been drinking?" 
"Gee, officer," the man says. "Your eyes are awfully glazed -- have you been eating doughnuts?"
shirts off:
A woman sat on a plane heading for New York, when the pilot announces that because of difficulties with the plane's engines, he must make an emergency landing.

The woman, fearing that this may be the end of her life looks over to a man sitting next to her and rips her shirt and bra off, and throws herself on him. "Make me feel like a woman again!" she screamed.

So the man rips his shirt off and hands it to her. "Iron this."

Thank you for flying with us

A 747 was starting its descent and the pilot had forgotten to turn off the P.A. system. 
''As soon as I clock off'' he said, ''I'm going to have a nice cold beer and then screw the arse off that blonde flight attendant.'' The horrified flight attendant made a dash toward the cockpit, but tripped over in the aisle. 

A little old lady sitting there whispered, ''There's no need to hurry love, he said he was going to have a beer first.''

A Father's Last Request 

A husband and wife had four boys. The odd part of it was that the older three had red hair, light skin, and were tall, while the youngest son had black hair, dark eyes, and was short. 
The father eventually took ill and was lying on his deathbed when he turned to his wife and said, "Honey, before I die, be totally honest with me - is our youngest son my child?" 

The wife replied, "I swear on everything that's holy that he is your son." 

With that the husband passed away. The wife then muttered, "Thank God he didn't ask about the other three."

Pinocchio and Splinters 

One day Pinocchio came to Gepetto with a problem. 
"Every time I have sex with my girlfriend, she gets splinters. What can I do about this?" 

"Have you tried sandpaper?" Pinocchio hadn't, so he went to try it. 

"Pinnochio," said Gepetto a few weeks later. "How is the problem work out with your 

"Girlfriend?" said Pinnochio. "Who needs a girlfriend when you have sandpaper?"

Adam was walking around the garden of Eden, moping. God asked him, "What is wrong with you?" Adam replied that he was lonely and didn't have anyone to </description>
    <pubDate>2008-09-08T21:43:07-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Jokes--33703.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>L’italiano uno                                              </title>
    <description>L’italiano uno, Periodo cinque

Il Mio              Esame Finale
                                                         Carolina Rossi



Ventotto di Maggio, duemila otto

Oggi  é ventotto di maggio
Periodo sei							esame finale

	Mi chiamo carolina Rossi io in l’italiano, Carolina Rossi e io ho sedici anni- il mio compleano e il tredici di dicembre.  La mia nationalita é irandese, italiano e portogese.  Il mio inderizio é in via Regis, numbero venticinque a Coventry in RI.  Io sono simpatica, allegra, calma, intelligente, felice, generosa, sensibile e gentile.  La mia famaglia é Susan, Chuck, Erin e Grace.  Susuan é mia madre e lei ha quaranta anni e lei inegna lettura.  Chuck é mio patringo e lui e quarantacinque.  Lui e impreditore.  Erin e Grace sono le mie sorelle.  Loro hanno quatordici e sei anni e loro piace cavalcatta.
	La mia stagione preferita é estate perche fa caldo e c’e molto sole.  Anche, in l’estate mi piace nuotare e bevo il te freddo.  In l’estate io gioco a calcio e faccio la corsa.  Anche mi piace fare la conoscenza di nuovo amici in vocanza.  Giugno, luglio e agosto sono in estate.  In l’estate é sereno, c’e il sole e non fa freddo o nevica.  In l’estate, fa bel tempo- molto caldo!  In l’estate, la mia sorella piace cavalcatta.  Io non piace cavalcatta, mi non piace cavallo.  Mi piace l’estate- e splendido.
	La mia classe preferita é ceramacia.  Signorina Caparelli insegna la classe asse undici e due.  Io preferisco la classe percha non é serio, é molto divertente  e non stressata.   Nella classe ci sono dicasette studenti.  La aula di ceramacia é grande.  Ci sono molti sculturi, cestini e una bandiera.  L’aula ha pareti bianchi e grigi.  L’aula ha molti grande finestra- cinque o sei.  Anche, mi pice la classe di ceramacia perche é semplice.  Mi piace ceramacia!
	Io voglio visitare la regione di Lazio.  La capitole di Lazio é Roma </description>
    <pubDate>2008-09-04T23:49:15-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/L’italiano-uno--33692.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Failure leads to success                                    </title>
    <description>You have just taken the quarterly exam two weeks ago, and now the results have been finally posted. From a distance, you notice that everybody is rushing to the board to see their results, but you decide to wait until everyone is gone. After a couple of minutes, they leave just as expected, so you creep up to the front of the class, lift the piece of paper, and search for your name. Now, you start feeling butterflies in your stomach from all the anxiety, but still, you keep on searching. Finally, you find your name, but to your disappointment, you see that you have failed thus having to retake the test next week. Instead of feeling depressed, you take a moment to consider why you failed. Furthermore, you relize that maybe if you have studied more, you would have gotten higher score. Having learned your lesson, you decide now to spend at least three hours a day doing nothing but studing. Just as anticipated, you pass and realize at the same time that learning the lessons taught by failure is a sure route to success. Many people living around the world including me and even those of such brilliance such as Thomas Edison had to realize at one time or another that the only way to become successful is to learn from their past failures.

	People in general from all around the world have all experienced failures at some point of their lives, but the worst thing that they possibly could have done is to have let these obstacles stop them. They need to apprehend the fact that learning from their mistakes can only help them improve and become better at the task at hand. For example, a simple task like riding a bike shows how one can learn from his or her mistakes. When the first time a person rides a bike, he usually falls down which might leave him in a pessimistic state, but with a little encouragement, he will get back on and learn from his previous mistakes and eventually master the art of riding a bike. From personal experiences, one can only learn that nobody is perfect and success takes time, determination, and the ability to learn from one's past failures.

	Even Thomas Edison had to experience multiple failures before reaching the level of success of which he is known for today. Edison is known throughout the </description>
    <pubDate>2008-06-14T17:32:48-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Failure-leads-to-success-33616.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Capital Punishment                                          </title>
    <description>[color=black]        Since the reinstatement of the death penalty in 1976, there have been one thousand and ninety nine felons sentenced to death as of October 2007. (“Capital Punishment in the United States”)The death penalty is immoral, biased, vengeful, barbaric, and homicidal. Capital punishment is a direct contradiction to the very law it is meant to condemn and should be outlawed.

	Capital punishment (also known as the Death Penalty) was first used during the 1600’s; it was later considered cruel and unusual punishment due to its violation of the Eighth and fourteenth amendments. (“The Case against the Death Penalty”) The death penalty was later banned. Currently thirty-eight (38) states have legalized capital punishment. The majority of executions take place in the states formerly known as the “confederate states”. They are now often referred to as the “death belt”. The states in this area include Florida, Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana, and Texas. There are currently 3,500 men and women on death row. Around 135 countries have already banned the death penalty in law or practice. 91 percent of ALL executions take place in the U.S.A., Sudan, Iraq, Pakistan, Iran, and China.

	“It is not only vain, but wicked, in a legislature to frame laws in opposition to the laws of nature, and to arm them with the terrors of death. This is truly committing crimes in order to punish them (~ Thomas Jefferson)” This quote completely describes the government violating the eighth and fourteenth, and breaking the law they created to punish felons who commit heinous crimes. The law clearly states that killing a man is wrong and should be punished. The law however never specifies any exceptions to any one including the government officials who execute felons. The government is committing a felony every time they execute a criminal.

	Capital punishment is the harshest form of punishment. Putting an end to someone’s life is cruel and immoral. You can clearly see that this cruel punishment is a violation of basic human rights and dignity. This inhumane punishment has obviously not put the fear of death in criminal minds and has not discouraged them to stop breaking the law. Although some people may believe that death is a deterrent to crime it’s really not, death just doesn’t really scare people these days. “I hear much of people’s calling out to punish the guilty, but very few are concerned </description>
    <pubDate>2008-04-30T04:06:41-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Capital-Punishment--33578.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Going to school in the UK                                   </title>
    <description>I was very grateful and lucky to have been given the opportunity to attend school in the United Kingdom. Something that I would expect a lot of my peers would have wished for and probably died for. Although I have been studying in the UK for already about 5 years now but what exactly have I learnt and experienced in the course of it? 

From the first day I began in the St.John, four and a half years ago, it was already not entirely the easiest thing to cope with. I was at the time already carrying the pressure to do well and try to exceed all expectations. On the first day, I have had to cope with an entirely different environment and at the same time make friends. I found this very hard because I didn¡¦t know what people in another country was like; how they actually behaved and how they treated others. However, I was given a tremendous amount of help from my mentor; he helped me in familiarising with the house. He told me what the rules were and he taught me how to avoid getting into trouble with the Housemaster. From my mentor I was able to learn how English people were like and it was all because of him that I was able to learn how to make friends with people around me. I knew from the start that if I didn¡¦t make friends, life in the house would be very difficult. I also had to consider the fact that if I was to accidentally make enemies it would be very hard for me to enjoy my time in the house as I spent most of the year living in it. 

Food in the house was cooked and served by chef hired by the school. I found it extremely hard to adapt to a completely different diet. This prevented me from eating too much because the food was terrible. This has still left me wondering whether it is that English people can¡¦t cook or whether the chefs are just awful. We ate potatoes for nearly every meal everyday. Sometimes after the meal it leaves me wondering on whether the food in that particular meal was edible or not. It always seems as though that no one ever eats it. During my two years in the St.John the food showed no improvement at all not even </description>
    <pubDate>2007-12-19T05:02:13-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Going-to-school-in-the-UK-33475.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Citizenship                                                 </title>
    <description>What Citizenship Means To Me

	Citizenship is important to me.  If citizenship were important to everyone, then this world would be a much better place to live.  I would like to talk about a few things I think we could do to be better citizens.

	I would first like to talk about respect.  Respect for our country means cleaning up after yourself </description>
    <pubDate>2007-11-20T01:58:15-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Citizenship--33428.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Muffin or the Mustang                                   </title>
    <description>The Muffin or the Mustang

	It was a normal Saturday morning. Kevin was lying quietly on his bed working on his homework from his Advanced Senior English Class. As he was thinking he took a bite out of his blueberry muffin. Right then he heard a knock at the door. He raced down to the door, and when he opened it, all he found was a note that read: “Meet me at the peak if you want to see it again. From Joe.” As Kevin finished, he heard a loud bang upstairs. He sprinted up to his room to find his window open. As he looked out of it, he saw Joe speeding away in his ’69 Mustang. On his way out he grabbed his coat and tried to grab his muffin, but it was gone!
	He got in his mom’s minivan and drove up to the peak. While driving he contemplated why Joe would be doing this to him. Then it clicked. The next week Kevin was taking Karen to the Homecoming Dance, and Joe has been obsessed with Karen since first grade. As he pulled up to the peak and got out of his van, he saw Joe standing next to his Mustang at the top of a tall hill which led to a gigantic cliff. Kevin immediately noticed that the only thing keeping his car from hurling off the cliff, was a decent sized rock underneath one of the front tires. He also noticed that strapped to the hood was a little whitish ball. As he moved closer he realized that the lump was his muffin!
	“Don’t come any closer, or else,” yelled Joe.
	“Give it to me, jerk,” exclaimed Kevin.
	“Only if you promise to cancel your date with Karen, and never ask her on one again.”
	“You wish. I’m not going to, so give it back to me and stop being dumb.”
	“Only if you do what I told you to.”
	“You have five seconds before I come take it,” remarked Kevin impatiently.
	“Not going to happen.”
	“Fine here I come!”
	Kevin started sprinting toward Joe and the car, but as soon as he got within ten yards Joe kicked the rock out from under the tire! The car was now speeding down the hill! Kevin knew he had to think fast, and he kept running at it. As he was almost to it, he realized that he could still save it and stop it from </description>
    <pubDate>2007-11-20T01:53:27-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Muffin-or-the-Mustang-33427.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Book Report: Forgotten Notes                                </title>
    <description>Book Report

The book I read is Forgotten Notes, by Sian Ann Bessey. It’s a fictional modern romance. I chose to read this book because a friend of mine, who loved it, referred it to me. 
It starts with a young man, Brian, and his mother visiting Wales looking for some answers about their immigrant ancestors. Here, they meet the main character, a young woman just home from college, who is intrigued and then attracted to Brian, until she finds out that he’s a Mormon. She has heard horrible things about his religion, so she’s reluctant to </description>
    <pubDate>2007-11-20T01:51:42-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Book-Report-Forgotten-Notes-33426.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Research Paper: Education Administrators                    </title>
    <description>Education Administrators 
During the first week of school my freshman year, I was late to one of my classes. While I was on the way, a middle-aged man that I had never met nor seen before, stopped me. He asked me if I was a freshman and after I answered he chuckled and said that he knew I was by how concerned I looked. He told me that he could tell that I was late and that I was worried about what would happen. After asking what class I had, we started walking towards it. He asked me how my classes were going and if I enjoyed them. As we talked and as he asked questions, he gave me advice that I still remember and use to this day. When we arrived at my class, he took a piece of paper out of his pocket, wrote on it, gave it to me, and told me to give it to my teacher. As I looked at it, I noticed that he had excused my tardy. As I was about to thank him, he thanked me and then left. Since that day I have had an appreciation for our principals and administrators.
The administrator, or principal, of a school is ultimately responsible for a school’s test scores. Every year, students across the United States are given standardized tests. Students are usually worried about how they will perform, but even more worried is probably the principal of that school. Schools are measured by the scores that each student receives and the principal is responsible, whether the results are good or bad. “Principals set the academic tone, and hire, evaluate, and help improve the skills of teachers and other staff. They actively work with teachers to develop and maintain high curriculum standards, develop mission statements, and set performance goals and objectives” ("Education Administrator," OOH, 34). They have to make sure that students are happy, safe, and learning ("Education Administrator," CIS, Overview).
To start off with, there are several high school courses that can and almost always will be helpful to becoming a principal at a secondary school. They include the following: child development, computer applications, keyboarding, parenting, public speaking, teacher assisting, international baccalaureate, and advanced placement ("Education Administrator," CIS, Helpful High School Courses). There are also several skills and abilities that can be beneficial to have as a principal. Being able to communicate (listening to others, </description>
    <pubDate>2007-11-20T01:44:22-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Research-Paper-Education-Administrators-33425.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Alternative Fuels: Moving U.S. Transport Off Oil            </title>
    <description>ALTERNATIVE FUELS: MOVING U.S. TRANSPORT OFF OIL


David E. Lane



U85-5550 The Politics of Oil
Graduate Program in International Affairs
Washington University in St. Louis
Spring Semester 2006






Introduction

A single day’s news reflects the broader ramifications of U.S. dependence on fossil fuels. Securitization of oil and energy supplies is a major focus of U.S. foreign policy in the Middle East and around the globe, but these efforts have a far greater cost than just what we see at the pump. Military operations in Iraq alone have cost taxpayers hundreds of billions of dollars but rather than making Americans safer, the occupation has become a catalyst for anti-American sentiments in the Middle East and beyond. For reasons such as these, it would seem prudent to begin a national transition towards decreased petroleum dependence
. 
The military, petrochemical arena (plastics, pesticides), and the aviation industry are all sectors where petroleum needs are vital and for which no large scale viable alternative exists. Electricity generation from oil, once largely based upon petroleum, is now down to an almost negligible 2% nationwide (EIA 2004). These sectors do not comprise the largest area of demand for oil even when combined. It is personal transportation alone that accounts for over 60% of all petroleum consumed in the U.S. (Klare 2004, 193). Addressing vehicle fuel efficiency is therefore the key to making a difference. Other alternatives such as public transport, walking, and bicycling, are useful but cannot compare to the impact that vastly improved automobile efficiency would make. With nearly 200 million vehicles, the U.S. is the largest consumer of oil in the world. The size of the country with its many population centers still relatively conducive to a mix of personal automobiles and public transportation precludes the likelihood of citizens abandoning cars en masse in favor of public transport. Energy costs are increasing, but most of the country is unlikely to face the same set of constraints a citizen of Tokyo or Paris faces that make ownership of a car unappealing. Personal automobiles, with their promise of unlimited mobility seem deeply ingrained into the American psyche. 

In analyzing any potential new fuel source, it is essential to know how much energy is returned on energy invested, its “EROEI”. Another way of expressing this is to ask whether a given alternative energy is economical to acquire, refine, transport, store and use. This includes looking at all points in the chain, from its source (fossil </description>
    <pubDate>2007-10-31T06:44:50-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Alternative-Fuels-Moving-U_S_-Transport-Off-Oil-33372.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>AFL Umpires  Australian Football League</title>
    <description>Contention: That AFL umpires are hopeless and are highly protected by the AFL
Audience: AFL Fans

AFL Umpires are the worst people of controlling a situation/game. You don’t see basketball referees going up to players talking back the way AFL umpires do. The Footy rules committee only keeps changing the rules because the white maggots aren’t calling them are calling one but not the rest. AFL umpires are the most protected official’s in the game of sport. Why? The AFL is so over protective of their umpires cause they don’t want the AFL to get a bad name because of it’s officials.

Of course every umpire is allowed to make a mistake their are only human but AFL umpires follow them up with even more silly decisions. In last years Grand Final Darren Golspink gave a free kick to West Coast when it should have been to Sydney and then he gave them a 50 m penalty as Hall played on. Then to even the game up he give Sydney a free kick, which wasn’t there, followed by a 50 m penalty. Which put Sydney straight in front of goals if Sydney could kick straight it could have changed the end result. Umpires are just a third team on game day in florescent yellow and greens tops on green bossing around the players. Wishing they, were Chris Judd rather then being labelled as “white maggots” and “green maggots?” Umpires may get abused and hassled on game day, I understand about the abuse they get from players and spectators, but that does not give them the right to completely ruin the game and turning it into a game of Netball. 

You never hear about umpires in the news and I’m here to tell you that they can do even worse then the players. Can everyone remember the comments that James Hird Made about Scott Mc Clearn about his bad umpiring on the footy show. This news was in the news for weeks. Russ O’Deller an AFL umpire last year commented on the sub standard of play at a Richmond and Bulldogs game. He quoted “Half these blokes wouldn’t get a game in under 15’s in New South Wales.” We don’t hear about AFL Umpires in the Media is because the AFL is too protective of they men in white rather then players bringing in the money. Every time an AFL, players go out and </description>
    <pubDate>2007-09-04T07:53:53-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/AFL-Umpires-Australian-Football-League-33323.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Sustainable Housing Self Reflection</title>
    <description>After analyzing my work thoroughly, I have found that some improvements could be made to further improve the sustainability of this house. The house plan was of good quality as it has a unique shape that allowed for better ventilation and capturing of summer breezes. The plan was quite detail as it had a key that explained all the symbols used. The house can easily face up with Brisbane’s climate because it has insulation that can block out the unwanted heat as well as being positioned to cool down easily. The house however had to compromise some of the view with the use of the northern trees but those northern trees were originally there and could not be removed. If there were no restrictions to this house, the northern trees would definitely be removed to maximize the capturing of the winter sun and also open up the </description>
    <pubDate>2007-07-19T10:51:07-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Sustainable-Housing-Self-Reflection-33294.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Sustainable Housing</title>
    <description>B. The Justification of my design                                                                           
2.0 Introduction
This sustainable house has been built to comply with the Brisbane climate and weather throughout the year to increase the comfort of the home. The overall design has been aimed to maximise both indoor and outdoor areas so that both can be equally enjoyed. The house’s design will be further discussed through the follow eight criteria.

2.1 Aspect and Site
Aspect and site are one of the most important criteria to a sustainable house because they are the foundation for the efficient design of a house. In this house, the facing of north has been maximised to let the sun penetrate through in winter and block the sun in summer. This is followed out through the positioning of the living room. The living room is exposed to maximum sunlight from the north side through the bi-fold doors so that it can be kept warm in winter but also cool in summer because it is away from east and westerly sun. There is also very little obstruction to the northerly sun because the house is design in an L shape which clears most of the northern block of the land. This can help the sun pass into the house with ease. However, there are tall trees to the north of the land. This can pose a problem to the capturing of the sunlight. Therefore, these trees are made into deciduous trees. This can reduce the problem by up to 25% as the leaves of the trees will disappear in winter allowing the sun to pass through. As a result, the aspect and site of the house has been modified to best suit the climate of Australia.

2.2 Building Materials
Building materials can be hard to choose from but if done correctly, insulation and temperature control can benefit from it. This house is built with lightweight external material being termite-resistant timber framed construction so that it can cool down quickly in summer. These walls are </description>
    <pubDate>2007-07-19T10:40:55-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Sustainable-Housing-33287.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Biomechanics                                                </title>
    <description>1.	Newton’s three laws of motion

A.	Inertia- An object in motion will remain in motion unless acted upon by a net force.
B.	F=ma Force=Mass x Acceleration
C.	To every action force there is an equal and opposite reaction force. 
(BGS Junior Science Booklet, 2007)

2.	Newton’s Laws and how they relate to golf and lawn bowl

Newton’s first law explains that a stationary object will not move unless acted upon by a net force. 

Newton’s second law is a formula that relates force to mass and acceleration.

Newton’s third law is quite complicated but can be shortened to: for every force, there are actually two opposite forces.

Newton’s laws of motion play an important role in sports like lawn bowls and golf. Newton’s first law on inertia explains that the ball will not move by itself if no force is exerted. This is why a player must apply force to the ball for it to move like in these two sports. This leads to the second law. The force on the ball is equal to the mass multiplied by the acceleration. This means that for the ball to move with more force, it means that the ball must be moving at a faster speed. However, there must be stability in this force or else the ball will move too fast or slow and miss the target. The final law explains that when a force is exerted on the ball, there is actually an equal force exerted on the hand or golf club. When you push the ball, the ball pushes you with the same opposite force.

3.	How physics affects my performance

Trajectory, stability, momentum and force impacts greatly on lawn bowling and golf.  This is because applying a force to an object is the main point of the games. In lawn bowls, the player must apply the right force on the ball to give it the right trajectory as it rolls in a curved course to the jack. This is quite similar to golf. In golf, the player has to give the ball the right momentum so that it can move in the right trajectory as it flies into the hole.

These four factors are very important and immensely affects my performance. This is because if I don’t understand these factors, my ability will not be great. There is always a specific trajectory that the ball must follow for it to meet the target in both golf and bowls. In golf, hitting </description>
    <pubDate>2007-07-19T10:39:09-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Biomechanics--33286.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Workers Compensation in Australia - qld                     </title>
    <description>Workers Compensation in Australia - qld

QUEENSLAND LAW

It is compulsory in Queensland, for employers to supply their employees with workers compensation schemes. Although the employer may not be at fault, the employee is still entitled for compensation if they had received their injury while at work. Employees, who make a claim to get compensation, aren’t necessarily hurt physically. Some are discriminated against, due to their gender, marital status and some are unfairly dismissed from their jobs, leaving them devastated and jobless. Without workers compensation, employees who have been injured would be expected to have found the money to support themselves as well as their family and make up for any of the loss wages, due to them not being able to work. Worker's Compensation is set up to protect employees financially; there are no costs associated to the employee for worker's compensation, but rather the employer.
EMPLOYER PROTECTION 

Not only are there laws to protect employees, but there are also laws to protect an employer and their rights and responsibilities. Laws are placed to protect employers on how much and employee can gain from an injury caused while they are at work. This law was established for most employment by State Workers Compensation Statutes.

STATUTORY AND COMMON LAW CLAIMS

In Queensland, injured employees may take two paths in gaining compensation for their injuries. These include statutory and common law claims. A statutory benefit is used to compensate an employee if they have suffered from an injury at work, although it may have not been the employers fault. Compensation covers include hospital expenses, medical expenses, and a loss of wage due to them not being able to work or a straight out payment of compensation to cover the damages. For those employees who suffer from injuries or illness due to their employers being at fault, they are able to make a common law claim. These employees may sue their employers for negligence. Common law compensation includes pain and suffering and legal costs as well as hospital and medical expenses. Employees are able to lodge a common law claim, for up to three years from the day of the incident. After the claim has been put forward, it would take approximately 12 months for the matter to be resolved. 

ESTABLISHMENT OF WORKCOVER:  QUEENSLAND

Workers Compensation Board of Queensland was replaced in 1996 by a division of a government department with an independent statutory body now known </description>
    <pubDate>2007-07-17T10:48:50-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Workers-Compensation-in-Australia-qld-33280.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Underweight Era: Are women getting too thin?                </title>
    <description>Underweight Era: Are women getting too thin?
 
During recent years, teenage girls have been put into the media spot light regarding their physical appearance. One main issue that has hit many magazines  is for young girls to concentrate on how much one ought to weigh and what should be considered as a ‘normal’ weight for teenagers between the ages of 13 to 18. Who is responsible for the weight loss? Is it the media, parents and peer pressure or is it the generation we live in?

“Young women are bombarded by ideas of beauty,” states Susan Sawyer, Centre for Adolescent health, Dolly magazine, August 2006. Dieting to the extreme amongst teenagers nowadays is considered to be normal as it is seen on television shows such as the ‘Biggest loser.’ To make the matter more complicated, many teenagers look up to stars such as Paris Hilton and Nicole Ritchie. These two stars in the eyes of many are shown to be fashion icons as they are skinny and have the ‘perfect’ body image.  

The article represents teenagers as self obsessive and isolated from what they should be enjoying rather than worrying about their weight. “Girls obsessed with weight are not fun to be around.” 

This article indicates that the media has some impact on how adolescents think and act about their weight and body image. ‘In the US they’ve turned competitive dieting into a reality show.’ This article provides evidence that girls are dissatisfied with their bodies due to reality television shows which promote weight loss and plastic surgery as a normal and everyday way of life. 

This article does not use humour to ridicule the issue of dieting or other forms of weight loss. Without the use of humour, the message comes across to the reader as a serious matter that should be dealt with in a proper manner. 

The heading of the article, ‘Competitive dieting – who’s the thinnest of them all,’ makes dieting sound like a game that is played amongst primary school children. The word ‘thinnest’ is put up in big writing and in a different font colour to attract the reader.

The values, attitudes, and beliefs underpinning this article emphasize the fact that our society is accustomed to losing weight and willing to do anything to fit into different social status groups. “… They see girls in magazines and on TV who have ‘perfect’ bodies and </description>
    <pubDate>2007-07-17T10:36:37-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Underweight-Era-Are-women-getting-too-thin-33279.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Creating a Preschool Program                                </title>
    <description>At present time more than 63 percent of U.S. mothers with children younger than six, are working and have placed their children in some form of supervised care during their workdays (Cole &amp;amp; Cole, 2001, pgs. 449 – 450).   One of the most popular arrangements for children younger than five is home care (Cole &amp;amp; Cole, 2001, pg. 450).  This accounts for 33% of the children in supervised care.  Accounting for 31.3% is supervised care in another home (also known as family care), 30.5% are in child care centers, and only 5.5% are cared for by their mothers (Cole &amp;amp; Cole, 2001, pg. 450).  

Having worked in a NAEYC (The National Association for the Education of Young Children) accredited childcare center, and aiding in the achievement of that NAEYC accreditation, designing a preschool program came as second nature to me.   I worked in early childhood education for four years and besides working toward NAEYC accreditation, I also assisted in re-licensing, program development, and daily activities.  The preschool program I am designing is for children ages three to five years old; as this is the age that properly suits the title of “preschool”.  

My preschool classroom size will be based on New York State OCFS (Office of Children and Family Services) regulations.  These regulations state “areas that will be used by the children must be well-lighted and well-ventilated.  Heating, ventilation, and lighting must be adequate for the protection of the health of the children.  A temperature of at least 68 degrees Fahrenheit must be maintained in all rooms to be occupied by children” (NYS OCFS, 2005, sec. 418 – 1.3).  These regulations further state “children must be accommodated in rooms having a minimum of 35 square feet for each child.  Areas used for large motor activity, staff lounges, storage spaces, halls, bathrooms, kitchens, and offices may not be included in calculating the 35 square feet per child requirement (NYS OCFS, 2005, sec. 418 – 1.3).  

The classroom itself will be divided up into individual learning centers.  These centers will include areas that will help promote their social/emotional, physical, cognitive, and language development.  The individual centers themselves are – blocks, dramatic play, toys and games, art, library, discovery/science, sand and water, music and movement, cooking, and computer/technology.  I would like to break down each </description>
    <pubDate>2007-06-01T23:06:40-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Creating-a-Preschool-Program-33246.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Violence and Fighting in the National Hockey League         </title>
    <description>Violence and Fighting in the National Hockey League

Fights don’t just break out. Everything happens for a reason, including two guys trying to bash the other’s brain in. The most obvious is when someone on the other hockey team takes a cheap shot at one of the star players. Some nights you can actually feel a fight brewing, almost from the opening face-off.  Both teams are running at each other, and it’s just a matter of time before fists and elbows start flying.  
	 
A lot of times, fighting is a true game tactic. The Chicago Blackhawks’ star enforcer, Bob Probert has been labeled as a tough guy. He is used as a weapon to get his team back into the game. When the team is down a couple of goals, he is sent out to cause spark and get the crowd back into the game. The only strategy is hit, hit and hit. Now the guys are so much smarter, bigger and stronger, and they actually work on being better fighters. However, the smartest, the biggest, and the strongest one is Probert. The other enforcers in the NHL do not compare to him. Bob Probert is the best enforcer in the league because he has speed, balance, and grit.  
 
A hockey fight is one of the toughest things in sports. In a good 30-second fight, the two guys will land more punches than in a twelve round boxing match on pay-per-view. The importance of speed is significant during the Chicago versus Toronto game, on April 15, 1998 (1). His opponent is Tie Domi; perhaps hockey’s most hated enforcer and Probert’s frequent adversary throughout the 90’s in some of the nastiest fights in hockey history. Not to mention that he is at a height disadvantage in comparison to Probert. As the fight begins, Domi launches an attack, dropping his gloves and landing a combination of punches on Probert’s face. Although, he landed the first punch he is not as quick as the Blackhawks’ enforcer is. The surprise attack only provokes Probert- like poking a bear with a cocktail fork. The enraged winger throws a haymaker at Domi’s head. As Domi retrieves he pulls him back by his jersey and uses his head like a speed bag, landing an unbelievable 35 punches. Domi’s blood-smeared face looks like he has survived a head-on auto crash. Probert’s quickness was the </description>
    <pubDate>2007-04-19T21:28:24-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Violence-and-Fighting-in-the-National-Hockey-League-33058.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>A History of Skateboarding                                  </title>
    <description>A History of Skateboarding

Skateboarding is a very popular recreational sport. There are twenty million people who skateboard around the world. Skateboarding was invented by Alan “Ollie” Gelfand. They got the name “Ollie” from his middle name. The “Ollie” was a fundamental basis for harder tricks. To put it in more simple terms, it means whenever you jump with the skateboard. You do this so that you can jump over things, jump in the air to do tricks, and so that you can jump on grind rails. 
	
There are over three-hundred manufacturers of skateboards and equipment for professional levels. Some of these companies are alien workshop, antihero, birdhouse, blind, and zero. Those are the most popular skateboard companies. Each of these companies makes about 1.4 billion dollars in annual retail sales. There are about 100,000 pro skateboard decks and 500,000 manufactured each month.  

The cost of skateboards can vary. It all depends on what you get, if you get a skateboard that is complete, that it costs a little more that $100.00. If you just by the deck it is about $50.00 or more, just for the deck. Than you have to buy the accessories, which will most likely cost you more than buying the complete. 
	
There are alot of different ways to skate. For instance, you can free skating, street skating, vert skating, and many more. A lot of people skate at skate parks; there are 800 private and public skate parks in the US.  
	
In the sixty’s people used to do something similar to skating, it was called “sidewalk surfing.” They would take some kind of board and they would slide down the sidewalks with them. This was a national fad, they had pictures of it on the cover of  Life magazine, the issue was called “yet another California Craze.”  
	
People always think that they are going to get injured or hurt when they are skateboarding. That is not true, studies show that skateboarders are less likely to get hurt playing traditional sports like baseball, basketball, soccer, volleyball, and football. 
	
This recreational sport was created so that it can provide teens all over, so that it can provide teens with some fun and a challenge. The challenges of skateboarding is that you need to learn to ride, then you need to learn how to do an Ollie, then learn how to do all of the </description>
    <pubDate>2007-04-18T22:47:34-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/A-History-of-Skateboarding--33025.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>African American Fraternity, Phi Beta Sigma                 </title>
    <description>African American Fraternity, Phi Beta Sigma 

The most remarkable leadership in the African American community in the 20th century without question came from the ranks of Phi Beta Sigma Fraternity, Inc. (FBS). Since our founding on January 9, 1914, at Howard University in Washington, DC, we have supplied an empowering voice and vision to the struggle of African Americans and people of color around the world. 
 
The idea behind a fourth historical African American fraternity came during the fall of 1913. Three outstanding young men, with the idea of creating yet another fraternity on the campus of Howard University, forged plans to bring FBS to reality. While still in his native Tennessee, the Most Honorable Bro. A. Langston Taylor first came up with the idea of creating a different kind of fraternity. After confiding in his friend and former roommate, the Most Honorable Bro. Leonard F. Morse on his idea of a different kind of fraternity, the two sought out the support of their friend and final member of the founding three the Most Honorable Bro. Charles I. Brown. 
 
The three, together, possessed a relentless drive to establish an organization that viewed itself as "a part of" the general community rather than "apart from" the general community. These extraordinary men wished deeply to create an organization that encouraged the highest standards of scholarship through scientific, literary, cultural and educational programs, promoted service projects on college campuses and in the community and fostered brotherhood. They wanted to organize a Fraternity that would exist as a part of an even greater brotherhood, which would be devoted to the "inclusive we" rather than the "exclusive we". In order to establish such an organization they realized it would be an obstacle to their advancement to embrace the exclusive tenets of established historical African American, Greek-letter fraternities. They believed that in order to establish a True Fraternity each potential member would have to be judged on his own merits rather than his family background or affluence...irregardless of race, nationality, color, skin tone, or texture of hair. 
 
While the three sped on their way towards founding a fraternity, nine other men of distinction from Howard University were selected for membership. Finally on the night of January 9, 1914, FBS was no longer just a wish, it officially became a national fraternity. The next set of business for the charter members was to get </description>
    <pubDate>2007-04-18T02:37:06-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/African-American-Fraternity,-Phi-Beta-Sigma-32969.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Sports History of Boxing Great Muhammad Ali                 </title>
    <description>Sports History of Boxing Great Muhammad Ali

 “Float like a butterfly, sting like a bee!” These were the famous words said by Muhammad Ali after his first title fight against Sonny Liston ( Rummel 57 ).  Muhammad Ali was one of the greatest boxers known today.  Although Ali was a great boxer, he had to overcome many obstacles to get to where he wanted to be, like segregation, racism, the selective service, and being a Muslim.   
	
Cassius clay was born on January 17, 1942 in a working class family in Louisville, Kentucky.  His father, Cassius Clay Sr worked as a sign painter and his mother, Odessa Clay was a house cleaner ( Tessitore 62 ).  The black workers were never paid very much, but his father always kept food on the table.  The extended Clay family was a big one, and at family gatherings Cassius was the beautiful child, always laughing, making jokes, demanding,  and winning everyone’s  attention ( Remnick 34 ).  “ He always was a talker,” Odessa Clay said. “ He tried to talk so hard when he was a baby.  He would talk so fast like lightning.” 
	
As a child Cassius grew up where segregation was a big and important issue ( Remnick 45).  Everywhere he went he saw bus drivers, drugstore men, and grocery store cashiers were al white, and he was confused of this.  He would often ask his mother why there were so many white people running the businesses, and not any blacks.  
	
On an afternoon in 1954, when Cassius was only twelve, Cassius had been riding his bicycle, which had been given to him by his father for Christmas ( Rummel 37 ).  Cassius stopped at the Columbine auditorium, there had been a show going on and he went in to watch.  When he went to leave he noticed that his bike had been stolen.  He looked for his bike, but could not find it, and that’s when he ran into a policeman named Joe Martin, who ran a boxing program.  He told the cop what happened and said he was going to beat up whoever took it.  The cop told young Cassius he had to learn to fight before he started going out and beating up people.  Cassius later sign up at </description>
    <pubDate>2007-04-18T01:02:06-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Sports-History-of-Boxing-Great-Muhammad-Ali-32942.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Badminton                                                   </title>
    <description>Badminton is one of the most popular sports in the world and has been around for a very long time. Its popularity is spreading rapidly across the US. In this paper I will discuss the history and origin of badminton, the rules, and facts that I found interesting in badminton.
	Badminton originated in India and then went on to China, Japan and Thailand. An early version of this game in china used a shuttlecock but not a racket. Instead the shuttle was manipulated with feet. In England it was called shuttlecock and was hit with a wooden paddle by children. British army officers began to play it as a competition in Pune, India where badminton got its first name; Poona. In 1877 the first ever set of rules were invented for badminton along with the first badminton club.  
In the traditional scoring system, men’s singles games were played to 15 points and women's singles which was played up to 11. A match was decided by the best of three games. Only the serving players were able to score a point. In doubles, both players of a pair would serve before the service returned to the other side. In 1992 people made new rules saying that if the players were tied at 13-13 or 14-14 (9-9 or 10-10 for women's singles), the player who had first reached that score could decide elect to set and play to 17 (or to 13 for women's singles). In December 2005 the IBF experimented with the scoring system, intending both to regulate the playing time and to simplify the system for television viewers. Games were lengthened to 21 points. However, the new scoring system makes the game duration significantly shorter. The experiment ended in May 2006, and the IBF ruled that the new scoring system would be adopted from August 2006 and on. Players win a rally by striking the shuttle onto the floor within the boundaries of their opponents' court. Players also win a rally if their opponents commit a fault. The most common fault in badminton is when the players fail to return the shuttle so that it passes over the net and lands inside their opponents' court. If a let is called, the rally is stopped and replayed with no change to the score. Lets may occur due to some unexpected disturbance such as a shuttle landing on court. 
For my interesting </description>
    <pubDate>2007-04-03T21:30:19-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Badminton--32886.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Hunting  Early Game Laws in Europe</title>
    <description>Hunting does not really have rules, but it has regulations and laws. Early game laws in Europe were enacted to make hunting the sole privilege of the nobility and to prevent poaching; in the 19th century such laws were generally modified to allow anyone with a license to hunt. Game laws in the U.S. are directed at protecting wildlife from indiscriminate slaughter and capture, restricting the taking and molestation of game to certain so-called open periods of the year, or prohibiting the hunting and killing of game entirely. Apart from the states' police power, the ownership of fish and game resides in the people of the states. Where no individual has any property rights to be affected, the legislature, as the representative of the people, may withhold or grant to individuals the right to hunt and kill game or may qualify or restrict that right. In other words, under U.S. law the hunting and killing of game is a privilege rather than a right.

	Each of the 50 states has its own game laws, which are administered by fish and game commissions or by other agencies. Under most statutes, the 
possession or sale of certain fish or game during certain so-called closed seasons is prohibited. Occasionally these statutes expressly apply only to game caught within the state, but in most states these statutes have been held to apply to out-of-season possession or sale of game whether or not it was caught within the state. Certain statutes place limitations on the age, sex, or size of game allowed to be hunted, and bag limits per hunter may be set for the day or for the hunting season. Many states require hunting and fishing licenses, for which a fee is charged, that permit the taking of certain varieties during stipulated periods. Where waters lay between two states the right of fishery is generally regulated by an agreement between the two states.

When lands or waters are owned by a private individual, the right of hunting or fishing belongs to the owner or tenant. The owner of land on both sides of a stream has the right to fish in the stream, but the rights of the owner of land on one side only extend to the center of the stream. 
	The leisured nobility of ancient Egypt, Greece, and Rome enjoyed hunting for sport. Greek historian Xenophon argued that hunting is an asset to society, </description>
    <pubDate>2007-04-03T21:00:14-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Hunting-Early-Game-Laws-in-Europe-32883.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Anthrax                                                     </title>
    <description>When you think of anthrax, you think of terrorists. However, terrorists are not the main cause of anthrax. Anthrax occurs in some animals like cattle, sheep, and goats. It is also soil borne. Anthrax is more common in places without veterinarian programs. Anthrax’s scientific name is bacillus anthracis. There are 89 strains of anthrax. One of the strains used in the 2001 anthrax attack on the nation is Ames strain. The Ames strain is extremely dangerous. It is the most dangerous type. 
	The Vollum strain used in the US and UK’s programs and in the bioweapon trials. A scientist named William A. Boyles was accidentally infected with the Vollum strain, which he died from in 1951. The Sterne strain, used as an anthrax vaccine, and is named after a South African researcher.
	Anthrax has rod-shaped spores that are 1 by 9 micrometers in size. Anthrax was never known to cause disease until 1877, when Robert Koch discovered that it does. Anthrax spores usually rests in the soil resting for decades. Once an animal digests it, the bacterium grows and eventually kills the animal.  
	The anthrax toxin has two factors: edema and lethal factor. The edema factor inactivates white blood cells so they cannot produce bacteria. The lethal factor targets the blood vessel cells. Both factors are very deadly. 
	The most common way for people to be exposed to anthrax is infected animals or their products. Workers who are close to dead animals are at a high risk. In July 2006, an artist who made drums from cattle skins died of anthrax in the United Kingdom. 
	Many people believe that anthrax can only enter the human body by inhalation. Anthrax can enter many ways such as intestines, lungs, or skin. Anthrax is not contagious, so it cannot spread from one person to the next. Many people mistake respiratory anthrax for a cold. They do this because some of its symptoms are cold or flu-like symptoms. After several days of infection, there is respiratory collapse. 
	With intestinal infection, the symptoms are vomiting of blood, diarrhea, and loss of appetite. Untreated, the infection is 99.9% fatal. Infection through the skin causes formation of a black scar, which is painless. Skin infection is rarely fatal, but without treatment, 20% of all cases turn out fatal. 
	The treatment of anthrax is large doses of antibiotics. The treatment usually does not work unless started in a </description>
    <pubDate>2007-03-23T01:11:13-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Anthrax--32862.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Literature on Atheletes in Society                          </title>
    <description>Literature on Atheletes in Society

“Where have you gone Joe Di Maggio,” by Goodman focuses on the misguided perception that society has on our athletes.  Athletes are placed on a pedestal above the rest, and are given special privileges in order to maintain their heroic status.  “Hero,” and “supreme beings,” are used to describe our athletes’ personalities but underneath the glory they are just like us; only they are trained to focus on one skill.  Hero is defined in a dictionary as a person of distinguished courage or ability, admired for their brave deeds and noble qualities, as well as for a mythological figure of great strength.  Although athletes demonstrate god-like qualities, they seem to put aside their moral and behave like delinquents.  This attitude is produced by society, “coddled by universities, lionized by local communities and endowed with six-and seven-figure salaries.”   
	
Athletes are chiseled by society to become “winners,” and they learn that “success, rather than hard and honest play, is what brings rewards.”   Their status shields them from many responsibiliets and provides them with second chances that normal citizens wouldn’t have.  In many situations many faults preformed by the athletes are overlooked and we “wipe the slate clean,” when it is smudged, leading them to believe that they are entitled to commit wrongs.  In order to ensure that nothing threatens an athlete’s eligibility to compete, coaches may intervene when they get into trouble with the law, and have the cases quietly dismissed.  An example of how athletes are exempt from punishment is the rape case of Mike Tyson.  “He eventually came to believe, like a medieval king, that all he saw rightfully belonged to him.”  He spent his time outside the ring behaving in a barbaric manner and at one point his charges he was pressed with rape charges a, but needless to say the charges were dropped.  He would below, “Don’t you know who I am? I am the heavyweight champion of the world,” not taking into consideration whether his actions were correct or not.   
	 
Although, there are some exceptions among athletes who use there attributes to give back to society.  Two examples of athletes that demonstrate heroic traits not only on the field, but also on an everyday bases are Alan Grey and Martina Navratilova.  Alan Grey </description>
    <pubDate>2007-03-08T00:35:02-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Literature-on-Atheletes-in-Society-32780.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Jake Burton and the History of Snowboarding                 </title>
    <description>Jake Burton and the History of Snowboarding

Twenty five years have gone by since Jake Burton Carpenter started making snowboards.  His company today is the most successful and largest manufacturer in the world for snowboarding.  A key success to Burton Boards was pushing to make snowboarding a sport. 
    
The idea came from building a better Snurfer, a sled toy that was shaped like a small water ski with rope tied to the nose and used to stand on.  Purely sport, not the Burton company was Jake’s main focus when he first started out in the 70s.  He worked with ski areas to get the new sport moving and onto the mountains.  He succeeded in the early 80s by convincing Stratton Mountain to give it a shot. 
    
"I was talking to all these successful entrepreneurs and realized that it’s not impossible to get a business going," recalls Jake (Morrison).  Friends were turning friends into snowboarding and sales doubled every season.  Skaters, surfers, and skiers everywhere were discovering the new sensation.  The temptation was there to get all the money and have stock  to go out and build factories and such, but Burton was more focused on a developing high quality snowboarding gear.   
    
A big step for Jake was creating a group of senior managers.  These would be the key people and to divide the tasks of the company.  With good decisions, Jake created a great senior management group, they all ride and are dedicated to the sport.  A majority of them have been at Burton for ten years. 
    
Burton, the company does not have any stocks because Jake doesn’t think it makes sense to have shareholders who don’t snowboard.  "How can they be better owners of a this company, I live it, I love it-this sport is my life."  Jake isn’t working 70 hour weeks anymore, instead he’s out riding and taken his success as an opportunity to get more involved in the sport than ever before. 
    
In 1995, Burton started CHILL, a learn to snowboard program for needy kids in the Burlington, Vermont area.  The company focused on kids who didn’t have the money  to get to a mountain and snowboard.  The </description>
    <pubDate>2007-03-08T00:30:44-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Jake-Burton-and-the-History-of-Snowboarding-32778.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>College Football Rivalry Between Ohio and Michigan</title>
    <description>College Football Rivalry between Ohio and Michigan

The first is that a person always, if possible, buys an automobile that was made in the U.S.A. The other is to always root for The University of Michigan to beat Ohio State in any sporting event. I am not always very good at doing the first; my financial situation tends to overshadow my desire to buy American. But I am always able to uphold the second, no matter what is at stake. Michigan is a far superior school than Ohio State in a number of ways. Michigan dominates Ohio State when it comes to football, hockey, swimming and even team nicknames. I almost feel sorry for Ohio State because of how sad their programs are, but then I come back to reality and remember how funny it actually is. 
 
I have several friends who call themselves “Buckeye fans.” It is extremely amusing when they say this because most of them do not even know what a “Buckeye” is. A Buckeye is Ohio State’s nickname and is not what one would call a very intimidating name. “The Buckeye is a tree, native to Ohio and particularly prevalent in the Ohio River Valley, whose small, shiny, dark brown nuts with a lighter tan patch resembles the eye of a deer”(Ohio State web site). Basically, their nickname is a poisonous nut! Talk about being intimidated.  Now, let’s look at the Wolverine. The Wolverine is a very intimidating and feared animal; it is pound for pound the most ferocious creature. I would rather take my chances overpowering a little nut that fell off a tree, than a fierce, destructive animal. 
 
Swimming has always been a weakness for Ohio State and a strong sport for Michigan. Ever since 1927, the Wolverines have dominated the Big Ten Conference and the Buckeyes. According to the information I found, Michigan has not lost to Ohio State in over 10 years. Michigan has won 31 Big Ten Championships, including 10 in a row between the years 1986 and 1995, and 11 NCAA Team Championships. Since coming to coach the Wolverines in 1982, Jon Urbanchek has posted an impressive 96-4-0 record in the Big Ten and 142-26-0 overall (U of M swimming web site). The Wolverine swimmers are always in contention for the Big Ten and National Championships and show no signs of slowing down.  
 
As the water </description>
    <pubDate>2007-03-06T22:29:32-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/College-Football-Rivalry-Between-Ohio-and-Michigan-32751.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Determining the Effectiveness of the Justice System         </title>
    <description>Determining the Effectiveness of the Justice System

The justice system is not effectively meeting the four principles of sentencing, which are punishment, deterrence, protection of the public and the reformation and rehabilitation of the offender.  The offenders need to go through a stiffer system to be ensured that they meet all four principles.  For this to occur sentences must be long enough for individuals to reflect the serious consequences of their intended acts and rehabilitation should be mandatory.  
	
Melanie Carpenter was abducted and stabbed to death twenty-five times and sexually assaulted by Fernando Ojaie who was released by the correctional services after serving two-thirds of his sentence.  From this example we see that the goal of punishment, which is to deter other criminals from re-offending, is not very effective. We also see that you cannot change someone’s behavior that quickly.  Statistics show that 78% of convicted murderers, who are punished, murder again, so why release them?  The justice system should propose harsher punishments in order for it to be a more serious deterrent. 
	
The key to safety is preventing crime.  In order to accomplish this we need to distinguish between those offenders who need to be separated from society, and those who could be better managed in the community.  For example, a convicted pedophile such as Mr. Fredericks who attacked children of either sex virtually every time he had the opportunity is not someone you want in your community.  This is a person who is a threat to public safety and should be incarcerated.  On the other hand a petty thief can live in a halfway house where he lives in a law-abiding lifestyle in the community. Incarceration should in most cases be used only when public safety requires it.  We should use alternatives to incarceration if safe and more effective community sanctions are available.  
	
More effort should be made to rehabilitate the offender rather than gain revenge.  Gaining revenge does not provide us with fewer criminals in society, but it just seems to be creating more.  As stated before 78% of convicted murderers, who are punished, murder again, therefore giving them lengthy harsh sentences is not enough.  Placing an inmate in jail where education and skills training can sometimes be difficult to access is almost and assurance that the individual will re-offend.  The implementation </description>
    <pubDate>2007-03-04T17:21:45-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Determining-the-Effectiveness-of-the-Justice-System-32705.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Europe/EU and US - Iraqi War                                </title>
    <description>The Relationship Between Europe/EU and US “ Iraqi war

The relationship between the US and the EU is tense in regards to the war in Iraq. ... 
Also the fact that Europe was very divided in its opinions and involvement in the war against Iraq makes it harder to come to an agreement with the US, because EU itself does not agree. 
The Americans see the European opposition against war as a typical European indecision and cowardice. ... Europe wanted to be certain in the decisive question of war. ... The anti-Americanism was expected to get worse if US started the war alone together with the British. ... EU also gets divided because the members have to choose sides, if they want to support the US in a war or if they are against. The French-German disapproval of the war has created a focus against the US, and the other countries in the EU had to choose if they were on their side or not. 

Presumption “ EU, NATO and UN After the War

It was expected that the conflict between the US and Europe concerning the war in Iraq, would lead to serious problems in world organisations and in the relationship between US and Europe. ... 
While war was approaching, the question of how it would effect world organisations arose. ... France and Germany already have plans about common defence-obligations, ahead of the other countries.
UN: Despite the major military that the US has at its disposal, the US does not dare to go through with the plans of war without the UN. By going to war without a mandate from the UN, it will be considered by Europe and other countries in the world, as an insult against the multilateral system of decisions, which still has massive support. ... If the US does decide to go to war without a mandate from the UN, it could lead to fewer allies for the Americans.
This is how it would look from the US point of view, according to the Danish correspondent,
in Washington, Poul HÑˆj:
EU/Europe: The Europeans have talked about EU being a major political counterweight to the US, but that idea faded out along with the Iraqi conflict. ... 
UN: The US presumes that it will get its majority in the UN for a war. ... 
The EU has committed about 100 million euros in humanitarian aid to Iraq and the EU discussed </description>
    <pubDate>2007-02-22T07:05:35-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Europe-EU-and-US-Iraqi-War-32692.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Spam                                                        </title>
    <description>Spam is more that an annoyance. It's a plague. Our government has done almost nothing to combat spam. A few state laws and a tepid Federal Trade Commission crackdown of pyramid-scheme spam -- that's about all we've gotten.

Meanwhile, spammers are attacking our cell phones and other wireless devices with junk. Spammers are flooding our inboxes (and our kids' inboxes) with scams and pornography.

Spam accounts for between 50 percent of all email -- and is growing. The cost of all this junk email gets passed on to us in the form of higher ISP fees. Spam slows down the delivery of legitimate email. Spam causes people to lose, delete and miss real email. Travelers who retrieve their email at hotels have to pay costly per-minute charges because of junk email. And woe be to anyone </description>
    <pubDate>2007-02-17T07:03:18-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Spam--32633.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Gymnastics                                                  </title>
    <description>Gymnastics


     These days sports are a big part of our lives. Although many sports are given more attention then others such as hockey, basketball, and soccer. These sports are usually shown on TV and can be played indoors and outdoors. One of the sports that we hardly ever hear or view is Gymnastics. Many people do not even consider gymnastics a sport. Gymnastics is the oldest sport and was first played in the Olympics. Even though people know about gymnastics, it isn’t as popular as it used to be when it first arrived. Gymnastics has been part of the games since ancient times. Ancient Romans used gymnastics as part of their military training. In the following paragraphs, I will be explaining the history and famous people, the types of competitions and the scoring and judging of gymnastics.

     Firstly, gymnastics is the oldest sport has been around for over 2 thousands years. This sport was first introduced for military training and later on recognized as a sport. It is one of the oldest games to be part of the Olympics. The sport traces its origin from Greece, to Roman ceremonies and to today’s modern days. It was introduced to the United States in the mid 1800’s. In 1896 gymnastics came into the Olympics. The sport we all know and loved was in its first scale debut. The World Championship gymnastics emerged in the early 1900s, and it is still held to this very day. In gymnastics there are many people who accomplish above the line. Such as Mary Lou Retton, the first women to gain a gymnastic Gold medal in all of United States. Another, famous gymnast is Larissa Semyonovna Latynina, the first woman to win more Olympic tittles then any sport. 

     Secondly, there are five disciplines in Gymnastics. These disciplines are women's pair, men's pair, mixed pair, women's trio, and men's four. Each pair or group performs routines that include tumbling skills, partner balances, and tempo skills. Balance skills highlight the gymnast’s strength and flexibility through pyramids and static positions of the top. Tempo skills involve somersaulting and twisting with landings on the floor or catches by a bottom partner. Gymnastics events are separated in to two groups, men’s and woman’s gymnastics. In the men’s gymnastics, the event includes floor exercise, pommel horse, still rings, vault, parallel </description>
    <pubDate>2007-02-12T06:52:26-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Gymnastics--32613.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Law and Anti-Discrimination                                 </title>
    <description>Law and Anti-Discrimination

This paper will discuss disability discrimination and the legislative and non-legislative tools used to combat it.  The major piece of federal legislation, the Disability Discrimination Act (1992) will be examined in considerable detail, and an attempt will be made to analyze its strengths and weakness, with reference to various opinions put forward by individuals and organizations concerned with its implementation.  

Particular emphasis will be placed upon the compliance of the Act.  The issues that have been subject to public debate will be discussed, including arguments for and against compliance processes that have been suggested by governmental bodies. 

A comparison will be made between measures used in other nations to counter disability discrimination, with the view of making suggestions on improving the processes proposed in Australia.  

Possible models for Compliance in Education will then be listed, and finally an opinion will be made as to which of these models would be the most appropriate, with consideration as to the circumstances in Australia today. 

What is Disability Discrimination?

Section 5 of the Disability Discrimination Act 1992 (Cth) outlines the meaning of Disability Discrimination.  Disability discrimination happens when people with a disability are treated less fairly than people without a disability.  Disability discrimination also occurs when people are treated less fairly because they are relatives, friends, co-workers or associates of a person with a disability.  

It is against the law to discriminate against someone if they have a disability in various areas of life.  All governments in Australia have responsibilities under the DDA to ensure that this type of discrimination does not occur.  The Federal Disability Discrimination Act makes disability discrimination against the law, covering a broad range of areas in life including employment (s.15), education (s.22), access to premises (s.23), accommodation (s.25), buying land (s.26), sport (s.28) and many more.  The definition of "disability", as stated in s.4 of the Act, is very broad, including disability of the following kinds; physical, intellectual, psychiatric, neurological and physical disfigurement.  The DDA also protects people like relatives, friends, carers and co-workers of a person with a disability if they are discriminated against because of the person's disability.  Harassment because of disability, such as insults or humiliating jokes, is unlawful (under ss. 35-40 of the Act) in employment, education and in the provision of goods, services and facilities.

The DDA was passed by the </description>
    <pubDate>2007-02-02T17:02:59-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Law-and-Anti-Discrimination-32520.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Lynx                                                    </title>
    <description>The Siberian Lynx 



MAIN INFO                                                   
Common Name: Eurasian Lynx, Siberian Lynx   
Class: Mammal 
Order: Carnivore 
Family: Felidae 
Genus: Feline
Species: lynx 
"Lynx" in Spanish: Lince
                                                                  
Sciencetists are still decideing if the Siberian Lynx is in a separate species from the Canadian and Iberian lynx, or just a sub-species. Experts are still studying this subject, but it is still a different species based on is adaptive differences for capturing their prey. The name Lynx comes from the Greek word "to shine." In Scandinavia all the lynx with spots are called "cat lynx" and unspotted ones are called "wolf lynx."

Size and Appearance: The Siberian Lynx is the biggest Lynx, with males weighing about 48 LBS and the females about 54 LBS. The fur on the common siberian lynx is usally gray, with also some colors like yellowish to rusty (Brown + grey). They have three main patterns and they are spotted, striped, and no pattern. Their fur can be easy to see in the summer, and barely see-able in the winter. They have long black ear tufts, and long back legs with a short black tipped tail. Their large, wide-spreading feet are covered in fur, which act like snowshoes, and are used for helping the lynx support in the snow. They are sometimes confused with their smaller cousins the Bobcat, but can be easily told apart by their tail tips. The tail of the Lynx looks like it was dipped in ink (black all the way around), but the Bobcat’s tail looks like it has been painted black on top and white on the bottom. Their ears have a tuft of hair at the tip. It is also much bigger then the bobcat.

Habitat: These Lynx are </description>
    <pubDate>2007-02-01T00:14:23-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Lynx--32493.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Law Enforcement and Society                                 </title>
    <description>Law Enforcement and Society

In order to understand contemporary law enforcement, we should recognize the conditions that impact our profession. It is agreed upon by many scholars that major changes in law enforcement occur every five years. Policing is sometimes characterize"... like a sandbar in a river, subject to being changed continuously by the currents in which it is immersed..." (Swanson, Territo and Taylor, p. 2). However, in recent years some major changes have occurred in a shorter time period.

Innovations in law enforcement

During the past two decades, I have observed major changes in the viewpoint of society towards police officer's as the symbol of trust and dignity, the technological advances of communication and information systems in law enforcement, and the revision of selection and hiring practices for police officers. Organizational change occurs both as a result of internal and external agents (Swanson, Territo and Taylor, p. 664). These changes have manifested both positive and negative reverberations in the way we perform our job.

Police officials have contemplated for years over the key to maintaining a positive image for their organization. Unfortunately, several incidents in the past years have altered society's perception of police in some communities. Police in America are no longer strangers to innovation born of scandal. Law enforcement agencies nationwide have repeatedly been shaken by controversy and forced to make undesirable concessions. Has law enforcement failed to maintain the high standards required by the profession? The cost of public trust is high. It increases each time faith must be regain.

Historically, law enforcement agencies throughout the nation have experienced periods of low confidence in communities preceding episodes deemed to be a breach of trust. Early pioneers in law enforcement history such as August Vollmer (1902 - 1932). Berkeley Police Department and J. Edgar Hoover (1924) the Federal Bureau of Investigation made numerous advancements towards improving the professionalism of law enforcement (Anderson and Newman, p. 119 - 120). Other attempts were made in 1956 by the International Association of Chiefs of Police adopted "The Law Enforcement Code Of Ethics" (Wilson and McClaren, p.8)

Examples of several historical events locally have attributed to society's decline in respect for police. For example, nine members of a Los Angeles County Sheriff's Department special narcotics squad were charged with misappropriating tens of thousands of dollars confiscated in drug raids (L. A. Times, p. 4, Sept. 9, 1989). Another local incident involved 80 Los Angeles police officers stormed </description>
    <pubDate>2007-01-29T05:34:27-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Law-Enforcement-and-Society-32489.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Racial Discrimination in Sports                             </title>
    <description>Racial Discrimination in Sports


The treatment of minority athletes, particularly African Americans has been an issue in sports for decades.  When a colored person played a so called white sport 50 tears ago they had to overcome many challenges from the public. Many people believe that discrimination is not a problem anymore, but many disagree and say it is.

In 1947 Jackie Robinson walked out on a baseball field to play with the Brooklyn dodgers as the first ever African American to play in a major league baseball game. He was considered the person that broke the collar barrier in professional sports (50 years later the same team had the fewest minority players in the MLB. (Sports and Athletes.pg.129) Jackie wasn’t the only black person that had to overcome these racist problems in the 1900s but he was the first to actually do it.  Athletes from Hank Arone to resent day Ricky Waters have to deal with the same stuff, just not as harsh.

Racist conflicts still exist. 1997 was the 50th anniversary of Jackie Robinson breaking the collar barrier in major league baseball back in 1947. So what is being to done to try and stop discrimination in sports?  Well president Bill Clinton inaugurated a national discussion of race in America in 1996, and as time goes on there will be more and more laws and other actions to try to stop the racial war from getting worse in are future.  Many people say that the only way to get ride of racism is for the people of America to stop being racist. Surveys show that more then 65% of Americans have said something racist about a black athlete in there life.

The percentages of minority’s in professional sports vary from sport to sport. In Major league Baseball the percentage of blacks is at a two decade low at 17 percent. The percent of Latinos in major league baseball has been rising for the last 20 years and is now at about 20 percent with a 4 percent increase from lat year. These days the NBA seems to have the largest percentage of blacks.  In the 1996 season the NBA was at an all-time high of about 80 percent black and about 10 percent Latino making them dominate over white athletes.  When you think of all the big names in the NBA who do you think of </description>
    <pubDate>2007-01-29T04:59:59-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Racial-Discrimination-in-Sports-32473.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Experiencing the Effects of a Divorce                       </title>
    <description>Experiencing the Effects of a Divorce

“All those bad kids, they all have divorced parents”. I remember once hearing my mother say this when I was in 3rd grade. I didn’t understand why she would say something like that. After hearing my mom’s statement, I grew up thinking that if a kid had divorced parents, he would be bad. And she thought no “normal” families had divorced parents. 

When I was about fifteen my parents started to act really strange. My father would come home from work and sit on his blue recliner chair in the living room. He would sit there for hours and not speak to anyone in the house. Just sit there and stare and drink his coffee, smoke his cigarettes and stare some more. It was the strangest thing. My mom and sisters would live their lives as if nothing were wrong. We continued to argue over who was going do the dishes, who was stealing each others clothes, the use of the phone, and what we were going to watch on TV. Our lives continued the way it had always been, except that my dad was not involved. I could not figure out why this was happening and neither could my sisters. We never questioned it. It was almost like it was an every day thing or it was expected. This went on for weeks. 

Every night before I went to bed I would go give my dad a hug and tell him good night. I still remember his arms would shake and he would hug me back like he was never going to let go. I now realize, that is because I was the only one who would come to give him a hug or even talk to him. 

As all of this was going on I noticed that my mom began to act a bit strange too. After dinner was made she would leave us to eat alone. Instead of eating with us, she would go down to the basement and talk on the phone. I was not sure whom she was talking too, but I knew she didn’t want anyone to know. 

I do not remember exactly how I found out my parents were getting divorced. I remember saying “but I’m not a bad kid…this cant happen, my family is normal”. I just couldn’t understand why this would happen. Even though I was </description>
    <pubDate>2007-01-12T04:02:51-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Experiencing-the-Effects-of-a-Divorce-32405.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Entertainment and Violence                                  </title>
    <description>Entertainment and Violence


There are many problems in linking media violence with violence in society. First, only a small percent of those who watch violence are responsible for violent acts. Most of us are seemingly unaffected by it. Even though we can't establish a simple, direct, cause and effect relationship between media violence and violence in our society, we can draw some conclusions from the data. Studies show that people who watch a lot of TV violence not only behave more aggressively, but are more prone to hold attitudes that favor violence and aggression as a way of solving conflicts. These viewers also tend to be less trusting of people and more prone to see the world as a hostile place. 

An extensive study in five Massachusetts communities found a relationship between viewing media violence and the acceptance of sexual assault, violence and alcohol use. Studies also show that media violence has a desensitizing effect on viewers. As a result, specific levels of violence becomes more acceptable over time. It then takes more and more graphic violence to shock (and hold) an audience. History gives us many examples. To cite just one, the Roman Circuses started out being a rather tame form of entertainment. But in an effort to excite audiences, violence and rape were introduced in the arena settings. Subsequently, as audiences got used to seeing these things, they then demanded more and more, until shows eventually became extremely grotesque and barbarian and hundreds, if not thousands, of people died in the process of providing "entertainment." Next, media violence is typically unrealistic, simplistic, glorified and even presented as humorous. 

The "bang, bang, you're dead" sanitized scenario that we so often see on TV or in films communicates nothing of the reality of death or dying. It is only when we see death first-hand or have a loved one killed that we realize that death in film or on TV bears little resemblance to what we experience in real life. The sound of gunshots on TV and in films is so different from real gunshots that people often fail to recognize them in real life. Next, the consequences of killing, especially by the "good guys," are seldom shown. Violence and killing are commonly depicted as a ready and even acceptable solution to problems. To put it simplistically, problems are solved when the "bad guys" are all dead. The unrealistic element of </description>
    <pubDate>2007-01-11T20:00:44-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Entertainment-and-Violence--32378.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Opinion on the Use of Steriods in Baseball                  </title>
    <description>Opinion on the Use of Steriods in Baseball


In professional sports athletes are trying to gain and advantage on their opponents all the time, especially in baseball. Many professional baseball players take muscle enhancers and weight gainers to improve their game. The athletes that are really trying to get an edge on their opponents may resort to steroids. Baseball players should not be allowed to use steroids or muscle enhancers because, it gives them too much power, they have a better advantage over the other players, and it can cause major health risks.

Baseball players that turn to creatine are having a bigger advantage over the other athletes in the major leagues. The player’s strength created by taking creatine is allowing them to hit much better. Their batting averages are rising enormously and they are hitting more homeruns then usual. Today there are many more homeruns then there were five years ago. This is basically because nobody really knew about creatine back then. Now that the baseball players have turn to creatine the teams are scoring more runs in the games, and the players are taking away the reel feel of the game. “ Many athletes are currently supplementing their diets with creatine to increase their strength, muscle mass, and weight by providing their bodies with more available energy, thus reaching new heights in athletic ability” (The Purpose of Creatine). Athletes who are taking creatine are becoming much larger in all areas on the playing field, whether it’s hitting, fielding, or there speed. Since they are taking creatine they are becoming phenomenal players and get all acknowledgements by the fans. The truth is that they are not becoming great players by doing work they are becoming star players by using creatine. Therefore using supplements such as creatine should be banned from baseball.	

Taking steroids or muscle enhancers can cause very harmful health risks. Athletes think that if they take these products they will become better players without any problems. Many people can suffer severe side effects from taking steroids or creatine. Steroids may cause small side effects, but a major side effect if you take steroids is, you could suffer s heart attack. “Anabolic steroids cause heart attacks, myocardial infarction, and stoke, which can result in death” (Nelson 54). If a player chooses to take steroids they need to realize there are so many health risks and side effects. The selected baseball players </description>
    <pubDate>2007-01-11T19:58:07-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Opinion-on-the-Use-of-Steriods-in-Baseball-32377.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Synopsis of Barry Winston Court Case                        </title>
    <description>Synopsis of Barry Winston Court Case

In the American legal system you are said to be innocent until proven guilty. In Barry Winstons “Stranger Than True” he states, “what about a situation in which all evidence seems to point to a persons guilt.” Barry Winston may have found it harder to believe his client was innocent when the evidence pointed in the other direction. In the American legal system the accused are guilty until proven innocent. 

The first reason why Barry Winston believed his client was guilty is because he was drunk. Winston's client blew a fourteen on the Breathalyzer tests. The kid had three beers before he and his sister decided to leave a party. The kid was being charged with manslaughter and a DUI because he wrecked his sisters car, and killed her in the process. Winston notices that the kid never said who the driver was.

Another reason why Barry Winston believes his client is guilty is he was too drunk to remember what happened. After leaving the party the next thing Winston's client remember is waking up in the hospital. Winston's client was too drunk too remember anything until be wakes up in the hospital with bandages and casts all over him. The kid doesn’t even remember if he was driving or not. According to doctors the kid has post-retrograde amnesia. Winston was beginning to lose faith in his clients innocents however he states "of course I believe him, but I'm worried about finding a judge who'll believe him." Winston has trouble finding a witness who knows the whole story. Trooper Johnson can only go by what he investigated at the scene. Holloway pulled the bodies out of the car, however he still refuses to talk to Winston.

The final reason why Barry Winston's believes his client is guilty is the car was speeding. The Thornes were heading out of town and saw the sports car pass them going the other way. According to the Thornes the car was going sixty-five to seventy miles per hour. The car runs off the road on the right, whips back on the road ,spins, runs off the road on the left, and disappears. Winston once again loses faith in his clients innocents. Winston believes that the case is over because of outstanding evidence against his client.

Holloway tells the court that the car was upside down when he pulled the bodies out, and </description>
    <pubDate>2007-01-11T05:37:09-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Synopsis-of-Barry-Winston-Court-Case-32363.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Death of Mother Teresa                                  </title>
    <description>The Death of Mother Teresa

On September 5, 1997 the world lost one of its most loving and caring individuals that had ever walked the earth. Mother Teresa was a person who will always be remembered as someone who cared for others before herself. Spending most of her life in the slums of Calcutta, she dedicated her life, caring for the sick and dying. It all began when she believed God had come to her with a message, saying that she needed to drop everything in life and go to the aid of others. For an ordinary person this would be a task that would never be taken serious or even considered. There was never a question in her mind on whether she should fulfill what she believed was God’s wishe. Her mindset was set on going about and doing God's will by saving others from sickness and poverty.

It all started at the age of 38. While traveling by train in India, she had a striking realization. It suddenly occurred to her that her life's mission was to care for and preach to the poorest of the poor. With the Pope's blessing, Mother Teresa ventured off into the slums of Calcutta, which by today's standards is considered the poorest city in the world, and there she began the Sisters of Charity. Their mission was to aid all and shower everyone with love and food. She even surrounded herself with the lepers who were a group of terminally ill people who were considered separate from everyday society. She seemed to find the good in everyone no matter who you were or what you stood for. For all her dedication and love for all people, she received many rewards for her work, including the 1971 Pope John XXIII Peace Prize, the India Jawaharlal Nehru Award, and the 1979 Nobel Peace Prize. The most honored award that anyone could ever receive by a religious standpoint was her being anointed as a modern day Saint by Pope John Paul.

I believe Mother Teresa is a true hero because she risked her life everyday for the well-being of other people. Nobody realizes the type of life she lived and the environment she was exposed too. I don't think she new when she first traveled to Calcutta what she would be dealing with, but she believed it was something she was called on for. Even in the lowest </description>
    <pubDate>2007-01-11T05:28:01-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Death-of-Mother-Teresa--32359.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Equal Protection And Supreme Court Cases                    </title>
    <description>Equal Protection And Supreme Court Cases

Brown v. Board of Education (1954) stands as a turning point in Supreme Court decision making as it erased segregation in schools and set a new standard for civil rights cases.  Using stricter notions of scrutiny the Court was able to revitalize the Fourteenth Amendment. However, while this case set new standards in civil rights, the Court has since had a difficult time defining their role in cases regarding racial discrimination.  Washington v. Davis (1976) and McCleskey v. Kemp (1987) are two such cases dealing with racial discrimination in which the court has had to deal with conflicting interests of the justices and how they perceive their role in the changing social landscape of the United States since the decision in Brown v. Board.  This paper will examine such conflicting interests by examining the majority, concurring, and dissenting opinions of the justices in the aforementioned cases.  Additionally this paper will critique the decisions in light of the following: the choice of political institution and rights principles; the use of precedents; their effect of the development of constitutional principles in its doctrinal area; the policy implications of the decisions; the effects of the case on the development of a principled constitutional law; the use of societal facts; and scholars' views on aspects of the cases.

The outcome of Brown v. Board gave the Court an increased role in shaping American society in regards to civil rights issues.  Nevertheless the Court continues to struggle with cases dealing with racial equality and the Fourteenth Amendment.  As cases have become more complex in terms of racial discrimination the Court has had to adopt guidelines to help ensure consistent and competent judgments in determining their constitutionality.  These guidelines, under the guise of strict scrutiny, have continually narrowed the interpretation of the outcomes of Brown and have limited the parameters of the Equal Protection Clause thereby causing continued debate within the Court and in society about racial discrimination.  

While many changes in the law that have been reflected by rulings of the Court have been beneficial for society they have not always mirrored public beliefs.  By doing so the Court has had the power to direct how people act and behave regardless to their personal beliefs.  The ruling in Brown was met with much opposition in Southern states, yet forced society to </description>
    <pubDate>2007-01-11T05:07:07-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Equal-Protection-And-Supreme-Court-Cases-32355.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Influence of the Internet on the NBA                    </title>
    <description>The Influence of the Internet on the NBA

In 1993 the National Basketball Association entered the world of internet by initiating NBA.com, their official home site. The impact it has had on the league is unique, and I will discus how the internet made NBA the global league it has become. Specifically I will look at the introduction of live Web cast games.



About the NBA

Since its founding in 1946, the NBA has become a global phenomenon that transcends national boundaries. With 29 teams in the United States and Canada, NBA games and related programming are broadcast to 210 countries in 42 languages. The NBA is one of the largest suppliers of sports television and Internet programming in the world. Through NBA Entertainment, the league's award-winning production and programming division, the league produces NBA.com TV, a 24-hour television network, weekly television shows, and exclusive content for each of the NBA's team Web sites, and the league's official site, NBA.com. The league has partnered with the leading Internet content and technology providers, including America Online, Convera, IBM, RealNetworks, USA Networks, and Yahoo! to bring the game experience even closer to its fans worldwide.


NBA in a unique position

For the last 20 years the NBA has been in a unique situation that has allowed them to take greater benefit from the internet then probably every other league. The explanation to this lies firstly in the fact that as a basketball league, the NBA is a hundred times more popular then every other basketball league in the world. The quality of play, the entertainment value and the money involved are so much better in the NBA that there really is no competition. This puts the NBA in a position where they draw every basketball fan around the world to them. The other sports competing with basketball as major sports are football (or soccer as heathens say) and golf. What separates the NBA from football is that there are several professional football leagues fighting for world supremacy. Italians follow Serie A, the British follow the English Premier league, the Spanish watch Primiera Divisione etc. 

Golf, unlike basketball, has never been a sport that has drawn attention from the young and trendy groups of our population. Basketball is by many considered the most hip and cool sport, and where golf has traditions, basketball have the ability to adapt to time. NBA.com is one such adaptation. 


NBA.COM

10 years ago </description>
    <pubDate>2007-01-11T04:38:01-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Influence-of-the-Internet-on-the-NBA-32346.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Analysis of Modern Video Game Rating Systems                </title>
    <description>Analysis of Modern Video Game Rating Systems

Before 1994 video game companies put their own age rating to show what kind of age category the game was for. In 1994 Electronic Systems Rating Board (ESRB), a rating system company decided that they could help the companies by establishing a standard and rating the game for the companies. ESRB’s rating went as follows, K-A meaning kids to adult (ages 7 and up, similar to the movie rating of G), E for everybody (ages 7 and up, similar to the rating of PG), T for teen (ages 13 and up, similar to the movie rating of PG-13), M for mature (ages 17 and up, similar to the movie rating of R), and A for adult audiences (ages 18 and up, similar to the movie rating of X). When ESRB started they did a great job, but in 1999 ESRB started to incorrectly rating games. Soon after 1999 ESRB started rating a lot more games M that should have been rated T. On the flip side ESRB also rated some games T that should have been rated M. I will be talking about some of the games that I, and many others, believe that ESRB rated incorrectly. I think that ESRB should set a new standard due to their many apparent mistakes.

The first game that comes to mind with a mistaken rating is the game Zone of the Enders for Playstation 2. The game is about a young boy who accidentally puts himself in a fantasy robot type of ship and heads out to save his galaxy. It is rated M for mature, meaning you have to be 17 or older to buy the game. On the back of the game’s package it list the reason why it is rated M because it has animated and animated violence. I have personally beaten the game several times and I have yet to see the reason why they rate this game M. In all honesty I would have troubles rating this game T for teen, which means you have to be 13 or older to buy the game. There is only 1 scene that shows blood, but the amount of blood is the same amount as if you were to prick your finger with a needle. There are far worse things than machines fighting machines, and in reality if they rated this game M for those </description>
    <pubDate>2007-01-09T02:27:44-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Analysis-of-Modern-Video-Game-Rating-Systems-32309.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Censorship of Television Talk Shows                         </title>
    <description>Censorship of Television Talk Shows

A big issue in today’s society is weather or not T. V. talk shows should be censored or even banned.  Do these talk shows even have a point to them?  If there is a point to them, is it even believable?  Many people believe that talk television shows should be banned for those two reasons.  They also feel that they have no moral value to them at all.  In some cases this is true, they have no moral value.  Some shows have no point to them and it is basically just garbage.  On the other hand there are those shows which actually stand for a cause.  These shows play a big part in today’s society and are needed.   Although not all television talk shows are believable, they still are needed to act as an informant to the people and challenge their opinions because in today’s society too many people pass judgment without knowing the whole story.

Whether one may agree or not, talk shows contain the power to change people’s views on every situation.  This is not necessarily a bad thing, as long as the truth but not lies change their view.  Most of the information that people obtain is either from gossip, the news, or talk shows, and one can’t always trust gossip.  Half of the time when the news first airs a situation they give you the wrong information and that is how the gossip ring begins. Moreover, news reporters tend to exaggerate the story so it will boost up ratings. As a result, people are forming their opinions without even knowing the truth.  Thus the only source left to get true information are from talk shows.

Talk shows not only inform the people but also challenge their original opinions by telling them both sides of the story.  Unfortunately, in today’s society many people form their opinions about other people without knowing anything about them.  An example of this is when a man is talking in a high- pitched voice people automatically assumed he is gay.   People form opinions without even knowing the truth, then they continue to spread false stereotypes until everybody gets the wrong view.  By telling the whole story including both sides of it, talk shows are able to re-inform the audience of what </description>
    <pubDate>2007-01-08T22:04:48-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Censorship-of-Television-Talk-Shows-32294.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Moose Hunting in Montana                                    </title>
    <description>Moose Hunting in Montana

Late last year in November two young men poached possibly the largest bull moose in Montana, along with a cow they had spotted after the killing of the bull. The young men Cyrus Hogard and Chad Darington, of the Kalispell area were near Twin Creek over by McGregor Lake, west of Kalispell, when it happened. They drove around a locked gate to get to the area. Hogard admitted shooting the bull 26 times, taking its 48 inch-wide rack and then gunning down the cow. Darrington shot 16 bullets from a 22 caliber rifle into the bull moose, it was injured, but still walking. Hogard said he shot a 7 millimeter rifle at it, which knocked the moose over. Sadly the animal was still alive, so Darrington shot another eight round load of 22 caliber bullets into him before finally killing the bull. The men took the head, the backstrap and the inner loins, before turning the animal over so the planes couldn’t see the stripped carcass.

Hogard said they ran into the cow on their way out. Darrington loaded up his gun again, and shot off a load of 22’s at the cow, knocking her over. He then shot off another eight shots. “She was still alive.  We covered it with trees while it was still alive and breathing,” Hogard said. 

On the way back to their truck the men ran into a woman with a moose permit. The men tried to talk the women out of it, but she resisted.

The men returned about seven hours later, at about midnight to load up both of the moose.  They took them home to divide the meat and butcher it.  They later dumped the skin and bones at a trash site in Canada, but Hogard kept the horns. He knows about poaching. He has already been in trouble with the law when it comes to illegally killing animal.. He lost his hunting privileges for two years, when he was involved with an outing where his brother shot and killed a baby mountain lion.

He was arrested after an informant notified police that he was showing off the moose rack. Judge Ortly imposed a $6000 reimbursement cost for illegally killing a trophy animal. He also fined Hogard $3000 and suspended $2500 for unlawfully taking the bull. Hogard was sentenced to six months in jail, his hunting, fishing and trapping </description>
    <pubDate>2007-01-08T20:54:42-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Moose-Hunting-in-Montana-32282.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Cases of Fraud in the Business Place                        </title>
    <description>Cases of Fraud in the Business Place

Being a businessperson includes many risks and sacrifices in order to become successful. One of the reasons that companies are failing is due to the fraud of their employees. In order to avoid these problems, the companies that contain a large amount of employees must take the correct precautions. 

All people in general are capable of committing an action of fraud. Doing something wrong or right is in the nature of all people. Jack Bolgna says in Corporate fraud, “the deference between people and other animals is that people can use the power of reason” (1). However, this ability of using reason is not always about the truth, some people use it to destroy truth by doing actions of fraud. In addition, the basic theory that Bolgna is writing about is that truth and justice and untruth and injustice are actions that depend on each other. For example, if the actions of fraud are increasing it is because more justice and truth exists in the society and for that reason it allows fraud to expand. 

What exactly is fraud? Most of the times fraud can be misunderstood, talking about it do not mean that is easy to understand it, to really know what its exact meaning is. Bolgnas ideas in this subject are that “fraud, as it is understood today, means an intentional deception or a willful misrepresentation of material fact” (2).  Fraud is defined as lying and cheating. However not all lies are actions of fraud. For example, in a business lies may be actions of misinformation, miscalculation or just a “white lie”. Based on Bolgnas theories, a good synonym for fraud is cheating.  

Being able to understand what the meaning of fraud is one must be able to determine the causes of fraud in the companies. The main causes of fraud are bad management, employees with no personal integrity, opportunities to commit actions of fraud and situational pressures. 

Bad management is a main reason that allows fraud to take place. As Al Gini said in his book My Job My Self, “A big part of the reason many of as don’t like our jobs is the people we work for our bosses or leaders-and the values of the work place itself” (151). If the managers of a company are not examples to follow how can the employers who have less </description>
    <pubDate>2007-01-03T21:47:39-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Cases-of-Fraud-in-the-Business-Place-32208.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Christmas Traditions in Mexico                              </title>
    <description>Feliz Navidad or Merry Christmas?: A Comparison of Christmas Traditions
Kristen Santos
3rd Block- Sp. I

	Both the people of the United States and most of Mexico celebrate the holiday Christmas. Although this holiday is celebrated by both countries, each of their cultures have created their own traditions, making Christmas celebrations in the United States very different than Christmas celebrations in Mexico.

	The United States, like Mexico, tends to grace their homes with Christmas spirited decor. While many in the U.S. like to show their spirit with a highly traditional Christmas pine tree, Mexicans tend to focus on the true meaning, adorning their dining rooms with nativity sets. They ussually set these up so they can take time to remember the reason in which christians celebrate the day.

             In order to prepare for the day of symbolic commemoration of Christmas night, we have the Posadas. These celebrations are a  Novena  or nine days before the 24th which is the  Noche Buena  or  Holy Night . (In America, they call this night, Christmas Eve.) The nine days, starting on the 16th represent Mary’s nine months of pregnancy with the baby Jesus.

	The Posada begins with the procession of the pilgrims. At the beginning is Joseph holding Mary’s hand as she ride on the donkey. 

	Each family, in every neighborhood, will plan for a Posada to be held around the 16th. The Peregrinos, or neighborhood adults and children, will ask for lodging in three different houses but only the third one will allow them in. This represents the struggle Mary and Joseph went through to find an innkeeper on the birth of Jesus Christ. The third house will be the house that is supposed to have the Posada for that evening. 
Once the innkeepers let them in, the group of guests comes into the home and they all kneel around the Nativity scene. They often say a prayer or count their blessings. 
Th comedic versions of Posadas are called Pastorelas, which are set up like theatrical representations of the shepherds on their way to see baby Jesus. They must follow the star in the East to get there, but there will be many obstacles, set by the other actors beforehand, for them to overcome. 

Many people enjoy taking part in the re-enactment of the birth of Christ, but for people </description>
    <pubDate>2006-12-22T22:31:04-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Christmas-Traditions-in-Mexico-32129.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Analysis of Legal Case between Hall and Mills               </title>
    <description>Analysis of Legal Case between Hall and Mills

Love, lust, betrayal, murder, these things made the Hall-Mills case, to most, the “The trial of the century”. Just passed the outskirts of New Brunswick, Edward Wheeler Hall, a Reverend of the local Protestant Episcopal Church of St. John the Evangelist in New Brunswick, and Eleanor Reinhardt Mills, a choir singer of the same church, were killed in Franklin on the dreadful night of September 14, 1922. This murder and case was on the front page of the New York Time astonishingly sixty-two times in 1922 and approximately ninety times in 1926, according to Katherine Ramsland of www.crimelibrary.com. This murder brought people from near and far to report on it and find out what really happened. Due to many mishaps, such as mishandling the crime scene, this murder was destined to never be solved. Therefore, it was not, and it still remains one of the most controversial cases in New Jersey. 
	
This case was not only a case of two lovers, but it was an affair of four years according to scsc.essortment.com. The affair was apparently unknown of by the spouses of the two lovers, Frances Noel Stevens Hall and James Mills when asked. Mrs. Hall was a “dumpy, plain, severe-looking women” according to www.paulsann.com, in which her appearance would later be used to describe her as the “Iron Widow” by Christopher Hann in A Dangerous Affair because of her severe expression on her face at the time of the trial. She was seven years older than that of Rev. Hall. As for Mr. Mills, he was a janitor at the Lord Stirling Elementary School and sexton of St. John’s, raising a family on thirty-five dollars a week. He was eleven years older than that of Mrs. Mills, according to www.paulsann.com. The one thing that all four had in common was the church. The church was one connection between Mr. Hall and Mrs. Mills since Mr. Hall was the Reverend and Mrs. Mills was active in the choir and the auxiliary of the church. There many places in which linked many of the activities of the case such as the Hall’s house, Mills’ house, the murder scene, and finally the Somerset County Courthouse.  
	
The house at 23 Nichols Avenue New Brunswick, New Jersey had belonged to the Stevens for many years; it belonged to Mrs. Hall’s mother. After her mother died, Mrs. </description>
    <pubDate>2006-12-20T03:17:41-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Analysis-of-Legal-Case-between-Hall-and-Mills-32122.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Should College Athletes Be Paid?                            </title>
    <description>Should College Athletes Be Paid?

College athletes should be paid to play for many reasons. First of all, college athletes aren’t allowed to work. How are they going to pay for all the necessary expenses if they come from poor families? This also leads to players accepting illegal money, cars, clothes, etc. College athletes bring in millions of dollars through merchandise and games. Most of the athletes that have the opportunity to leave school and turn professional do so, because college athletes live in near poverty.  

Since college athletes are not allowed to work, even if they have the extra time to do so, they have to sacrifice meals, new clothes, and other necessary items in order to save money for they future. Some of the players who receive no money from their families accept illegal offers in order to buy necessary items. Most college athletes don’t turn professional, so the athletes won’t have any working experience when they get into the real world. This would give the non-athletes and advantage in the working world over the athletes. 

College athletes bring in millions of dollars to their schools. For example, the University of Miami received about 8 million dollars for the Miami Hurricanes playing in the Nokia Sugar Bowl. The apparel also brings in a lot of money by selling hats, footballs, and jerseys. Also the Orange Bowl holds over 60,000 people and they sell tickets at an average of 20 dollars each. The players should receive some of this money because without them the schools wouldn’t receive all the popularity and money. 

College athletes live in near poverty because the money they receive isn’t enough to pay for all of the miscellaneous expenses and necessities. The few athletes that graduate from college, that could turn professional before their senior year, stay because their parents support them by sending money. If college athletes are eligible to be paid, there would be more athletes graduating. Paying athletes would be good for everyone and players would go for an education instead of only concentrating on sports. 

If colleges don’t pay the athletes the professional leagues should. Professional leagues such as the NBA, NHL, NFL, and MLB use colleges as minor leagues. Most of the players in these leagues come from universities across the U.S.A. Since the professional leagues get the athletes from the universities, they should pay them the same way they </description>
    <pubDate>2006-12-20T02:06:29-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Should-College-Athletes-Be-Paid-32109.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Synopsis of the Rosenberg Trial                             </title>
    <description>Synopsis of the Rosenberg Trial 
	
The Rosenberg trial, which ended in a double execution in 1953, was one of America’s more controversial trials.  It is sometimes referred to as, “. . the best publicized spy hunt of all times. . .”  as it came to the public eye in the time of the atom-spy hysteria.  Husband and wife, Julius and Ethel Rosenberg were charged with conspiracy to commit espionage.  Most of the controversy surrounding this case came from much speculation that there were influences being reinforced by behind-the-scenes pressure, mainly from the government, which was detected through many  inconsistencies in testimonies and other misconduct in court.  Many shared the belief that Ethel Rosenberg expressed best as she wrote in one of her last letters before being executed, “. . knowing my husband and I must be vindicated by history...We [Julius and Ethel Rosenberg] are the first victims of American Fascism.”  The Rosenbergs were found  guilty of their crimes for a variety of factors, namely their history of involvement in the Communist party, the testimony of David Greenglass, the involvement of the Federal Bureau of Investigation in the testimony of David Greenglass, the bias of Judge Kaufman, and the F. B. I.’s flagrant abuse of power.  These factors or evidence also prove the Rosenberg’s innocence. 
	
Many people believed that the Rosenbergs had a vulnerable background which made the couple fall victim to the government.  One of the more incriminating factors involving the history of the Rosenbergs (specifically the history of Julius Rosenberg) was their involvement in the Communist Party. Julius Rosenberg was involved in various Communist organizations including that of the Federation of Architects, Engineers, Chemists, and Technicians (F. A. E. C. T.), a rather radical union for professionals.  In September 1940, Julius Rosenberg was hired by the United States Army Signal Corps as a junior engineer, but was fired in March 1945 because he was found to be a member of the Communist party.  However, during this time Julius Rosenberg had terminated his membership in the Communist Party and stopped attending various other Communist-affiliated groups.  The reason given was, “. . . no longer interested in the Communist literature presented to me [Julius Rosenberg]. . .”  He was employed in 1945 with Emerson Radio.  Finally, in 1946 Bernard Greenglass, his brother-in-law, asked him to join </description>
    <pubDate>2006-12-19T03:08:18-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Synopsis-of-the-Rosenberg-Trial-32053.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Unique Characteristics about Australia                      </title>
    <description>Unique Characteristics about Australia

There are many factors that contribute to Australia being the unique land that it is. These factors include its size, shape, location, plant and animal life, its exclusive landforms and its natural and aboriginal heritage areas.          
 
The main reasons that Australia’s size and shape are considered to be so exceptional are quite astonishing. These reasons include things such as Australia being the largest island country on earth having an area of 7,682,300 km squared This making it the largest country in the southern hemisphere and the sixth largest country in the world. 
 
Australia is situated in between three of the earth’s major oceans, the Pacific, the Indian and the southern ocean. This inimitable location is the foundation for the immense fluctuation of Australia’s climate, causing us to experience weather ranging from large seas, cyclones and powerful storms generated from low pressure systems to long periods of calm weather even droughts. Australia is also frequently affected by El Nino and el-nina, further contributing to its ever-changing climate. 
 
Australia is home to a variety of diverse and distinctive plants and animals. What makes Australian plants and animals stand out from the rest is their amazing adoptions to the Australian climate. Plant and animal life has learned to cope with the harsh conditions of the Australian outback by evolving into creatures that can cope with high temperatures and lack of water.  
 
In Australia there are many astounding landforms that help to contribute to its identity. Landforms such as airs rock, the Great Dividing Range and the great Australian desert all are world-renowned, each one being a natural phenomenon in its self.  
   
Another thing that Australia is distinguished for is its natural and aboriginal heritage areas. There are many regions across the country that are protected for their natural beauty or historical significance, examples of these areas are places such as the Great Barrier Reef (the largest known coral reef on the planet) the Kimberley Plateau in north western Australia and Airs rock in central Australia. Although these areas are some of Australia’s finest there is still much controversy surrounding them, for instance the Kimberly Plateau is rich with minerals and politicians are debating whether to use it as a mining resource or to leave it as a natural, aboriginal heritage area. The </description>
    <pubDate>2006-12-19T02:40:19-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Unique-Characteristics-about-Australia-32051.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>An Introduction to Tectonics                                </title>
    <description>An Introduction to Tectonics

The earth, from its deep majestic oceans to its breathtaking mountains, is our home. But what goes undetected to humans is the violent cycle that is going on underneath our earth at this very moment. Volcanoes are spouting hot magma. Earthquakes are destroying cities and the continents we live on are moving around the ocean. But why do these phenomenon occur and what causes them to happen? 

From space the earth may look like one large floating mass. But underneath all of the oceans and continents there lies many large. These plates were once all formed together in one large continent called Pangaea. Over the millions of centuries the plates have shifted and formed the continents that we now see today. Scientists first discovered this theory when they noticed that the Northeastern part of South America seemed to fit into the Southwestern part of Africa. These plates have been very instrumental in the forming of our planet. They form the high mountains and the deep oceans. They form volcanoes and cause earthquakes. The plates underneath our earth are very important to us and I believe we need to pay more attention to them. 

The plates themselves are very large, the largest being the Pacific and Antarctic plates. There are two types of plates on the earth. The first, oceanic is made up of a heavy rock called basalt. This causes the plate to sink deeper into the earth’s mantle causing our oceans to appear. The other type of plate is continental. These plates are made up of granite, which is much lighter than the basalt that makes up the oceanic plates. Oceanic plates are not as thick as continental plates. Oceanic plates average 5 kilometers in thickness while continental plates can be up to 100 kilometers thick. This allows the formations of mountains to occur.  

The plates were first outlined by charting where the major earthquakes were occurring and drawing a line, more or less down the center of them to show a line of best fit. This was first done in 1961 and it outlined the main plates of the world. 

500 million years ago the earth was not made up of the seven continents we see today. It was made up of one giant continent called Pangaea(see figure C). Around 200 million years ago the continent Pangaea broke into smaller continents called Gondwanaland and </description>
    <pubDate>2006-12-18T22:28:06-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/An-Introduction-to-Tectonics-32039.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>American Military Special Forces                            </title>
    <description>American Military Special Forces

You leave for up to seven months at a time on missions that you can’t even tell your wife about and when you are home most of your time is spent training for more missions. You’ve had years of the best and hardest military training in the world. You have the best weapons, the hardest missions and the best technology. You are part of an elite branch of the U.S military known as the Special Forces. 
      
The Special Forces is actually not just one group but a group of different specialized groups. These groups are: The United States Navy Special Warfare Command which includes The Navy SEALs and the Special boat Squadrons, The US Army Special Forces which includes the Green Berets and Delta force. The Airforce Special Operations Command and The Army’s 4th Psychological Operations Group. 
      
The first of these is The United States Navy Special Warfare Command which is in charge of the SEALs and Special boat Squadrons. 
 
The SEALs were created in WWII as under water demolition men. In the few hours before the invasion of Normandy it was the SEALs that cleared the beaches of mines and other barriers placed by the Germans to halt the invasion, the SEALs did so under heavy fire and suffered many casualties. 
      
Becoming a SEAL is one of the hardest military tests in the world it’s a 26 week long ordeal. First you must already have passed a very precise physical exam for Navy divers, have eyesight at least 20/40 in one eye and 20/70 in the other, adjustable to 20/20 without colorblindness. You must be younger than 28 and a male and pass a very tough fitness test and you must already be in the Navy and have certain ratings. For seven weeks you train and precondition for BUD/S (Basic Underwater Demolition/School) which lasts nine weeks. The first part consists of five weeks of obstacle courses and jogging and swimming. The next part is the hardest Hell Week. A week where you only getting 4 hours of sleep the whole week and you get to do fun stuff like carrying 200 pound rafts over your head and marching with them.  Holding up 600 pound logs with your crew and swimming in the cold San Diego Bay. </description>
    <pubDate>2006-12-18T20:05:04-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/American-Military-Special-Forces-32024.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Description of a Court Room Hearing                         </title>
    <description>Description of a Court Room Hearing

As observed in the courtroom I have found myself with many mixed emotions on what I have witnessed. These mixed emotions involve the operations of the justice system and how it affects the accused and the victim. It also makes a person wonder how the legal system operates on a basis of repeated domestic violence acts. 
 
I appeared in court to observe a domestic violence hearing. It involved a young individual who has a lot of physical violence patterns and who has repeatedly disobeyed his probation orders. This took place in an individual room, which involved the accused and his lawyer, the judge, the victim and the crown of attorney.  
 
Previously the accused was under house arrest for many assaults and breaches of his resonance towards the victim. He was not to have any contact with the victim what so ever. The court session had started and the accused person’s lawyer did his best to fight the crown on any of the attempts that they had made to put the accused into jail to finish his conditional sentence in confinement. Which stipulates on the back of the order, if a breach occurs, then confinement can and most likely will take place.  
 
There had been many breaches and many assaults. The victim was the actual person to call the police the night that the accused had breached his conditional sentence. The accused was sitting in a hotel drinking and staring at the victim. The victim had called the police and told them that he had been in the bar and was breaching his conditional sentence. This resulted in the police arresting the accused and then taking him to the community jail. The accused spent the night in jail and then they took him to the remand centre. He then had a bail hearing and was released on a $1000 resonance. The accused had been set free and had to appear back at a later date to encompass a hearing. 
  
The crown of attorney tried to show the courts that this man was a threat to the victim and was attempting to have the accused finish his conditional sentence in custody. Also to change the probation order to keep the accused from causing the victim fear when the accused was in, or near, a social gathering or building that the </description>
    <pubDate>2006-12-18T20:00:05-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Description-of-a-Court-Room-Hearing-32022.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Analysis of &amp;quot;The Pyramid Scheme&amp;quot;                  </title>
    <description>Analysis of "The Pyramid Scheme"

If you’ve spent any time on the internet, you’ve probably seen several advertisements or “Get Rich Quick” schemes floating about, claiming that you will get a large sum of money for just a simple $1 investment.  It sounds harmless; you send $1 to five people on a list, then new members send you money in a couple of weeks, and so on. What could be wrong with that?  

Let me explain how this process works.  You receive an E-mail claiming that you can make thousands of dollars if you follow a few simple steps.  Included in this E-mail is a mailing list of people currently participating in the investment.  The letter will go into several rants and raves on how it made them millions, how they just want to share it with you, and how it will only work if you are honest about it.  The basic idea of it is that you send the top 5 people in the list a dollar, take their names off of the list, and add your name to the bottom of the list. Then you are to send this list to five other people. The idea is that if these five people send it out and so on, then your name will eventually work its way to the top of the list, and by then, thousands of people will have already the list with your name on top. This is when the money is supposed to be rolling in.  The usual people who start these letters claim it will only work if everyone is “honest.” In fact, with the usual send-this-message-to-five-people schemes, it should only take 15 generations of letters before all of the world’s population would be involved.  

Also, who is to say that this person is honest? How do you know that all these names and addresses on the mailing list isn’t just one person’s friends and family, or his other aliases.  The fact is that not everyone you send it to will follow it themselves.  You would be lucky if one of the five people you send it to will even do it. Chances are, you will just lose your money.  Even if you come out ahead, it is at the expense of someone else.  These schemes always cheat most of their participants.  </description>
    <pubDate>2006-12-18T17:43:05-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Analysis-of-quot-The-Pyramid-Scheme-quot-32004.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Essay On the Yucatan Peninsula                              </title>
    <description>Essay On the Yucatan Peninsula

The Yucatan Peninsula in Central America separates the Gulf of Mexico from the Caribbean Sea.  Covering about 73,000 square miles, and mostly in southeastern Mexico.  It comprises the states of Yucatan, Campeche, and Quintana Roo, Mexico; Belize; and part of Peten, Guatemala.  Merida and Campeche, Mexico and Belize City, Belize are the chief cities of the Yucatan. The peninsula is largely a low, flat, limestone tableland rising to 150 meters in the south.  To the north and west the plain continues as the Campeche Bank, stretching under shallow water 150 miles from the low, sandy shoreline.  The eastern coast rises in low cliffs in the north and is indented by bays and paralleled by islands and cays in the south. Cozumel is the largest island.  Short ranges of hills cross the peninsula at scattered intervals.  The only rivers are those flowing east and northwest from Peten. 

In the northern half of the tableland, rainfall is light and is absorbed by the porous limestone. The land has tropical dry and rainy seasons, but generally in the north the climate is hot the dry, and in the south hot and humid. The north and west are arid grasslands dotted with cacti.  In the south are swamps and dense rain forests. Water for people and livestock comes from a maze of underground rivers and wells (cenotes) from which it is often pumped by traditional Mayan windmills, and from surface pools (aguadas).  The main crop is sisal (henequen); fishing is also economically important.  Tropical beaches, inlets, peninsulas, and offshore islands (the largest of which is Cozumel) are popular tourist resorts.   

Most of the northern half, although covered with only a few inches of subsoil, is one of the most important henequen-raising regions of the world; the uncultivated area is under a dense growth of scrub, cactus, sapote wood, and mangrove thickets.  Subsistence crops, tobacco, and cotton also are grown.  Magnificent forests of tropical hardwoods in southwestern Campeche, Peten, and Belize provide the basis for a lumber industry.  This area teems with tropical life, including the jaguar, the armadillo, the iguana, and the Yucatan turkey.  Fishing is important along the Yucatan coast.  Many of the peninsula’s fine beaches and archaeological sites have been developed for tourism, which is a significant part of the peninsula’s </description>
    <pubDate>2006-12-07T19:35:57-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Essay-On-the-Yucatan-Peninsula-31937.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Relationship Between Data And Information               </title>
    <description>The Relationship Between Data And Information


The relationship between data and information is an interconnected one. Data is raw facts such as phone numbers or addresses, and information is the organization of these raw facts into a meaningful manner.  
 
The information may be well organized on a report or table and yet not always be meaningful to all people. There are different ways to arrange data to make it meaningful for different people. For example, one person might be satisfied with information that shows him or her the towns in which their customers live in to help him or her determine where the largest volume of customers are. A different person might want that information expanded to include those customers street addresses as well so that they may determine a better shipping route. Both of these examples contain the same customers and similar data but the first person would have no use for the street addresses in his search and the second person would not have enough information to create a shipping route from just the towns. 
 
The type of data used can also affect the information generated. You can gather a great deal of data on the needs of plants to grow but if you do not put the data in the table correctly or put inaccurate data in you will get information that is basically useless. That is the garbage in/ garbage out theory. It is also a good idea when creating a table to group the like characteristics together to make it easier to gather information from the data. Computers now make it easier to input data into tables in a meaningful manner to create information that might be useful to someone.  
 
It is now easier to manipulate data and examine it in many different ways from many different points of view quickly. It is in man’s nature to gather data and group things together according to similar data to generate information that is useful for what they are doing. An example would be similar to one show in the study guide. An employer is looking for an employee that lives in the Trenton area and speaks Spanish. The older way to find this information was to look through each record and look for the pertinent data that they are looking for. Then they went to card readers, which was faster but still </description>
    <pubDate>2006-12-05T16:14:17-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Relationship-Between-Data-And-Information-31901.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>History Behind the National Football League                 </title>
    <description>History Behind the National Football League

The founding of the National Football League vastly impacted the social culture of Americans.  It achieved this because of the Americans love and pride for games and competition, the rise of popularity of football throughout America, especially in colleges and high school, the works of the television, the rise of talent of athletes, commencement of paying athletes, and splitting of the NFL into two divisions.  (A rivalry within a rivalry separated by regions of the United States.) 
 
In the Eastern United States, a game very similar to soccer was invented and played during the mid 1800’s.  It consisted of 30 or more players.  The object of game was to kick a ball across the other teams goal line.  This game was becoming extraordinarily popular, and additional stricter rules were being applied to this game.  This game was called football.  In this game two teams played, and both teams had different rules on playing it.  One by McGill’s rule, and the other by Harvard’s rule.  Harvard’s rules were more like soccer, and McGill’s rules were more like rugby.  Running with the ball and tackling were the prime reasons why this game was introduced to, not just Harvard, but other Eastern Colleges all over the United States.	 
 
Improving the game was the first priority at this time.  As this rugby style football became popular, Walter Camp played a major role in developing rules that increased action and competition for this game.    
 
“ Camp was largely responsible for establishing the system of downs and yards to gain and for introducing the center snap to the quarterback. He also helped set up the scoring system in which touchdowns, conversions, field goals, and safeties were worth different amounts of points.” (365) The love and pride for the game developed and so did competition. High schools and Colleges organized teams, and competition increased.  As a matter of fact competition was getting so large that the sport was turning violent and dangerous due to the lack of protection from tackling and blocking.  Since players suffered severe injuries due to the lack of adequate equipment and no helmets, Theodore Roosevelt stressed that changes had to be made in order to make this a safer game. 
 
The founding of the game “football” was developed </description>
    <pubDate>2006-12-05T15:26:34-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/History-Behind-the-National-Football-League-31877.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Importance of Student School Attendance and Parents     </title>
    <description>The Importance of Student School Attendance and Parents 

My Mother comes home at nights and tells me stories. The stories are about kids who end up in jail. There is one kid who stands out in my mind. He would go to school and do nothing but cause trouble. He would affect the people around him. One day he started and ended a fight in school. He not only got suspended but also severely injured the other kid and served time. If he was not in school the fight would have never happened and the conflict could have been avoided. He was in school because he had to be. 
	
The problem is there but we need a solution. Roger Sipher who wrote, “So That Nobody Has to Go to School If they Don’t Want To”(4) gave a great solution. He said we should abolish compulsory-attendance laws. We should get rid of the laws. If the laws were to be done away with, the students who want to learn can. It would also make parents take a more active role in their child’s life.  Sipher stats, ”Schools are neither day car centers nor indoor street corners.”(4)  
	
Students who cause trouble or do not want to learn and are in school because they have to be only slow down the ones who want to be there. If we only have students who want to be there the grades would show what the student is learning. The High School Diploma would also become more prestigious and more respected. Kids need some more people to look up to. 
	
If the laws were to diminish the parents would have to play larger roles in their children’s lives. When the state takes the responsibilities of the parent; the parent, after time, stops being the parent. Thus the kids will conclude or start to feel that the parents do not care about them. With out the love and attention of the parents the kids have a harder time getting into school. Also the money that is spent on the enforcing of the laws could go to the students and the schools.  These laws are only hurting us. 
	
If kids want to learn they should be able to do so with out trouble. The students can learn more the parents would be more active and the schools would have more money. With out the compulsory-attendance </description>
    <pubDate>2006-12-04T21:23:36-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Importance-of-Student-School-Attendance-and-Parents-31871.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>India A Great Land                                          </title>
    <description>INDIA IS A LAND of ancient civilization, with cities and villages, cultivated fields, and great works of art dating back 4,000 years. India's high population density and variety of social, economic, and cultural configurations are the products of a long process of regional expansion. In the last decade of the twentieth century, such expansion has led to the rapid erosion of India's forest and wilderness areas in the face of ever-increasing demands for resources and gigantic population pressures--India's population is projected to exceed 1 billion by the 21st century.

The country's past serves as a reminder that India today, with its overcrowding and scramble for material gain, its poverty and outstanding intellectual accomplishments, is a society in constant change. Human beings, mostly humble folk, have within a period of 200 generations turned the wilderness into one of the most complicated societies in the world. The process began in the northwest in the third millennium B.C., with the Indus Valley, or Harappan, civilization, when an agricultural economy gave rise to extensive urbanization and long-distance trade. The second stage occurred during the first millennium B.C., when the Ganga-Yamuna river basin and several southern river deltas experienced extensive agricultural expansion and population growth, leading to the rebirth of cities, trade, and a sophisticated urban culture.

By the seventh century A.D., a dozen core regions based on access to irrigation-supported kingdoms became tied to a pan-Indian cultural tradition and participated in increasing cross-cultural ties with other parts of Asia and the Middle East. India's inclusion within a global trading economy after the thirteenth century culminated in the arrival of Portuguese explorers, traders, and missionaries, beginning in 1498. 

By the twentieth century, most such tribal groups, although constituting a substantial minority within India, lived in restricted areas under severe pressure from the caste-based agricultural and trading societies pressing from the plains. Because this evolution took place over more than forty centuries and encompassed a wide range of ecological niches and peoples, the resulting social pattern is extremely complicated and alters constantly.
India had its share of conquerors who moved in from the northwest and overran the north or central parts of the country. These migrations began with the Aryan peoples of the second millennium B.C. and culminated in the unification of the entire country for the first time in the seventeenth century under the Mughals. Mostly these conquerors were nomadic or seminomadic people who adopted or expanded the </description>
    <pubDate>2006-11-29T20:50:01-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/India-A-Great-Land--31844.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>A Study of Brand Name translation in China                  </title>
    <description>1. Introduction
With the acceleration of economic globalization and China¡¯s entry into WTO, more and more Chinese products are being launched into the international market. Consequently, translating Chinese brand names successfully into English has never been more imperative and vital than today. The translation of Chinese brand names is a kind of intercultural communication. It involves such factors as linguistic laws, cultural psychology, and aesthetic values. A successful translation of the brand name should not only transfer the information concerning the commodity or service, but also transfer its cultural significance to the audience in the target culture. This applies particularly to culture-loaded brand names that have different mental associations in different cultures. According to the principle of functional equivalence, the translated brand names should achieve a perfect linguistic unity among sound, form and meaning. This paper, taking Nida's functional equivalence as its framework, attempts to study the problems that are often encountered in translating brand names into English and suggest ways to solve them.
2. Brand names and the translation
Brand name, an essential component of advertising, is the part of a brand that can be vocalized. It is ¡°a name given by a producer to a particular product, by which it may be recognized from among alike products made by other producers.¡±(Longman Contemporary English-Chinese Dictionary English, 1988) 
Aiming to build, reinforce, and/or reposition consumers¡¯ perception of a certain brand, brand names have the following four functions: distinguishing products, providing information, ensuring guarantee and stimulating consumption. In order to build up a good image in the market and arouse favorable associations as well as purchasing desire in the minds of the consumers, brand names should have the following major characteristics: short in length and sweetness, sonorous and distinct, elegant and apt, original and novel.
Translation is a more complex communication than that within a single language because it involves two languages. (Jin &amp;amp; Nida, 1984:31) 
Given the uniqueness of brand names translation, the translator must be fully aware of the cultural awareness, aesthetic standards, and consumption modes of both SL and TL readers, and should keep in the mind the intention of the original so as to transfer its message (both linguistic and cultural) maximally, otherwise, ¡° a failure to reflect the spirit and dynamics of the source document is a ¡®mortal sin¡¯¡± (Nida, 1993)
The translator of brand names should strive for the following two effects: (a) the translated brand name should reflect the </description>
    <pubDate>2006-11-26T06:58:02-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/A-Study-of-Brand-Name-translation-in-China-31838.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Steroids Speech Includes Outline with Bibliography</title>
    <description>Intro
In 1936 a scientist named Ruzika was the first ever to make a pure form of testosterone from cholesterol (steroid.com). It is then that steroids emerged as a performance enhancing drug. I am pretty sure we all have pre conceived ideas and notions about steroids and the people that use them. Today I would like to talk to you all about the fact and fiction of steroid usage. 1st I would like to talk about the History of steroids, 2nd the types of steroids, 3rd anabolic and androgenic affects, and 4th laws and regulations surrounding steroids. Now let’s get pumped and look at some history.

History 
In 1936 a scientist named Ruzicka synthesized the compound testosterone from cholesterol, as did two other scientists, Butenandt and Hanisch (steroid.com). Testosterone was, of course, the first anabolic steroid ever created. In 1967, the International Olympic Council banned the use of anabolic steroids and by the mid 1970´s most major sporting organizations had also banned them. In the 80s testosterone was a prescription drug. Media reports began to associate steroids with performance enhancing efforts in the context of competitive sports. Steroids were decried as cheating to gain an unfair advantage. It then was proposed in the media that steroid abuse had trickled down to high school boys. In 1988 there was a Canadian sprinter named Ben Johnson who was stripped of his Olympic gold medal for testing positive for the Steroid Stanozol. Stanozol is an oral steroid, but what other types of steroids are there? Let’s take a look.

Types of steroids
There are two way to take steroids, either orally or by injection. In a seminar I listened to called Pumped, it was said in order for oral steroids to withstand the breakdown from the liver the drug is modified by alkylation beforehand. Alkylation is the addition of a carbon atom or atoms at the alpha position of the number 17 carbon atom. They are also known as C-17 steroids. C-17 steroids are alpha alkylated steroids. The Liver is stressed by these types of steroids very heavily. Injectable steroids are usually injected into a muscle and not a vein. Most injectables go through a process called esterification. Esterification is the addition of carboxylic acids to the 17-beta hydroxyl group of the testosterone molecule. These esters allow the testosterone to be released more gradually from the muscle. This is to maximize the anabolic effects and minimize potential </description>
    <pubDate>2006-11-20T09:08:21-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Steroids-Speech-Includes-Outline-with-Bibliography-31822.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Differences that Make Japanese Baseball                 </title>
    <description>The Differences that Make Japanese Baseball

This report will talk about and explain the history of Japanese baseball.  This paper will go into detail about the date of establishment of Japanese baseball and where the first teams were played.  The paper will compare the terms of Japanese baseball with the terms of American baseball.  The paper will also discuss the founders of the Japanese leagues and different teams.  I will give background of some of the famous Japanese baseball players, and will also tell about some of the greatest moments from in Japanese baseball.  Finally, it will name some baseball players who played in the United States and continued their career in Japan. 
	
The Japanese began playing baseball around the 1870s. They learned the game from missionaries and American teachers.  Albert Bates, a teacher, organized the first game in 1873 (Whiting, 27).  The team Bates got together consisted of station workers, technicians, and a railway engineer. They used make shift gloves and run in sandals. The Japanese liked the game because of the statistics, rules, and regulations that were parts of the game. Horace Wilson, also brought baseball to Tokyo while he was a teacher from 1867 to 1912.  He gave his students a bat and ball and taught them the fundamentals of the sport (Whiting, 27).  As Japan became more interested in the world, western sports became popular.  The Japanese thought that the battle between the pitcher and the batter was like the battle in martial arts sports.  There was mental and physical strength needed for baseball and that is what the Japanese liked. Baseball became known as the sport of the upper class and teams in the high schools and colleges grew.   

Tokyo’s “Big Six” Universities were where the most competitive baseball was played. The universities were Rikkyo, Waseda, Meiji, Keio, Hosei, and Tokyo Imperial. In the spring of 1905, Waseda University sent its Varsity Nine to America to play a series of games against high school and college teams.  An American professor at Waseda promoted the tour.  The Japanese government was interested enough to pay for the trip! (Obojski, 33) 
	
Albert Goodwill Spalding, was a pioneer of baseball. He was a pitcher for the Boston Red Stockings. He said that once people saw two good teams play, that game would be popular around </description>
    <pubDate>2006-11-17T02:56:08-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Differences-that-Make-Japanese-Baseball-31811.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Analysis of the National Missle Defense System              </title>
    <description>Analysis of the National Missle Defense System

Anti-Ballistic Missile treaty (A.B.M.) which was agreed in 1972 between U.S.A. and U.S.S.R. was the most renouncing event during the Cold War period.  The purpose of this treaty was to slow down the nuclear arming race and it forbade national defense systems.  However United States recently announced its plan for National Missile Defense system (N.M.D.) that they think will be a sufficient solution against their enemies.  On the other hand, earlier responses from other countries, China and Russia at first, are not very optimistic. 

Firstly, national defense and secondly an acceleration to American economy are the main purposes of National Missile Defense.  Bush claims that A.B.M. treaty is a handicap for United States’ self-defense, and this project will prevent missile attacks from countries such as North Korea, Iran, Iraq and of course China that are rebellious to United States (Schweid, 2000).  In fact, the reason for the insistence in this high-tech project is isolationism of U.S., a dream of New World which is protected and abstracted from other countries.  Acceleration to slowing American economy is the other expectation by this project.  Technological firms like Boeing, Lockheed-Martin and defense contractors will be the means for economic growth.  For instance, basis of Silicon Valley was found by Ronald Reagan’s Star Wars project. 
	
After about ten years and incredible costs, the process briefly will be about detecting and destroying incoming missiles.  Satellites and early warning radars are requirements for detecting missile launches and incoming missiles.  Command and control centers, guidance for interceptor missiles, interceptor silos, and of course interceptor missiles are requirements for the destruction of incoming enemy missile.  For optimists it will take 3-4 years, but Bush argues that system  must cover not only U.S. but also allies, and U.S. forces placed in overseas countries.  This means, required time might be over 10 years to spread on the  world.  Moreover expected cost range between 30-200 billion dollars in respect of the extension of the project. 
	
There are many serious effects of N.M.D. that must be thought about carefully.  The most ambitious pitfall is a new nuclear arms race reminding the Cold War period in Pacific Domain.  China and Russia consider N.M.D. as an offensive system rather than defensive one, that ensure U.S. the protection from missile attacks and advantage </description>
    <pubDate>2006-11-17T02:54:25-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Analysis-of-the-National-Missle-Defense-System-31810.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Criminal Profiling Applied To Violent and Sexual Crimes     </title>
    <description>Criminal Profiling Applied To Violent and Sexual Crimes 


The process of criminal profiling as it pertains to serial killers is extremely interesting and much more common than one would first think.  This study deals with the research into the developmental and psychological approaches to serial killers.  In the process of studying these offenders, researchers have discovered that crime scene manifestations of behavioral patterns enabled the investigators to discover much about the offender (Jones The Process of Criminal Profiling When Applied To A Serial Killer 1).  Most crime scenes can tell long detailed stories, and with the right investigators following every detail within that story, the positive chance of finding a conclusion to that story is not always there.  Investigators must always keep in mind the fact that normal human behavior, traits, and patterns usually remain consistent, regardless of the activity being performed.  Whether a serial killer knows it or not, every murder they commit, they leave their distinguishable mark in some way or another, and that is the key lead that criminal profilers use to catch the correct person (Munn and Douglas Violent Crime Scene Analysis: Modus Operandi, Signature, and Staging 1).  Criminal profiling is an effective way to identify and find a criminal. 
	
The term “serial” applied to the word murder or killer can raise problems and questions.  Serial implies that several murders have taken place at different times.  No universal definition is currently used to describe the term “serial murder”.  Three key factors to a serial murderer are the number of victims, time period, and the fact that each killing in some way or another is methodical (The Very Emphasis Of The Commandment: Thou Shalt Not Kill 3).  Processes of examining all aspects of the crime scene in order to build up a picture of the person who committed the crime are called profiling (Forensic Psychology 1).  Profiling can piece together such a complete picture of the offender with traits of the offender’s including sex, age, occupation, disorders, upbringing, marital status, home, type of car they drive, etc (Forensic Psychology 2).   
	
Before the term serial killer was coined in the mid-1970’s, such murders were referred to as stranger murders.  The term stranger murders was used to differentiate the victims of serial killings from the victims who were killed by people he or she knew, </description>
    <pubDate>2006-11-17T02:02:27-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Criminal-Profiling-Applied-To-Violent-and-Sexual-Crimes-31786.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Understanding the Basics of American Football               </title>
    <description>Understanding the Basics of American Football

Football is a team sport mostly played in the US and Canada by high school, college, and professional players. It is a dangerous sport because there is a lot of physical contact. While millions of people watch the sport, not all of them understand how the game works because it is a difficult game to understand right away. It gets easier to understand the game after you have played it.  

The object of the game is to score points by carrying the ball across the goal line of your opponent, or by kicking the ball through your opponent’s goal. Football is played by two opposing teams, of eleven players. Each team tries to move the ball down the field to score points by getting in to the end zone guarded by its opponents. During a football game the teams are designated as the offensive team and the defensive team. The offensive team is the team with possession of the ball. The defensive team is the team who defends a goal line against an offensive team.  

The eleven players of the offensive team are divided into two groups: seven linemen, and four backfield players, called backs. The linemen play on the line of scrimmage and the backs play behind the linemen in various positions. The defensive team consists of a row of linemen, a row of linebackers, and a collection of defensive backs, called the secondary. Players score points by running or passing the ball down the field until they reach the endzone, which is worth seven points. Or they can kick the ball through the other teams’ goal post, which is worth three points.  

Mean while the Defense is trying it’s hardest to stop the Offense from scoring points. After on team scores they kick the ball to the opposing team to give them a chance to score. If a team can’t get a first down (move the ball ten yards toward the other teams goal within four tries, they turn the ball over to the other team. At the end of 60 minutes, whatever team has the most points is declared the winner.  

To protect themselves from violent body contact, players wear complicated equipment such as lightweight flexible padding covering the thighs, hips, shoulders, knees, and sometimes the forearms and hands. Players also wear plastic helmets with guards that cover </description>
    <pubDate>2006-11-11T19:23:17-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Understanding-the-Basics-of-American-Football-31726.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Importance of Health and Fitness                        </title>
    <description>The Importance of Health and Fitness

The fitness world is expanding every day.  From having a muscle bound body for the men, to a slim and trim look for the ladies.  Everybody is on a continuous battle for achieving that perfect body.  In order to compile such a task takes detection, time, goals, a strong mind and, believe it or not, a Role Model.  Just like when you where a child and you wanted to be like the fire chief, or a super model.  Even as an adult, in fitness there is still that ideal person with the perfect body you want and wish you had.  With this idea in hand, the demand for a personal trainer, to be there, help out with goals, and encourage them as a role model, is increasing at a rapid rate.    
	
In the corporate businesses there is little moving and a lot of sitting.  Because of this, many workers are in fact becoming overweight, lazy, and unmotivated.  It has been proven in studies that a more fit company will achieve longer hours and have greater success with clients and human relations.  This is made true with the idea that when an individual is happy with their body, then their mind will follow and in turn helps their appearance and social attitude.  Also with a more in shape body, the endurance and length of energy through the day is greater, allowing more work to be accomplished without as many delays due to fatigue.       
	
So what is the answer you may ask?.  The answer is the need for a personal trainer who is qualified in this area to help the corporate people with fitness and nutrition.  This person will help set goals, establish the correct diets and routines for each person.  Since everybody is different, the trainer must know a great deal about the different areas of fitness.  This trainer must not only be educated in the area but also take part in what he teaches and maintain a healthy and athletic physique.  The clients want to be able to look at the instructor as a role model and a goal oriented person as well.   
	
Being physically fit has always been a key part of the “Maximum Health &amp;amp; Fitness” (MH&amp;amp;F) </description>
    <pubDate>2006-11-04T19:00:16-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Importance-of-Health-and-Fitness-31695.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Forces that Drive Man to War                            </title>
    <description>The Forces that Drive Man to War


The fear of death and guilt play an important role Tim O’Brien’s story “The Things They Carried.” The story deals with not only the physical risk of war, but also with the emotional effects if has on the young soldiers.  

Although death affects everyone’s behavior differently, death is the main driving force for behavioral changes in war. This awareness that the soldiers have that they could be killed anytime motivates then to act in a way they normally would not. By selecting details that reveal the drastic change in manner within the men, O’Brien creates an understanding of the effects of war on the soldiers. One of the soldiers, “Norman Bowler, otherwise a very gentle person, carried a thumb. It had been cut from a corpse, a boy of fifteen of sixteen.” Bowler seemed to have been a very good person in civilian life, but war turns him into a hard mannered soldier with very little emotion. This is shown by how he carries around the severed finger as a trophy. This transformation shown through Bowler is an example of the emotional change that most of the soldiers undergo.  

Guilt can cause people to change actions or thoughts very rapidly. It does this because guilt makes the person regret how they ignored their values of ideals and the change comes from wanting not to repeat the misjudgment of their actions. The involved changes to relieve guilt are modifications of behavior. The modifications can be change in ones values or ideals on life or they could be a change in actions that they have been doing. Some of the men made jokes about tense situations that were not funny because joking made them feel better. The situation grew lighter by laughter, even though the men knew nothing was funny about their situation, and this knowledge made them feel guilty about their insensitive acts because it violated their values. The way the men dealt with their guilt was by passing the blame or trying not to think about how wrong it was even though they knew. These kind of strange reactions are a way to ease fear of death. Anxiety about death follows the men everywhere they go. They have many ways to hide from it and defend themselves from it. The men were ready for everything in war: they had their radios to </description>
    <pubDate>2006-11-04T18:47:57-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Forces-that-Drive-Man-to-War-31689.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Theories on the Lost City of Atlantis                       </title>
    <description>Theories on the Lost City of Atlantis

Atlantis does it really existed? Is it really out there? If it is will we ever find it? These are all frequently asked questions when it comes to the lost continent of Atlantis. Many scientists have many theories on where Atlantis could be. Some ideas that are raised, are; Atlantis is in the South China see. Atlantis is in the Bahamas, and Atlantis is in the Atlantic Ocean. These are just a few ideas on where Atlantis could be, There are many other theories on Atlantis’s location. 
 
Many scientists believe that the lost city of Atlantis is in the South China See. They believe Atlantis was once here but was destroyed by one of two theories. One theory scientists have is that Atlantis was destroyed by an asteroid crashing into the earth. The other theory is Atlantis was built on or by a volcano. When this volcano erupted it buried Atlantis in think molten lava. This is an interesting theory but I don’t believe there is enough evidence to prove this theory. 
 
Another idea on where Atlantis could be is somewhere in the islands of Bimmini Bahamas. Scientists believe that Atlantis was built on a volcano and when it erupted it buried Atlantis in the Bahamas. If this is the case, it raises another interesting subject. If Atlantis were in the Bahamas, that would make Atlantis inside the Bermuda triangle. This brings up other ideas such as; maybe Atlantis disappeared like other things that have gone through the triangle. There are a few things of evidence that may prove Atlantis was once here. From in the air you can see roads under the water that lead to a spot that is covered in old volcanic ash. Scrapings from the ash tell us that the volcano erupted the same time Atlantis was supposed to have existed. They have also found many artifacts in this area. 
 
I think the most famous theory of where and how Atlantis was destroyed, is the one by Plato. Plato believes that Atlantis is in the Atlantic Ocean, about 1200-km SW of Europe. Plato writes about Atlantis being found through the Pillars of Hercules. Plato believes if you go through the Pillars of Hercules and continue straight out you would have found Atlantis. He believes that Atlantis was a continent made up of many islands. He also writes, </description>
    <pubDate>2006-11-02T14:52:50-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Theories-on-the-Lost-City-of-Atlantis-31658.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>A Study on Massage Therapy                                  </title>
    <description>A Study on Massage Therapy

Massage therapy spans a wide variety of therapeutic approaches, working to improve an individual’s health and well being through the hands on manipulation of soft muscles and other soft tissues of the body.  There are three key benefits to massage therapy; physical, mental and emotional.  The first states that massage therapy is designed to stretch and loosen muscles to improve the blood flow and the movement of lymph throughout the body, facilitate the removal of metabolic wastes resulting from exercise or inactivity, and increase the flow of oxygen and nutrients to cells and tissue.  In addition massage stimulates the release of endorphins (the body’s natural pain killer) into the brain and the nervous system.  The second states that massage therapy provides a relaxed state of alertness, reduces mental stress and enhances capacity for calm thinking and creativity.  The last states that massage therapy satisfies the need for caring and nurturing touch, creates a feeling of well being and reduces anxiety levels.  People throughout the lifecycle from the very young and very old to those in between have all found that therapeutic massage has been highly beneficial to their lives in some way.  In the following report the types of massage will be defined and explained as well as a more in depth explanation on the benefits of therapeutic massage. 

While there are a wide variety of forms of massage therapy and bodywork, all with their own theological or philosophical perspectives there are certain basic principals they all tend to hold in common. 

Perhaps the most basic principal in this field is that improved blood circulation is beneficial for virtually all health conditions.  Tension in the muscles and other soft tissues can impair circulation, resulting in deficient supply of nutrients and inadequate removal of wastes or toxins from the tissue of the body.  This intern can lead to illness, structural and functional problems, or slower healing. 

Movement of Lymphatic Fluid   The lymph system is almost as extensive as that of the blood.  The circulation of lymphatic fluids plays a key role in ridding the body of wastes, toxins, and pathogens.  The lymph system also benefits from massage, particularly in conditions where lymphatic flow is impaired by injury or surgery. 

Release of Toxins Chronic tension or trauma of the soft tissues of the body can </description>
    <pubDate>2006-10-31T22:36:15-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/A-Study-on-Massage-Therapy--31646.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Abuse of Steriods in Sports Today                       </title>
    <description>The Abuse of Steriods in Sports Today

In the world of sports it is not rare to see athletes give their heart and soul for the love of the game. From sunrise to sundown they practice everyday to perfect their game. 
 
Then there are those who take an alternative route. Now athletes are taking performance enhancers such as creatine, androstenedione and worst of all, anabolic steroids. 
 
Steroids are chemicals that act like hormones (substances in your body that regulate bodily functions). Anabolic steroids are the ones that are abused to build muscle mass or to make your workout longer. They are chemicals of artificial testosterone, which is a male hormone. With higher testosterone you can have more physique and body hair and a deeper voice. 
 
It mainly started in the 1950’s when some athletes were juicing up for training purposes but now you will find all sorts of athletes using this drug. From high school to professional sports a lot of athletes are using steroids. Even though it is illegal there are over one million steroid users. Five percent of male and two percent of female high school students are using steroids. So that would be equal to 375 thousand males and 175 thousand females. 
 
Why take steroids if you already know that it is not good for you? Most of the steroid users are injecting for better performance and strength for their sports, but, other users are simply juicing to build more muscle mass or to look better, physically.  
 
Inside their bodies they are actually ruining themselves. Taking steroids is a big threat to your health. You could have severe acne, genital changes, water retention, and yellowing eyes and skin. Its not only your appearance that could be at risk but you can also get other health problems. There are coronary artery diseases, ligament injuries, high blood pressure, changes in your cholesterol level, sterility, and liver disease. For males you can get breast development, kidney disease, headaches, muscle cramps, abdominal pains, and bone pains. For females you could get male patterned baldness, smaller breasts, deeper voices, hairy bodies and menstrual irregularities. What I don’t understand is why some take steroids to look better. Would you be attracted to a woman who is just like one of the guys, literally? And girls, would you want someone who has yellow skin with acne all over his </description>
    <pubDate>2006-10-31T22:21:30-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Abuse-of-Steriods-in-Sports-Today-31640.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Interview with a Park Ranger                                </title>
    <description>Interview with a Park Ranger

The person I ma going to interview is a Park Ranger. A park ranger starts his/her day by checking on certain areas of the park to make sure there are no fires or hurt wild life. Late then ranger will help people get around, enforce park rules and regulations. If a person is hurt a ranger will escort the person to first aid. Also park rangers must warn campers about potentially dangerous animals in the area, and even may have to chase animals away from campers and visitors. Some other responsibilities a park ranger has is to clean up, put out forest fires, help injured people or animals ands even round up wildlife if they are dangerously close to people. A park ranger is like the cop for the area, all rangers must carry a gun and enforce laws if people break them in any way. Forest Fires are very difficult to handle, park rangers are always on call in case this happens or any other kind of disaster that may occur such ass animal attacks, illegal hunters, and injured wild life. 

The education/training required to become a park ranger is training in forestry, because a ranger has to know a lot about the nature around him/her. Also to be a park ranger you have to take fire science so that they will know different methods of putting out dangerous fires in the park. They also will need to know a little about life science so they can help the wildlife in the area get along with the people. A park ranger must have basic medical training so that he/she will know how to help injured people or animals. Rangers must have at least 4 years of college and they will need to have a driver’s license that shows that they know how to operate an off road vehicle 

To become a good park ranger other experiences that would be helpful would be a vet assistant, so you could have experience with animals and there behavior. You could also volunteer to plant trees at a local park that way you will have experience and knowledge about plants and trees. Another good experience would be to take a course in first aid so you will know how to help injured people in the park or a wounded animal. You should also take fire science so you will </description>
    <pubDate>2006-10-31T22:01:41-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Interview-with-a-Park-Ranger-31631.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Catch and Release Ploicies in Fishing                       </title>
    <description>Catch and Release Ploicies in Fishing

Every bass fisherman fishes for the same reason, in hopes of catching a ten-pound-plus bass. This dream will not be fulfilled if bass fishermen, as a brotherhood, do not practice catch and release. 
	
America’s love affair with the catch-and-release ethic has had a profound impact on the sport of bass fishing	over the past thirty years. Quite simply, it recycles the resource. But improper care and the handling by anglers can jeopardize this valuable natural resource. 
	
Without question the mishandling of fish before they are returned to the water can prove fatal. Extensive research has been conducted by state fisheries agencies nationwide looking at the phenomenon of delayed mortality, and scientists have concluded that the biggest factor resulting in delayed mortality relates directly to the care that fish are given immediately after the catch is made and in the hours that follow while they are confined inside a boat’s live well.  
 
Clear lake, California is known for its huge Florida-strain bass. The chances of catching a ten-pound-plus bass are higher than average. Clear Lake houses hundreds of tournaments every year; honestly, there is at least, one tournament every weekend of the year. The enormous amount of pressure placed on this lake can have a tremendous effect on the fish. Clear lake is only one of the thousands of lakes with this type of problem. 

There have been cases of trashcans full of dead bass from tournaments. Seeing those fish dead in a can for only about a one-thousand-dollar purse in a tournament is disgusting. If fish are not released right after being caught, their chances of survival are slim. 
	
When bass are caught and kept, it reduces the number of fish in the lake and if it is a big fish, it eliminates a fish with “big bass genes.” All big fish have big bass genes. If a big bass is caught and immediately released, it is then able to reproduce and its offspring will carry those genes along with them through the generations. Big bass, usually females, are targets for trophy-fish fishermen. Any fish eight pounds and over would be considered a lunker or big bass worthy of being mounted on a wall. Rich Holland, Western Outdoors writer, says the problem is “eighty percent of big bass are females” (69).  
  
During the spring when bass spawn, female bass are swollen </description>
    <pubDate>2006-10-28T20:33:54-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Catch-and-Release-Ploicies-in-Fishing-31605.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>America's National Pass-Time                                </title>
    <description>America's National Pass-Time

When you hear the term baseball what do you think? 
I think, an all American sport that was started in the 1800’s. In early baseball it wasn’t very popular but soon caught on. It really started to become popular when the American league and the National league were founded. 
	
Baseball is a fairly easy sport.  There are usually nine people on the field at a time.  There are three in the outfield and six in the infield.  As far as offense is concerned the just try to hit the ball that was thrown at them at about one hundred miles per hour.  A good pitcher can throw a variety of different balls, including a knuckle, curve, sinker, slider, and fast.  These variety of throwing are used to throw the batter off and make the ball look like its going somewhere that it really isn’t. 

But it isn’t only the pitchers job the catcher plays a big role in this process as well.  He uses finger signals to tell the pitcher what kind of balls to throw dependent on whet kind of batter is up.  The batters in the national league can only use wooden bats and the have to be solid wood.  The reason for this is aluminum bats have too much “pop.”  This means the ball bounces off the bat so fast the pitcher doesn’t have enough time to get out of the way when the ball is hit at him.  Also when a batter hits the ball and it is caught in the air he is out.  When and if the batter gets on base he can still get out.  The pitcher can throw the ball to the base the runner is at  and try to get him out.  He can also get out on a force.  This is where the ball is hit, fielded and thrown to a bas all before a runner has a chance to get to the base.  However, if a runner starts toward a bas and gets there before being thrown out this is called a steal.  It is a legal play that just farther advances a runner on his way back to home plate. You don’t have to be a professional to play the sport.  There are leagues for all ages all </description>
    <pubDate>2006-10-28T20:17:42-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/America-s-National-Pass-Time-31601.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Juvenile Vs. Adult Offenders in Mobile County               </title>
    <description>Juvenile Vs. Adult Offenders in Mobile County

In the Mobile County Justice System, a non-violent juvenile inmate is treated very differently from a non-violent adult inmate. A recent interview with an ex-inmate that had been previously convicted as a youth and convicted again shortly thereafter as a young adult, demonstrated that the programs implemented at both facilities are haphazardly executed, showing little regard for future rehabilitation of an inmate. 
    
Upon interviewing Mr. Covington, I discovered that there are very generalized sentencing procedures whether you are a youth or an adult. Mr. Covington was 16 years old when he was charged and convicted of vandalism. The conviction for vandalism as a youth involves a 9-month in-house stay, with no variability or appeal process. However, three years later, Mr. Covington was convicted and after a lost appeal was sentenced to serve ten years, with a minimum three year stay and parole hearings every six months, for check fraud. 
     
Mr. Covington entered the James T. Strickland Youth Center when he was a junior in high school. The Youth Center grouped 9-12 grades together for 4 hours per day into one classroom. The focus of each subject was to pass the end of course test, with tests made available for studying instead of learning the curriculum needed to understand the subjects. Mr. Covington felt that the Youth Centers minimum passing requirements and testing policies focused more on memorization skills than the building blocks needed for a future education, leaving him at a severe disadvantage upon returning, as a senior, to a conventional high school. After dropping out of high school, Mr. Covington did not fare any better as a young adult entering the Mobile Count Metro Jail. The County Jail does not have any programs in effect for further education of inmates. The inmate is left on his own, with very limited resources to find a way to advance his education. Mr. Covington spent the next two years studying on his own for the High School Equivalency Diploma, which took him several attempts to accomplish. 
     
After serving his 9 months in the Strickland Youth Center, with only twice a week counseling sessions for anger management, Mr. Covington continued on a deteriorating path. After being convicted again and serving his initial 2 years at Mobile County Metro, with no counseling, Mr. Covington </description>
    <pubDate>2006-10-28T20:16:08-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Juvenile-Vs_-Adult-Offenders-in-Mobile-County-31600.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Standard Oil Vs. The United States                          </title>
    <description>Standard Oil Vs. The United States         

Rockefeller was obsessed with the refinement of oil.  He saw the tremendous potential of the industry and he decided to dominate it.  Rockefeller left the drilling of oil alone, instead he focused on refineries and certain pipe lines that were used to move oil around.  Rockefeller and several companions founded the Standard Oil Company.   

Two years after its conception Standard Oil Co. had taken control of over all but 4 of the almost 40 refineries in the Cleveland, Ohio area.  To ensure a monopoly in Ohio the company started obtaining preferential rates and rebates from the railroad industry that was vital to the oil refining business.  Rockefeller sometimes used brut force to make sure his monopoly would stay continues unrestricted.  Other oil companies were forced out by Standard Oil by the use of price-cutting, which gave them an unfair advantage.  After Standard Oil’s success in Ohio, Rockefeller decided to expand into New York, Pennsylvania, and parts of New England.  In these states the company accumulated even more refineries by the same unfair tactics.  To insure their monopoly the company acquired pipelines from the drilling sites to competing oil companies.  

This allowed them to control how much oil was refined in the oil processing centers that standard oil did not own.  By 1880 Rockefeller himself controlled around 90 percent of the nations oil businesses.  In 1889 he found a legal way to tie the businesses together.  This was done by the invention of the “trust”.   By turning over the administration to nine trusties, they were able to legally hold onto the business.  In 1889, The State of Ohio ordered the dissolution of the trust as a violation of state laws.  Rockefeller then tried to outsmart the state by transferring the companies stock to people not in the trust agreement.  

However, the state of Ohio caught on to this and instituted contempt proceedings on the grounds that the trust had not been dissolved.  Rockefeller countered by creating a giant holding company, Standard Oil of New Jersey.  Standard Oil owned the majority of stock of the corporations involved in all phases of the oil industry including, purchasing, transporting, refining, shipping, pricing, and selling in all part of </description>
    <pubDate>2006-10-28T19:10:46-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Standard-Oil-Vs_-The-United-States-31583.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Overview of the Scopes Monkey Trials                        </title>
    <description>Overview of the Scopes Monkey Trials
 
In the 1920’s, there were four states that passed a law banning the teaching of the principles of Darwinian evolution in public schools.  Tennessee was one of these four states.  In 1925, a high school biology teacher in Dayton, Tennessee, John Scopes, decided to test the law.  He assigned his students readings about Darwinism, which directly violated the law.  Because of his actions, Scopes was arrested and placed on trial.  At the time, this was a major trial.  It involved several distinguished lawyers, including William Jennings </description>
    <pubDate>2006-10-28T18:58:48-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Overview-of-the-Scopes-Monkey-Trials-31578.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Difficulties of Quitting Smoking                        </title>
    <description>The Difficulties of Quitting Smoking


Smoking has killed millions of people. Lung Cancer, Emphysema, and heart failure are some of the things that I have to look forward to if I continue smoking. I am twenty-four years old, and I have been smoking for twelve years now. Three years ago cigarettes killed my grandfather, he was sixty-five.  
I am a person that believes that without some vice or another life would be a bit boring. There is an old expression that solidifies this maxim, “if it makes you feel good, do it.” Well, I do it. To “ do it” is one thing but then again, I do not want to end up dead or dying of some horrific disease at thirty-five. That is why I have chosen to try and quit smoking.  
Quitting smoking can be a process, I have tried previous to this little experiment in behavior modification and it was a nightmare. After a small time without a cigarette I became hostile, my personality changed, and I eventually succumbed to the craving for nicotine. So I knew that I was going to have to approach this methodically if I wanted any chance of success. 
The first thing that I was able to do is speak with my doctor about the possible alternatives to “going cold turkey,” she informed me that nicorette gum, the nicotine transdermal patch, and also a prescription medication called Zyban was available. My doctor recommended that I try either the patch or the gum before considering Zyban, due to its side effects. I opted for the transdermal patch. 
I have tried the patch before with some short-lived succession. I think that I was able to quit with the patch for three weeks or so. Wednesday morning I awoke, and instead of reaching over and lighting a cigarette before my feet hit the floor, I grabbed a patch went to the kitchen, cut the package open and slapped it on the upper part of my left arm. I remember being pretty proud of myself for making it as far as the kitchen.  
The first week was the worst. The patch helped with the physiological addiction I had developed, but what I hadn’t realized was that I had developed a need to be constantly doing something with my hands and mouth. This was the hardest part. I had been smoking for as long as </description>
    <pubDate>2006-10-27T19:40:39-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Difficulties-of-Quitting-Smoking-31569.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>What makes an effective film opening?                       </title>
    <description>What makes an effective film opening? Well that is the question I am going to answer in this essay. There are a lot of factors that make a good film opening such as sound, lighting and effects. The film I will be using is “S.W.A.T”. I have chosen this film because I think it has a good film opening; it has a mix of sounds and visual effects. Personally I love my film openings to be packed full of explosions special effects and action, faint music in the background so you still get an effect from music as well as the action. I think that with an explosive exciting opening you get glued to the screen waiting for the next big bang.
	At the beginning of “S.W.A.T” all you can hear at first is a police radio but you can’t see the radio you can only hear the transmissions, then it fades into police lights flashing. The word S.W.A.T gradually comes into the police lights that are still flashing. The radio continues and the camera slowly uses a big close-up effect into the Hollywood sign, you hear helicopters and the camera angle moves over the hill where you get a long shot of police helicopters flying over Los Angeles. The scene changes so that you’re in the city not above it and you get a camera effect as if you were watching this event on the news; because of this the camera switches quickly between things. This makes the viewer fell like it’s real so you really get engrossed into the film because it looks so real. The viewers emotions will be more dramatic because it seems so real, it doesn’t seem like it’s a typical movie.
 There are then gunshots that you hear and a woman running past police cars. The sound gives you the idea that there is a shooting going on between police and criminals, but you’re not sure because you haven’t seen this yet. The viewer gets glued to the screen, because they want to see what really is going on. The radio still continues and you then get a quick close shot of two men in balaclavas shooting at police. If you listen to the radio and not the actual event sounds it tells you what is going on. At some points they make the actual event noise quieter, so you hear a certain part of </description>
    <pubDate>2006-10-20T15:32:05-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/What-makes-an-effective-film-opening-31546.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Waves and How They are Affected as they Approach the Shore</title>
    <description>Most waves on the surface of the ocean are generated by the wind. The wind blows along the surface of the ocean and the friction between the particles on the sea surface and the air particles cause the sea to unsettle and form small, irregular waves. These waves cause rapidly increasing friction and the waves become greater in size as the energy from the wind is transferred to the sea. 

Not all waves in the ocean are formed in the same way though; there are many different types of waves including Storm Waves, Swell Waves and Sea Waves. 

Storm Waves are produced in a similar way to the method as described above. They are high energy, irregular, steep and often break due to them exceeding the critical steepness. They are produced when a local storm produces winds that affect the surface of the ocean in the same way as described above. They are high energy because the storm means there is a lot more energy to be transferred to the sea from the winds. One form of sea wave that occurs is known as a rogue wave. These rogue waves, or freak waves, are large, spontaneous storm waves. Storm Waves are frequent in environments known as ‘regions of cyclonic frontal activity’ which are in the higher mid latitudes of both hemispheres

Swell Waves move out from a storm, the further these waves travel, the weaker, the less energy, these waves have. These waves have a relatively low height compared to their large wavelength. Swell waves are far more regular than Strom Waves and have a lower frequency. They are released from the storm in all directions and can travel for hundreds of miles. 

Sea Waves are locally generated in relatively sheltered area of sea. They are formed by light winds, no more than force two or three, they are also irregular and can often break. These do not break by exceeding the critical steepness, the wind simply blows the top off the wave causing white water to be formed on the top of the waves, these are known as ‘White Horses’. Sea Waves are high frequency and can be destructive.

There is another form of wave that is not formed by anything to do with the wind, these waves are called Tsunamis. They are formed by tectonic action. An oceanic plate sub-ducts under a continental plate, or another oceanic plate, the plate </description>
    <pubDate>2006-10-16T19:06:11-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Waves-and-How-They-are-Affected-as-they-Approach-the-Shore-31529.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Tennessee vs. Scopes Trial Fact or Fiction</title>
    <description>Tennessee vs. Scopes Trial: Fact or Fiction

In 1925 the court case of Tennessee v. Scopes received national attention, and gained legendary status. This case was the direct result over the nationwide debate on weather Charles Darwin’s Theory of Evolution, or the bible’s account of Genesis, should be taught in public schools, and also effected what was being taught in the public school system. In the years leading up to 1960, and the release of the Hollywood film Inherit the Wind the facts of the scopes trial became very distorted from the real life event.

Before comparing the differences in the Scopes trial and the movie Inherit the Wind, it’s important to examine what factors helped lead up to the 1925 court case. 

The first factor that should be examined is Charles Darwin’s Theory of Evolution. This theory was at the heart of the debate in the Scopes trial. According to class notes lectures Charles Darwin’s theory of Evolution stated that over long periods of time animals with the best characteristics survived, and randomly changed. With this idea of evolution Charles Darwin published a book called the Origins of Species in 1859. In Charles Darwin’s book he presented a revolutionary idea that man could have evolved from ape. As stated in the book Summer of the Gods written by Edward Larson Darwin’s ideas “posed a conflict with accounts of the book of Genesis, which declared that God formed the heavens, the earth, and all kinds of living things in six days, culminating in the creation of Adam and Eve as the forbearers of all human beings”(p15). These opposing concepts ultimately lead to the debate that was a major focal point in the trial of Tennessee v Scopes. 

The second factor leading to the Scopes trial was a series of anti-evolution bills passed around the United States. Passed in Tennessee, as well as Florida this legislation was known as the Butler anti-evolution Act. This bill forbid the teaching of Evolution as fact in public classrooms, and was a punishable offense under the penal law. Before this law was enacted text like Hunter’s Civic Biology book were state approved material and taught in High School biology classes nation wide. The only problem with this newly created law is would it be enforceable? The only answer to this question would be to have a trial, and John Scopes was the man who was chosen to </description>
    <pubDate>2006-10-03T20:34:30-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Tennessee-vs_-Scopes-Trial-Fact-or-Fiction-31496.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>California State Law on High School Exit Examinations       </title>
    <description>California State Law on High School Exit Examinations

By law, school districts must implement an exit examination to any and all 12th grade students. It is the school’s responsibility to have resources on the school’s site for students to access in preparation for the exit examination. The superintendent of each district will take it upon himself/herself to maintain this process. It is also under the superintendent that he/she shall study the appropriateness of other criteria by which high school pupils who are regarded as highly proficient but unable to pass the high school exit examination may demonstrate their competency and receive a high school diploma.

The exit examination will be based upon information gathered in field testing and annual administrations of the examination and shall include the analysis of the students’ performance, the examination effects that it has on college attendance, drop out rates, and graduation. 

Any students’ whose first language is not English or who do not have a working knowledge of the English language; shall have the exit examination deferred for 24 months, where the student must be enrolled in courses in reading, writing, and comprehension in the English language for about six months. Without the proper instruction, if the student does not pass the exit examination, he or she will not be allowed to get a high school diploma and/or graduate.

The exit examination will be covered under the Budget Act and the superintendent will contribute funds for the examination. The state board of education will establish the funding for each of the examinations that will be administered based upon how much each examinations’ cost.

Finally, the high school exit examination will be offered to students in the 9th grade at the beginning of the school year, and each student will take the exit examination during the 10th grade school year. The student has the possibility to take the exit examination each succeeding school year thereafter, until the each of the sections of the examination has been completed and passed. The exit examination will be offered in all public high schools that have grades 9 through 12 on dates that are specially designated by the superintendent for the examination.

This law forces adolescents to improve their academic achievement above and beyond what they would normally try to strive for. Adolescents who were early maturers, especially girls, will have a difficult time with this added pressure. Early maturing females have a low self-esteem </description>
    <pubDate>2006-10-03T20:15:20-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/California-State-Law-on-High-School-Exit-Examinations-31484.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Controlling Deer Overpopulation through Increased Hunting   </title>
    <description>Controlling Deer Overpopulation through Increased Hunting 

“Long Island comprises about 1,200 acres and is home to more that 500 families.  During the 1960s, deer on the island were kept in check through restricted hunting.  But in the 1970s, this limited population control was ended when residents made hunting illegal on Long Island.  By 1983, overpopulation had created a stunted sickly herd of deer—a serious problem for the Fish and Game Department.  Since most residents were still opposed to killing deer, the department was forced to use supposedly more humane methods.  However, years later, reality had set in for most of the island’s residents, as the results of mismanagement were starkly evident.  The deer were in a pathetic condition.  Some literally staggered or were to weak to hold up their heads while walking, and the ribs, spines and pelvic bones of many deer were clearly visible” (Shedd and Monahan 6).

The detrimental effects of deer overpopulation can be witnessed in any scenario similar to this account of Long Island’s deer control problems.  Since the humanity of hunting is often questioned, many alternative methods of population control have been developed and executed.  These methods, however, have proven unsuccessful in the effort to diminish deer overpopulation.

Due to the excessive amount of evidence demonstrating the problems of overpopulation and the failure of hunting alternatives, it can be concluded that hunting is both a viable and humane method to control the negative effects of deer overpopulation.  In order to effectively assess this issue, it is necessary to examine the harmful effects produced by overpopulation, the outcomes of failed alternatives to hunting, and the benefits of controlling deer population that only hunting can provide.

Showing the growth of the deer population Stephen Budiansky, of U.S. News &amp;amp; World Report, states that, “From a mere 500,000 at the turn of the century, the deer population now stands at 20 million and growing” (85).  Surely, this huge boom in the population of this animal raises some question as to how many are too many.  Land that was once quite capable of handling its capacity of deer is now, unable to support the numbers of deer living there with remaining food supplies.  Humans must intervene in order to bring deer down to acceptable levels.  In  1996 the Pennsylvania Game Commission’s official stance was a goal of, </description>
    <pubDate>2006-09-20T03:30:08-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Controlling-Deer-Overpopulation-through-Increased-Hunting-31447.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Sweet Sensations: Cheesecake                                </title>
    <description>Should cheesecake be sold cheaper? That is the question sticking to everyone's tongues as they taste the sweet sensations of one of the most tantislising, bestselling foodstuffs around. 

Why should cheesecake be sold cheaper? Quite fankly, it's because there would be more sales. But would companies make more money? We'll never know until we try.

Cheesecake isn't called cheesecake for nothing, either. It has cheese in it, making it a source of calcium.

Would selling it cheaper cause a bigger obesity epidemic? Well, we'll never really know but chances are, yes. Although I love this tantilising foodstuff, we should eat it in moderation.

Try this tasty cheesecake recipe!

CSR Lemon Cheesecake Recipe
 
Serves 8-10

Base
2 cups sweet biscuit crumbs
125g butter, melted

Filling1 packet lemon </description>
    <pubDate>2006-09-04T01:58:36-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Sweet-Sensations-Cheesecake-31428.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Steriod Abuse in Professional Baseball                      </title>
    <description>Steriod Abuse in Professional Baseball

Mark McGwire of the St. Louis Cardinals steps to the plate as the Major League season of 1998 is winding down.  McGwire, who has been chasing the single season home run record, has sixty home runs.  One more will tie him with Roger Maris, the all time single season home run record holder.  McGwire awaits the pitch from the opposing pitcher.  It’s a little outside, ball one.  He steps out of the batter’s box to regain composure.  He wipes the sweat from his brow and steps in for pitch number two.  This pitch is a called strike, a fastball up in the strike zone.  McGwire squares up and takes a few swings to stay loose.  The third pitch comes, Crack!  It’s a laser down the left field line.  Will this be it?  Time seems to stop as the crowd of 40,000 plus is on their feet, camera flashes going off in hopes of recording this moment forever.  The ball is going, going, gone.  He has done it.  McGwire now is tied with Maris for the single season home run record of sixty-one in a season.  This moment will forever go down in the books as one of the most eventful days in baseball history; however, it is plagued with much controversy as McGwire has admitted to taking a substance called androstenedione.  Although this is a purely legal substance in Major League Baseball many think it performs just as a steroid and should be banned from professional sports all together.  Andro has already been banned from the NFL, NCAA, and the Olympics (Reilly).  The performance enhancing supplement androstenedione should be banned from professional baseball because the health risks are too great, some studies show that it doesn’t work as warranted, and it sets a bad example for youth.

In opposition to this argument some people feel that this substance should not be banned from professional baseball because it’s a natural, dietary substance.  It is legal and sold over the counter to whoever wants it; therefore, it can’t be very harmful to one’s health.  Since andro is natural the FDA does not regulate it, so many dangerous side effects are not yet known (Hayden).  “…androstenedione, a “precursor” molecule that is just one metabolic step away from testosterone…” </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-31T17:52:43-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Steriod-Abuse-in-Professional-Baseball-31403.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The American Phenomenon of Gambling                         </title>
    <description>The American Phenomenon of Gambling

Americans are familiar with the nation’s major addictions:  narcotics, alcohol, and tobacco.  Society has spent countless millions of dollars warning about these substances, however another addiction that receives far less attention is sweeping across America.  This addiction is having a major impact on the college campuses across our nation.  The executive director of the N.C.A.A., Cedric W. Demsey, in his 1997 “State of the Association” address called gambling the most serious threat facing intercollegiate athletics(Naughton A52).  At the heart of the gambling problem on college campuses is college sports gambling.  Gambling on college sports has two major impacts.  First, gambling on sports just like casino gambling is addictive.  Secondly, gambling on college sports has hurt the integrity of college athletics.  Because gambling on college sports is causing negative consequences for college students, athletes, and athletic games, the U.S. government should ban all gambling on college sports, and steps should be taken to decrease the prevalence of illegal and Internet gambling on college campuses. 

On March 19, 1931, the Nevada state government voted to legalize gambling.  At this time no one had ever heard of the term, “sports book”.  It would be some forty years later before the first sports book would open up in Las Vegas.  The Union Plaza Hotel in downtown Las Vegas opened the first casino sports book in 1975.

A sports book is a place where a bet can be made on a sporting event.  Nevada is the only state where a person can bet on an individual game or sporting event legally.  A person can bet on almost every professional sport, along with some collegiate sports, which mainly consist of men’s basketball and football.   The sports books in Las Vegas each have huge electronic odds boards that tell which teams are playing, the team that is expected to win, and how much the team is expected to win by.  The team that is supposed to win is called the favorite, and the team that is supposed to lose is called the underdog.  Now someone new to sports betting would say, well I’ll just bet on the favorite and win most of the time.  Unfortunately, however it is much tougher than this.     	The one thing that makes gambling on sports very </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-31T17:38:45-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-American-Phenomenon-of-Gambling-31396.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Educational System in America                           </title>
    <description>The Educational System in America

Education is all about life. When you’re done four years of attending high school, it’s time to become ready for the big leagues.  Post secondary education can be divided into two major parts, College and University. Canada has a lot of both ball parks, but we have more Universities then colleges. Canada’s educations system is highly recognizable in the world. In the United States a lot of students decide to attend Canadian Universities or Colleges. Although colleges have a big population, a University should be more considerable as postsecondary education.

The cost of college is not really high. The expectations for college aren’t high either. College is pretty much a lower funded, lower educated University. College has more broad studies. For example at any college we can take business/industry linkage. This business/industry course is very broad, it sounds like a course in high school. Regardless, you shouldn’t judge it by the sound of the course; you should always take in mind the content of the course. 

The time your at college isn’t high. When you are at college you can stay there for 2-3 years minimum. In those 2-3 years you can study a very general subject and get your degree. This is good for those who slack off in high school and don’t’ do any work. In college responsibility is fairly higher then high school, and the teachers of your course sometimes won’t learn your name throughout the year. For some colleges all you need is a diploma in high school to get accepted. 

The classes in College are a lot smaller, and even worse the teachers in your class see you as just a number. College is seen as a bad post secondary education because of judgments and non-factual comments but if you look at the facts and the statistics college is turning into a cheaper and smaller university.

This is how postsecondary education system works in Canada, however the best parts of post-secondary education are the universities.   

In comparison to Colleges, Universities cost are much more discouraging. Regardless, universities work around a better system then colleges.  When you pay more for something you expect a better result, in this situation it’s no different. In universities the university, and the Canadian and US government provide financial aid if necessary.

Scholarships are more often seen then in colleges; universities tend to give out more </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-30T20:49:01-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Educational-System-in-America-31384.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Law and Justice in Society                                  </title>
    <description>Law and Justice in Society

Martin Luther King once stated, “Injustice anywhere is a threat to justice everywhere.”   Would most people agree with this statement by this highly lauded historical figure?  It is very possible that a majority of the people in the world would acquiesce to the powerful words of Dr. Martin Luther King.  What about those that would disagree with this statement?  What would their argument against this utterance be?  Is unknown injustice still a threat to justice everywhere?  For instance, if someone had the power of invisibility and stole a couple thousand from a prominent individual, would that threat justice?  If Socrates was alive in our century, these could very well be the type of questions he might pose.  Socrates was well-known for asking questions that nobody really wanted vocalized because they were thought of as unthinkable.  This inquisitive personality ultimately led to Socrates’ death by execution.  It is difficult to comprehend how Socrates was still committed to “justice” even though the very government he loved actually put him to death.  One may accept Socrates’ reasoning in affirming that to abide by the rules to vindicate your belief in the laws, upholds justice as well as presenting a good-nature rather than foolishness.

If to abide by the laws, would be to preserve justice then laws preserve justice.  This statement is a premise that Socrates could have believed in.  Many may think that Socrates was a fool to accept his fate and not try to escape.  At first glance, it seems like Socrates was beetle headed not to escape.  If one takes a deeper look into the mind of Socrates, one might realize that he has a complicated set of morals.   Socrates believed in following the laws, but he also has faith in his God.  There may seem to be a conflict between both beliefs.  In Apology, written by Plato, Socrates states, “Men of Athens, I honor and love you, but I shall obey God rather than you, and while I have life and strength I shall never cease from the practice and teaching of philosophy.”  His morals apply to God in conjunction with the laws set by the government in Athens.  

It is fascinating to watch Socrates’ mind work.  He follows a natural law of questioning </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-29T15:33:33-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Law-and-Justice-in-Society--31373.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Unintended Consequences of Car Airbags                      </title>
    <description>Unintended Consequences of Car Airbags

Just imagine that someone dear to you was in an automobile accident; wouldn’t you like to know that there is a safety device to protect him/her from harm?  The “Law of Unintended Consequences” states that new technologies will often result in results the opposite of their intention.  Airbags, for instance, have gone through much controversy in the past few years for their actual safety, or lack there of, to occupants.  After educating you on the truth about airbags, I believe that by the end of this paper you will have a new appreciation for this lifesaving device in your vehicle.  The “Law of Unintended Consequences” may be true for a number of new technologies, but only to a certain extent.  Such is true in the case of the airbag, it some instances it may injure a passenger, but at the same time serve its intended purpose.

The purpose of an airbag is to save lives by creating a barrier between the passenger and the dash. In order for an airbag to be effective, it must deploy very rapidly to create an instant buffer ("Auto Safety"). The speed of the inflation is around 200 mph and the entire inflation/deflation process takes less than half a second ("Are Airbags"). When you are involved in a frontal collision at speeds over 15 mph, a number of things happen in about 30 milliseconds: the sudden deceleration of your vehicle causes two sensors to send a signal to the diagnostic module, which self tests to confirm that a crash is taking place, then signals for the airbag deployment ("Airbags"). 

No one questions that airbags can save lives, especially in severe crashes (Smith). The government estimates that to date, auto airbags have deployed in approximately 1.8 million crashes ("Mr. Traffic"). Airbags have saved over 2,600 lives and are preventing many paralyzing and permanent brain injuries every day ("Air Bag On-Off").  The criticism towards airbags comes from the fact that they sometimes bring about injury and that is its inadvertent outcome.  Car accidents sometimes cause injury and death, airbags were designed to prevent death and keep injuries down, that is their purpose, without the airbag accidents would likely yield far more fatal results.

Inflating airbags have caused a small number of deaths or serious injuries to children, smaller-stature adults and pregnant women ("Auto Safety"). To date, 38 adults </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-29T15:24:22-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Unintended-Consequences-of-Car-Airbags-31368.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Themes of the American Families on Television               </title>
    <description>Themes of the American Families on Television

Many families on television are portrayed using symbolism, religion, and traditional authority. One of the television sitcoms that depicts’ all of these three focal points is “7th Heaven.” In this show the father is a minister of the Church, which is the symbolic setting for the family to go to concerning religion. Thus the portrayal of families through television is commonly used as a source of education rather than entertainment. 

The manner in which the 7th Heaven family is directed to its audience is that all families are devout in their beliefs in the sense that they attend church regularly like every avid Christian does.  The Church is symbolic in the sense that whenever one of the kids did anything wrong in or outside of the house they would go to church to ask for forgiveness.  They brandish the Church as their place to turn to when the turbulence of everyday life gets them down or poses an extensive problem that will affect them immensely in the future.

Faith is a universal feature of human existence, its one of the most dynamic, varied, and complex of all human phenomena.  Faith maintains the existing social order, that’s why an individual’s credence is symbolic.  Religion serves as a means of social control as well, by which members of society accept and conform to dominant norms and values.  7th Heaven speculates that believing in something or someone prevents people from doing regretful things, such as wanting to put someone through distress, because you know that you will be punished by your sins.  Although this is true throughout most people, many individuals choose to make up their own beliefs and views on what is ethical and what is immoral, and in the television show 7th Heaven, they have everybody who exists on the show as Christian, when in real life, it varies throughout every individual.  Something that is very noticeable and awkward on the show is how the people in the community come to ask for help from the preacher, and as soon as their problems are fixed those individuals are seen in the Church every Sunday.  Of course this never really happens in real life; people don’t convert to a different religion or attend religious meetings just like that, because a preacher helped them out with their problems.

Television shows are </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-29T15:17:58-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Themes-of-the-American-Families-on-Television-31365.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Examining Japanese Sports and Games                         </title>
    <description>Examining Japanese Sports and Games

The topic I chose is Japanese sports and games, especially sumo and other sports. I chose Japan because I went to a camp where some Japanese tourists were staying and I met some great people. They were so friendly and kind that I want to find out more about their </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-28T00:05:57-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Examining-Japanese-Sports-and-Games-31358.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Beauty of Hilton Head, South Carolina                   </title>
    <description>The Beauty of Hilton Head, South Carolina

Being a South Carolinian, and having frequented Hilton Head Island, I am familiar with the intense commercialization that has engulfed the seaboard-city in the closing half of the twentieth century.  You can’t blame the city for capitalizing on its advantageous geographic location aside the Atlantic Ocean, but many cities tend to lose their quaintness and familiarity as they tip-toe along the line between attraction and hedonism.  Hedonism is the exact word that Lisle Mitchell threw around so loosely, like a drunken sailor throws around obscenities, in his article, “Is Hilton Head Island a Hedonist’s Haunt or Hermitage or Hospice?”  Mitchell’s work is a straightforward inquisition of modern America’s insatiable appetite for sensual pleasure using Hilton Head Island, South Carolina as a prime example.

I have mixed emotions about Mitchell’s article.  I spent a week in Hilton Head this summer and agree with Mitchell when he characterizes the island as somewhat of a hermitage for the privileged class or classes.  The residential areas of the seaside-city are predominantly cloistered behind various barriers like protected fences and guard-gates.  Moreover, the private residences greatly resemble segregated, solitary upper class communities where the wealthy can separate themselves from the rest of the island.  However, when He attempts to depict Hilton Head as an all-out hedonist’s hospice, I only partly agree.  Yes, I agree that the island is somewhat of a sanctuary for many migrant travelers, but for the most part it successfully intimidates away many vacationers with its upstanding refinement and high societal atmosphere.  From my visits it seemed the majority of the population when I was present consisted of Hilton Head residents, businessmen attending conventions, and those who owned a home there, and spent time there in large intervals.  In other words, its no Myrtle Beach, and you’re not gonna run into the Clampett family from Scranton, Arkansas, who brought the camper down for some hard drinkin’ and easy eatin’.

One thing that Hilton Head definitely is, is a hedonist’s haunt.  The island is practically a playground for the well-off, and is overflowing with up-scale golf courses and boat marinas to interest even the most selective of the wealthy class.   The city is also very conducive to many other high-class activities for the financially prosperous like, walking, jogging, and looking at things.

The only real mistake that </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-27T23:55:16-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Beauty-of-Hilton-Head,-South-Carolina-31352.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Racial Biases Among Police Officers                         </title>
    <description>Racial Biases Among Police Officers

Recently racial profiling has become a prominent issue in America.  After the incident with Rodney King, more emphasis has been placed on profiling.  According to news reports, Rodney King was driving down the street in his hometown of L.A. when several police officers stopped him solely of the color of his skin. There are many conflicting information that reports that he was speeding doing about 100 mph before they stopped him. When he was stopped, he pulled out of the car, the police to deliver 56 baton blows and six kicks to him. In a period of two minutes, King had 11 skull fractures, brain damage, and kidney damage. A man named George Holliday, standing near the sight videotaped the incident. Several months later, the police officers were cleared of criminal charges in this case. 

Racially bias policing exists almost everywhere in this great free country. America the land of the free, home of the brave in this nation people assumed that they have equaled rights, but do they.  The declaration states that all men are created equal, but are they.  Following the King incident new awareness have been raised. What predisposed issues was there that caused them to stop King at the particular time. 

There is not much difference between "racial profiling" and "racially biased policing". Racial profiling refers to and is frequently defined as law enforcement activities (e.g., detentions, arrests, searches) that are initiated solely based on race, and was limited to activities in context only of vehicle stops. That in turn ignored the potential abuse of power in the many other activities in which there could possible be misconduct.   Racially biased policing is when an officer is uses more than a single factor when conducting biased law enforcement. For example, an officer might make a decisions based on the neighborhood and the race of the person, the age of the car and or type of car and the race of the person, or the gender and the race of the person. Activities based on these sample pairs of factors would fall outside the most commonly used definition of racial profiling.   

Racially bias police come in many different categories.  Some racially bias police could be bias against a black man who has a white wife, with a great career a nice car. Another officer could </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-27T23:18:06-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Racial-Biases-Among-Police-Officers-31343.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Athleticism of Professional Wrestlers                       </title>
    <description>Athleticism of Professional Wrestlers

The worst thing a person could say about professional wrestling is that, “professional wrestlers are not real athletes.”  Today’s pro wrestlers are some of the most highly trained athletes in the world.  Their bodies are finely-tuned and well-defined.  Many of the wrestlers come from athletic backgrounds ranging from Olympic wrestling to collegiate football.  They possess strength, conditioning, and, most importantly, they put their bodies on the line every time they step into a wrestling ring.

Like every other amateur sport, including basketball, football, and baseball, wrestling has a professional level of competition.  However, unlike other amateur sports, wrestling’s profession is widely known as a complete fake.  The outcome of a match up between two wrestlers is always decided before the match takes place.  Although viewers on television and spectators at the live events have no idea who is going to win or what will occur during a match, it is certain that script writers behind the scenes have already decided weeks in advance who the winner will be.  Because of this, many people oppose professional wrestling and its soap opera-like qualities.  They say it doesn’t involve legitimate competitive action.

This male soap opera façade and lack of true competition, however, should not take away from the athleticism of the wrestlers involved.  Take wrestlers Kurt Angle and Dwayne Johnson, for example.  No one can refute their superior athletic ability.  Kurt Angle was the first American ever to win a gold medal in Greco Roman wrestling at the 220-pound weight class during the 1996 Olympic Games in Atlanta, and Dwayne Johnson (a.k.a. “The Rock”) gained All-American status as a defensive-end for the University of Miami football program.  They continue their careers by competing in the World Wrestling Federation (WWF).  They entertain the audience with all sorts of moves including the Olympic Slam, the Ankle-Lock Submission, the Rock Bottom, and the People’s Elbow.  Although these moves are controlled so no one gets seriously hurt, sometimes accidents do occur.

Wrestlers are constantly putting their bodies on the line.  It’s not easy to perform high-risk moves (i.e., jumping off the turnbuckle) and come away unscathed.  One match alone can last anywhere from ten seconds to one hour.  During that match a wrestler is required to lift his 200-plus pound opponent several times, run across the ring, jump </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-27T23:16:28-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Athleticism-of-Professional-Wrestlers-31342.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Rock Climbing in America's National Parks                   </title>
    <description>Rock Climbing in America's National Parks

Before me spreads an ocean of grey. The granite wall looms above me and calls in its silent voice for me to go on, higher. Focus. My hand reaches out, seeking the depths of the crack before me. I make a fist and weight my body on this new hold, first testing it, then trusting it. I reach out with my other arm and clip my safety line to the bolted belay station. A wave of tension flows from my arms and brain as I breath deeply, and I relax for the first time since my feet left the ground. Finally, I have the time to see where I am. I gaze out over Howe Sound and drink in the sights. An eagle soars over Squamish, sharing my view. A small fir tree struggles against the confines of a crevasse at my feet. Below me, all of the little worker ants are busily following their paths and routines. Some of the more inquisitive ones are looking up with wonder at me and the monolith which I am on. Here I am able to see the world clearly. Here, high above the tedium of our society I feel as though I am truly balanced. I balance myself when I climb, and my soul emerges balanced once I am done. If there is one lesson that climbing can teach us, it is the value of balance.

People have been climbing for longer than history can define. It is one of the most primal instincts we posses. The urge to go up high and see as much as we can is something that we all share, yet only a handful of us listen to this calling. Climbing as a form of adventurous recreation has been gaining popularity now for several hundreds years. In Canada, it was the botanists David Douglas who made the first recorded alpine ascent in 1827(scott pg33). His accounts of the area added fuel to the building fire of interest surrounding the Rocky Mountains of Canada. If only Douglas could see what he had begun. 

Climbing has evolved much since the days that Douglas plodded up that mountain with his wooden snow-shoes. There are now many facets to the climbing genre. Mountaineering and alpine climbing are two of these types which are common in parks in Western Canada. Alpine climbing can be differentiated from mountaineering in </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-27T22:03:24-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Rock-Climbing-in-America-s-National-Parks-31326.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Impact of the Leo Frank Case                            </title>
    <description>The Impact of the Leo Frank Case

The case of Leo Frank was one that had a huge impact on American society, and has lead to many changes in the United States legal system. The rape and murder of Mary Phagan, a thirteen-year-old girl who worked in the National Pencil Factory in Atlanta, Georgia, was an event that terrified and enraged the citizens of the state. Leo Frank, superintendent of the pencil factory, was the man who was convicted of the heinous crime. Many factors led to the conviction, and later, the death of Frank. He was a Jewish man from New York, in a position of power; something that Georgians did not agree with. Furthermore, the South had strong moral values dealing with the respect and well being of women. To see this violated hurt and upset the residents deeply. Hence, the perpetrator had to be brought to justice. Representing “urbanization, industrialization, and foreigners”, all of the things that the residents of Georgia had come to despise, Frank was the perfect target. (Dinnerstein 150)

The trial of Frank was obviously unjust. Constantly, evidence showing doubt as to whether or not Frank was truly the murderer was overlooked. Jim Conley, the black janitor who worked in the pencil factory, seemed to be a more likely candidate. However, the residents of Georgia continued to point to Frank as the person responsible for the crime, therefore influencing the judges and jury of the case to do the same. 

Frank, born in Texas and raised in New York, was viewed as an outsider by the populace of Georgia. Furthermore, he was Jewish, amidst many white Protestants. He was the superintendent of the National Pencil Factory, an urbanized industry within an agricultural state. His religion, power and type of work all aided in his unpopularity with the Georgian masses. Though much of the evidence in the case pointed to Conely, this was Georgia’s chance to finally get back at those whom they felt were destroying, or would destroy, their way of life. Frank was the epitome of all of Georgia’s disdain. Furthermore, it would have been nothing for Georgian’s to convict Conely, a man who was at the bottom of the social class and who represented a class who was commonly blamed and punished for major and minor crimes in the first place. Leo Frank was the man that they wanted to suffer, regardless of his </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-27T16:18:24-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Impact-of-the-Leo-Frank-Case-31311.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Understanding Jumper Classes at a Horse Show                </title>
    <description>Understanding Jumper Classes at a Horse Show

There are certain class conditions that are strictly followed in the jumper classes at all American Horse Show Association (AHSA) rates shows.  AHSA's system works this way so that the organization can be confident no one will be confused about the rules or tables of jumper classes.  There are four tables; this method is designed to make the horse show as fair as possible for everyone.  These rules are enforced by every horse show's management, so that the different jumper classes will always go by the same policy even at different horse shows.  All of the competitors receive an equivalent number of faults for the same mistakes, and allotted the same amount of time on course.

A Table I class is a touch class.  This means that the competitors can only acquire jumping faults.  Time only matters in a Table I jumper class when there is a failure to enter the ring within one minute of being called or when the competitor does not cross the starting line within sixty seconds after the signal to proceed.  All of these result in elimination.  Other errors that result in an elimination are a third refusal, fall or horse and/or rider, excessive use of a crop or spurs, going off the set course, or exceeding the time limit.  In the event of equality of faults for first place, except in preliminary classes, successive jump-offs will be held.  A competitor may receive faults for any of the following: touching the obstacle with any part of the horse, rider, or equipment, hoof marks on the lath or a foot in the water, knocking down a jump or any timing equipment, or a refusal.

The next classification of rules is Table II.  Faults and eliminations are scored exactly as they are in Table I, except touches are not penalized.  One for or more in the water incurs four faults, and a knockdown of the rail above the water incurs four faults.  Classes in this table that are scored on faults and time are either times first round, time first round with designed jump-off, timed first jump-off, times second jump-off, or fault and out time.  There are a few times when classes in this talbe are scored only on faults.  Examples of this are the six bar class, </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-27T15:35:46-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Understanding-Jumper-Classes-at-a-Horse-Show-31305.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Implications of the Whren Decision                          </title>
    <description>Implications of the Whren Decision

The United States Supreme Court decided the Whren Decsion in 1996, after a 5-4 vote. The Whren Case began a new era and standard in Search and Seizure Law. The opinion was delivered by Justice Scallia, which upheld the conviction of the appeals court and ruled the search and seizure was constitutional.

Several "plainclothes" officers, otherwise undercover police, were patrolling a known drug area in the District of Columbia, on the night of June 10, 1993. The police became suspicious of a dark Pathfinder truck with temporary license plates waiting at a stop sign. Inside were two youths, one of which was looking down </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-27T15:29:59-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Implications-of-the-Whren-Decision-31303.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Society and Polution                                        </title>
    <description>Society and Polution

Society not only 'imports' resources from the environment; it also 'exports' wastes and pollution back to it.  Pollution can be divided into a number of categories, depending upon the environment resource it contaminates and harms. The various types </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-25T17:35:52-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Society-and-Polution--31279.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Competitiveness of Hockey                               </title>
    <description>The Competitiveness of Hockey

I love Hockey because it's a very competitive game.  There is nothing better to me than winning a big game or making a nice play.  Some people have different opinions than me on what the game means to them.  My mom and my girlfriend are good examples of this.  My mom goes to the games and enjoys watching the goalies. She enjoys there bright colored padding and is always is amazed at how they can skate with all that heavy equipment on.  My girlfriend, like my mom, does not go to watch the high paced action and the competitive nature of the game, she simply likes to watch the players on the ice and see if any are good looking.  For instance, last game I played my team won 5-4, I asked my girlfriend after the game what the score was and she didn't know, she just told me that "number 13 white was really good looking."  For me hockey is about competing.  Making a big hit or scoring a nice goal is what I enjoy about the game.  Hockey lets me channel my competitiveness.   

I'm a very competitive person in every aspect of my life, not just in hockey.  Being a student athlete I have to juggle school and hockey. Sometimes it can be very demanding and difficult to do both.  Last month I had three tests in one day and a big hockey game that night.  I knew I couldn't fail my tests so I stayed up until 5:00am studying that night.  To me I was competing.  If I fell asleep I knew I would fail my exams; I couldn't give into my fatigue and sleep.  I had to compete to stay awake and concentrate on the task at hand, which were my study notes.  I managed to pass all my tests and have good game that night because I focused my competitiveness and didn't allow myself to fail.  

Constantly changing as I've grown is my point of view on hockey and competitiveness.  When I was younger my friends and I would go to our local rink and play hockey all day because it was fun.  We used to play all afternoon until our mothers yelled from the front steps "dinner time!" After dinner </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-25T17:30:19-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Competitiveness-of-Hockey-31276.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Censoring Children's Clothing Labels                        </title>
    <description>Censoring Children's Clothing Labels

I’m sure you Have all seen those six to ten year old children with the phrase PornStar, ManTrap, or even Wal-Mart's version Too Hot To Handle printed across the front of there tee shirts in bold lettering. Many Parents probably have to fight with there children not to wear them to family events just in case Grandma blacks out at the sight! The first question that comes to my mind is what happened to Mickey Mouse and the Gang? How could any parent in the right mind let there child out wearing that? This new craze of fashion has many mixed reactions.

Many kids wear this type of clothing to be cool and fit in, They probably wouldn’t pick the shirt out in the store if others weren’t wearing them too. I question the fact do there parents even know or actually care? Many kids are influenced by there friends if there friends wore Looney Toons shirts they would to. I feel that by wearing these types of “risky labels” it could send wrong or even dangerous messages to others around. What if a petifile walking down the street spots a child wearing a tee shirt saying ManTrap on the front what type of signal would a person in that state of mind be thinking. I question the fact whether or not the wearer of this type of clothing even knows the true meaning of what he or she is advertising. I feel parents should know what there child is wearing and they should be concerned what they wear to school. If a child is wearing an offensive tee shirt in public it reflects back on the parents to. As a parent I would not allow my children to go out wearing such clothes.

Another line of clothing put out by the designers of Porn Star for the younger generation is Starlette. I agree with this type its inoffensive yet still trendy for children the child can still fit in. Starlette sends no risky message at all. Many kids wear risky labels for the “shock value” or others reactions they like to grab attention to themselves. Some even like to wear such clothing to upset there parents. Even though most kids know it’s a joke to wear these shirts parents should talk to them and let them know its not healthy and it could send an unsafe message to </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-25T17:01:29-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Censoring-Children-s-Clothing-Labels-31263.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The History of Modern Basketball                            </title>
    <description>The History of Modern Basketball

Basketball is an extremely popular around the world.  It is a court game played by two teams with five players each. Basketball was invented by a man named James Naismith.  The game was first played with a soccer ball.  For the goals there were two peach baskets.  The object is to put a ball through a hoop, or basket, and score more points than the opposing team.  Although basketball can be played outdoors, it was invented to serve as an exciting indoor exercise for the winter months in the northern climate regions.

The </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-13T10:02:48-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-History-of-Modern-Basketball-31253.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Censorship and the Online Community                         </title>
    <description>Censorship and the Online Community

Censorship is a word that breeds strong emotions in many people.  Whether it is associated with speech, fashion, or the access to information.  Censorship has been around since before the time of the bible.  It has caused wars and revolutions.  Censorship has always been a staple of Dictatorship and Totalitarian governments.  These types of governments thrive off censorship because it gives them power to control, restrain, and limit what people hear, read, see, and speak.  Since the beginning of mass media mediums such as newspapers, radio, and television some form of censorship has been attempted.  Often only subtle forms of censorship are accepted in most nations but in the totalitarian governments absolute censorship is the way of life.  Absolute, Prior, or Formal censorship requires getting approval from the government or a high leader before any content is broadcast or published.  In the early 90’s a new medium, the Internet was opened to the public and its’ popularity grew in enormous amounts.  

The growth rate of the online community continues to grow and the Internet has become almost an inevitable part of our daily lives.  And like all its predecessors attempts have been made to censor it.  This is a political issue that has yet to be concluded on.  There are many who feel the Internet should face strict censorship like supporter Senator Jim Exon, coauthor of the Communications Decency Act (CDA).  Senator Exon would like to make it a criminal offense to make available anything that is indecent using the protection of children as his basis: “The CDA makes it illegal to transmit or make available indecent material to children…The Decency Act stands for the premise that it is wrong to provide pornography to children on computers just as it is wrong to do it on the street corner or anywhere else”  In opposition there are those who feel censorship of the internet would step on their freedom of speech and freedom of expression rights.  Many organizations have formed as a result of this social and political issue such as the Citizens Internet Empowerment Coalition (CIEC), the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU), and the Electronic Frontier Foundation (EFF) all of which feel the censorship of the Internet is unconstitutional.  Both sides have equally good arguments as to why the </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-13T09:57:39-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Censorship-and-the-Online-Community-31250.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The People, Plaintiff and Respondent, Versus Charles Manson </title>
    <description>The People, Plaintiff and Respondent, Versus Charles Manson

The Homicides 

On the following day, August 9, Mrs. Chapman returned to the Cielo Drive residence and discovered a ghastly scene. The police were summoned and on investigation located five victims of a brutal homicide. Just inside the entrance to the residence and near the entry gate they located a Rambler automobile. Inside of the vehicle they found the body of Steve Parent. The bodies of Frykowski and Folger were on the front lawn. In the living room, connected by a piece of rope, police located the bodies of Tate and Jay Sebring. A towel was wrapped  [**4]  around Sebring's neck and covered his face. 

Substantial amounts of blood and blood trails were found about the property. The word "Pig" was written in blood on the front door. n4  [*125]  Examination of the bodies by the coroner revealed that the victims suffered numerous injuries. Tate suffered 16 stab wounds. Folger was found to have been stabbed 28 times. Sebring's body showed seven penetrating stab wounds and one fatal gunshot wound. Frykowski's body exhibited 51 stab wounds and his scalp had 13 lacerations apparently inflicted with a blunt instrument; Frykowski's body had two gunshot wounds. Parent's body had five gunshot wounds. 

The blood was determined to be that of Sharon Tate Polanski. 

There was no apparent evidence of ransacking or larceny. Jewelry and some money were found on the victims and on the premises. 

THE LA BIANCA MURDERS: On August 10, 1969 Frank Struthers, the 16-year old son of Rosemary La Bianca, returned from a vacation to his home at 3267 Waverly Drive. Expecting to find his mother and stepfather, Leno La Bianca, Struthers instead discovered the dead body of Leno La Bianca. Police were summoned to the residence. Mr. La Bianca's  [**5]  body was in the living room, his face covered with a blood-soaked pillow case. His hands were tied behind his back with a leather thong. A carving fork was stuck in his stomach, the two tines inserted down to the place where they divide. On Mr. La Bianca's stomach was scratched the word "War." An electric cord was knotted around his neck. The coroner's examination revealed 13 stab wounds, in addition to the scratches, and 14 puncture wounds apparently made by the tines of the carving fork. A knife was found protruding from his neck. </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-12T10:38:29-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-People,-Plaintiff-and-Respondent,-Versus-Charles-Manson-31219.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Research on Student Liesure Time                            </title>
    <description>Research on Student Liesure Time 

Melbourne Girls College is a new school formed from a merger of two smaller schools in 1994. Enrolments are growing rapidly, particularly in the junior years. 

Two classes operate each term using two teachers, so naturally we developed this unit as a team. One of us has a pure computer background, while the other has taught social education and commerce classes in the past. Increasingly, we see our role as teachers becoming more that of a coach or facilitator. This requires a change in the way classes work and the relationship between teacher and student. 

The school emphasizes the use of computers throughout the curriculum, teaching of science and technology and leadership for girls. Competency in the use of information technology is pivotal to the achievement of these goals. 

In a teaching team of two, we decided to integrate aspects of the Technology course with Health, by having the class (year 7/8) conduct a survey on leisure. The aim was for the students to gain a clearer understanding of the purpose of information technology as a tool. Skills in the use of information technology would be developed while simultaneously addressing the theme through analysis and discussion of the implications of the data. All students were involved fully with the work and were just as interested in the reports of others as well as those in their own small group. This resulted in both personal and educational growth for the students as their information technology skills were developed, as well as their ability to interpret, analyze and discuss results. 

As a class we discussed what sorts of things the girls did in their leisure time and found that there is a great deal of variation in activities due to family background, personal interests and age. A number of common sets of activities were agreed to by the group, following lengthy discussion about the categories into which the activities of individuals would fit. For example, if two of the agreed categories are Shopping and Socializing, then where would going shopping with a group of friends fit? This process of making judgments and defining categories can take a long time to complete, but it is important for all students to understand the process and for all to be comfortable with the categories chosen. In our experience somewhere between five to eight categories is manageable, in terms of getting </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-09T12:30:04-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Research-on-Student-Liesure-Time-31190.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Research and Advice for College Students with Credit Cards  </title>
    <description>Research and Advice for College Students with Credit Cards

Credit card debt and college students seem like now a day go hand in hand.  There are a lot of ways that they get kids to get credit cards.  They have credit issuers go to colleges, they send you pre approved credit applications in the mail, and through advertising.  There are many of ways that credit card companies try and lure kids or college students into getting credit cards.  When most kids get credit cards they can not handle them.  They go out and buy stuff they don’t need or cannot afford.  That is why a lot of people want to set a higher age limit on young adults or college students getting credit cards.  Credit card debt and college students are a problem and we need to find a way to educate or to not give them credit cards.  

A Rite of Passage

In the modern world if you don’t have a credit card you cannot get a lot of things.  Try renting a car without having a credit card.  Or try getting a cell phone or a new car without credit. “In fact, you’ll have a hard time beginning adulthood without borrowing: most college students cite establishing a good credit history as their reason for getting cards (Poniewozik 44).”  It does not work because everybody looks at your credit report.  “What makes a Man—or a Woman—in America today: debt (Poniewozik 44).”   Now days since the making of the Child online Protection Act of 1998 in order to view adult material you have to show proof that you are an adult.  The only acceptable form of proof is a credit- or debit-card number.  “Two-Thirds of college students alone carry some form of plastic (Poniewozik 44).”  That is a lot of college students and a lot of debt.   

Credit Problems in College Follow Students after Graduation

In fact most college students start their working days out in the red.  “The average college student has more than $2200 of revolving credit card debt, and twenty percent of student credit card holders carry more than $10,000 of revolving debt (Fairfield 4).”   This is a major cause of depression among students, which affects study habits and academic performance.  A lot of college students use </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-07T22:12:55-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Research-and-Advice-for-College-Students-with-Credit-Cards-31155.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Moral Authoritarianism and the Media                        </title>
    <description>Moral Authoritarianism and the Media

Without a doubt, one of the greatest inventions of all time is, television.  Television  enabled us to witness countless historical events, such as presidential inaugurations, man's first steps on the moon, President, John F. Kennedy's death, and more recently, the tragic events of September 11th 2001.  Although the benefits of television are immeasurable, many people believe that American society, especially children, have been adversely affected by it.  As the popularity of cable television continues to grow, controversy and concern continue to develop surrounding its implementation and worth.

In February 1996, President Clinton agreed to put forth provisions within the Telecommunications Act of 1996, in order to help regulate TV viewing.  This act made numerous changes to laws governing the telecommunications industry. The provision relevant to this analysis is one that requires television manufacturers to include circuitry that would allow parents to screen out programming they did not wish their children to view, such as programs featuring violence.   In 1968, Action for Children's Television (ACT) was established in order to convince the Federal Communications Commission to limit violence and force the networks to show more educational programs for children.  Despite the fervent efforts of ACT, Congress and the FCC did nothing to promote children's television.  However, twenty-two years after the creation of ACT, Congress passed the Children's Television Act of 1990, which directed the FCC, in reviewing TV broadcast license renewals, to "consider the extent to which the licensee has served the educational and informational needs of children." Congress also prohibited indecent broadcasts outside of "safe harbor" hours (10 p.m. to 6 a.m.), the hours when it is least likely that unsupervised children will be in the audience. The passing of the Telecommunications Act of 1996 encourages the broadcast and cable industry to "establish voluntary rules for rating programming that contains sexual, violent or other indecent material about which parents should be informed before it is displayed to children," and to voluntarily broadcast signals containing these ratings.  Congress now requires television manufacturers to install "V-chips" into new sets. 

The Supreme Court's decision to enforce these "V-chips" is based on the notion that labels enhance free speech interests, whereas the suppression of labels injures free speech interests.  The court noted that "this kind of disclosure serves rather than dissolves the first amendment," therefore a mandatory V-chip labeling requirement </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-07T21:58:52-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Moral-Authoritarianism-and-the-Media-31148.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Moderating Modern Day Alcohol Consumption                   </title>
    <description>Moderating Modern Day Alcohol Consumption

I work at a restaurant in Ithaca. In this restaurant we also cater. I recently catered a frat party and was astonished with all the alcohol that such a small number of people had consumed in less then two hours.  I understand that in social gatherings, which may include alcohol, are for the most part a time to kick back and relax from our regular grind. However, for potential alcoholics this lifestyle may present a problem. This is because drinking leads certain people a step farther down the road to becoming an unsocial drinker and later a victim, an Alcoholic.  Why is it such a problem for us to drink? It’s a large issue because of the nature of the poison in which we are ingesting, Ethanol. 

Ethanol, or in its most common form alcohol is a substance that has all negative affect on the human body. If exposed to “over 1,000 ppm [it] may cause headache, irritation of the eyes, nose and throat and if long continued, drowsiness and lassitude, loss of appetite and inability to concentrate.” (Lewis 1999) 

Alcohol is a stimulant and in small doses takes away social fears and creates a state that breads contact between people. In larger doses however we may see in our own friends the typical “drunk” that is so often portrayed in movies and the media. In still larger amounts there is a large likelihood for the victim to go into a coma and even die. Hundreds of thousands even millions of people in the world today take in too much alcohol, without being aware, until too late, that they have a serious problem. (Boyden 1999) The sad thing is that little to no people receive the help needed in the early stages of becoming an alcoholic. The countdown to alcoholism continues and the problem grows larger every day. Identifying the problem drinker in their early warning signs of trouble is perhaps one of the largest single steps that can be taken towards eliminating the problem. We must remember the process of becoming an alcoholic can take between two to sixty years but the average is ten to fifteen. The scary truth is that no one is immune. (Komaroff 1999)

This kind of excessive drinking can cause physical disease. With this in mind, what sort of harm can this drug have on the body? 

The Stomach: </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-07T15:20:54-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Moderating-Modern-Day-Alcohol-Consumption-31132.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>How we Develop Stereotypes                                  </title>
    <description>How we Develop Stereotypes

Someone who dresses in all black may be perceived as a "freak," or be considered different from someone who wears other colors. However, in reality, that person may just be expressing their individuality, or they just simply may like the color. Who are we to judge why this person is wearing the color black? Although we are not qualified to, we still do so. Why? One word-stereotypes. Dressing in black is just one example of how people are stereotyped. 

Stereotypes-exaggerated beliefs about different groups of people-are used everyday at school, work, on the television, and on the radio. These beliefs negatively affect one's ability to understand other social groups. People are stereotyped based on their race, religion, background, skin color, and other physical attributes. Rather than getting to know an individual, the human mind uses stereotypes to categorize people. 

As people develop stereotypes, they tend to misjudge those of their society, and therefore always misunderstand them. The old saying, "what you see is what you get" is not always true. If we immediately judge a person by their physical appearance, we will never allow ourselves to really understand them. 

One junior at my old high school believes that stereotyping others has no real mental effect on a person. "If I was stereotyped, I wouldn't let it get to me because people are ignorant." However, to be stereotyped as something that is false is horrible, and there are usually mental effects that can leave a lasting scar on a person. 

A person's appearance can cause them to be stereotyped. "In junior high school, clothes were very important. What I wore and how I styled my hair was scrutinized. If it wasn't to a certain standard, people would make fun of me," Stated another junior. 

Unfortunately, as a result of stereotypes, people are racist, and prejudice towards others. We judge people just by their appearance. Although we have no specific knowledge about them, we still continue to categorize them. Stereotypes are also hard to get rid of because as we continue to believe and voice these preconceived notions, they become part of our nature and perception. Next time you meet someone new, try not to categorize him or her by their physical attributes. Instead, try to get to know the individual before making any assumptions. That person may turn out to be your best friend, but you will never </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-05T15:32:16-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/How-we-Develop-Stereotypes--31048.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Effects Of Gambling                                     </title>
    <description>The Effects Of Gambling

The gambling industry is a popular and entertaining field, but its secondary effects need to be controlled. Gambling is universal. It goes on everywhere, in every part of the world, and has been going on, probably, since the dawn of civilization. Recorded accounts tell of gambling in ancient Greece, China, Egypt, Persia and Rome(custer,22). Gambling is carried on openly, extensively and even, in some countries, as a national pastime. Gambling is betting on the outcome of a game, event, or chance happening. Gamblers or players usually bet money on the outcome they predict. People bet on such games of chance as lotteries, card games, and dice, or on horse racing, boxing, and other sports events. Gambling is popular throughout the world. Many people gamble because of the excitement and tensions of uncertainty. In the past decade there has been incredible growth in the gambling industry. twenty years ago if a person wanted to gamble they'd have to go to Nevada. Nowadays, there are only six states in which no form of legalized gambling exists. It is difficult to say whether gambling is all its many forms is strictly good or bad. one thing is for sore though, and that is that it must have regulation of some sort to keep it from becoming a devastating force in America. There can be many negative effects of gambling in society and our households.

Gambling can affect us in our society. Indeed, there needs to be a limit to the growth of the gambling industry. The gambling industry would insist that gambling is good clean fun, and that so many people enjoying something can't be wrong. The Gambling industry says gambling can be used for good, by providing thousands of jobs. Also some of the money from the profits from the casinos and lottery is used in charities, and gives money to the cities to help them rebuild rundown communities or parks. However most of the jobs created are low paying and offer little opportunity for the worker to progress. The casinos argue there is little reason to worry about gambling, as most people will lose a small amount of money and will have a fun time losing it. The hard truth is that gambling can be an ingredient to failure in life. This shows that even the good side of gambling is not all good to our society.

Gambling can also </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-05T15:18:22-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Effects-Of-Gambling--31041.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Scopes Monkey Trial of 1925                                 </title>
    <description>Scopes Monkey Trial of 1925  
	
The 1920’s has been characterized by a period of new thinking and a dispute between traditional beliefs and modernization (Boudia).  The era became known as a time of contradiction in people’s thoughts and ideas.  After World War 1, fundamentalism soared in popularity, particularly in the South and Midwest. Fundamentalists believed in a literal interpretation of the Bible, and saw the Darwin theory of evolution as a threat to Christianity (The Scope Monkey Trial-July 10, 1925).  So opposed to evolution, these fundamentalists set out to eliminate it from society, beginning with the education system in Dayton, Tennessee.   
	
By 1925, many states throughout the South had put into effect laws to disallow the teaching of evolution in schools (The Scope Monkey Trial-July 10, 1925).  One of these, the Butler Law, was passed in Tennessee even through the governor, Austin Peay, who was not a fundamentalist (The Scope Monkey Trial-July 10, 1925).  A former teacher, John Butler, “wrote a bill outlawing the teaching of any theory of evolution contrary to the Bible” (Shellnut).  Butler felt “teaching of evolution threatened the family and to cast doubt on the Bible was to undermine the foundations of the State” (Shellnut).  The governor passed Butler’s bill as he said, “Nobody believes that it is going to be an active statute” (The Scope Monkey Trial-July 10, 1925). 
	
His statement soon became inaccurate as the American Civil Liberties Union became more and more heedful of what they thought to be an infringement on their constitutional rights (The Scope Monkey Trial-July 10, 1925).  The ACLU put Tennessee in their sights and instituted a court case to challenge the Butler Law.  Soon after, George Rappalyea, a local company manager from New York, arrived at Fred Robinson’s drugstore (Linder).  He had with him a copy of the ACLU’s offer of its services to anyone willing to challenge the new Tennessee anti-evolution law (Linder).  Rappalyea’s intentions were clearly to kill two birds with one stone: to put the small Tennessee mining town of Dayton on the map and to bring down the despised law.  Here at Robinson’s drugstore on May 5, 1925, Rappalyea and other local leaders met to work out the details of their plan (The Scope Monkey Trial-July 10, 1925).  What they needed was a teacher to test the law, </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-05T11:40:08-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Scopes-Monkey-Trial-of-1925-31040.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Why should middle school pupils wear school uniforms?       </title>
    <description>Why should middle school pupils wear school uniforms? 

I think pupils at middle schools should wear school uniforms because school uniforms are homogeneous and show no difference concerning the families economic. School uniforms might help to reduce violence in middle schools, because middle school pupils, who wear school uniforms often feel more as a unit and get along better among each other. Apart from these reasons I also feel, that school uniforms help pupils to represent their school and to separate them from other schools and pupils. 
	
School uniforms are homogeneous and make no difference whether a pupil’s family is prosperous or not. Usually, especially in middle schools, it is easy to tell by pupil’s clothes if the pupil’s background is affluent or rather poor. For pupils, especially in middle schools it is important to be a part of the crowd. But to be a part of the crowd, also means to wear the clothes everybody wears irrespective of the price of these clothes. However, since not all parents are equally wealthy, it is not possible for everyone to own the same trendy clothes. Hence, it happens sometimes, that some pupils can afford more expensive clothes than others. A good example here is shoes. It is quite easy to spend over $ 150 for one pair of sneakers, even though they are not necessary, but merely a fashion trend. Although those high amounts of money for one pair of shoes are unnecessary, children of more affluent families feel they need to have these expensive shoes. Pupils whose parents cannot afford to spend as much money on shoes, are sometimes discriminated against by other “richer” pupils only because of their clothing; in this case because they don’t wear the same brand of shoes. School uniforms help to avoid this problem. 
	
Because school uniforms now show no difference between “poor” and “rich” pupils, they also might avoid or at least reduce violence in middle schools. Pupils in middle schools who wear school uniforms often feel more at ease with each other and get along better among each other. School uniforms avoid discrimination among poor and rich pupils because they evade at least the envy of clothes, that “poorer” pupils can’t effort. Envy and jealousy often cause violence at middle schools. Therefore school uniforms are an easy way to avoid some reasons for violence at schools. 
	
Another reason why I think middle schools </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-05T11:05:56-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Why-should-middle-school-pupils-wear-school-uniforms-31024.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Board Of Education Has Proposed To Start High School Earlier</title>
    <description>Board Of Education Has Proposed To Start High School Earlier

The proposal submitted by the local Board of Education to start high school earlier is absurd. Although the idea of accommodating an expanding schedule may sound convincing, there are many factors that should be taken into consideration before making a final decision.  
	 
I believe that starting school earlier could have negative effects on high school students due to sleep deprivation of the teenagers during adolescence. The teenagers’ sleep patterns change. Compared to when the teenagers used to be little children and went to bed early and woke up early, most adolescents prefer staying up later at night and sleeping later in the morning. I can personally relate to such fact. Researchers call this sleep pattern a “delayed phase preference” that is not a matter of choice. As the sleep deficit develops caused by the early start of first period in high school, the students are put at significant risk of school time sleepiness. This major factor contributes to the witnessed fallen asleep students at their desks, because they cannot biologically handle such early start of the school day. If the Board of Education considers starting school earlier in order to accommodate an expanding schedule thinking it is a great idea, they are in for a big surprise. The thought of an expanding schedule is an excellent educational theory. However, if a large group of sleep-deprived students is present, they will only learn less of the new program as compared to the previous schedule. If such change in the high school takes place, the students will earn lower grades. Referring to the table of sleep time, bed time, and rise time for students getting different grades in two different states, it is observed that students with higher grades tend to get more school-night total sleep time. If the new schedule starts school earlier than it previously used to be, students will wake up a lot earlier, meaning they will be tired earlier in the evening. This will cause them to either fall asleep with unfinished homework, or finish their homework until late at night. This might cause them to be tired throughout the whole day at school, nodding off in class and even worse behind the wheel of a car. It is also notable on the table that students going to bed latest earn the lowest grades. As discussed before, </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-05T10:42:23-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Board-Of-Education-Has-Proposed-To-Start-High-School-Earlier-31020.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Why Smoking is Bad for Everyone                             </title>
    <description>Why Smoking is Bad for Everyone

Smoking is an expensive habit and it should be banned. Although smokers claim that it helps them to relax and release stress, the negative aspects of the habit outweigh the positive. It is a health hazard for both smokers and non-smokers and it is especially harmful to unborn babies. Cigarettes are also addictive because of the nicotine they contain. 

Cigarette smoking causes a number of health problems which are expensive to treat. It is a major cause of respiratory diseases such as asthma, lung cancer and bronchitis. It also leads to heart disease. In spite of the money which the Government receives from taxing cigarettes, the cost of medical treatment for these diseases exceeds this income. As a consequence, non smoking </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-05T10:33:19-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Why-Smoking-is-Bad-for-Everyone-31016.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>How to Run a Community Service Car Wash                     </title>
    <description>How to Run a Community Service Car Wash

The service that Steve, Toby and I provided was a Car Wash that was run on a school day, with the  schools hoses and taps. The Ownership was a partnership, with all of us 3 splitting the money into 3 when we made the final profit. We each made 30 dollars after successfully cleaning around 19 cars, charging 5 dollars a car. The location of the business was at the back of the N block at Bellarine secondary college. 
 
The product was developed by us and given to the teachers by going around with a sheet and giving them tickets and offering them if they wanted a very good car wash. The Materials we used was, Wax and Wash Special formulas, a few sponges, a bucket, a hose and the taps. The Staffing responsibilities were basically all the same, except I handled the money. 

We all brought some sponges to school on the day of the car wash, and Steve provided the wax and wash. There wasn’t much skills we had to have except for how do wash a car properly, and how to handle the money. People that gave us help and advice was you, from giving us advice on how to go about getting some customers, and what we should have done to make the working load easier was, employ a few other people to help us wash cars cause it was very hard. 
 
We targeted the teachers for our car wash, as they were they only ones that can drive cars and were the only ones with access to the school grounds. We did a little bit of Market research, by asking some of the teachers if they would be willing to get their car washed. We got a fairly good response so we went ahead with our idea. We had to get to the teachers 1st, because we heard that another class was also offering car washes, but after all we got in 1st and the other class didn’t end up going ahead with it.  
We needed to make the price enough so that we could get enough to keep us happy, and what we thought was a fair price for our duties. We promoted the business by giving a free wax job, which some of the teachers seemed 2 like. We didn’t really plan </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-05T10:07:46-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/How-to-Run-a-Community-Service-Car-Wash-31004.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Television Appeal of Who Wants to be a Millionaire          </title>
    <description>Television Appeal of Who Wants to be a Millionaire

One of my favorite T.V. shows is called, Who wants to Be a Millionaire. It is a really great show.  It is hosted by Regis Philbin who is a highly energized, cool, and funny man. The show was created by Michael Davies, who also created the show called Who’s Line is It Anyway? This show is my favorite because it is vicarious, the host is real fun, and it is a good learning experience.  To play the Who Wants to Be a Millionaire game you must answer the questions correctly and every time you answer correctly you move up and collect more money. For example, the first question is worth $100 dollars and you work your way up to a million.  You are allowed a 50/50 where the computer takes away two wrong answers and leaves one correct one and one incorrect one. You are also allowed to phone a friend and ask the audience, but you are only allowed to use these three things once.  They are called lifelines.  Also, the person who gets to be chosen must get the faster finger, which is usually a question to put something in order in the fasted time. Then, the person goes to the “hot seat”. 

Many game shows are vicarious. Who Wants to Be a Millionaire is a show that puts you in the hot seat. It makes you feel like you are going to win the million dollars.  Most of the people who watch it are playing and answering with the person in the hot seat.  There was this one time I was watching and the man in the hot seat was going for a million dollars and my family and I were playing along with him and we were so excited to see him go for it and I knew the answer to the question.  I was screaming, “The answer is C! The answer is C!”  Of course the man couldn’t hear me but I was still screaming it at the television.  It made me feel like I was right there in that hot seat. 

It is a great learning experience for many people.  The questions consist of very general information.  This information contains facts good for everybody to know. No one knows everything.  For example, one </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-05T10:03:54-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Television-Appeal-of-Who-Wants-to-be-a-Millionaire-31003.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>What Becoming A School Of Excellence Means To Me            </title>
    <description>What Becoming A School Of Excellence Means To Me

“Rich Richards” I heard Doctor Spencer call my name as I walked up to the podium at graduation. “Congratulations, Rich. It has been a pleasure having you here at Davidson College”. These are the words that students attending a school of excellence hear at their college graduation. Becoming a school of excellence is the springboard for a bright future in life. I believe that becoming a school of excellence helps students get into college, drives students to work harder, and is less expensive and more efficient than private schools.  

First, becoming a school of excellence helps students in getting into college. Good colleges recognize excellence in academics and Davidson IB fits a school of excellence more than any other middle school in North Carolina. An example of this is, my cousin James Watson who attended Collegiate Middle in Richmond Virginia, a school of excellence. He made a 1520 on the SAT and is now attending The University of Virginia on a scholarship. Many children dream of attending a school of excellence and Davidson IB has been given that opportunity. Attending a school of excellence can make a huge difference in children’s lives that are hoping to go to college. 

Next, going to a school of excellence is less expensive as well as more efficient than private schools. Most kids have to pay 100 times more than we have to spend at Davidson IB, and our school of excellence also serves a better education. As evidence, I was going to attend Cannon School until I got into Davidson IB Middle. I was very lucky to get into this school of excellence because tuition a Cannon School is $7,000 a year. Attending a public school of excellence such as Davidson IB Middle is a great opportunity for less fortunate kids who are concentrating on academics. 

Furthermore, being a part of something such as a school of excellence drives students to work harder than they normally. Just being a part of such an honorable program makes students want to get good grades and make their school proud. For Example, students who learn at school such as Alexander Middle have no passion for learning. At Davidson IB learning is something that makes a person proud. Being a part of a school of excellence drives students and makes them get a better education that they could </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-01T20:09:45-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/What-Becoming-A-School-Of-Excellence-Means-To-Me-30984.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Educational Law in the Ontario School System                </title>
    <description>Educational Law in the Ontario School System

As a student studying the law, I have always had a strong passion to bring in more equality and democracy into our society.  I would like to share my views on the current education system of Canada specifically in Ontario. I was very surprised with the outcome of education system has gone through in a result of the bills that have been passed since 1995. The Ontario Public School System is meant to provide all students with an equal opportunity to maximize their educational potential, but the lack of responsibility the government has taken has failed to provide that. 
 
On January 13th, 1997, the Ontario government introduced Bill 104, the Fewer Boards Act.  It changed educational opportunity in drastic ways, such as, diminishing and removing the responsibilities of locally elected trustees, transferring their duties to government appointed commissioners, and paving the way for an under funding of public education. The Bill sets up a centralized board for controlling the education budgets, contracts, funds, and spending decisions. This scarcely follows a democratic procedure, but instead it has given the government absolute power. And, as we all know Public Education is the cornerstone of a democratic society, and every student requires the right to have a stable, safe, and qualified environment to learn. I feel that the local trustee’s should handle education rather than the government since the trustee’s are elected by the community, they are specially trained to focus on all aspects of  improving education, and being a board for education in a district allows them to work in the best interest for our future and of that community. The government has many responsibilities, and controlling the education system will diminish the quality of it.  
 
Bill 160 has similar traits to Bill 104; they both centralizes control of the education policy and financing in the hands of the provincial government. The passing of the law has built up hostility within the people working or participating in the sector including, parents and students. It caused a massive strike for two weeks. This bill allowed the Tories to slash the $14 billion education budget to $700million a year. This also lead to the lay off of about 10 000 teachers. They also rewrote the curriculum to make only 4 years of high school instead of 5, because it a cheaper and </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-01T19:54:10-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Educational-Law-in-the-Ontario-School-System-30975.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Bilateral Versus Unilateral Contracts                       </title>
    <description>Bilateral Versus Unilateral Contracts

A bilateral contract is one where both parties are to perform their promises or obligations at some future time but not necessarily at the same time. A unilateral contract is one where one of the parties performs his promises at the time of making the contract and the other party promises to perform in the future. For example, if Vincent promise to sell Joe a Car for $1000 and Joe promises to pay $1000 for the car, the contract is bilateral and executory on both sides. However if Joe promises to pay $1000 when Vincent delivers the car to him and Vincent does so, then the contract is unilateral, executed as to Vincent but executory as to Joe. In other words it simply means a bilateral contract is enforceable only when Joe offers to buy the car from Vincent, and Vincent agrees. And a unilateral contract becomes enforceable when that Joe promises to pay $1000 for the car if Vincent agrees to deliver the car to him. 

There are two kinds of contract. The usual variety is called bilateral in which both parties promise to do something for the other, and are bound together from a precise moment in time. This is sometimes referred to as “mutuality of undertaking”. The less common species is the unilateral contact, in which only one party promises. The other makes no promises but performs an act in return for the other party’s promise. The bilateral situation is the more normal one and is a mutual contractual obligation from the outset. The contract is formed before anything is done, though often only seconds before performance begins. The unilateral contract, on the other hand, is formed only after completion of the act. Performance by one party and his acceptance coincide. In both bilateral and unilateral contracts there is offer and acceptance, but the analysis differs which I will show you. 

Firstly, I will discuss about the bilateral contact. An example of this type of contract is Thornton v. Shoe Lane Parking in which a professional musician, Francis Thornton, had a job for a day playing his trumpet for the BBC at Farringdon Hall in central London. The plaintiff decided to leave his car nearby in a recently opened multi-storey car park in Shoe Lane close to Fleet Street. He drove up, pressed a button and received a ticket, at which point the barrier </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-01T19:14:57-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Bilateral-Versus-Unilateral-Contracts-30968.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Ideals in the Institution of Education                      </title>
    <description>Ideals in the Institution of Education

1.) School of universal learning. 2.) School of knowledge of every kind. 3.) A place where students from all over the world come together to learn. 4.) Books are just one special instrument. 5.) Its a place where you’ll be challenged in everyway. 
 
In this essay, Newman expresses a couple different opinions on education. He explains them well, and repeats his theory throughout the essay. A university is a world wide school or learning. A place where people from all around come together to learn. Universities are places where different kinds of knowledge are brought together in uniform. He also tells you how education isn’t everything. Books don’t always have the answer to what you’re looking for. They don’t teach you personal characteristics.   

Ideal education 
 
What is the importance of education in our society today? Have we put an extensive amount of pressure on ourselves, and our children to succeed in school? Education is the ticket to everybody’s future. In our world today, a college degree is essential to start a career or hold a well paying job. Education is the most important thing in our world today, and it can’t be stressed enough. 

Why is an education so important? Our world revolves around education and educated people. We have grown up knowing what it takes to be successful in school. Going to college is the beginning of a new life. Its sets us on our passageway to being a successful well educated person. Newman said that a university is a school of universal learning, where people come together from all over to enhance their own knowledge. People go to college to learn and learn with other people who share the same or similar interests as them. Here we are with knowledge sitting right in front of us. We don’t even have to travel far to grasp a hold of it. Yet some people choose not to exploit it. Many people have valid reasons why they can’t attend college. The simple fact is many are lazy.  

Perfect education does not exist. A university however comes very close to perfecting education. Where else can you find educators, experts in their field; all together in one place filling our minds with knowledge. A university to me is the closest thing to a perfect education. We have unlimited access to libraries on campus, </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-01T19:11:17-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Ideals-in-the-Institution-of-Education-30966.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Modern Day Heroes                                           </title>
    <description>Modern Day Heroes

The oldest civilizations developed a system of powerful gods that would protect their city or nation.  When one nation defeated another, it was assumed that the nation that won had the stronger god.  As Greece developed into a strong nation and came to power, it dominated most of the world, taking its sophisticated family of gods with it.  These gods performed bravely and courageously in a super-sized soap opera in the heavens.  These myths have carried on into the present Twenty-first century.  
 
If we had been living in Greece back in 300 BC, we would know the exploits of the gods such as Zeus, the most powerful god, the </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-01T18:43:40-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Modern-Day-Heroes--30949.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Hidden Benefits to Having a Part Time Job                   </title>
    <description>Hidden Benefits to Having a Part Time Job

“Hello, welcome to McDonald’s, can I take your order please?”  “Thank you, come again.”  These are just a few phrases that are attached to part-time jobs.  There are a couple of reasons why people apply for part-time jobs.  Some may need the extra money, or maybe they are just bored.  I simply got one because I wanted the money.  But whatever the reason is, I realized that I profited from the jobs more than I could ever imagine. 
           
The experience gained from a part-time job is priceless.  My first job was being a waitress at my parent’s friend’s restaurant.  I thought being a waitress was to just be friendly and take orders and then the customers would leave you a generous tip for writing down their order so well.  I had a positive outlook and attitude on my first day at work; however, things did not go as I had hoped for.  First, I did not make myself clear enough to the cook when I asked him not to add garlic to a customer’s dish.  He mistakenly thought I said to add extra garlic to the dish and the customer was obviously not happy.  Then, I spilled a cup of soda on a customer’s blouse.  To make things worse, one of the restaurant’s most loyal customers demanded to speak with my manager because she accused me of spitting in her drink.  Just from this one day of working, I learned that being a waitress meant much more than taking orders.  You must live by the “customers are always right” motto and good communication is a must.  I obviously was not a waitress for very long.  My next job was a cashier at a supermarket.  The ability to communicate well with patrons here was a very vital part of my job.  Currently, I am a nail technician where my development of communication skills is very useful when working with my clients.  Through my part-time jobs, I have come across many real world situations that I now have knowledge of.   
        
Each new job, whether it is part-time or full-time, comes with new tasks and </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-01T18:38:20-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Hidden-Benefits-to-Having-a-Part-Time-Job-30945.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Procedure on Installing Car Stereo Systems                  </title>
    <description>Procedure on Installing Car Stereo Systems

The key components needed for installing a car stereo system are stereo wire, a speaker box, a head unit and an amplifier. An upgraded car stereo system is a very good idea to improve the quality of music. The steps for installing a car stereo system are as easy to follow as 1, 2, 3. 
	
Lots of local stores sell car stereo systems. A car stereo system “will adjust sound to reach preferred listening levels” (Bates 998). Best Buy has very competitive prices and a large variety. Not only do they have a lot to choose from, they have a demonstration room. In the demonstration room they have everything hooked up. Best Buy allows the consumer to listen and use everything before it is bought. Best Buy also matches prices from any other store around town. 
	
For the best performance, upgrading the factory head unit is the first step. An upgraded head unit offers more watts.  The more watts a head unit has, the clearer the sound quality is. Aftermarket head units usually offer a variety of colors and have more options than the factory head units offer. Head units also have a flip down option. For a few extra dollars Clarion offers a head unit that detaches. The detaching of the head unit allows it to become theft proof. If someone does break into the car and takes the head unit without the front cover (face plate) it will not work.  
	
When installing the head unit the wires must be properly removed from the rear of the head unit. The factory wires do not always connect correctly to the new head unit. In the case that the wires do not connect a wire harness is required. The wire harness provides correct connection. The wire harness connects to the factory wires and from them they connect to the new head unit. To make it even easier the wire harness is color coded for easy accurate connections. The wires need to be reconnected and then the new head unit will slide into place.  
	
The following step is to install the power wire. The interior speakers (door and back panel speakers) have the factory with leading to them. The factory wire is efficient enough and can remain.  The size of the power wire depends on the size of the amplifier. An amplifier with </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-01T10:34:31-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Procedure-on-Installing-Car-Stereo-Systems-30937.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Hollywood's Influence on People Today                       </title>
    <description>Hollywood's Influence on People Today

Society today is full of ideas and ways of life for the average person to live up to.  Are these principles accurate for the average person living in today’s society?  No, these standards are unrealistic and they are weighted by the major influence of Hollywood, such as Hollywood celebrities, television shows, and even television advertisements.  These outside influences not only sway a person’s normal view, but they also can damage the average person, usually woman, physically and emotionally.  Hollywood’s influence is not a healthy one, leading the typical person to conform to these so-called standards.   
	
Elliot Aronson, the author of The Social Animal, defines conformity as “a change in a person’s behavior or opinions as a result of real or imagined pressure from a person or group of people” (1999, p.19). Some may say that this supposed pressure does not affect one’s judgment, but indeed it does.  Although it may not seem like pressure, the slightest circumstance could compel a person to conform to the dominator’s way of thinking.  
	
One of the three different responses to social influence is Identification.  This is a response to social influence brought on by a person’s quest to be like the influencer (Aronson, 1999).  Aronson says that humans adopt a certain behavior because it creates a relationship to the people to whom we are identifying with (Aronson, 1999). Even though this “satisfying relationship” is what a person is looking for, it may not really be satisfying; it just seems to be.   

Take, for example, the television show Ally McBeal.   The main character, Calista Flockhart, seems to be as thin as she could possibly be without being hospitalized.  Is this how the ideal woman in today’s society should look? No, but because Ally McBeal is such a frequently viewed television show, more and more people want to look like, and even act like, the character Calista Flockhart plays on TV.  This unhealthy look is so desirable now because it has not only been seen on Ally McBeal, but is now the look of celebrities.  It has been called the “lollipop look” because these women’s bodies look like sticks of a lollipop, and the pop being their heads.  

As women are more likely to conform than men are (Aronson, 1999), the person’s education, self-esteem, </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-01T09:52:05-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Hollywood-s-Influence-on-People-Today-30924.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Importance of Physical Therapy                          </title>
    <description>The Importance of Physical Therapy

The principles of physical therapy have been around since the dawn of man. When people think of physical therapy they think of someone who is trying to relearn how to walk after a debilitating car accident or some circumstance like that. When in reality the act of physical therapy can be as little as rubbing a bruise or scratching an insect bite.  Physical Therapy </description>
    <pubDate>2006-08-01T09:26:42-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Importance-of-Physical-Therapy-30912.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Problems of the NBA Draft System                            </title>
    <description>Problems of the NBA Draft System

David Stern, along with 13 NBA general managers, gets to play Powerball Sunday in the annual NBA Draft Lottery. 
 
Will the Knicks, with just a 4.4 percent chance of winning the lottery, get a little home cooking? Will MJ's Wizards get an extra Ping-Pong ball or two for wiping out the luxury tax this year? Did Jerry West know something we didn't when he took the head job out there in Memphis?  
The NBA, in an effort to avoid the riot that would take place if the Knicks are in the first envelope, has invited a handful of media members to witness the actual drawing, the first time it has ever opened the process . . . but in the end, someone still will get screwed.  
You have to go back to the 1990 draft, when the Nets took Derrick Coleman, to find the worst team in the league drafting No. 1.  
The Knicks' winning the lottery would actually be less strange than either the Bulls or Warriors taking home the honors.  
Last year, the Bulls had the worst record in the league and ended up with the No. 4 pick. The Warriors had the second-worst record and ended up with the No. 5 pick. In 2000, the Clippers ended with the worst record and the No. 3 pick. The Bulls had the second-worst record and drafted No. 4. The Nets, who got the No. 1 pick, had the seventh-worst record in the NBA. In 1999, the Grizzlies were the worst team in the NBA, but could manage only the No. 2 pick. The Clippers won only nine games, but had to wait until pick No. 4 to take Lamar Odom. In 1998, the Nuggets took home the worst record honors but nabbed only the No. 3 pick. In 1997, the Spurs leapt ahead of the Grizzlies and the Celtics to grab the No. 1 pick and Tim Duncan. In 1993, the Magic grabbed the No. 1 pick with a 41-41 record, best among lottery teams.  

You get the picture. With two players, Duke's Jay Williams and China's Yao Ming, duking it out for the top prize, Sunday's lottery will go a long way in determining who will be the No. 1 pick in this year's draft. Both players have their pros and cons. Williams is the most NBA-ready </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-31T08:35:15-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Problems-of-the-NBA-Draft-System-30866.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Basketball Career of Michael Jordan                         </title>
    <description>Basketball Career of Michael Jordan

Michael Jordan was born on January 17, 1963 in Brooklyn, New York and was raised in Wilmington, North Carolina. He has two brothers, is married, and has three kids. He is considered by many to be the greatest basketball player of all time (Kornbluth). My focus will be on his hardships, accomplishments, and people who influenced him. First, I would like to touch on some general information about Michael. He wears number 23 on his jersey because he considered it to be half of his brother's number, 45. He had wanted 45 because it was his brother's number and he deeply admired his brother, but he was on the same team as his brother so he needed to pick a different number. His most well known superstition is that he wears his University of North Carolina basketball shorts under his game shorts. When Michael was a kid, his favorite sport was not basketball. In fact, it was baseball. He was a pitcher on a little league team. He played baseball because he was short (Kornbluth). 

Later in his life, he would try to leave the NBA and play major league baseball. Michael was not always rich. His parents had to work two and three jobs each to support the family. Before Michael's dad built him a basketball court in his back yard Michael shot, basketballs into a trash can (Kornbluth). Michael was not always good at basketball, either. People told Michael that he was too short to play basketball. Michael now stands six feet six inches tall. He also went to the school gym before school to shoot baskets, stayed after school to shoot baskets, and could be found in the school gym on weekends shooting baskets. He also played his brother, Larry, one-on-one in basketball. His brother was only a year older than Michael was, but he was much better and taller than Michael was. Michael would often times lose and end up getting in a fight with his brother. This caused Michael to be extremely determined to succeed at basketball (Kornbluth). 

In his sophomore year of high school, he tried out for the Varsity team. He did not make it, so he was placed on the Junior Varsity team. On the J.V. team, he averaged 28 points per game. He thought this would get the attention of the Varsity team coach. It did. However, </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-31T08:19:39-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Basketball-Career-of-Michael-Jordan-30858.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>AP English Sample Essay                                     </title>
    <description>AP English Sample Essay

The author if this autobiography hasn’t stated her name. The reader learns that the author is a female because she recognizes herself as “the only professional woman pilot in Africa.” She arrived in British East Africa at the age of </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-31T08:16:56-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/AP-English-Sample-Essay--30856.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>A Hatred of Smoking                                         </title>
    <description>A Hatred of Smoking

The brilliant person who spent their time sitting around and one day decided to pick up some of the tobacco they were growing and smoke it must have been out of their mind.  This has lead to millions and millions of people’s addictions to, what is in my opinion one of the worst things in the world, cigarettes, or more specifically nicotine.  Why anyone would decide to start up this insanely dirty and unhealthy habit is beyond me.  Smoking is a problem that affects people of all ages and groups and looks just as stupid when anyone does it.  This makes me think of the adds that show animals smoking trying to show that it looks ridiculous when people do it as well.   Smoking is a disgusting action that causes harm not only to the smoker but to all those around them as well as the air.   
	
My conviction on this matter could be caused by the two smokers that live in my home, and have lived in my home for the entirety of my life.   My dad, who isn’t really the stereotypical smoker that I would picture with the dirty fingers or anything, has smoked from a young age and despite countless efforts, is unable to quit.  Even when his youngest daughter, myself, was diagnosed with severe asthma at a young age and found to be very allergic to cigarette smoke, he still was not able to rid himself of this disgustingness that is present in all parts of his life.  Though it might not be noticeable to outsiders, if you’ve ever been nearer to a smoker than average, you would find a distinct smell of smoke and that’s not something that could be found appealing.  This is what causes my curiosity as to why anyone would ever WANT to be closer than average to a smoker, family member or not, because I certainly don’t. 
	
Now, my uncle Frank on the other hand is a completely different story.  If you were to see the man, you might understand, but I wouldn’t wish that on anyone of you, so you’re alright there.  My uncle smokes one after another after another.  If you are to catch him without a cigarette in his mouth, other than at dinner time, the sky is about </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-30T21:44:15-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/A-Hatred-of-Smoking-30854.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>History of the Famous Prison of Alcatraz                    </title>
    <description>History of the Famous Prison of Alcatraz

Alcatraz was a famous federal prison on Alcatraz Island in San Francisco Bay. The island stands on 12 acres of solid rock, and Alcatraz was often called The Rock. More than one mile of water separates it from the mainland.   

The Island received its name in 1775 when Spanish explorer Juan Manuel de Ayala charted the San Francisco Bay and named it La Isla de Los Alcatraces, which translated to "Island of the Pelicans." The small-uninhabited island had little going for it with its swift currents, minimal vegetation, and barren ground. 

Seventy-two years later in 1847, the US Army took notice of the island and its strategic value as a military fortress. Topographical engineers began conducting geological surveys and by 1853, U.S. Army Engineers started constructing a military fortress along with the Pacific Coast's first operating lighthouse. The discovery of gold along the American River and California in 1848, brought shiploads of miners from around the world into California seeking the precious metal. As word spread around the globe of abundant wealth in California, the United States government would evoke security measures to protect its land and mineral resources from seizure by other countries.  
	
After several years of tiresome construction and several preservation expansions, Alcatraz was set as the United States Western symbol of military strength. The new military fortress featured long-range iron cannons and four massive 36,000-pound, 15 inch Rodman guns capable of sinking mammoth hostile ships three miles away. Alcatraz's guns could fire 6,949 pounds of iron shot in one barrage. Though the fortress fired only one 400 pound canon round at an unidentified ship and missed, the Island had lived up to its self-given proclamation as an icon of U.S. military power. Within a few decades the Island's role as a military fortress would start to fade away and its defenses would become obsolete by more modern weaponry standards.  
	
Alcatraz was the Army's first long-term prison, and was beginning to build its reputation as a tough detention facility by exposing the inmates to severe and harsh confinement conditions along with ironhanded discipline. The prisoners were broken into three classes based on their conduct and crime. Each class held distinct levels of privilege. For example, prisoners in the third class were not permitted reading material from the library, visits or letters from relatives, and a strict rule of </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-30T21:33:33-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/History-of-the-Famous-Prison-of-Alcatraz-30850.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Patrick Devlin and Morality in the Law                      </title>
    <description>Patrick Devlin and Morality in the Law

First we must state clearly the questions to be examined, these could be loosely put in It is important to state Devlin's case as much debate has sprung from, and refers to it.  

In 1959 Patrick Devlin gave a lecture, later published as, "The Enforcement of Morals" concerning whether morality ought to be protected by the law. 

He begins equating morality with religion and its distinctions between good and evil. Religion states immorality is sinful. Should the criminal law concern itself with enforcement of morals and punishment of sin; what is the connection between crime and sin? 

Devlin refers to the "Wolfenden Report" which looked particularly at the area of homosexuality and legal enforcement of morality. 

In their finding the Wolfenden committee put forward the following; 
 
"Our own formulation of the function of the criminal law so far as it concerns the subjects of this inquiry...is to preserve public order and decency, to protect the citizen from what is offensive or injurious, and to provide sufficient safeguards against exploitation and corruption of others, particularly those who are specially vulnerable because they are young, weak in body or mind, inexperienced, or in a state of special physical, official or economic dependence. 

It is not, in our view, the function of the law to intervene in the private lives of citizens, or to seek to enforce any particular pattern of behaviour, further than is nececcary to carry out the purposes we have outlined." [Ref:1, p.2]  
The Wolfenden committee recognised an realm of personal or private morality, and indeed immorality. 

They felt it important that both society and the law give the individual freedom of choice and action in that no act of immorality ought to be a criminal offence unless accompanied by other publicly offensive or injurious features such as public indecency, corruption or exploitation.  
Devlin criticised using the term 'private morality', and prefered to term individual behaviour that was not in line with public morality, (as he felt all morality was) as being 'private behaviour'. 

Immoral private behaviour ought to be tolerated unless it is injurious or causes public offense. He also asked what is meant by freedom of choice and action, is it freedom to decide for oneself what is moral and immoral or society neutral, or is it freedom to be immoral if one wants to be? 
Devlin argued </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-30T21:30:51-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Patrick-Devlin-and-Morality-in-the-Law-30849.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Destination Yellowstone National Park                       </title>
    <description>Destination Yellowstone National Park

Yellowstone National Park was named after the Yellowstone River.  Native Americans called the river “Mi tsi a da zi,” which meant “Rock Yellow River,” and was translated by French fur trappers to “Yellow Rock” or “Yellow Stone,” hence the name Yellowstone.  John Coltzer was one of the first people to have explored the Yellowstone area.  Coltzer was from the Lewis and Clark expedition and he walked alone through this area in 1807 while in search of furs. 
	
Since 1827, though, Yellowstone has been a national park and it was actually the World’s First National Park.  Yellowstone is also a World Heritage Site and a Biosphere Reserve Site.  Yellowstone would not have been possible, though, without the act that was passed on March 1st, 1872 by Congress that set aside land for the first national park. 
 	
The Yellowstone National Park is located 96% in Wyoming, 3% in Montana and 1% in Idaho.  The Park has 5 entrances, 466 miles of roads (310 miles paved), 950 miles of trails, and 287 campsites.  The entire park is 3,472 square miles and is 2,221,766 acres.  The highest point in the park is Eagle Peak at 11,358 feet above sea level and the lowest point is Reese Creek at 5,282 feet above sea level. 
Yellowstone has many geological features, such as fumaroles.  Fumaroles are vents that emit steam mixed with other volcanic gasses.  Some fumaroles in Yellowstone include the Black Growler Steam Vent and the Norris Geyser Basin. 
 	
Hot springs are also another feature in Yellowstone.  The park contains more hot springs than geysers.  Mineral deposits have formed terraces and cones on some nearby land.  Mammoth Hot Springs is one hot springs in Yellowstone where water flows over terraces as high as 300 feet.  Algae and various bacteria prosper in these pools of warm water, giving them radiant colors. 
 	
The park also contains Mud Pots.  Mud pots are when sulfide gas is present and hot water is restricted so that sulfuric acid is created.  The acid disintegrates the surrounding rocks into silica and clay, forming a mud-like substance, hence the nickname “Mud pot.” 
 	
Geysers are also a large attraction at Yellowstone. Expanding steam bubbles condensing inside these structures build up from heating water inside the small duct until water overflows from the </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-30T20:24:03-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Destination-Yellowstone-National-Park-30820.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Looking Back at the O.J. Simpson Case</title>
    <description>Looking back at the O.J. Simpson Case

Did you hear that Marcia Clark’s husband cried foul and Johnnie Cochran appeared on his 100th television show? A number of ex-jurors are writing their memoirs. Get your peanuts and popcorn ready as another sordid round of O.J.-mania unfolds in scandal-starved America. 
 
The O.J. Simpson story is being pursued by the media with the verve of a bunch of piranha in a feeding frenzy, and the public is loving every bit of it. Ratings are high, ad revenues are up and all that remains is how to masterfully make and divvy up the profits. 
 
Why is this the case? Americans have always been and will continue to be fascinated with public figures and the rich and famous. We have been and are increasingly becoming a society of voyeurs, and with the advent of all types of new technology, we are able to almost satiate our voyeuristic appetites. O.J. Simpson’s story provides us with a great deal, both emotionally and physically. There really is nothing wrong with it, although we may not be willing to admit it. 
 
It seems so amazing, but not surprising, that a crime so heinous and gruesome has been transformed into a media circus event. We seem so consumed and wrapped up with each new revelation and each new headline. All along, we never really allow ourselves to experience the depth of the tragedy of this murder. Perhaps we never will. 
 
Certainly, the way we consume news is part of the reason for this. Watching television and reading the newspapers removes and protects us from the situation, but I believe it goes beyond this initial comfort zone. It seems to me that people often have a great deal of difficulty dealing with intense emotions in general and certainly the potential emotions engendered by this story. Rage, fear, vulnerability, despair and loss are just a few. In addition, the reality that crime in America is on the rise, or at least the perception that it is, can often send shivers down the strongest of spines. 
 
As a practitioner, it has been my observation that people have great difficulty facing these emotional and psychological aspects within themselves. Haven’t we all felt murderous feelings toward another individual – a wife, child, friend, lover, business competitor or next-door neighbor? Haven’t many of us gone as far as to visualize this </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-30T11:49:10-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Looking-Back-at-the-O_J_-Simpson-Case-30805.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Life with Robots                                            </title>
    <description>Life with Robots

Robots are something that interest people of all ages. People have different ideas of what robots are and what they do. Robots have actually been around a lot longer ten you think. They also perform many more tasks then you can imagine. 
	
It is believed by Greek scientist SoMe that robotics was originated by the Greeks. There are references made back as for s 270 B.C. to Greek robots. Greek engineer Ctesibus is credited with inventing water clocks with moving gears. 
	
In the 1770’s Pierre Jacquet-Droz created mechanical dolls. He created three ingenious mechanical dolls. All of these dolls were made to perform a specific function. 
	
Nikala Teslas built a radio controlled submersible boat in 1898. This was no small feat in 1898. 
	
What does “robot” mean? The word “robot” comes from the Czechoslovakian word robotil. Robot means worker but robotil means to drudge. Robot was first used in a 1921 play, title. Many people had then first look as a real robot during the 1939 Worlds Fair. 
	
The designing of robots to perform tasks is called robotics. A robot is a machine designed to perform tasks mechanically in a human way. Many people believe robots are humanlike beings with stiff metal limbs and flashing lights. There are robots though that does not look like human figures at all. While designing robots you need to plan the movement you want the robots to do. You will then program a computer to guide the robot through these movements. Once a program is written for a certain task you can run the program again and again. Some robots are equipped with camera like eyes and sensors to help perform the programmed task. 
	
The purpose of robots is as individual as the robot. In the beginning you want to focus on one function. Robots can be built to perform daily task, like mowing the lawn. The good thing about the robot is there is no training involved. Building useful robots can be difficult though. 
	
Robots are indispensable in manufacturing industry. The cost per hour to run a robot is a fraction of what human labor is. Most of today’s advanced industrial robots will soon become “dinosaurs”. Industrial robots are still in their infancy stage of evolution. As technology advances these robots will become more versatile. 
	
Robots are in rise in some unusual places. In Robocop soccer robots are the players. This </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-29T16:29:03-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Life-with-Robots-30796.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Visual Appeal of the Chevrolet Malibu                       </title>
    <description>Visual Appeal of the Chevrolet Malibu

Arguments surround us everyday.  Whether we are having a conversation, walking down the street, or simply reading a magazine, arguments are being made.  There are two common types of arguments, verbal and visual.  A print ad out of Prevention magazine advertising Chevrolet Malibu cars makes a strong argument using one of the four lines of argument; emotion.   
	
The first thing this Chevy car ad does to effectively grab emotions is picture a mother sitting next to her newborn child.  In a silent desert setting, there is a comforting picture of a mother with her had gently touching her newborn’s head and in the back ground, a Chevy Malibu car.  The look of satisfaction and trust is what is portrayed in this setting.  It is obvious what this portion of the ad is trying to do; it is reaching out to families creating a loving, comforting, and reliable image.  This is all done with the proper use of color and setting. 
	
Secondly, the picture of the Chevy Malibu car is seen.  Above it are the words “just like you, we will be there.”  This really has an emotional appeal to it after studying the photograph of a mother and her child.  It is indicating that the car will without a doubt, be all the things a good mother would be, reliable, safe, dependable, etc.  This is another way to hook people emotionally.  Any time family is brought into the picture, there are bound to be people touched.   
	
Lastly, the small print at the bottom proposes an argument.  It says, “Here’s to you Mom, from the car you depend on everyday.  Chevy Malibu, a car with the right stuff to get you through it all.”  This becomes an emotional argument when incorporating “Here’s to you Mom,” this grabs mothers and their family. The article indicates that the car will be as reliable and dependable as a mother would be for her child.  This right away grabs the attention of families and does its job of promoting the “family car.” 
	
After analyzing this magazine ad, it is easily seen how visual arguments incorporate the different lines of argument, most notably in this ad, emotions.  The creators of this ad truly did a wonderful job getting their message </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-28T18:25:52-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Visual-Appeal-of-the-Chevrolet-Malibu-30768.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Comparing Public and Private School Education               </title>
    <description>Comparing Public and Private School Education

There are many similarities and differences between private schools and public schools.  One of the similarities is that they both have athletic programs.  One of the differences is that private schools have to wear uniforms and public schools do not.  Private schools and public schools are the same in many ways but they are also different. 
	
Private schools and public schools share many similarities.  One thing that they share is that they both have athletic programs.  I have been to both a Private school and a public school and both of the athletic programs are great, they like to work you like an ox.  Something else that Private and public schools have in common is that they both have dress codes.  Private school dress codes are a little more strict because you usually have to wear a uniform, but in both schools you do have dress codes.   

Even though both Private and public schools share many similarities, they also have many differences too.  The first difference is that in private school you have to wear uniforms, rather than in public schools where you can wear almost anything you want to as long as you follow the dress code.   I have learned from experience that wearing uniforms is not too great, because they kind of make you feel like you are in a prison.  The second difference between both schools is that in public schools you do not get to worship God.  People in public schools are missing out on what is happening in not getting to worship God.  Worshiping God is like nothing else on earth. 

Both public and private schools have many things on common and many things that are different too.  It is important to know the difference and similarities between private schools and public schools when choosing one of these schools.  If you choose a public school, it will be harder to follow God because you will not be in a Godly environment.  Both schools have great academics, the only difference is the Godly environment. 

Joshua 22:5 
“But be very careful to keep the commandment and the law that Moses the servant of the Lord gave you: to love the Lord your God, to walk in all his ways, to abbey his commands, to </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-28T08:31:24-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Comparing-Public-and-Private-School-Education-30761.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Case Study of Locke Vs. Hobbes                              </title>
    <description>Case Study of Locke Vs. Hobbes
 
When comparing Locke and Hobbes, their ideas seem to contradict each other.  Their ideas about Freedom are very different but show the same meaning.  “I authorize and give up my right of governing myself to this man, or to this assembly of men, all his actions in like manner.” states Hobbes saying that people’s rights are their own property and can do with them as they wish in order for them to gain their freedom, but if this is to be done he calls it commonwealth.  While on the other hand, Locke mentions that, “But though this be a state of Liberty, yet it is not a state of license; though man in that state have an uncontrollable liberty to dispose of his person or possessions, yet he has not liberty to destroy himself, or so much as any creature in his possession, but where some nobler use than its bare preservation calls for it.”  This basically means that liberty equals freedom and license is lacking restraint (taking own or others’ life).   
	   
Hobbes goes on to say that in order to maintain peace and freedom we must have a commonwealth, but we owe  “under the immortal god (the “commonwealth”) our peace and defense.  For by this authority, given him by every particular man in the commonwealth, he hath the use of so much power and strength conferred to him, that by terror thereof he is enabled to perform the wills of them all, to peace at home and mutual aid against their enemies abroad.”  In order to have freedom we must strike terror into man to keep him from destroying the freedom that is offered.  Locke then contradicts Hobbes’s thoughts by saying, “The state of nature has a law of nature to govern it, which obliges every one; and reason, which is that law, teaches all mankind who will but consult it, that, being all equal and independent, no one ought to harm another in his life, health, liberty, or possessions. “  Thus, in order to keep this natural state of freedom and equality, we must use a common law.  This then creates a paradox that states; order to have freedom we must destroy it.   
	
So, lastly, Hobbes’s view on how man gains freedom is to assign </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-28T08:22:07-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Case-Study-of-Locke-Vs_-Hobbes-30760.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Study about School Uniforms in Public Schools in California </title>
    <description>Study about School Uniforms in Public Schools in California

Throughout the state of California, the disputes continue over whether school uniforms have a place in the public school system and whether there are positive results to wearing school uniforms. The public school uniform conflict has not only been discussed within each school, but also on television, radio and even within the judicial system. 
 
One of the most promising arguments against wearing uniforms in the public school system is the violation of the First Amendment: nothing is more basic and precious for Americans than the freedom of speech and expression. Students have very little say in the daily routine of their lives, though deciding what to wear that day is one of the few methods students have to control their lives. Claims have been made that school uniforms suffocate students inner creativity and enforce conformity rather than promote individuality. 
 
Legally, however, schools can require uniforms. The court case of American civil Liberties Union vs. Long Beach Unified School District concluded that under California's school uniform law, school districts may require school uniforms providing that there is adequate notice, uniform assistance for disadvantaged students, and an exemption procedure. 
 
In defense of uniforms, they do not have to be strict, but rather can help meet the students' psychological needs in clothing that would give consideration to the sensitivity of body image. For example, some students may prefer baggy clothing to shield or conceal the imperfect body, while others prefer a slimmer fit. The styles could be different, but the color, fabric, and basic pattern would remain the same for all students. 
 
Uniform wear can remove the distraction of societal status symbols, provide relief from competition for fashion and peer pressure, and create more equality between the more wealthy and less wealthy students. Uniforms can provide guidelines to express individuality and to focus on school subjects, inner self, family values, and self-esteem instead of fashion. 
 
Reportedly, school uniforms significantly reduce violence and discipline problems while psychologically motivating students to learn. Reports from Long Beach, California, where uniforms are mandatory for all elementary and middle school children (60,000 students) in 1994, indicate that disciplinary problems have declined in a range of categories:  
 
School Crime 36%  
Fights 51%  
Sex Offenses 74%  
Weapon Offenses 50%  
Assault &amp;amp; Battery 34%  
Vandalism 18%  
 
Recently, I took </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-27T12:50:20-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Study-about-School-Uniforms-in-Public-Schools-in-California-30728.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Assessing the Merit of the SAT Standardized Test            </title>
    <description>Assessing the Merit of the SAT Standardized Test

What does it stand for?  The Saturday Afternoon Test, no.  More seriously, it is the Scholastic Assessment Test; it is the test where college bound students spends endless hours studying and hoping to get a good grade.  The test is their last chance to make it to a college of their choice.  All this anxiety for one test, which may make or break a college career.  In his editorial, “Where’s the Merit in the SAT?”  Eugene Garcia takes a stance against the test.  Garcia questioning the commonplace acceptance of using the SAT’s as a resource to emphasize one’s academic status reflects my questioning of the commonplace acceptance of using ethnicity as a resource to reinvent one’s social status. 

Garcia believes the acceptance of using the S.A.T. as a resource to emphasize one’s academic status is wrong.  Garcia points out in his article that the S.A.T. was initially not produced for testing purposes but, “a tool created for admissions officers inundated with applications from the baby boom generation.”  And from there on the S.A.T began to evolve into what it is today, “a vaulting pole that could benefit ostensibly bright students with poorer grades.”  Garcia writes that since incoming college students are forced to take the test, the students accept it as part of the routine into getting into a college, and do not question the merit in a test like the S.A.T.  Garcia uses the example of a, “high school student who has a 3.94 G.P.A., won awards for dancing and an all around leader… but scored poorly on the S.A.T.”  He states that even though the student has all the requirements for a, “good university,” she would be turned down because admission officers, “looking at her S.A.T. scores, may indeed be skeptical of this student’s academic merit.”  Garcia thinks this is a mistake because all the S.A.T. does is look at knowledge.  He considers that any test should evaluate, “the circumstances on which students are schooled.”  He suggests that a student, “who has excelled in academics, shown leadership ability and performed community service,” should be given as much consideration as a, “prep-school student, with a similar G.P.A., but a hundred points higher on their S.A.T. score.”  Garcia points out that the prep-school student would almost certainly </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-27T08:34:15-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Assessing-the-Merit-of-the-SAT-Standardized-Test-30713.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Examination of Horticulture                                 </title>
    <description>Examination of Horticulture

Elisa has a problem; she’s a woman in a man’s world. She wants to do things that any man would do, things that any woman could do. Things she can do. Sadly, she is as repressed by societal norms as the Salinas Valley is repressed by the fog. Unlike the valley, which will get sunlight eventually, she has been defeated by the men in her life, even the men just passing through.  

Elisa finds joy in horticulture; she has what she calls “planter’s hands”. She grows impressive flowers, chrysanthemums, with large blooms. Even her husband is impressed with her gift, but not impressed enough to let her try her hand in the orchard. He offers her the opportunity, but only jokingly. She wears her hat, apron and gloves to shield her from her work because it’s only right that a woman not be exposed to such things as dirt and labor, or isn’t it? When her husband is not around the gloves are off, her fingers are in the soil working fervently, getting dirty, not caring and only when he returns does she straighten her back and don the gloves. No one can say that Elisa doesn’t try to conform to what the world thinks she should be. She denies herself her interests, like the boxing she’s read about on her own, but very properly turns down offers to go see. It’s the offers her husband makes, like the offer to go to the fights or the offer to work in the orchard, offers made in jest, that help keep Elisa down. They turn her desires and interests into jokes.  

When Elisa meets the pot-mender she puts her hope into him. She hopes she has met someone who sees her as a talented and useful woman. She opens herself to him as she never has to her husband. She explains her “planter’s hands” with a passion that we all know has nothing to do with flowers. She reaches out to him, literally, but realizes she has grasped at nothing. His interest is feigned only to meet his own business needs. Only after he has it fifty cents from her does he dash the spirit of the woman he’s dealing with. Elisa is left to feel ashamed for allowing herself to be used and suckered.  

Elisa’s problem, her repression of her unmet potential, isn’t entirely the </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-26T12:06:57-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Examination-of-Horticulture-30670.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Essay on the Topic of Adopting School Uniforms              </title>
    <description>Essay on the Topic of Adopting School Uniforms

Media stories about a nationwide school epidemic in which assaults on teachers are frequent and children are routinely killed over designer clothing have been constant over the past few years.  Before the situation gets out of control, public schools need to have uniforms at schools.  The adoption of school uniforms seems to offer a visible means of restoring order to the nation's classrooms and a quick and ready solution to the problem of public schools in a rapid state of decline.   

There are few high points to having uniforms.  First, uniforms can help students resist peer pressure.  This point refers to the pressure to buy expensive name brand clothing.  It is unfortunate that parents are at the mercy of their children's desires, a result of billions of dollars worth of advertising campaigns. The drive to acquire designer label clothing is a desire imposed by the mass media onto poor inner-city teenagers. Advertisers have long been aware that the culture of consumption has given the underprivileged a way to compensate for feelings of failure in a society that values material wealth.  Uniforms eliminate the pressure to wear designer cloths. 

Second, wearing uniforms to school will help students concentrate on their schoolwork.  The idea is that if students don't have to think about what they are going to wear to school each day, they will be able to focus on learning in school.  For many children living in homes where abuse, neglect, and criminal activity are daily occurrences, deciding what to wear is probably the least of their worries. If schools want to solve personal problems in the lives of their students to help them "concentrate on their school work," they can look to uniforms.  The October 15, 1998, USA Today reports that teachers felt uniforms contributed to higher academic achievement. 

Third, uniforms are also good because they help identify intruders who come to the schools.  Most of the uniforms adopted across the country seem to be quite similar in that they require navy or khaki pants for boys and a choice of solid-colored shirts for girls. So to be recognized as an intruder, the individual would have to be dressed in street clothes that do not resemble a school uniform of any kind. 

Since there will always be children in each school </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-24T19:30:35-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Essay-on-the-Topic-of-Adopting-School-Uniforms-30609.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Anabolic Steroids and Their Effects on Lean Muscle Mass     </title>
    <description>Anabolic Steroids and Their Effects on Lean Muscle Mass 

Anabolic steroids, or more precisely, anabolic/androgenic steroids, are synthetic derivatives of the natural occurring male hormone testosterone; “anabolic” meaning growing or building and “androgenic” meaning masculinizing or generating male sexual characteristics. Most healthy males produce between 2 and 10 milligrams of testosterone per day. The hormone’s anabolic effects help the body retain dietary protein, thus aiding in the growth of muscle, bones, and skin. The androgenic characteristics of testosterone are associated with masculinity. They aid in the maturing of the male reproductive system through puberty, the growth of body hair and the deepening of the voice. Androgenic characteristics also affect aggressiveness and sex drive.    
 
The use of anabolic steroids to increase muscle mass and aggressive behavior is a fairly old concept. Testosterone was first synthesized in 1935 and used to increase aggressiveness of German soldiers in the Second World War. But it was not until 1953 that the first “true” anabolic steroid was discovered. Nandrolone, 19-nortestosterone, was found to have three to five times the anabolic or muscle building effect of testosterone. While many of the testosterone derivatives are more anabolic than androgenic, there are no anabolic steroids that are purely anabolic or androgenic. Whether anabolic or androgenic effects occur will depend on the dosage and type of anabolic steroid used. 
 
As different anabolic steroids became available to the medical community their use became more widespread, especially anabolic steroids that had minimal androgenic properties; the minimal androgenic activity allowed them to be used by females to treat various conditions. Anabolic steroids have proven to be very beneficial in treating several conditions from anemia to sexual dysfunction. 
 
For the past twenty-five years anabolic steroids have been given somewhat of a bad reputation. As early as 1950 athletes were already abusing them and by the 1980’s steroid use by athletes was in full swing. The most famous anabolic steroid of all time, Dianabol, was often quoted as being the “breakfast of champions.”  Horror stories were trickling out of Eastern European countries on how women athletes were transformed into men after years of anabolic steroid use. And how both male and female athletes were suffering from anyone of a number of different side effects. With such bad publicity and strong media attention the US government labeled anabolic steroids as a schedule III compound. This new classification made </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-24T19:18:24-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Anabolic-Steroids-and-Their-Effects-on-Lean-Muscle-Mass-30603.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Persuasive Essay on the Carolina Driver's License System    </title>
    <description>Persuasive Essay on the Carolina Driver's License System

Many students disagree with the graduated license system that the North Carolina Department of Motor Vehicles has implemented.  This is true in Ayden Grifton High School but is it really wrong the answer isn’t as clear cut as it might seem.  To find an answer to a complicated question such as this one must look at it from many perspectives.  There are three main view points on this matter the young driver, the parents, and the state’s each view point should be taken into count when looking into the subject. 

The first and most widely expressed view is that of the beginning driver effected by the new law there are two sides those who don’t agree with it and those who do.  Those who disagree seem to most commonly say it is taking away their rights and freedoms but in reality it only limits their freedoms.  The effected drivers are limited their time that they may drive unsupervised to between five in the morning when no normal teen should ever be awake in my opinion and nine at night witch is early to most teens either because of jobs or other reasons.  Again there are reasons for complaints but the law had foresight enough to allow a restricted driver to drive strait form work home.  The teens who say this is fair often seem to be those who seem more responsible and feel that they aren’t being deprived of any thing that others aren’t. A common response when asked about the law is I can get what I have to do done in time so it doesn’t bother me.  This opinion however is not widely expressed. 
 
 
 
 
 
The second view on the matter is that of the parent the majority of parents feel that the laws restricting new drivers is a good thing.  Many parents feel that the laws keep their children out of trouble or that it prevents accidents.  There are however those who say that their children will get in trouble any way  and that the accidents will happen regardless.  The majority of parents actually believe that their child gains responsibility but this has not been proven.   
 
The final and most dominating view is that of the state and the D.M.V. the </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-24T19:09:55-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Persuasive-Essay-on-the-Carolina-Driver-s-License-System-30599.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Persuasive Essay on the Carolina Driver's License System    </title>
    <description>Persuasive Essay on the Carolina Driver's License System

Many students disagree with the graduated license system that the North Carolina Department of Motor Vehicles has implemented.  This is true in Ayden Grifton High School but is it really wrong the answer isn’t as clear cut as it might seem.  To find an answer to a complicated question such as this one must look at it from many perspectives.  There are three main view points on this matter the young driver, the parents, and the state’s each view point should be taken into count when looking into the subject. 

The first and most widely expressed view is that of the beginning driver effected by the new law there are two sides those who don’t agree with it and those who do.  Those who disagree seem to most commonly say it is taking away their rights and freedoms but in reality it only limits their freedoms.  The effected drivers are limited their time that they may drive unsupervised to between five in the morning when no normal teen should ever be awake in my opinion and nine at night witch is early to most teens either because of jobs or other reasons.  Again there are reasons for complaints but the law had foresight enough to allow a restricted driver to drive strait form work home.  The teens who say this is fair often seem to be those who seem more responsible and feel that they aren’t being deprived of any thing that others aren’t. A common response when asked about the law is I can get what I have to do done in time so it doesn’t bother me.  This opinion however is not widely expressed. 
 
 
 
 
 
The second view on the matter is that of the parent the majority of parents feel that the laws restricting new drivers is a good thing.  Many parents feel that the laws keep their children out of trouble or that it prevents accidents.  There are however those who say that their children will get in trouble any way  and that the accidents will happen regardless.  The majority of parents actually believe that their child gains responsibility but this has not been proven.   
 
The final and most dominating view is that of the state and the D.M.V. the </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-24T19:09:38-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Persuasive-Essay-on-the-Carolina-Driver-s-License-System-30598.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Case Studies of John Marshall                               </title>
    <description>Case Studies of John Marshall

Marbury vs. Madison

At the time, two political parties, the Federalists and the Republicans were competing for power in the federal government. Thus, when the Republican’s Thomas Jefferson won the election of 1800, they took control of Congress; however found that the Judiciary, that is the Supreme Court, was still dominated by the Federalists because the justices serve for life under good behavior. That is why President John Adams, a Federalist, tried to fill up the vacancies in the Supreme Court near the end of his term in order to secure the Federalist’s standing in the Judiciary branch. The Secretary of State during Adam’s administration was James Madison, a Republican. It was Madison’s job to deliver the President’s commissions to the appointees, one of who was William Marbury. Madison tried to delay the appointment in order to help the Republicans and thus Marbury, knowing of his appointment, sued Madison for failing to deliver his commission. John Marshall, the chief justice, awarded Marbury the writ of mandamus, which declared that Madison should have delivered the commission to Marshall. However, Marshall also declared that the Judiciary Act of 1789, which allowed the Supreme Court to impose the writ of mandamus, was in conflict with Article III of the Constitution, and thus void. This case is important that it defined the true power of the Supreme Court, as well as the Judiciary branch. It showed that the courts have the power to declare the acts of Congress unconstitutional if they exceeded the rights given by the Constitution. Thus, it is important to recognize the courts as the arbiters of the Constitution, being the final authority to deem what it meant. 
 
McCulloch vs. Maryland 
	
Congress established the Second Bank of the United States in 1816. However, in 1819, the state of Maryland’s legislature imposed some taxes on the bank. James McCulloch, a cashier of the Baltimore branch of the bank refused to pay the taxes and sued the state of Maryland for unconstitutionally interfering with the Congress’s powers of imposing taxes. The decision of the Supreme Court was in favor of McCulloch, declaring that the state of Maryland could not “tax the instruments of the national government employed in the execution of constitutional powers.” This case is therefore significant in the fact that it limited state rights by addressing that congress, as well as the federal government had certain powers </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-24T14:08:56-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Case-Studies-of-John-Marshall-30590.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Transferable Skills of Being a Resident Assistant at College</title>
    <description>Transferable Skills of Being a Resident Assistant at College
	
Being a Resident Assistant means being ready for anything.  Being a Resident Assistant means being a leader, a role model, and a caregiver.  Being a Resident Assistant means being prepared for the future.  In my case, being a Resident Assistant is of the greatest benefit, especially relating to my future career choice of being a teacher.  Being a teacher presents many obstacles from the beginning, many of which being a Resident Assistant already covers, and prepares for.  The skills I develop now as a Resident Assistant are key to my future as a teacher.  
	
Many of the skills a Resident Assistant gains are those of administration.  These skills include filling out forms, keeping up with paperwork, and making sure the proper pathway is sought in the department to solve a problem.  These same skills will be very vital to me when I begin my career as a teacher.  Keeping up with student papers, grades, filling out related material needed for the class, all of this I already know, thanks to my work as a Resident Assistant.  I have also gained very important skills at working with the chain of administration inside the Resident Life Department. This skill will be valuable when I work the school’s administration at solving problems and other aspects.  
	
As a Resident Assistant I am faced with deadlines almost everyday.  These deadlines are usually very important and deal with the safety of the students and the building, and need to be handled quickly.  As a teacher I will be faced with the same type of problems.  Pressure to get grades in, keep my curriculum on track, and get my students ready for facing their own deadlines.  Needs assessment is also ties into this area.  By looking at deadlines and setting goals, both the teacher and the Resident Assistant can gain a better understanding of what the student needs to be successful in learning and life.  This skill ties into all the other skills as well. 
	
The ability to set goals and expectations is key to being a Resident Assistant and a teacher.  Setting goals for my hall will be very similar to setting goals for my classroom.  Mrs. Pittman, retired High School teacher, says that setting goals are key in </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-24T14:05:13-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Transferable-Skills-of-Being-a-Resident-Assistant-at-College-30588.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Television Obsession with Talk Shows                        </title>
    <description>Television Obsession with Talk Shows

	
In the world of entertainment, TV talk shows have undoubtedly flooded every inch of space on daytime television. Many of us have seen and heard the often recycled topics found on such veteran shows as Geraldo and Sally Jessy Raphael. And anyone who watches talk shows on a regular basis knows that each one varies in style and format. Someone might enjoy watching the sometimes trashy subject matter found on Jenny Jones, while someone else might like the more serious and light hearted feel of the Montel Williams show. But no two shows are more different in content, while at the same time standing out above the rest, than the Jerry Springer and the Oprah Winfrey shows.  
	
Jerry Springer could easily be considered the king of "trash talk." The topics on his show are as shocking as they get. For example, the show takes the ever common talk show themes of love, lust, sex, sexuality, adultery, cheating, guilt, hate, conflict and morality to a different level. In a vintage Springer show, one finds women who cheated on their boyfriends and are ready to confess. But the boyfriends are in for a bigger surprise. As it turns out that all the women haven't been secretly seeing other guys, but seeing other women, who also happen to be waiting backstage. Another episode tells of a John Wayne Bobbit type case, but with a more twisted plot. A male cuts off his own manhood because he claimed that his homosexual neighbor was stalking him. The list of talk material goes on from dangerous love triangles, broken homes, pregnant strippers, teenage prostitutes, adult film stars, devil worshippers and the ever popular talk show regulars, the members of the Ku Klux Klan. The Jerry Springer show is a display and exploitation of societies problems, yet people are willing to eat up the intriguing problems of other peoples lives.  
	
Oprah Winfrey was once a follower of the trash TV format, but her long running popular TV talk show has since been reformed. Like Jerry Springer, the Oprah Winfrey show takes talk TV to its extreme, but Oprah goes in the opposite direction. Oprah is probably the most well prodused talk show there is. It is unlikely that you will find guest on Oprah that have committed adultery, have sold their souls to the devil, or are part of a racist </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-23T19:58:56-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Television-Obsession-with-Talk-Shows-30560.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Organized Crime From Sicily To The United States            </title>
    <description>Organized Crime From Sicily To The United States

Throughout history, crime has existed in many different forms and has been committed by not only individuals, but by groups as well. Crime is something that knows no boundaries; it exists in all cultures, is committed by all races, and has existed in all time periods.  Crime exists as a part of the economic institution and is a lifestyle for many people.  Crime also exists in both organized and unorganized forms.  Since the early 1900's, "organized" crime has existed in the United States.  The following literature review will show where, when, and why the mafia came to the United States, who organized it in the United States, and how it differed from its origins in the Sicilian mafia. 

We all know that groups or organizations had to have started in some form, so the following will describe the process of how the mafia was started in Sicily, which will furthermore make its debut in the United States.  In the ninth century, Arab forces occupied Sicily.  The native Sicilians were oppressed and took refuge in the surrounding hills.  The Sicilians formed a secret society to unite the natives against the Arab and Norman invaders.  This secret society was termed mafia after the Arabic word for refuge.  The society's intentions were to create a sense of family, based on ancestry and Sicilian heritage. 

In the 1700's, pictures of the ‘black hand’ were distributed to the wealthy.  This was an unspoken request for an amount of money in return for protection.  If the money wasn't paid, the recipients could expect violence such as kidnappings, bombings, and murder.  By the nineteenth century, this society grew larger and more criminally oriented.  In 1876, Mafia Don Rafael Palizzolo (boss of the mafia family) ran for political office in Sicily.  He forced the voters to vote for him under gunpoint.  After being elected into office, he promoted Mafia Don Crispi as Prime Minister.  Together, the two put Sicily under government control and funneled government funds to the society known as the Mafia. 

Don Vito Cascio Ferro was the first Sicilian Capo de Tutti Capi. He fled to the United States in 1901 to escape arrest and formed a group of the Black Hand. Its' members were hardened criminals currently fugitives from Sicily. He is </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-23T19:55:52-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Organized-Crime-From-Sicily-To-The-United-States-30559.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Being Interviewed by a Lawyer                               </title>
    <description>Being Interviewed by a Lawyer

Being interviewed by a lawyer presented me with several new aspects on my major.  Erin Berger, attorney at law, was able to help me fully realize how much I didn’t want to obtain a legal major.  Although my interests are sparked by law and its different entities, it is not something I can see myself pursuing with zeal or any desire whatsoever. 
	
Before I met with Erin, I was told by her paralegal that she was young; it would be painless.  Little did I know how casual or effortless it would be.  We started with a firm handshake, the only formal thing about the hour, and began to talk.  “I’m not even too sure if I want to stick with a pre-law major,” I stated. 
	
“Well, then I guess it would be a little more appropriate if you asked me the questions.  What do you want to know?” Erin seemed very understanding and easy going from the beginning.  I was able to completely desert my feelings of anxiety and what little amount of professionalism a freshman could have in order to open up and talk. 
	
I confronted her with the infamous question, “Do you truly enjoy what you are doing right now?” without realizing how significant it was to either one of us.  I was to learn that if encountered with that exact question 5 months ago, Erin would have replied with “No, I absolutely hate what I’m doing and I advise you not to do it.”  Of course, with gained experience and getting a little more settled with her field of law, she has been able to tolerate her occupation if not enjoy it.  Yet, listening to her telling a complete stranger how she hated her job and that she tolerated it seemed so unreal to me.   

How could a person “tolerate” their job for the rest of their life?  Shouldn’t one enjoy if not love their occupation?  At least the first if not the latter of the two.  So, the conversation continued to draw out points in both of our lives that would on a normal basis be hidden from the normal world.  For example, Erin informed me that the only reason she became a lawyer was the fact the she ran out of options.  She had </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-22T13:06:22-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Being-Interviewed-by-a-Lawyer-30455.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Law Case Study and Analysis                                 </title>
    <description>Law Case Study and Analysis

This comes from the Associated Press.  Around midnight back in 1997 two boys, one 17, and the other an 18 year old football player were pulled over by a local liquor store in Minersville, PA, a small town about 100 miles North West of Philadelphia.  They had been spotted drinking party.  They were both charged with M.I.P.  The police found two condoms in the car.  The teens were then taken to the station where they were “lectured” on the bible and homosexuality.  Allegedly the arresting officer F. Scott Willinsky asked the boys if they were “queer”.  He also proceeded to say that if they would not admit to being gay that he would “out” them.  Marcus Wayman frightened by the potential repercussions of this threat, said to his friend he that was going to kill himself.  Later in the morning he found a gun in his grandfathers house and before 6 a.m. he ended his life.  A lawsuit was filed by Wayman’s mother against the city of Minersville following the incident, and on November 5, 2001 the case made it’s way to a federal court in Allentown.  The lawsuit charges three of the Minersville officers (F. Scott Willinsky- arresting officer, Joseph Willinsky-former police chief, Thomas Hoban) with violation of Wayman’s privacy, and unspecified damages.   
	
(An important building block to this case was the ruling in a federal court in Philadelphia which stated a person’s constitutional right to privacy does include ones sexual orientation.) 
	
Eric Ferro who is an attorney from the ACLU, and represents the Wayman family said, “Many school officials, social workers and others feel they have a duty to share information with parents when they learn that a teenager may be gay”  This is exactly the argument of the Sheriff.  He said that being in such a small town that he had a lot of influence and therefore had a right to tell people.  In a circuit court in which the case was tried before moving on, circuit Judge Carol Lost Mansmann wrote, “…to note our disagreement that the breadth of one’s constitutional rights can somehow be diminished by demographics.”  The trial has yet to have an official verdict. 
 
Analysis: 
	
I think that there are a couple of discussions that can come from this event.  </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-22T12:53:41-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Law-Case-Study-and-Analysis-30448.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Evolution of Basketball                                 </title>
    <description>The Evolution of Basketball

Basketball today is a rim-rattling, slam-dunking, high flying show.   Would you believe that the first basketball teams shot at peach baskets?  Or that players were not allowed to dribble the ball?  The sport of basketball has changed dramatically over the years. 
	
The origin of basketball dates back to one hundred and nine years ago (Tejada 14).  The first game was played on December 21, 1891 (Tejada 14).  Even back then basketball was a thrilling sport.  Although it has changed very much since this date, the basic idea of the game is still the same.  The first game was played in Springfield, Massachusetts during the winter season (Swallows).  The game was invented in order to keep football players in shape during the off season when it was too cold to go outside (Swallows).  It snows quite a bit in the north eastern part of the United States and there were not to many indoor games at this time for children to play.  Basketball allowed these students to have something to play and keep themselves in shape. 
	
The game of basketball was designed and founded by Dr. James Naismith (Davis).  James Naismith was born on November 6, 1861 in Almonte, Ontario.  Much later in life he became a teacher at the International YMCA Training School (“Basketball”).  Dr. Naismith was assigned to discover a game that would keep the boys on the football team in shape during the off season (Leiser).  Naismith borrowed ideas from the outdoor sports rugby and soccer in order to come up with basketball (Davis).  These two sports involved much running and team work.  Naismith decided that by combining the two he could come up with a great new game.  James died On November 28, 1936 (“Basketball”).  This was only three years after seeing the sport that he invented become part of the Olympic Games (Leiser).  The pride he must have had in his accomplishments had to of been phenomenal.  Just knowing that the training game he invented was placed into the Olympic Games would probably be  the greatest achievement of his life. 
	
The original game of basketball had many aspects that no longer exist in the modern day version..  The first game had only thirteen rules (Leiser).   These rules were </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-22T11:00:20-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Evolution-of-Basketball-30426.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Domestic Comparison of Cats and Dogs                        </title>
    <description>Domestic Comparison of Cats and Dogs

A dog is a man's best friend." That common saying may contain some truth, but dogs are not the only animal friend whose companionship people enjoy. For many people, a cat is their best friend. Despite what dog lovers may believe, cats make excellent house pets. 
 
In the first place, people enjoy the companionship of cats. Many cats are affectionate. They will snuggle up and ask to be petted, or scratched under the chin. Who can resist a purring cat? If they're not feeling affectionate, cats are generally quite playful. They love to chase balls and feathers, or just about anything dangling from a string. They especially enjoy playing when their owners are participating in the game. Contrary to popular opinion, cats can be trained. Using rewards and punishments, just like with a dog, a cat can be trained to avoid unwanted behavior or perform tricks. Cats will even fetch! 
 
In the second place, cats are civilized members of the household. Unlike dogs, cats do not bark or make other loud noises. Most cats don't even meow very often. They generally lead a quiet existence. Cats also don't often have "accidents." Mother cats train their kittens to use the litter box, and most cats will use it without fail from that time on. Even stray cats usually understand the concept when shown the box and will use it regularly. Cats do have claws, and owners must make provision for this. A tall scratching post in a favorite cat area of the house will often keep the cat content to leave the furniture alone. As a last resort, of course, cats can be declawed. 
 
Lastly, one of the most attractive features of cats as housepets is their ease of care. Cats do not have to be walked. They get plenty of exercise in the house as they play, and they do their business in the litter box. Cleaning a litter box is a quick, painless procedure. Cats also take care of their own grooming. Bathing a cat is almost never necessary because under ordinary circumstances cats clean themselves. Cats are more particular about personal cleanliness than people are. In addition, cats can be left home alone for a few hours without fear. Unlike some pets, most cats will not destroy the furnishings when left alone. They are content to go about their usual </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-19T20:50:01-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Domestic-Comparison-of-Cats-and-Dogs-30404.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Review of Ken Griffey Junior Biography                      </title>
    <description>Review of Ken Griffey Junior Biography

He leaps into the air, scrambles up the outfield wall, one hand on the padding, glove up, and makes the impossible possible. The crowd goes wild as he makes the marvelous catch.  Baseball just wouldn’t be the same without Ken Griffey Jr.’s excellent personal qualities and his athletic ability. Junior has always tried and worked himself to the limit. In the biography book, At the Plate with Ken Griffey Jr., by Matt Christopher shows how Ken has confidence in himself, possesses great skills, and soon will be a baseball superstar for the Seattle Mariners.  
	
One way Ken changed baseball was by bringing his hard work and love for the sport to the game. He never quits on anything that he starts. He tries until he has done it right and even that isn’t ever enough for him. He always works hard to accomplish his goals and dreams. While he was in high school, he was in trouble. He needed to bring his grades up so that he could keep playing his two favorite sports, baseball and football so he hit the books and studied as much as he could. He was determined to get his grades up, and so he did. By the next semester, he was back playing both football and baseball. From then on he was doing great in both school and sports. Ken later decided that he would follow his dad and choose to play baseball. Little did he know that he was going to be on the Seattle Mariners. Ken did everything in his power to help the Mariners become a winning team and in 1995 he did it. He made history! He took a losing team and brought them to the American League Championships that year. 
	
That’s not all Ken had to offer to the Mariners and baseball itself. He brings his confidence to every game for himself and for the entire team. With this confidence, the team started to win and improve. Everyone on the team started to believe in himself and the team. As players started to improve, they needed a new stadium, so they went to the governor for help. The city later had a vote, but the votes for having a new stadium were too few. Even though they did not get a new stadium, their confidence grew and that is what had helped </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-19T20:41:35-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Review-of-Ken-Griffey-Junior-Biography-30399.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>General Information on the Game of Baseball                 </title>
    <description>General Information on the Game of Baseball

Baseball was officially recognized in 1907.Even though the official came evolved from a much earlier game called base-ball, which was played around 1787. Abner Doubleday invented the game in Cooperstown, New York in 1839. Now in that city stands the official baseball hall of fame. However it did not get its first set of official rules until 1845. Alexander Cartwright made the rules. 
	
Baseball is Americas past time.  It first got popular in World War Two. It was easy for people to play and the materials didn't cost much. Soon after, in 1871 they organized the National Association of Professional Baseball Players. Then two leagues organized they were the American (formed in 1900) and National Leagues (formed in 1876). Both of the leagues have teams from all of the states. In 1921 Kenesaw M. Landis became the first baseball commissioner and had control over all baseball phases. After he died in 1944 all his successors had less power. 
	
Although there are many variations of Baseball it is played in one specific way. There are two teams of about nine players each. Each of the teams has a pitcher, a catcher, and batters. The remaining people are left in the outfield or on bases. 	 
	
The field is about an acre and is square or rectangular shaped. In the middle of it is diamond. In the center of the diamond and out side it are usually grass except for the bases, the pitchers mound, and the dirt outline of the diamond.  Then they have a steel cage behind home base to keep the ball from going into the crowd.	 
	
Once you have the players and the field you set the game up. The batting team has one person at bat while the rest of the team waits their turn on the benches. Usually the batter wears a helmet. The other team has a catcher kneeling behind the batter and a pitcher on the mound. Then they have a person on all the bases. The remaining players are spread out in the outfield. Next to catcher is an umpire, which is like a football referee. He makes calls and watches to make sure no one cheats.   
	
Baseball today is very popular and most major league games are sold out. Kids play peewee and youth baseball. While teenagers play high school. Often most </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-19T12:37:13-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/General-Information-on-the-Game-of-Baseball-30388.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Propostion for a Later School Day                           </title>
    <description>Propostion for a Later School Day 

I believe that the school day for students should begin at 10:00am rather than the current time of 8:20am.  If this were to go into effect immediately, students’ grades would improve, parents would be happier, and life would be easier for everyone.  
 	
First of all, if the school day began at 10:00am, students’ grades would probably improve.  I feel this way, because many students have jobs after school or, are involved in extracurricular activities. There are chores that need to be done around the house, homework that must be done, and students are simply </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-18T19:28:53-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Propostion-for-a-Later-School-Day-30379.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Regulation and Importance of Indoor Air Quality Control     </title>
    <description>Regulation and Importance of Indoor Air Quality Control

The summer has hit once again along with extremities of weather.  Hot and humid weather forces office buildings or any other workplace to crank up the air conditioner.  Everything should be just fine as long as the heating ventilation air conditioning (HVAC) system has taken care of the indoor environment to be a comfortable setting.   

In past years, energy conservation and costs have taken its toll on human health due to poor indoor air quality.  For seasons such as winter and summer when the weather outside is extremely hot or cold, HVAC systems recirculate the air existing in the building and potentially threaten the health of the occupants.  Air is recycled because of the costs to introduce fresh air.  It would costs the owners of the building more to heat or cool the fresh air.  Recirculated air is cheaper and much more efficient, but there is a potential price to pay.   

Other key factors in the demise of air quality are poor maintenance of existing HVAC systems and the layout or age of the building.  Combined with recirculated air and inadequate maintenance and layout, indoor air quality have been possibly lethal in extreme cases.   

This is by no means a new issue.  It is a problem that has plagued indoor air quality since the time of dwellings.  (Air &amp;amp; Waste Management Association, 2001)  The problem has escalated though as of present due to technology and the population of mankind.  Several instruments that have been intended to provide us with comfort, have contributed to the degrading of indoor air quality.  Such instruments as air conditioners and humidifiers are a part of these contributors.  So how does this technology affect the well being of the indoor air that we breathe? 

Government agencies across Canada have been receiving calls from people who are concerned about the quality of air in their workplace.  These people want to know the causes of the various physical symptoms they are experiencing.  (Health Canada - 1, 1995)  One of the causes of the symptoms they are experiencing is the effects of biological factors in their work environment.  Poorly engineered HVAC systems, poorly maintained buildings, incompetent maintenance personnel and equipment, inadequate circulation and ventilation, and over crowding in workplaces </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-18T19:19:32-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Regulation-and-Importance-of-Indoor-Air-Quality-Control-30374.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Car Comparison of the RSX and Z28                           </title>
    <description>Car Comparison of the RSX and Z28

After spending the summer looking for a car my dad and I could agree on, we finally narrowed it down to two cars. One of these cars was a 2002 Acura RSX Type S and the other was a 2002 Chevrolet Camaro Z28. My dad had previously said that there was no way  I could buy either of the two. The Acura was too expansive at $26,000.00 and the Chevrolet was too powerful at 310 horse power. Since I was going off to school and leaving Houston in less than a week, he finally gave in and said I could purchase one of these cars. I spent the next two mind numbing days trying to decide which vehicle to own. I couldn’t make up my mind. 
	
Both of these cars can perform on the race track. The 2000 plus pound Type S comes equipped with a 200 horse power four cylinder engine and the 3000 plus pound Chevy comes packaged with a 310 horse power V-8 engine.  In a quarter mile drag race, the Z28 would win with a time of 13.8 seconds and the RSX would come following with a time of 14.8 seconds. Although, If they raced around the circuit, the race would be a little more close since the Acura has better handling. 
	
Another plus for both vehicles is that they each have a huge after market. This means there are a lot of parts, which aren’t from the maker of the vehicle, that you can buy to enhance your car. No matter which car I buy, I plan on buying performance parts for the vehicle. Your car can never be too fast. Since the Type S just came out, it doesn’t have a big market yet but the performance market is growing at a exponential rate. Also, the RSX is the replacement for the Integra, which had a very large after market. As for the Classic Camaro, it has had a big performance market since the late 1960‘s.  
	
One of the good things about the Type S is that it comes basically loaded. Leather seats, a CD changer, a Bose audio system, power windows, and power locks are in the vehicle without  adding a single option. The RSX is also more of a luxury coupe than a sports car. In contrast, a Z28 without any options, </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-18T12:52:07-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Car-Comparison-of-the-RSX-and-Z28-30347.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Hockey Career of Wayne Gretzky                              </title>
    <description>Hockey Career of Wayne Gretzky

EARLY HOCKEY YEARS 

Born in Brantford, Ontario, Canada, January 26, 1961.  Wayne began skating at the age of three on a backyard rink built by his father, Walter. He began playing organized hockey in grade school and was soon such a dominant scorer that he was moved out of his age bracket to play with players several years older. 

Gretzky's idols as a young hockey player were his father and Hall of Fame forward Gordie Howe. After playing in several local and regional leagues, Gretzky advanced to play junior hockey with the Sault Sainte Marie Greyhounds of the Ontario Hockey League, a developmental league for young players. During the 1977-78 season with the Greyhounds he compiled 182 points, with 70 goals and 112 assists in 64 games. 

EDMONTON OILERS 

Before the start of the 1979-80 season, the Oilers and three other WHA teams were accepted into the NHL. During his first NHL season Gretzky became known as The Great One. He accumulated 137 points with 51 goals and 86 assists. The total earned him the first of eight consecutive Hart Memorial Trophies as the league's most valuable player. A year later, Gretzky scored 164 points a league record at the time and won the first of seven consecutive Art Ross Trophies. 

The 1988 Stanley Cup victory was Gretzky's last in Edmonton. Team owner Peter Pocklington, struggling to keep his team profitable as the salaries of the franchise's top players rose, began to dismantle his dynasty. On August 9, 1988, in what is considered by many as the most significant trade in NHL history, Pocklington traded Gretzky and two Oiler teammates to the Los Angeles Kings for two players, three first-round draft choices, and cash. 
 

AFTER EDMONTON  

Over the next eight seasons in Los Angeles, Gretzky gradually relinquished his title as the game's dominant offensive player to the Pittsburgh Penguins' Mario Lemieux. His presence on the Kings, however, changed the team from a struggling franchise to one of the NHL's most glamorous teams. Aided by other former Oilers Gretzky helped turn the Kings from a losing team playing in front of small crowds to a consistent winner that sold out almost every home game. During the 1992-93 season Gretzky guided the Kings to their first Stanley Cup Finals, where they lost to the Montréal Canadiens, 4 games to 1. 

The Kings failed to reach </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-18T12:50:44-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Hockey-Career-of-Wayne-Gretzky-30346.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Important Guidelines for Public Speaking                    </title>
    <description>Important Guidelines for Public Speaking

There are many different kinds of speeches.   The informative speech  is a good way to inform or teach your  audience important things that you think they should know.  Visual aids are very important to have, because it helps your audience understand your speech clearly.  How ever the person giving the speech may  always have weaknesses , but also strengths. 
	    
	
As I watched myself in the video , where my speech was recorded on I found out a lot of things about myself I didn’t know before.  As I started my speech I mentioned  that I was going to talk about piercing.  My introduction wasn’t  that bad, because I wasn’t nervous jet.  But as I started talking about  the history of piercing then my mind went black.  As  I observed myself  I couldn’t believe I forgot what I wanted to say . More notes would of helped me a lot more , because I notice that I just glanced  at my notes like two time because I didn’t think  I was going to forget was I was going to say.   
	
My most strong weaknesses was forgetting, getting nervous and  that I studded .  I studded  a lot for the same reason that I got so nervous that I could stand being up there.   I got stuck with some words that I had practice on.  I was so nervous that I kept moving my hair back when it wasn’t even on the way.  

I did feel like I suffered from stage fright, which was debilitative because while I was speaking I felt my face turning red. On the tape I found out that you can’t even tell, I didn’t blushed that much. 
	
How ever some strength s were eye contact, and good visual aids.  I was looking at the audience no matter what .  I had very good visual aids.  I did a clear chart where it showed the most common piercing according to that certain tattoo shop.  I actually liked the way it looked on the video.  It was nice and big.  I also included pictures  of different body piercing.   
	
In conclusion I think that I did </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-18T12:37:16-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Important-Guidelines-for-Public-Speaking-30340.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Essay on Serial Killers                                     </title>
    <description>Essay on Serial Killers

“I hated all of my life. I hated everybody. When I first grew up and can remember, I was dressed as a girl by Mother. And I stayed that way for two or three years. And after that I was treated like what I call the dog of the family. I was beaten; I was made to do things that no human bein’ would want to do. I’ve had to steal, make bootleg liquor; I’ve had to eat out of a garbage can. I grew up and watched prostitution like that with my mother till I was fourteen years old. Then I started to steal, do anything else I could do to get away from home….but I couldn’t get away from it. I even went to Tecumseh, Michigan, got married, and started livin’ up there, and my mother came up there and we got into an argument in a beer tavern…that’s why I killed her.” Quoted by: Henry Lee Lucas (Norris, 1988) 
	
Henry Lee Lucas was convicted of eleven murders, one death penalty, six life sentences, two seventy-five year sentences, and one sixty-year sentence. He is awaiting death row in Texas. To this day authorities don’t know whether to believe Lucas’s confessions. At one point, he claimed to have indulged in sufficient violence to turn the whole South into a cemetery of his victims. (Ellroy, 1992) Henry Lee Lucas, like other serial killers, belongs to the walking dead. He is a man who dies emotionally and socially before the age of ten and for whom existence had become only a hunt to satisfy his primal urges from each moment to the next. (Norris, 1988) 
	
Serial Killers tend to be white, heterosexual males in their twenties and thirties who are sexually dysfunctional and have low self-esteem. Their methodical rampages are almost always in a sexual nature. Their killings are usually part of an elaborate fantasy that builds to a climax at the moment of their murderous outburst. Serial killers generally murder strangers with cooling off periods between each crime. Many enjoy cannibalism, necrophilla and keep trophy-like body parts as mementos of their work.  Serial killers are sadistic in nature. (Norris, 1988) Some return to the scenes or graves of their victims to fantasize about their deeds. Many insert themselves in the investigation of their crimes and some enjoy taunting authorities with letters or carefully planned pieces of </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-16T20:44:26-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Essay-on-Serial-Killers--30258.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Excessive Spending on Pro Athelete Salaries                 </title>
    <description>Excessive Spending on Pro Athelete Salaries

Sports, one of the oldest activities humans participate in can be traced back thousands of years, but only recently has it emerged as a problem that effects everyone regardless of if they follow or even like them. Today the average worker in Canada earns about 45-thousand dollars per year. Compared to the salaries professional athletes make it is a miniscule amount. The average professional athlete makes at least 100-thousand dollars a year and some of them don’t even play a single game for their team. Athletes make more on average then professionals from many other fields such as medicine and law.    
     
These ludicrous salaries leave repercussions and impacts in their path. These repercussions and impacts land on the laps of millions of taxpayers across the world. In today’s world of money equals power finance, these athletes have a stranglehold on the media and many impressionable people, especially children.  

The jobs that propel our country through everyday life such as medicine, have rules and regulations when it comes to salaries. A doctor who can work over 300 days per year has a cap on his salary that falls not much higher then the average athlete’s salary. These specialists work together to make the world a better place to live. Athletes on the other hand do not help the world, all they do is satisfy a want. The professionals, on the other hand, satisfy needs of people, whether it is surgery or a lawsuit. People can learn to adapt without sports, but it would be nearly impossible for a community to function properly without doctors.  
    
Another problem with athlete’s million dollar salaries is that the money used to pay them comes out of the pocket of the taxpayer. Not only are ticket prices ridiculous, but once inside the stadium both food and merchandise have extra taxes. Maybe athletes should pump some of the money they make back into the economy to make the spectator sporting experience less costly. Athletes should be responsible by helping to fund stadiums, and by giving more money to charity.  

One of the main problems in today’s world is a child being influenced in the wrong way. Some of the bad influences arrive from snooty professional athletes that disregard the impact they make. Sports stars like Mike Tyson, </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-13T19:07:45-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Excessive-Spending-on-Pro-Athelete-Salaries-30236.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Values of Learning Outside of School                    </title>
    <description>The Values of Learning Outside of School

Upon reaching the old church, a familiar feeling came over me. It was like going back through time to when I was about nine or ten years old. I started to remember when I had attended an after school program. Prior to this event, I had not been back to a children’s organization in over eight years and nothing had really changed. I noticed that still no one was doing their homework or even wanted to talk about school. I was very nervous about going because I didn’t know how the kids would react to new faces, but now I was starting to remember what kids were like. I was extremely happy to find all the smiling faces when I entered the building. Once I began to know more of the kids, I tried to gather them to do some learning activities. None of them wanted to do anything even close to schoolwork. I saw that they liked dancing so I asked them if they wanted to learn a routine. I found that I was giving the children a chance to learn independently. 
	
I found that many of the children were practicing the routine on their own. They tried to remember each step by remembering what I had named the step. What I really liked about this experience was that the kids look up to me as a role model and that made me feel a lot more mature. As I walked around, I found myself being called upon from every direction. I had never worked that close with children before, and it was one of the best experiences I ever had. I felt like I was helping the children in doing something productive. I didn’t expect to see the children wanting to learn anything after school hours. I guess this explains a little of Paulo Friere saying, “The teacher’s thinking is authenticated only by the authenticity of the student’s thinking. The teacher cannot think for his students, nor can he impose his thought on them.” If the students didn’t find the activity interesting they wouldn’t want to learn and therefore would not continue to try to learn what I had taught them after I was finished. 
	
I guess that learning can be done in or out of school. The subject that is to be learned must be appealing. If it isn’t, then the </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-13T15:31:49-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Values-of-Learning-Outside-of-School-30223.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Studying the Differences between Men and Women              </title>
    <description>Studying the Differences between Men and Women

How does men and women are respectively treated and represent today in our culture? I think in order to answer this question, we have to look at </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-13T13:17:58-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Studying-the-Differences-between-Men-and-Women-30215.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Progressive State of California                         </title>
    <description>The Progressive State of California

Our world is evolving for the good and also the bad. California is progressing extremely rapidly and growing more quicker than anywhere else in the United States. Our resources, beautiful weather, job opportunities, and benefits lure in non-Californians.  
	
The population in California is dangerously increasing. Researchers predict that the state’s population will double in only thirty seven years. That’s sixty-five million by the year two thousand and thirty-seven. (www. Cap-s.org) 
	
A large population leads to traffic jams, power outages, lower supply of water, food, homes, and unemployment. Congestion and pollution results from bigger industries and power plants trying to support the growing mass population’s needs. The three fastest growing cities are Los Angeles, San Diego, and San Jose. We accept two hundred and sixty thousand immigrants per year. Those numbers are adding to the mounting population. California will be as populated as modern day China by the year two thousand and thirty. Compare China’s humongous size to California. There is a new Californian every minute. (www.cap-s.org/Goldborough0200.html) 
	
California is experiencing severe power outages because of the tremendously high rate of energy use. Energy officials are worried that there aren’t enough power plants to produce the natural gas needed to provide electricity and heat to homes in California. They are worried that California’s electrical problems will spread to the rest of the country. (http://www.timeforkids.com/TFK/news/story/0,6260,94797,00.html) 
	
Schools are another problem due to the population. Schools are overcrowded with students. Student test scores are dropping. California is worried about the funding they have to raise to keep up the increasing number of enrollments in schools. In the last six years, funding for K-12 schools rose from thirty billion dollars to forty-seven billion. Only decreased immigration can ease school overload.(www.cap-s.org/nlwinter00.html#school) 
	
Global warming is another consequence of California’s progress. We are producing too much pollution and chemicals to harm our atmosphere. We are threatened by heat waves, floods, drought, extreme weather, and spreading infectious diseases. The poor communities will be hit hard the most because of their limited healthcare and options.  
(www.Rprogress.com) 
	
 Asians are dominating the Caucasian population in California. The United States’s Asian population has doubled every decade since immigration restrictions were loosened in 1965. Many moved from traditional Chinatowns, Little Tokyos, and Little Saigons to nearly all-white suburbs or rural areas. In Northern California, many Asians flocked to computer and dot-com businesses. Other states with increasing Asian population </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-13T13:17:00-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Progressive-State-of-California-30214.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Military Case Study; The Red Badge of Courage               </title>
    <description>Military Case Study; The Red Badge of Courage 

Henry Fleming was a young man when he joined the Union Army with dreams of the heroic deeds that he would perform.  Against his mother’s wishes, Henry enlists in the 304th Regiment of New York Volunteers.  He lived in the North during the Civil War and through his experiences he learned a great deal.  Henry wasn’t too smart.  But he learned quickly, which was a good asset to have in war torn times.  He was a boy when the novel began and a man at its end.  This transition is the story of private Henry Fleming’s life.  
  
Henry spent boring months in training and inaction and looked forward to taking part in a real Civil War battle.   During this time, Henry thought about how he will act when confronted by the enemy fire for the first time.  He wonders if he will stand and fight or run from his fears.  Henry finally got a taste of war in several skirmishes.  However, more importantly was the battle that was going on in Henrys mind.  Henry thought that he faced inevitable death, so he threw down his rifle and ran away along with others.  At first he attempted to rationalize his dilemma, but failed and became increasingly agitated because of his failure.  While wandering in the rear of the fighting, he encountered a dead soldier.  With this event and having seen the death struggle of man, he experienced the shocking reality of how horrible war really is.  Jim Conklin was the man dying, and a close friend of Henry’s, which made it all the more difficult for him to watch.  Thus, he deserted Jimmy Rogers because he didn’t want to see another comrade die.  At this point in the story, Henry began to understand that the type of romantic warfare that he had once envisioned did not exist.  Henry began to long for a wound of his own as proof of his courage to make up for his cowardice.  What he wanted was a red, bloody badge of courage.  He was ironically given a wound when he made a nuisance of himself and was struck on the head by a rifle in the hands of a panic-stricken deserter.  Henry </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-13T13:07:43-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Military-Case-Study-The-Red-Badge-of-Courage-30210.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Damaging Effects of Pollution                               </title>
    <description>Damaging Effects of Pollution

Pollution is the introduction of harmful substances or products into the environment.  It is a major problem in America and as well as the world.  Pollution does not only damages the environment, but damages us also.  It has cause many problems ranging from lung cancer to the greenhouse effect.  It is all among us and but we continue to live in our own filth.  What is the reason behind this flawed logic?  In this paper I will examine the problems and solutions for this issue. 
	
Automobiles are undeniable the greatest source of pollution.  The noise pollution created by cars is immense.  Another polluting effect of cars is the heat it creates. This heat makes it unpleasant to be near the car while it’s running. And of course the most famous of the automobiles evils is the exhaust. The toxic fumes given off as a byproduct of the combustion engine are slowly deteriorating our lungs and our atmosphere. The exhaust is extremely toxic to human beings.   At least 117 million Americans live in areas where it is often, especially in the summer, unsafe to breathe the air due to smog pollution.  Automobiles emit 8% of the nation’s particulate pollution, also known as soot.  Soot pollution can cause heart and respiratory disease and aggravate respiratory problems.  But why do we do continue to drive these walking time bombs.  Some people will say it is progress, but the majority drives it for the convenience.  Why walk four miles in four hours when you can drive the same miles in four minutes?   
	
Another popular source of waste is the post-consumer market.  American citizens throw away millions of tons of garbage each year, and this trash has to go somewhere. While there are projects underway to clean and reuse this refuse most of it gets dumped into huge landfills.  These landfills are disgusting festering blisters on our country's landscape.  But people continue to consume and throw away more and more in the name of convenience.  As we see it, when things get old, throw it away and get a new one.  When you buy over packed or disposed items, you’re essentially buying trash.  Look for items you can use over and over again.  Some good practices of this </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-13T13:03:10-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Damaging-Effects-of-Pollution-30207.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Example of Jingoism in New York City                        </title>
    <description>Example of Jingoism in New York City

The article that I have cut out of the newspaper relates to jingoism.  In Battery Park, New York, there have been tents set up for the mourning of the firefighters, police men, and EMT’s that lost their lives during the September 11 attacks on the Twin Towers.  This article relates to jingoism because people go to this shrine to mourn for people that they never knew.  In the tents people placed stuffed animals, letters, framed pictures that have words on them, letters of good bye, and candles.  Plans for a permanent memorial for the victims of the attack are still in their earliest stages. </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-10T18:05:48-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Example-of-Jingoism-in-New-York-City-30187.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Remebering September Eleventh                               </title>
    <description>Remebering September Eleventh

On September 11 America witnessed the worst tragedy it has ever seen.  As Americans we think that we have freedom and that we are secure, but the truth is, were not.  In a span of no more that three hours, America was brought to its knees with a powerful blow from a group of terrorists.  Planes going to California started crashing into buildings in New York, Washington D.C. and Pennsylvania the country was under attack.  The very thing that makes America the greatest county in the world was under attack, our freedom.   Word started getting out and people were in shock and more so in disbelief.  I personally heard about it when I was in school and I refused to believe what I was being told.  Every news and radio station was covering the breaking news.  Even regular channels paused their programming to cover the situation at hand.  As the day progressed more and more information was coming out about who was behind this horrible act.  With the missing count in the thousands in New York and the death count already in the hundreds in Washington the terrorists had us in a choke hold.  All of out nations airspace was closed, airports were shut down and businesses were closed.  

These attacks had literally shut down our country.  People had been calling loved ones that were in the World Trade Center only to find that their cell phones would not work because the main antennas were situated on top of the Twin Towers.  Dozens of New York firefighters and police officers had rushed into the towers before they collapsed and were feared to be dead.  Entire companies were lost during the collapses.  As news stations started showing video of the events this fantasy became a reality for everybody around the country. Americans across that nation were starting to come together and show a great deal of patriotism.  We all started to come together and comport each other.  The mayor of  New York Rudolf Juliani was and has been amazingly supportive and helpful in our time of need.    Thousands of people were left out of jobs and in desperate need of money.  The families of victims were also flocking to the armory in New York to </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-09T15:13:55-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Remebering-September-Eleventh-30150.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Benefits Gained from Having School Uniforms                 </title>
    <description>Benefits Gained from Having School Uniforms

Dress code in schools has always been a problem because students somehow find it hard to follow the rules on what they can or cannot to school.  While clothing is a relatively minor issue when it comes to education, wearing uniforms does seem to improve an educational environment.  Therefore, I firmly believe that uniforms should be enforced upon students from elementary to high school.  This will help teach discipline, focus less on certain groups, and break down on economic differences. 
 
Uniforms will teach discipline by focusing more on studies and not on what they are wearing, whether it is to look good or just getting around to figuring out what to wear.  Trying to find something to wear can take up to hours, and make kids loose focus on getting around to finishing homework. The pressure to wear the most popular brands can become extreme when students ridicule others for wearing inexpensive clothing. Uniforms will eliminate this ridicule, improve discipline and put all the students on equal footing. With all students wearing similar clothing, students will realize they are not at school to show off their clothes, but to get an education. They can take pride in their school, not in their clothing.  
 
Wearing uniforms can also help focus less on certain groups, because sometimes wearing a certain label on a certain piece of clothing can immediately get you labeled as part of a certain group. By wearing uniforms, nobody would be referred to as "cool" or "a loser" just because of the way they dress. People would also not tend to judge others. Evaluations of girls will not be based on how short the skirt is or hot tight the shirt is. Instead, people will have to get to know each other based on their personality. With uniforms all the materialism and shallowness will go away as well.  
 
Uniforms can also help break down barriers of economic differences by not emphasizing on name brands to see who has what designer or who is wearing the latest styles.  Less teasing will be done on clothes because you can't tell the difference between uniforms as they will all have the same label and if worn out, torn, or even grown out of, will not be a problem because they'll be purchased yearly at a reasonable price. </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-09T15:00:37-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Benefits-Gained-from-Having-School-Uniforms-30144.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Necessity of Human Relationships                            </title>
    <description>Necessity of Human Relationships
	
Relationships are connection between persons. We share a relationship with our family, with friends and most important of all we share a relationship with God. Relationships can be personal, impersonal, close or distant. A personal relationship would be a relationship on your own personal time. An impersonal relationship would be a relationship with the public. A close relationship would be someone who lives close to you or a family member. A distant relationship would be a relationship you share with someone who you know who lives far away from you and you can only talk to them on the phone or through Internet. 
 	
At birth, we experience our first relationship with our mother and as we grow up we will have a whole web of relationships. In human life, relationships are very important for human survival and development. A beautiful union exists between 3 relationships: a relationship with others, a relationship with oneself and a relationship with God, our father. It is clear, God created us to live in relationship with others, so why not make the best of it. When a relationship is loving and intimate we experience God through these relationships. 
 
If a friend of mine was going on his/her first date I would give him/her advice for this date. I would advise him/her to consider these rules. First don’ speak in a rough voice. Your language is really important so your date won’t get upset and slap you across the face. Next, know where to draw the line and respect your date. Don’t get ‘physical’ on your first date. Make sure you take your date in a public place where a lot of people are there. Don’t take your date to a private room or closed places. Ask your date questions about her/his life and joke around a bit. Make sure you have money to cover expenses of a movie or something that you purchased in the mall. And do not ask your date to pay for it. You should let your date meet your parents when you are comfortable. Don’t force your date to see your parents. And that’s about it. This is all I would tell my friend. 

In conclusion, relationships are very important. Without human relationships a person can’t go through life. A person needs to communicate with someone. The only reason God created Eve for Adam is because </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-09T14:44:21-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Necessity-of-Human-Relationships-30135.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Teenage Driver Statistics                                   </title>
    <description>Teenage Driver Statistics

Teens face many responsibilities in life. They’re just getting out on their own and learning about life. Driving however is probably the biggest responsibility that they face in every day life.  

Statistics show that teen drivers have the highest accident rate out of all drivers. It’s not that they don’t try but they are just learning to drive so of course they’re going to have accidents. Most people think that if you slap on a bunch of restrictions that it will help prevent all teen accidents.  

There are many new waiting periods and restrictions for teen drivers. They must wait 6 months after getting their permits before they can get their real licenses, and they also have to have 60 hours of instructed driving with a parent or legal guardian. Another new addition to the rules is the curfew has been changed from 12:00 to 11:00. Will these changes help prevent accidents I doubt it. To most teens they’re just an inconvenience. 

Educating young drivers would help more then just telling them what they can’t do. Some teens go through a minimum amount of education when it comes to driving. Most teen’s take a driver’s education course in high school but is that enough. A very small number of teens take an instructed driving course called behind the wheel with their drivers’ education teacher. Educating teens about how to deal with situations would help improve their driving ability to react to dangerous situations. 

Another way to help bring down teen accidents would be to get rid of some of the distractions teens face. In this day and age most teens have cell phones and cd players. This is the leading cause of teen accidents. They only give half of there attention to the road and the other half to technology. Get rid of those distractions and they wouldn’t have anything else to worry about other then driving. 

Insurance companies are a teen drivers worst nightmare. Teens have the highest insurance out of all drivers. Many teens have to get jobs to pay for their insurance. Some of the luckier teens have parents who will pick up the bill. If teen accident rates would go down maybe their insurance would also go down.  

Over all teens are in a bad situation when it comes to driving. If they could just learn a little more before they </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-09T13:55:53-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Teenage-Driver-Statistics-30116.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Legal Ruling on Patricia Rosier 1986 Case                   </title>
    <description>Legal Ruling on Patricia Rosier 1986 Case

Patricia Rosier died January 15,1986 with the help of her husband Peter Rosier.  She was 43 years old and a mother of two.  Her husband Peter was a prominent physician in Fort Myers Florida.  He was indicted for first degree murder by Lee County grand jury 10 months later.  
     
Patricia had been diagnosed in April 1985 with lung cancer.  Which eventually moved to her brain.  Her husband felt that there was a lawsuit of malpractice, as he believed she should have had the x-rays six months earlier (Oct. 1985) 
  
Dr. Rosier admitted in an interview with a Fort Myers NBC affiliate, WBBH Channel 20 that he helped his wife end her life.  He admitted in his manuscript ”I gave her two injections of morphine... I inserted four morphine suppositories into the rectum of my love.”  Peter was challenging the laws of euthanasia as he had seen other doctor’s help people from their suffering.  But they were never prosecuted.  He never thought that Peter would get anything more than a slap on the wrist.  But the state’s prosecutor chose to go for murder one and the electric chair.  Stanley and Susan Rosenblatt chose together to take this case.  It was a case of a dying woman who had fought a very hard battle with cancer, and her loving husband who would do anything to see her suffering stop.  But in our judicial system if you know someone or you happen to get the right defense attorney, who happens to be in good with the system, things can go your way. 
     
Peter was born in Long Island New York and was what Fort Myers considered a liberal New York Jew.  And to use Tom Wolfe’s great phrase Dr. Rosier was “The Great White Defendant.”  He was intelligent, rich, arrogant and opinionated.  Peter and Patricia moved to Fort Myers in 1973.  He was the chief of pathology at Lee memorial Hospital and maintained a private medical practice and was extremely profitable.  They definitely lived the good life.  He was despised in Fort Myers for not keeping his mouth shut and for suing Lee Memorial hospital and a fellow physician.  The news media tried to </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-09T13:20:33-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Legal-Ruling-on-Patricia-Rosier-1986-Case-30101.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Importance of Discipline in Schools                     </title>
    <description>The Importance of Discipline in Schools

At one time, our country was considered to have the smartest young minds in the world.  However, lately the United States public schools are struggling to compete academically with other developed countries.  The most recent assessment ranks our country’s test scores fifth in the world.  In addition, and perhaps more disconcerting, is the growing incidents of violence in our public schools.  There have been more shootings and fights in our schools than ever before.  Newly elected President George W. Bush has this issue high on his agenda.  Public schools are being forced to consider mandatory uniforms to reduce violence and to raise our poor academic performance, even if the student loses his/her right to dress the way they want to.  
	
Since April of 1999 when the tragic school shooting at Columbine High School happened, schools have been looking for a solution to this terrible violence.  Due to the number of gangs and cliques that are formed today, choice of clothing can start fights between peers on a daily basis.  All gangs have colors, and to have a mandatory uniform would eliminate the wearing of gang material to school.  Secondly, because of the looseness and bagginess of the clothes that teenagers wear, it is easy to hide things such as weapons in their clothing.  A uniform consisting of khaki pants and a collared shirt would completely solve this problem.  Lastly, due to the bad messages that are on clothing these days, children can be influenced by many different things.  T-shirts promoting musicians with bad messages, violence and other negative things are not needed in a learning environment.  With the installment of mandatory school uniforms, the public school will no longer be a place for violence. 
	
In United States public schools today, test scores are dropping faster than ever before.  Designer clothing and jewelry seem to have in a teenagers life nowadays than their schoolwork.  However, if they do not have to worry about what to wear every morning to school, than the focus will once again be to learn.  Also, because some children are not as fortunate as others and can not afford nice clothes they are made fun of and belittled by their peers.  However, if every student wore the same thing, the emphasis on nice clothes </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-07T13:08:49-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Importance-of-Discipline-in-Schools-30084.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Understanding a Person's Character from their Room          </title>
    <description>Understanding a Person's Character from their Room

My room represents my personality and interest. When you enter you would probably notice the a mostly bare wall. I like the look of clean walls, which gives you a calm feeling. My room is far from being totally nice, my bed is unmade and some clothes gather dust on the floor. People may consider my room tidy, but not inflexible.  

While going through my room someone would probably notice my workspace, my desk and folders. The desktop is fairly organized, consisting of a pencil holder and desk calendar. The calendar is full of dates, tests, and deadlines. Academics are very important, but would be boring without some time to relax. Above my desk hangs a bulletin board. Similar to the calendar, it holds important pieces of information, as well as a few personal items. A postcard, a present from my grandfather, would likely catch one's eye. The postcard is from my homeland, and includes a famous quote by Mahatma Gandhi. It reminds me of the country I was born in, and the ties I have to my original culture. Directly below the postcard hang a few baby pictures of myself, mementos of a simpler time. Alongside my desk is a computer, without which I could not survive. The slightly outdated, yet fully competent Apple Macintosh aids with school, and, nearly any other activity I participate in. The Mac also has a modem, connecting me to the global community linked through the Internet. I am very interested in the Internet, and have found it a very useful source of information for everything ranging from tomorrow's weather to buying a new car. Upon leaving my workspace, I hope my possessions would convey that I am serious about my work, but I approach it with practicality and a grain of salt.  

On the other side of my room lies my relaxation area, commonly referred to as a bed. Strewn about the bed are two magazines which represent my interests, MacWorld and Time. I read these magazines daily, to keep up with current events as well as advancements in the information age. Atop my bureau lays the latest work by Stephen King. The bed is unmade, a fact for which I feel no remorse. Although my mother disapproves, I consider an unmade bed a symbol of rest and quietude. My bed may be considered utilitarian, </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-07T12:29:32-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Understanding-a-Person-s-Character-from-their-Room-30069.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Is There a Criminal Underclass in American Society          </title>
    <description>Is There a Criminal Underclass in American Society
The notion of a criminal underclass within society is a complex matter. With the simple phrase comes a barrage of uncertainties and possibilities with much being written in recent decades on the subject. In fact the concept of an underclass has been around in a form since at least as far back as 1810 when Malthus explained it in terms of “ the over-production and over-population of the lower classes” and saw the solution as encouraging the lower classes not to breed. Our understanding of underclass has changed somewhat over the years yet academics have been unable to come up with a consensus on a definitive definition. Indeed the negative connotations and uncertain meaning associated with the word have caused many to stop using it altogether. Although societal changes over time have brought in differing attitudes to the words concept and usage, and the problem of different definitions from various viewpoints should always be taken into consideration, I shall do my utmost to give a description of the sort of ideas and concepts associated with the term. I will also explain the important distinction between deviant and criminal behavior so as I can then determine if such a concept as a criminal underclass is actually a reality within our present day society. 

Crime itself is a very transient term; it is something that varies through the passage of time, society, geography, and by who commits the act. For example the horrific acts of September 11th  resulted in the suicide bombers became martyrs for Al-Quaida members and followers while the west viewed the acts as probably the worst crime ever committed. Soldiers of the coalition will receive medals for bravery as they take lives in Afghanistan while the bombing is seen as criminal by those supportive of the Taliban and similar regimes. It is clear then that  crime can be both right or wrong depending on where we are looking from. Evidently it is not the act that distinguishes a crime but whether or not the act has been classified a crime. Ultimately it is those in positions of power that choose this classification and clearly those criminals we choose to despise are victims of our societies ideas of what is right or wrong. To explain deviance we shall look to Howard Beckers statement “Social groups create deviance by making rules whose </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-06T00:08:38-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Is-There-a-Criminal-Underclass-in-American-Society-30065.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Important Advice to Succeed in High School                  </title>
    <description>Important Advice to Succeed in High School

Entering a crowed building with few people one knows. Little time to eat lunch and small locker space. If this is true, one is entering there first year at Stevenson High School.  Ninth graders “have no fear” here is a foolproof plan for academics success for your four year at SHS. Be organized, be on time to class and, pay attention to the teacher during lecture.  
 
Being organized is very important for high school. If one is not organized, one is lost. One starts mixing up ones English homework with ones Biology homework. Plus one may forget if one has homework because ones work is a farrago. My plan is to get a folder and a note pad for every class. That way ones Biology homework is ones biology folder. That way one will be able to locate ones homework fairly easy. In addition it will make it easy for an individual to check for homework at the end of the day. So try to be organized it will help out. 

Be on time to class!!! Most teachers give an individual three tardies to there class. After an individual has three tardies the individual is sent to the asst. principle office. One is put on a tardy contract saying on ones third tardy from that date; one is drop from that class. It really a shame to get drop from a class because be late to class. I was dropped from a class last year for be tardy to many times. And I had to make it up in summer school. So take it from me, and don’t be late to class.  
 
The most important aspect of high school is paying attention to the teacher during lecture. Paying attention to the teacher will minimize study time, because one know some of the information one just has to go over it. Not pay attention and sleeping will result in a low grade or longer study hours. So pay attention, it will make it easier on one. 
 
Be organized, be on time to class and, pay attention to the teacher during lecture. Following these three rules to make an individual high school career much easier and less stressful.  Plus following these rules you will have a higher GPA, then if you did not. So follow the foolproof plan and </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-05T22:52:01-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Important-Advice-to-Succeed-in-High-School-30037.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Sports                                                      </title>
    <description>History of Soccer

	There is documentary evidence that a game or skill building exercise, involving kicking a ball into a small net, was used by the Chinese military during the Han Dynasty - around the 2nd and 3rd centuries BC. Earlier evidence - of a field marked out to play a ball-kicking game has been found at Kyoto, in Japan. Both the Greeks and ancient Romans played a soccer-type game which resembled modern soccer - although in this early version, teams could consist of up to 27 players! It is impossible to say accurately where and when soccer started - but it is reasonable to assume that some type of ball game - from which the organized sport we know today developed - has been played somewhere on the planet for over 3000 years. 

Britain is the undisputed birthplace of modern soccer/association soccer. Soccer - as soccer is called in Britain was a popular sport of the masses from the 8th century onwards. But this game was a war game! There is a story which places the first soccer game in the east of England - where the locals played 'football' with the severed head of a Danish Prince they had defeated in battle! In medieval times, towns and villages played against rival towns and villages - and kicking, punching, biting and gouging were allowed. The object of the game was to move the ball to an agreed spot which had been marked 
The earlier version of soccer was so violent, that many attempts were made by the authorities to ban soccer. In England, King Edward III passed laws in 1331 to try and exterminate soccer. In Scotland, King James 1, in 1424, proclaimed in Parliament, “No man shall play soccer.” Good Queen Bess, Queen Elizabeth 1 of England, had a law passed which provided for soccer players to be “jailed for a week, and obliged to do penance in church." But no law could stop the game in Britain. It was too popular. In 1815, the famous English School, Eton College, established a set of rules which other schools, colleges and Universities began to use. Later, these were standardized and a version, known as the Cambridge Rules, was adopted by most of England's Universities and Colleges in 1848. 




But now, soccer was divided into two separate camps. Some colleges and schools preferred to follow rules drawn up by Rugby School </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-05T07:11:45-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Sports--30007.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Creative Alternatives to the Issues of Censorship           </title>
    <description>Creative Alternatives to the Issues of Censorship
	
News flash:  A 12 year old kills a 6 year old by practicing   wrestling moves on her he learned from WWF Smack Down.  A 13-year old boy shoots and kills a classmate with a gun he ordered from the Internet.   As we can see in these disturbing incidents, violence amongst youngsters is on the rise.  One of the forces driving our youth to violence is the media, such as TV and the Internet, to which children have easy access.  To prevent violence, adults must take responsibility and take action.  Censoring the media is one method.  However, censoring the media would infringe the rights of adults.  Rather than censoring the Internet and television, we should develop technologies that make it easier for parents to restrict their children’s access to offensive materials on TV and the Internet. 
 	
The government should not have authority to restrict the access of adults to any kind of material.  If the government is allowed to restrict adults’ basic rights and freedoms, then a domino effect will begin and more of our rights will be taken away.  They may start restricting all kinds of things like newspaper articles and everyday clothing.  We American adults didn’t do anything to deserve having our rights taken away.  These types of rights were given to us in the Constitution.  Adults may regulate the lives of their children, but we adults are not the children of the government.  Therefore, we shouldn’t be regulated.   
 	
Furthermore, censoring the Internet is almost impossible.  Regardless of first amendment rights, the Internet has gotten too large to control.  The worldwide web, as it’s called, is just that, worldwide.  Even if all U.S. sites are regulated, America still cannot censor sites from overseas.  The best compromise would probably be to create a rating system for U.S. sites similar to television today and create software to censor sites with a certain rating.  This would allow parents to censor the Internet for their children but still leave the Internet free of regulation for the most part.  The problem would arise when a site from another country was downloaded that doesn’t have a rating.  How would someone censor that?  This problem is where the impossibility comes to </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-04T16:23:05-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Creative-Alternatives-to-the-Issues-of-Censorship-29999.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Remarks on the Lost City of Atlantis                        </title>
    <description>Remarks on the Lost City of Atlantis

Over 11,000 years ago there existed an island nation located in the middle of the Atlantic Ocean, populated by a noble and powerful race.  The people of this land possessed great wealth thanks to the natural resources found throughout their island.  The island was a center for trade and commerce.  The rulers of this land held sway over the people and land of their own island and well into Europe and Africa.  This was the island of Atlantis (Keyes page 1 of 4).  Atlantis was one of many myths of Ancient Greece. These myths were an important aspect of the Ancient Greek culture, and each myth unravels a new story that has been told for centuries, true or untrue these tales are truly amazing, and the story of Atlantis was one of the best and well known of all the myths. 

The original story starts at the very beginning of time when “ the great gods divided the Cosmos between them, Poseidon the lord of the Ocean took possession of a chain of islands stretching from Spain to Central America.  The great god discovered that the people of the island were singularly handsome and intelligent, he found that the island was more beautiful than anywhere else in the world.  Every leaf on every tree glistened as brilliantly as an emerald, and the rolling pasturelands were as sleep, and green as the waves of Summer Sea” (Jessie page 1 of 6).  Poseidon had nonetheless discovered a perfect Utopia.  During his exploration of his new island he was climbing the largest hill on the islands, and at the top he found the most beautiful woman he had ever seen, and her name was Cleito.  The god fell in love with this woman and had 10 sons with her.  There first born child was named Atlas and from this name he named his island Atlantis.  All though Poseidon was very much in love with Cleito, he still had a very jealous and distrustful personality and decided to isolate her and protect her on his island by putting her on a hill in the center of Atlantis and digging three great moats around the grand hill.  As the god’s son’s grew older he made all ten of them the kings of Atlantis and each responsible </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-03T23:04:04-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Remarks-on-the-Lost-City-of-Atlantis-29949.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Alcoholism and Alcoholic Dependency                         </title>
    <description>Alcoholism and Alcoholic Dependency

Alcoholism, chronic disease marked by a craving for alcohol. People who suffer from this illness are known as alcoholics. They cannot control their drinking even when it becomes the underlying cause of serious harm, including medical disorders, marital difficulties, job loss, or automobile crashes. Medical science has yet to identify the exact cause of alcoholism, but research suggests that genetic, psychological, and social factors influence its development. Alcoholism cannot be cured yet, but various treatment options can help an alcoholic avoid </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-03T14:03:58-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Alcoholism-and-Alcoholic-Dependency-29937.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Examination of UFO Cult Groups                              </title>
    <description>Examination of UFO Cult Groups

On June 24, 1947, pilot Kenneth Arnold was flying over the Cascades when he reported seeing "nine shiny objects in a chain-like formation speeding by at some 1600 miles per hour" (Ellwood 393). Arnold compared what he saw to a saucer skipping across water. This characterization led the media to adopt the concept of "flying saucer". Arnold's report was quickly followed by many other sightings reported from various places around the country. 
 
The introduction of this phenomenon into society brought about rumors as to the meanings behind these unidentified flying objects. Soon, people began to believe that UFOs had made contact with humans. These humans came to be known as “contactees.” The first contactee was George Adamski, who claimed to have met a UFO traveler from Venus. Throughout the fifties, there were many other contactees who claimed interaction with interplanetary occupants. 
 
Some of these contactees wrote books, gave lectures, and formed small groups of friends following them. These groups could be characterized as UFO audience cults. Like many audience cults, these groups serve as a form of social entertainment rather than a serious life commitment. Through the fifties and the sixties, UFO cults substantially remained at this level.  
 
By the Seventies UFO audience cults began to take the shape of cult movements. A group known as Human Individual Metamorphosis (now known as Heaven's Gate) appeared in California in 1975. The two leaders of this group persuaded followers to follow them into the wilderness. They would be met by UFOs and carried to the "level above human." 
 
In the Eighties and Nineties several cults emerged with a Christian system of beliefs. These groups considered UFO beings to be spiritual guides (even angels) who are assisting humans.  

Sacred or Revered Texts: It is not possible to identify texts that would be sacred to all UFO groups, but some groups clearly have books or writings that have a sacred character. For instance, The Urantia Book is a massive two thousand page tome that tells the story of the people of our planet, Uranti, our destiny and relation to God, as well as detailed information of other universes. The Heaven's Gate cult, which committed mass suicide in March, 1997 had a volume entitled How and When Heaven's Gate May be Entered which could be considered sacred text. They also sited specific Bible texts, especially </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-03T13:47:17-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Examination-of-UFO-Cult-Groups-29929.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Methodology For Solving University Parking Problem          </title>
    <description>Methodology For Solving University Parking Problem


INTRODUCTION

The American University of Sharjah (AUS) is a non-profit, coeducational American style institution of higher education. It was established and is funded by His Highness, Sheikh Dr. Sultan bin Mohammed Al Qassimi, member of supreme council and ruler of Sharjah. The university that began operations in 1997 currently has facilities designed to accommodate 4000 undergraduate level students. The current strength of students of the university is roughly around 2300. And the school of business has the highest number of enrollments with around 700 students. 
 

STATEMENT OF PROBLEM

With the student population growing at an increasing rate at the university the satisfaction level of students using the car park facility has decreased. Students claim that there is insufficient parking space and the feedback received about the new sticker system being implemented is very negative. Many a times students have to wait for 5 to 6 minutes before they find a parking lot and as a last attempt are forced to park very far away from their respective buildings where they have classes. Often enough these 5 to 6 minutes make determine whether a student is recorded late or on time for class. Also at times students are forced to park their cars in no parking zones to avoid being late for class at the expense of having to pay parking violation fines. As of now the parking problem remains as a concern to most of the users who use the various parking lots. ON two occasions articles were published in the AUS student magazine describing the dissatisfaction of students with the current parking system. As a result we decided to further investigate the problem in a more detailed manner to help solve matters. 

 
PURPOSE 

To identify the problems students face with the parking facility at the AUS. After identifying the problems our main objectives were to determine the causes of the problems and to recommend possible solutions to improve the overall satisfaction level of students who use the car park facility. 

 
METHODOLOGY 

In preparing this report we basically used three methods. They are as follows:- 
 
1-) SURVEY: - we conducted a survey among students who use the car parking facility at AUS by using questionnaires. Details of the survey methodology are as follows: 
a.) Sample of 120 students was taken.  
b.) We got 30 students from 4 different car parks in the </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-03T13:22:41-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Methodology-For-Solving-University-Parking-Problem-29920.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Culture of Sex in Contemporary Russia                   </title>
    <description>The Culture of Sex in Contemporary Russia

In Russia the topic of sex went from being taboo to being not only acceptable but common place. Russia has gone as far as half-naked women selling everything from cell phones to shoes, on billboards. Imagine, being embarrassed to take a family car ride. Not only are these billboards cause embarrassment but they also post a danger to traffic, as being very distracting. 

The question that seems to be popping up is “What is tasteful, and what is improper? Where do they draw the line? There are no laws regulating advertising. The only thing the government restricts is television. Any risque television shows are aired after midnight. 

Now with new drugs that increase men’s sex drives, such as Viagra, no longer is sex after fifty looked down upon. These men feel they want to make up for lost time because of economic and political changes that had taken place. In America we have health clinics for young women that are very popular. How often have you heard of men’s health clinics? Well in Russia they have many. At these health clinics they have been seeing a huge influx of men over fifty as clients. All though this behavior seems to be new, the regulating of sexual lifestyles only began after the year 998. A long time ago, children were allowed to get married as early as age twelve. Public coed baths were very common. In Russia people used to have so called weddings or marriages near water reservoirs. This occurred in May and June. They would bathe, and during this process, they would choose their future marital partner. This was all based on a mutual attraction. A little less then ten years ago Sexually Transmitted diseases began to spread at pandemic rates. Syphilis grew between the years of 1992 and 1997. They say that 15-20% of all couples are sterile do to improperly or untreated Sexually transmitted diseases. The government began to take action. In 1993 they opened over 200 family planning centers. Although since then shut them down in the year1997. These clinics did not have enough favorable statistics.  

This article really made me stop and think about how I feel Americans view sex. I know that many people still believe that sex is a very private subject. Although some television shows beg to differ. Shows like Friends, Will and Grace, and </description>
    <pubDate>2006-07-02T22:16:37-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Culture-of-Sex-in-Contemporary-Russia-29899.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Meaning of Christmas                                    </title>
    <description>The Meaning of Christmas
To me Christmas means a time of happiness towards everyone. It is a time when families and close friends come home from all over the world to be with the people they love. To most people family and friends come first in their lives, so this is obviously a very favored holiday.  

When it’s Christmas time, people exchange gifts often and take it for granted. This holiday is usually associated with receiving gifts. Personally, I think giving a gift is just as great as receiving one. Most </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-27T03:06:12-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Meaning-of-Christmas-29879.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Debate over Natural versus Synthetic Vitamins               </title>
    <description>Debate over Natural versus Synthetic Vitamins

One clear representation, which will be discussed later, of the controversy surrounding the use of synthetic products versus natural products, lies in vitamins. A vitamin is a composite of the natural world that is made up of enzymes, coenzymes, antioxidants, and mineral activators. The decision on which one a person would choose usually comes down to cost, confusion, and/or common </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-26T17:36:05-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Debate-over-Natural-versus-Synthetic-Vitamins-29857.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Analysis of Contemporary Architecture                       </title>
    <description>Analysis of Contemporary Architecture 

These days the Walt Disney concert hall designed by Frank Gehry stands triumphant. At mid-completion, it already claims the sky and taunts its neighbors, the ugly parking lots and mundane office towers of downtown Los Angeles. Because we know its sister- building, the Guggenheim Museum in Bilbao, Spain, we can anticipate how these fingers of steel will be clothed. In coming months, the jackhammers will fall silent to Mozart, and millions will come to listen, but also to look at this building that demands to be seen. 
 

When I look at a building like this, I think of architecture with a capital "a". This is the sort our students study, the sort that wins international fame. Bilbao's Guggenheim Museum is so famous in the world that other cities want one just like it. New York wants its own Frank Gehry Guggenheim plopped down along the east river. Architecture with a capital "a" has been dreamed into being by renaissance popes, by kings, by Thomas Jefferson, by most modernist millionaires, St. Peters, Versailles, Monticello, a Philip Johnson glass house.  
 

Most of us have not lived in such architecture. Most of us live within small "a" architecture. And yet the odd thing, the interesting thing is that American original originality seems to thrive within the mundane architecture we surround ourselves with. For example, some of the most original thinkers in America go to work every day in Silicon Valley office buildings of appallingly unoriginal design. Or I think of the gay Castro district of my own San Francisco, where sexual freedoms take place behind very proper Victorian facades. It's almost as though we don't want or expect the architecture to keep up with our eccentricity and our dreams. Los Angeles, which is one of the great cities of the world, yet much of LA is claptrap -- small "a" architecture, from the car one sees repetitive strip malls and cheapo apartments. Standard-issue freeways may be LA's truest architecture; they express the singular desire of the citizenry to keep moving. Architecture, capital "a" or small "a," I think, is not a result of money. Much of Beverly Hills-- the faux-castles of Beverly Hills-- amounts to small "a" architecture, whereas one of my favorite houses on the expensive west side of town is this neo- Palladian home designed by Charles Moore. It overlooks and influences not in </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-26T16:24:27-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Analysis-of-Contemporary-Architecture-29838.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Liklihood of a Biological Warfare Occurence                 </title>
    <description>Liklihood of a Biological Warfare Occurence 


Biological warfare agents are a unique type of weapons that is actually a living organism.  Fungi, bacteria, viruses, and other macromolecules, which are capable of killing, are considered agents of biological war.  When comparing equivalent amounts of biological and chemical warfare agents, the biological agent is far more potent.  They are particularly dangerous since they can reproduce overtime causing the situation to become more deadly with time.  In fact, is estimated that 1 gram of toxin could kill 10 million people.  

The use of biological weapons can be dated back to the 14th century, when plague-infested bodies were thrown into a Russian enemy camp.  Later, the English giving them infested blankets infected Native Americans with small pox.  The only extensive biological attack was on China from Japan this was during the 1930’s and 1940’s.  During this attack Japan dropped plague and bacteria on several cities causing multiple outbreaks.  There has only been one large-scale attack by terrorists with biological warfare, this occurred in 1984 when they dispersed salmonella in salad bars, no fatalities resulted.   
 
	A biological war’s possibility of occurring is very realistic.  Currently, at least seventeen countries have, or are developing biological warfare.  These countries are China, Taiwan, North &amp;amp; South Korea, Iraq, Syria, Egypt, Iran, Cuba, Israel, former Soviet States, USA, Laos, Cuba, South Africa, China, Bulgaria, and Japan.  The likelihood of biological war is reasonable since the production of biological warfare agents does not require specialized equipment or advanced technology and small amounts can produce large numbers of fatalities.  Also, many of the materials and equipment that are used to produce biological warfare agents are available from legitimate sources and intended for other uses.  In addition, there is a legitimate market for legal products which can be produced with this equipment, i.e., pharmaceuticals, biopesticides, etc.  The delivery of biological agents increases the possibilities since they include aerial bombs, artillery shells.  It is difficult to limit spread of biological warfare agents because of the dual-use nature of the equipment and technologies. long-range missiles, agricultural sprayers, and spray tanks carried by aircraft.  Finally, the most realistic reason biological war will occur is the cost effectiveness of biological weapons. To "affect" 1 sq. km it would cost approximately $2000 using conventional weapons, $800 using </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-26T16:01:47-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Liklihood-of-a-Biological-Warfare-Occurence-29830.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The NHL Promotes Violence in the League Instead of Hockey   </title>
    <description>The NHL Promotes Violence in the League Instead of Hockey

During the 2002 Winter Olympics, the hockey games were fast-paced, exciting, and full of tension and well-coordinated offensive plays. And as I was watching these games it readily became apparent to me that the reason the players were focusing entirely on their skill was that none of them were approaching the aggressive type of playing they had during the regular NHL season. Crosschecking against the boards was rare; penalties tended to be even rarer, and throughout the entire Olympics there were no fights. The Olympic’s play contrasts to today’s NHL, where people are frequently crosschecked and injured, penalties are frequent, and rarely do teams get through a game without at least one fight. I feel that if the penalty for excessive violence in the National Hockey League was equal to the penalty in the International League, NHL game play would be greatly improved. Therefore I feel that the penalty for violence in the NHL should be increased to the standards held in the International League.

In the International League, players caught fighting are instantly ejected from game play; after being ejected, a player is not allowed back in for the rest of the game and can sometimes be barred from multiple games as a result of one fight. Their penalties are strictly enforced; anyone caught crosschecking or pushing receives an immediate 2 minute roughing penalty and a player can also be suspended from the game if he receives two roughing penalties in one period. In contrast to this, in the NHL fights are common, averaging one a game. While the rules state that any player caught fighting after being instructed to stop receives a game misconduct, frequently all that happens to the players in a fight is a minor 2-minute penalty for all players involved. Also the NHL’s stance on penalties is much more lax then that in the International League, in the NHL players often shove and crosscheck others into the boards in order to stall or delay them from getting the puck. In the International League this could be considered equivalent to a fight which would lead to a player getting ejected, but in the NHL this is commonplace.

The fighting in the NHL is often glorified and portrayed as something that only real manly men can do. Several websites, the most popular of which is www.nhlfights.com, offer in-depth coverage of </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-21T17:40:43-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-NHL-Promotes-Violence-in-the-League-Instead-of-Hockey-29794.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Marco Van Basten of AC Milan's Soccer Team                  </title>
    <description>Marco Van Basten of AC Milan's Soccer Team


Thinking of the greatest victories for the AC Milan (Italian Soccer Club), most soccer fans would scream out the name of the club’s all time best player, Marco van Basten.  Marco or Mike van Basten has brought himself and his team to be one of the best soccer teams in the world since 1988 European Championships.  

	Marco van Basten was born on October 31, 1964 in the Dutch city of Utrecht in Holland.  As a child, Marco was not dreamed of becoming a professional soccer player, but he would rather be the most unbelievable kicker ever seen in the soccer world.  Marco began his career with a short lived spell at local side Edilwijk before being whisked off to Dutch super club Ajax Amsterdam (Netherlands Soccer Club) in 1980.  During his seven years with Ajax, Marco scored twenty-eight goals in just twenty-six games.  Marco and his Ajax won the Dutch league in 1985, and he received his first trophy called the Golden Boot (European top soccer).

	The year of 1988 was probably Marco’s best year when he joined the AC Milan and won the Serie A championship.  With his traditional strike and his sensational hat trick (scoring three goals in one match), which he was the first and so far only player to do so, Marco was named the European player of the year and the top player in European Championship.  “After watching him for a while, you will be amazed with his all round skills and his big body frame twisted and turned inside the box, fooling the best of the defenders with such ease, and his ability to turn the slimmest chance into a goal made him one of the most deadliest striker of all time,” “Van Basten the divine!” wrote Dianni Brera, one of the greatest Italian football journalists.

	The 1990 World Cup in Italy was a disappointment for the Milan and all Dutch fans because Marco van Basten failed to score and lost the final game against Germany.  However in 1991-1992 European Championship, Marco inspired Milan to some of the greatest soccer games ever seen in Serie A.  He smashed all unbeaten records and beat the best goalkeeper at that time.  Unfortunately, his career was destroyed with an ankle injury, which was mostly caused by the attacking of other teams’ </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-21T16:45:59-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Marco-Van-Basten-of-AC-Milan-s-Soccer-Team-29781.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>&amp;quot;Spare the Rod, Spoil the Child&amp;quot;                  </title>
    <description>[quote:43f0672818]Spare the Rod, Spoil the Child[/quote:43f0672818]

The children nowadays are too difficult to educate. They don’t have respect for their parents or for any other adult. For this reason parents don’t know what to do and desperate. Because of this they can’t find other way out than beating the children. This can be very useful in some cases and in a controlled manner, but if you exceed it can cause serious problems in the kid and also in the family. So, is it necessary to beat children to educate them?

	First of all, if you educate a small child very toughly, beating him and punishing him, you can have control over him so you can in some way know that he will behave well and that he will learn to have respect for his parents and for the other persons. Also it would be easier to teach him good manners that is an every-father dream, so they find that this way of educate him is the perfect one.

	With this treatment, the child also starts creating a tough personality and character. This can be very useful in the future because he can confront difficulties and problems without being afraid or doubtfully. For example, when you see a kid at school which you know has been very loved when small and that passes all day long beside his mother kissing her and all that, you can almost be sure that he will be very shy and no one will have respect for him. All this is because people that were educated by this way have a weak personality, which can be very bad and painful to a grown up kid.

	But in some cases, parents go on beating and beating his kid and don’t realize the damage they are causing to his own son. All of this can cause serious mental and psychological problems in the kid. In some of them, these mind problems, hide behind the tough and hard personality so no one realize of it. As a result of this, children start to have social problems at school, and start loosing friends until they are left alone. “It's in study after study: Boys who grow up in violent homes are likely to become batterers. They are the schoolyard bullies” And everyone knows what happens to a child with no friends, he can fall into a depress and the better ages of his lives </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-21T15:28:25-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/-quot-Spare-the-Rod,-Spoil-the-Child-quot-29764.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Review of People to People Student Ambassador Program       </title>
    <description>Review of People to People Student Ambassador Program
The role of a People to People Student Ambassador is to interact with many people from other countries and discuss our differences and find a way to live in peace and keep peace.  While traveling to the British Isles, I will be representing the United States of America.  I will be accompanied by others of my age that are my teammates.  Together we will learn and accomplish a lot in so little time.  We will make a difference.  



I would like to go overseas and broaden my knowledge regarding the British Isles culture, agriculture, architecture, sport, countryside and music.  I would like to enhance my education </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-21T15:14:40-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Review-of-People-to-People-Student-Ambassador-Program-29757.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Placing Blame on the Parents of Adolescent Deliinquents     </title>
    <description>Placing Blame on the Parents of Adolescent Deliinquents

There are, without a doubt innumerable accounts, whether reported or not, where some aspect of the media has been blamed for the occurrence of some grave adversity.  Although previously investigated bombastically, the Columbine shootings continue to be examined since its 1999 occurrence.  Any other event could have served just as exemplary as the shootings at Columbine work to do here.  It may seem a tired issue to raise at the conception of my thesis, however this event will never lose the enormity it divulged. 



“On April 20, 1999, two students walked nonchalantly into Columbine High School at 11:15 a.m. and fired shots from a multi-gun arsenal and lobbed homemade bombs throughout the school.  At the end of the rampage, 12 students, one teacher and the gunmen were dead.”  

	Dylan Klebold and Eric Harris, the so-called outcast Columbine students who killed a dozen classmates and a teacher before turning their guns on themselves, were tagged as members of the school's “goth” community and were said to hate jocks, targeting them among their victims.  Further fueling speculation, after the two students opened fire on their school, an angered populace quickly pointed fingers of blame at bands such as Rammstein, Marilyn Manson, and KMFDM.  A similar shooting in a Californian high school was blamed on a rather popular band called Linkin Park.  Song lyrics, music videos, and television are also blamed for suicides and intense depression. Many stories of students committing acts of suicide while listening to Marilyn Manson, Staind, and other such bands run rampant through the minds of a heavily prejudiced people. 

The debate over the influence of the media in American culture is one of the hottest topics among policymakers, educators, and prevention professionals.  With numerous studies done on the subject, it would seem plausible there is a solid conclusion as to whether or not media causes us to behave in the manner reflected on the screen, in music lyrics or in music videos.  However, this is not the case; direct causality seems to elude researchers and academicians.  However, few dispute that media and advertising have some effect on all of us. The question at hand is how much does the media effect youth culture?  Most everyone seems quick to point the finger at the media when any quandary arises relating </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-21T15:12:58-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Placing-Blame-on-the-Parents-of-Adolescent-Deliinquents-29756.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Violence the Need for Better Security in Schools            </title>
    <description>Violence the Need for Better Security in Schools

Security in schools is it enough?  Perhaps the security in some schools can be better. Look at all the violence that we have had in the schools of the United States.  Not to mention the shooting, stabbings, and arguments the students have with their peers and teachers now a days.  It seems to me that the student teacher relationship has died out.  The student should have a very trustful relationship with the teacher so that he/she can come to the teacher and talk or explain anything to the teacher about school or home.  Now the National School Safety and Security Services has a philosophy and it states OUR PHILOSOPHY: Youth violence is  community issue.  Schools however do not create violence, nor are they solely responsible for solving it.  We do believe, however, that school officials should play a part in the overall solution and that there are balanced, practical risk reduction measures which can be taken to secure the school environment so that education, prevention, and intervention services can be delivered with a maximum level o effectiveness.”  They too have the same reasons that almost all concerned parents and students have about security.

	I don’t think security in schools in enough and the reason for my opinion on that is because I can vouch for that at my school I have seen people bring guns, knives and other objects to school with the intent of hurting another student.  When I was in middle school I did not think anything of it until one of my friends got beat with a chain that someone had brought to school and then another student brought a gun cause he said he was going to kill someone because he opened his mouth when he shouldn’t have.  These little things get looked over.  The school did nothing more than it used to keep the students safe from another incident like this. He works at the schools and has been there for quite awhile and he thinks that the schools of today do not have the near enough the security or safety precautions it should have.  He also says the United States needs to wake up and learn from the tragedy’s that has happened in schools.   He thinks it is really sad that our country </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-21T15:04:34-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Violence-the-Need-for-Better-Security-in-Schools-29753.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Statistical Analysis of &amp;quot;Average&amp;quot; Students        </title>
    <description>Statistical Analysis of "Average" Students 


The title of my investigation is ‘The Average student’. I am going to investigate into whether the students in my year (11) are normally distributed.  I have chosen to investigate into this topic because we were required by this subject to produce a piece of coursework assignment, so we decided this would be easiest and most feasible. This leaves me with the predicament of trying measuring certain people in my year group. Are the people in my year at completely different ends of the scale or are they round about equal. 

To determine a population for my course-work, I am going to go to each form and then measure people’s height and shoes size. My year compromises of 5 forms. Each form contains roughly 30 students giving a total population of 150 students. Obviously this population is far too vast, so I what I propose to do is to number each student in a form and then I will ask someone who hasn’t seen the number configuration to pick a random number. I then match up the numbers with the corresponding students and select 10 students from each form, 5 boys and 5 girls. I will therefore end up with a sample of 50 students, fulfilling the criteria of a sample of at least 50 items of single variable data. To ensure that my sample of students is as accurate as possible, I have cross-referenced my data with that of other students carrying out the same task. They have confirmed that these are the correct measurements, my cross-referencing will not affect my mathematics skills as my skills will be used on the data, no matter what the data is.

On this page I have included results that I calculated with the help of a spreadsheet application (Microsoft Excel). I can then later compare my own calculated results with those shown below. I have decided to pair the boys and girls off on separate charts

I have done the process of Standard deviation

Girls:



Mean Height	165.4

Standard Deviation	28.15296373

1st Quartile	103.75

Median	117.5

3rd Quartile	129.25



Mean Shoe size	5.6

Standard Deviation	28.15296373

1st Quartile	103.75

Median	117.5

3rd Quartile	129.25



Boys:



Mean	120.1346154

Standard Deviation	28.15296373

1st Quartile	103.75

Median	117.5

3rd Quartile	129.25





To get a visual idea of the spread of my data, I decided to represent it in a stem and leaf diagram:



70	7											

80	8	0	1	5								

90	1	2	4	5	3	7						

100	5	0	5	5	5	4	3	4	5			

110	1	7	4	5	4	4	8					

120	9	1	1	0	2	3	0	8	4	5	2	1

130	0	6	9	0								

140	7	8										

150	6											

160	7	4	2									

170												

180	1	6										

190												

200												

210	3											



N = 52 156 6 represents 156 mins.

Stem and Leaf diagram showing the total duration of a sample of 52 films (unsorted)

To help me when constructing a cumulative frequency diagram, I have </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-20T18:25:26-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Statistical-Analysis-of-quot-Average-quot-Students-29747.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Klu Klux Klan's Popularity Today                        </title>
    <description>The Klu Klux Klan's Popularity Today

In 1821, a man by the name of Nathan Bedford Forrest was born near Chapel Hill, Bedford County, Tennessee.  As a young man, Forrest worked as a horse and cattle dealer in Mississippi.  Eventually, Forrest became a slave trader in Memphis, Tennessee, and built two grand plantations.  In 1861, the United States was torn in half as the South fought the North in the Civil War.  At the start of the war, Forrest enlisted as a private in the Confederate army.  He slowly gathered men and raised a battalion of cavalry, and was named a lieutenant colonel.  Forrest proved to be one of the most effective generals in the Confederate army during the Civil War.  

	After the war, Forrest settled back in Memphis.  Along with five other former Confederate army generals, Forrest organized a social organization, called the Ku Klux Klan, whose activities were directed against the Republican Reconstruction governments and their leaders, black and white.  In 1869, Forrest attempted to disband the organization when its members became increasingly violent.  The Ku Klux Klan continued its violence, even though President Ulysses S. Grant proclaimed for all members of illegal organizations to disband and disarm in 1871.  Thousands of Klansmen were arrested and the remaining Klaverns gradually faded as the political and social subordination of blacks was reestablished.

	 Although the Ku Klux Klan faded, it did not entirely go away.  In the late 1870’s, after the Yankee troops moved out of the South at the end of the Reconstruction period, the Ku Klux Klan started expanding.  The Klansmen wanted to reclaim local and state governments and reestablish white domination over blacks.  The Ku Klux Klan continued their violence and spread fear throughout the South.

	To prevent blacks from speaking to white women, using the same facilities as whites, voting, running for a political office, or even exercising their new political rights, the Ku Klux Klan went to extreme measures.  Burnings of crosses on hillsides, lynching, floggings, mutilations, kidnappings, threatening parades, and even burning their victims alive were all ways of defending white supremacy and the inviolability of womanhood.  Lynching was the Ku Klux Klan’s choice of death for blacks.  Between 1884 and 1900, over two thousand blacks were lynched. Lynching sometimes went out of control and turned into wholesale riots. </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-20T18:16:34-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Klu-Klux-Klan-s-Popularity-Today-29743.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Analysis of the Board Game &amp;quot;Dead's Bones&amp;quot;         </title>
    <description>Analysis of the Board Game "Dead's Bones"

This game was created in intent to give anybody who has read the award winning novel Song of Solomon  a fun and creative approach to this novel’s literature. This game focuses on the harsh life of Milkman (Macon Dead the 3rd) and his quest for gold which eventually turns into a quest for his family’s origin and meaning of his African American heritage. This game can be conquered by luck and knowledge of this novel’s elements, characters, and events. It is a four player game but can be played with as little as two players. This board game was constructed in circular form with Milkman’s home being the starting point and the finishing point just as his quest was in the novel.



	To play this game you must first place the four golden nuggets on the home section. The game pieces are represented by golden nuggets because gold was originally the main focus of his journey. After deciding who rolls first, roll the die and move one section per dot showing on the die. The board consists of a series of sections that either helps you or can hurt you. Roughly 65 % of the pieces have either a rose petal or blue wings on them. The rose petal and  blue wings have great irrelevance to this novel  because they were an inside element in the readings and were very powerful symbols that pertained to the Dead family heritage. There are two stacks of cards with a rose petal on one and blue wings on the other. When a player lands on one of these sections they must draw a card from the corresponding stack. If they land on the blue wing section they will  pick a card that consists of  a series of  important quotes in the novel. If the player guesses the correct character that corresponds with the quotation they will be awarded two bones. If the player lands on the rose petal section they will pick the rose petal card which will consist of a series of adjectives that describes a character, place, or event. If the player is correct with their choice, they will be awarded one bone. The player has a green bag and every bone awarded will be placed inside. The first player that can collect 20 bones in their green bag to </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-20T18:13:13-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Analysis-of-the-Board-Game-quot-Dead-s-Bones-quot-29741.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Antarctica  Conservation Vs. Exploitation</title>
    <description>Antarctica: Conservation versus Exploitation


 INTRODUCTION

Antarctica, the last virgin spot of land on earth.  It takes 20 days on a ship to get to Antarctica but only half as many hours in an airplane.

Size: It is twice the size of Australia at 14 million sq km (est.) land area, its coastline is17,968 km.

Climate: severe low temperatures Change depending on your latitude, elevation, and how far away from the ocean you are; Eastern Antarctica is colder than Western Antarctica because it is higher; The Antarctic Peninsula has the most moderate climate; higher temperatures occur in January along the coastline and are normally just below freezing.

Terrain: About 98% thick is continental ice sheet and 2% of it is barren rock, with average height between 2 000 and 4 000 meters. Mountain ranges go up to up to 4 897 meters high; ice-free coastal areas include parts of southern Victoria Land, Wilkes Land, the Antarctic Peninsula area, and parts of Ross Island on McMurdo Sound.  Glaciers form ice shelves along half of the coastline, and floating ice shelves make up 11% of the area of the continent.

This huge island is at the centre of one big and very important argument.  Whether it should be exploited for its possible rich mineral content.  Or whether it should just be left alone and made a world park.

In this barren desert for half the year it is light and the other half it is dark. 


The Ownership of Antarctica.

Many country's claim to own Antarctica.  The Antarctic Treaty of 1961 does not deny of accept any of these claims and so has avoided disputes over the matter.





 

 The Argument for Development







Antarctica is very rich in minerals and has hidden in it gold, silver, nickel, tin and many other things. It has a commercial amount of coal so coal miners are attracted come and mess up Antarctica.





Antarctica exists today in an ice age. Future economic development of the ice-covered land mass is not very likely. Resource exploitation on the continental shelf is possible but certainly not for many years to come, sea life in the waters surrounding Antarctica is currently being developed economically. This sea life includes whales and a tiny shrimp look-alike animal called krill.





The Russian Expedition survey predicted that the scale of diamond in the huge continent was similar to the amount found in South Africa and Yakutia, in Russia’s far east.





So </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-20T14:49:55-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Antarctica-Conservation-Vs_-Exploitation-29680.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Explaining the Popularity of Coffee                         </title>
    <description>Explaining the Popularity of Coffee

For many people coffee is just a drink that acts as an alternative to tea or soda pop.  For others, coffee is necessary for survival to help them stay awake during long meetings, and for some, coffee is an art that requires much planning and high efforts are made to maintain it’s best quality.  In any case, coffee must travel through a complicated process before it reaches one’s cup. 

Coffee beans come from a tropical evergreen shrub, which grow as high as 100 feet, although it is usually kept much shorter so that it can be maintained.  The leaves look very similar to the leaves of a laurel bush, and the blossoms smell like jasmine.  The average tree produces 1-1.5 pounds of roasted coffee per year.  Coffee beans are in all actuality a seed that are contained in a bright red plump cherry.  The coffee cherry has a thin skin, with a bitter flavor, and the inner portion is similar to a grape in texture and is quite sweet.  A parchment, which is a slimy layer of mucilage, protects the bean.  The coffee bean is a bluish color and is coated in a thin layer called a silver skin.   It takes around five years for a tree to bear a full crop of coffee cherries and will then continue to produce for 15 years.  The three major types of trees are the Robusta, Aribic, and the Liberica.  The Rubusta grows in lower elevations, has a harsh flavor, and contains around 2% caffeine.  This is a lower grade of coffee, and is used in instant coffee and commercial coffee.  The Arabic coffee flourishes in 3-6.5 thousand feet altitude.  They contain about 1% caffeine in weight.  Because of the slower process is only yields about 1-1.5 pounds of coffee per year, but the quality is much improved.  Arabic coffee is 75% of the coffee in production today.   The last tree, Liberica, is a minor crop in Africa that is similar to Rubusta (Clark 1-3). 

	Sand is the ideal soil in which coffee should grow.  Coffee shrubs must be kept watered; most of the water supply for the plants comes from irrigated wells.  The wells are drilled 250-300 meters with a pump that is placed 60 meters into </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-20T14:32:30-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Explaining-the-Popularity-of-Coffee-29672.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Case Analysis of Andrea Yates                               </title>
    <description>Case Analysis of Andrea Yates

Day by day, people around the world do many bad things and we do not have other choices but face them. One June 20, 2001, 36-year-old Andrea Yates, a Texas mother of five kids ranging in age This world is full of many things we will never understand. Nobody said life is from 6 months to 7 years, drowned all of her children and then phoned the police. The controversial question pops up: Is this woman guilty of capital murder? The truth is that she should not be punished for what she did considering that she did not know right from wrong. Prison is not the right punishment for her.

U.S. Department of Health and Human Services revels that Postpartum depression is a common, frequently unrecognized, yet devastating disorder. If it not treated early, will develop the followings symptoms: Dysphoric mood, loss of interest in usually pleasurable activities, difficulty concentrating or making decisions, psychomotor agitation or retardation, fatigue, changes in appetite or sleep, recurrent thoughts of death/suicide, feelings of worthlessness or guilt, especially failure at motherhood and excessive anxiety over a child's health.

 Yates, had been suffering from post-partum depression since the birth of her two-year-old. She had been on medication, and Child Protection Services, who investigated the family after Andrea Yates's suicide attempt two years ago. The same people who irresponsibly claimed they had no reason to believe the children were not being properly cared for. 

The trial began February 18, 2002. Yates was found guilty of two counts of capital murder on March 12, 2002, and sentenced to life in prison (with the possibility of parole after 40 years) on March 15, 2002 

Four of the jurors who convicted Andrea Pia Yates of capital murder told a nationally televised news program that they believed the crime was premeditated, but they also believed the mother who drowned her five children was mentally ill. They said there's no doubt in anyone's, minds that she was mentally ill. Several of the jurors voted to convict Andrea Yates of capital murder, some of them initially voted for death, then the jury discussed it and agreed on the life sentence. They said the way she drowned her children in the family bathtub seemed premeditated and methodical. "She was able to describe what she did ... I felt like she knew exactly what she was doing, and she knew it was </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-20T14:29:04-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Case-Analysis-of-Andrea-Yates-29671.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Pleading Insanity Should be Abolished from the Legal System </title>
    <description>Pleading Insanity Should be Abolished from the Legal System


	The insanity defense refers to that branch of the concept of insanity which defines the extent to which men accused of crimes may be relieved of criminal responsibility by virtue of mental disease. The terms of such a defense are to be found in the instructions presented by the trial judge to the jury at the close of a case. These instructions can be drawn from any of several rules used in the determination of mental illness. The final determination of mental illness rests solely on the jury who uses information drawn from the testimony of "expert" witnesses, usually professionals in the field of psychology. The net result of such a determination places an individual accordingly, be it placement in a mental facility, incarceration, or outright release. Due to these aforementioned factors, there are several problems raised by the existence of the insanity defense. Problems such as the actual possibility of determining mental illness, justifiable placement of judged "mentally ill" offenders, and the overall usefulness of such a defense. In all, I believe that these problems, as well as others which will be mentioned later, lead us to the conclusion that the insanity defense is useless and should be abolished entirely.



	Insanity is a legal, not a medical definition. Therefore, mental illness and insanity are not synonymous: only some mental illness constitutes insanity. Insanity, however, includes not only mental illness but also mental deficiencies. Due to this, there are problems in exactly how to apply a medical theory to a legal matter (Herman, 1983;128). The legal concepts of mental illness and insanity raise questions in a conflict between what are termed legalistic criminology and scientific criminology: mens rea, punishment v. treatment, responsibility, and prisons v. hospitals. This debate seesaws to and fro amidst a grey area between law and science. The major difficulty with a theory such as mental illness is that it is just that, a theory. To scientists theories are a way of life, but applied to the concept of law theories become somewhat dangerous. By applying a loose theory such as mental illness to law we are in essence throwing the proverbial "monkey wrench" into the wheels of justice.







TESTING FOR INSANITY







	At the center of the legal use of insanity lies the mens rea. Every crime involves a physical act, or actus reus, and a mental act, or mens rea, the </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-16T18:59:18-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Pleading-Insanity-Should-be-Abolished-from-the-Legal-System-29652.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Analysis of the 1968 Chevrolet Corvette                     </title>
    <description>Analysis of the 1968 Chevrolet Corvette

	1968 was the first year Chevrolet presented the newly redesigned Corvette, known as the C3.  This model started as a dream, a fantasy car, and was never expected to reach production status.  Being produced in the late 1960’s it was on the call of demand to produce sufficient power from the engine to compete with the Oldsmobile’s 4-4-2, Pontiac’s GTO, and Dodge’s Charger.  "The 1968 Corvette’s redesigned body style combined with its engine options proved to not only look good, but also forge a recognized street performer" (Hodel).

	The 1968 Corvette was a combination of several different styling concepts.  The First was known as the XP-819, a dream car of Frank Winchell.  Head of research and development for Chevy engineering, Winchell developed this       rear-engine prototype never in thought of actual production (Licastro 34).  Former research and development engineer Paul Van Valkenburg recalls that, ‘"The XP-819 was an extreme styling concept.  It wasn’t expected to ever reach production"’ (Licastro 35).  Although the XP-819 was never produced, some of it’s design features were to surface on the next prototype created by General Motors stylist Larry Shinoda (Hodel).  Code Named XP-830 and later renamed as the Mako Shark II, borrowed features from the XP-819 such as, "the door sections, windshield profile, and a narrowed cockpit with lift-off roof panels…"  The Mako Shark II was top-secret at the time and was created by Shinoda and his team in a "private, windowless cubicle in the Styling Staff warehouse, across from the GM Technical Center." (Licastro 34)  The design of the Mako Shark II was pushed by GM Vice President of styling, Bill Mitchell.  The prototype made it’s first appearance at the New York Auto Show, Peter Licastro notes that, 

The Mako II was a radical and expensive exercise.  Equipped with countless 007-style features, such as the retractable rear bumper and spoilers, the show car was created at a cost of nearly $3 million.  It generated a tremendous public reaction, and many speculated that it offered glimpse of the next Corvette. (34)       

In fact the Shark design was already transported to the main Chevrolet studio where David Holls administrated a group of engineers to finalize the concept for production.  The tentative debut was scheduled for </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-16T18:57:31-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Analysis-of-the-1968-Chevrolet-Corvette-29651.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Football Stories of Joe Montana                             </title>
    <description>Football Stories of Joe Montana


Joe Montana. When his name is said, sports fans all over the world begin to tremble with excitement. When it is announced over the loudspeaker at football games, fans go wild. He was the greatest quarterback to ever play the game: 

Quarterbacks may come and go, but none will ever be as brilliant, nor as exciting as Joe Montana. He was Joe Cool, the quarterback who never quit, the quarterback who could overcome any deficit, any pressure, and injury. Despite horrible injuries, he won more than seventy percent of the games he started during an illustrious sixteen-year career in the National Football League. Not bad for someone who had eighty-one players picked ahead of him in the 1979 draft (Miller). 

I remember the first time that I ever saw Joe play. It was early in the 1988 season, against the New York Giants. Games versus home teams (Giants and Jets) and prime time games are just about the only times the New York audience get chances to watch the 49ers on television during the season. I was lucky, because in the first football game that I ever saw, I got to see the 49ers and Montana's magical play and greatness. The 49ers were down 17-13 in the fourth quarter with about three minutes remaining and Joe sprung into action by driving the 49ers down the field seventy or so yards and won the game with a touchdown pass to wide receiver Freddie Soloman. The final score was 20-17, another comeback performance for the king of comebacks, Joe Montana. 

He instantly became my favorite player and the 49ers became my favorite team. Later that year, during the playoffs, I saw the 49ers (with awesome performances by Joe Montana, Roger Craig, Jerry Rice, John Taylor, Ronnie Lott, Charles Haley, and company) destroy all their opponents by at least twenty points a game and go to Super Bowl XXIII. This was my first Super Bowl, and Joe Montana shone when it was most needed. With less than two minutes remaining, he drove the 49ers ninety-two yards and hit receiver John Taylor for a thirty-four yard touchdown to win the game. A sterling performance by teammate Jerry Rice kept Joe from winning his third MVP trophy. Ever since the 1988-1989 season, I've been an avid fan of Joe Montana and the San Francisco 49ers. 

No one on and off the </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-16T18:48:35-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Football-Stories-of-Joe-Montana-29645.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Comparing and Contrasting Muhammad Ali and Joe Frazier      </title>
    <description>Comparing and Contrasting Muhammad Ali and Joe Frazier

The 1960’s brought out two famous boxers that were born in the 40’s.   These two boxers have some similarities and some differences.  At points in their life they will turn from friends to enemies. Although two boxer from the same time period may have had differences in their life’s together and apart does not mean they can not be friends again.



Muhammad Ali was born January 17, 1942.  He was born as Cassius Clay but later changed his religion and name.  Becoming the first man to win the heavyweight title three times, Ali was both arrogant and charismatic in his style of fighting. Whenever he was around he brought excitement with him. He often predicted the round in which he would beat his opponents.  So talented and so fast, Ali was able to box while holding his left hand by his side and often pull straight back to avoid punches. 



In 1967, Ali refused induction into the U.S. Army because of religious beliefs.  He was arrested and had his boxing license suspended. Because of this his heavyweight title was taken away.



While Ali was gone Joe Frazier boxed through the division and earned the title of heavyweight champion. Ali returned in 1970 this is where he set the fight for him and Joe Frazier. Both men were unbeaten. But Ali would always claim himself as the peoples champion. This fight was named the fight of the century, but not for Ali he was dropped by the 15th round.  This made Frazier the winner by unanimous decision.



Ali regained the heavyweight again by beating George Forman.  Then that put him in position for a rematch against Frazier, in which Ali defeated him. Muhammad Ali defeated the title against a host of boxing contenders until 1981 with him final defeat.  Now he has Parkersons disease. This disease may have affected him physically but not mentally because he still believes and says he is still the champ of all times.



Joe Frazier was born January 12, 1944. He became a boxer by accident.  He first went to the gym to work himself into shape.  Shortly after, He began to fight competitively and became one of the best amateur heavyweights in America.  Frazier didn’t lose until fighting Buster Mathis. Turning pro in 1965 he ran off 11 straight </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-16T15:29:22-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Comparing-and-Contrasting-Muhammad-Ali-and-Joe-Frazier-29628.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Synopsis of Portland College                                </title>
    <description>Synopsis of Portland College

Portland College expects to expand and continue its excellence.  We respect the freedom and individualism of each student.   We strive to be a place where individuals and groups learn with and from each other. Our goal is to promote a sense of shared experience and common purpose, along with collective responsibility for each other's well being and for the well being of the institution as a whole. 

Size of Institution 

The student body at Portland College is 3,000.  The entering freshmen class usually ranges anywhere from 600-700 students. Portland also has 500 graduate students that stay on campus to receive their master’s degree.  The student body extends </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-16T15:10:40-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Synopsis-of-Portland-College-29617.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Impact of the 1994 Major League Baseball Strike             </title>
    <description>Impact of the 1994 Major League Baseball Strike

On August 12, 1994 professional baseball players went on strike for the eighth time in the sports’ history. Since 1972, negotiations between the union and owners over contract terms has led to major economic problems and the absence of a World Series in 1994. 

All issues were open for debate due to the expiration of the last contract. Until 1968, no collective bargaining agreement had ever been reached between the owners and the players (Dolan 11). Collective bargaining is the process by which union representatives for employees in a bargaining unit negotiate employment conditions for the entire bargaining unit (Atlantic Unbound). Instead, the players were at the mercy of each owner who possessed the exclusive right, at the close of each season, to resign each player on his roster. If the owner chose to renew a players contract, that player had the option of agreeing to those terms or not playing baseball. As a result of the obvious imbalance in the labor situation, the players attempted on several occasions to organize a union. Although this process may seem like a simple one, baseball has proven that it can be very difficult. The players have been represented by various unions in the twentieth century, all of which have failed until the current union, the Major League Baseball Players Association. After fourteen years of negotiations between the current union and the owners’ representative, the first ‘basic labor agreement’ between the two parties was reached. Led by Marvin Miller in 1968, the players received higher minimum salaries, better health insurance plans, and increases in retirement benefits. These so called “Basic Agreements” in major industries usually turn out to be more complex. As a result, strikes and lockouts have occurred ever since (Koppett 23). 

The baseball strike which occurred in 1994 was really about one thing; money. Two major issues led directly to the interruption and eventually the cancellation of the entire season. After a 28-0 vote among the owners, they agreed to share revenue on the condition they could get the players to accept a salary cap. The issue of revenue sharing was directly linked to the salary cap. By taking this action, the owners signaled they had come to realize the problem of disparity between big market teams (New York, Los Angeles, Chicago) and small market teams (Seattle, Pittsburgh, Milwaukee). The problem, however, was that </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-16T14:59:28-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Impact-of-the-1994-Major-League-Baseball-Strike-29611.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Achievements of Michael Jordan                              </title>
    <description>Achievements of Michael Jordan

Michael Jordan is the Chicago Bulls superstar who beat Charles Barkley and Akeem Olajuwon for Rookie of the Year Honors in 1985. Perhaps, he is the greatest player to ever play the game....he even has six championship rings to back up his claim, including 3 straight from 1991-1993, and 3 more in 1996-1998. Michael was named the NBA Finals MVP in all of those titles. He's won them all with Scottie Pippen. In 1991, Jordan's Bulls finally overcame the greatest impediment to their team's success, Isiah Thomas' Detroit Pistons, who had regularly eliminated the Bulls from the playoffs. In 1993 he averaged 41.0 ppg in the finals, for a record. This 6-6 superstar guard is a perennial NBA first teamer (10 times from 1987-1993 and 1996 and again as a unanimous selection in 1997 and 1998). He was once again an All-NBA First Team member in 1996 after making his return from baseball. You can always pencil Mike in as the starting guard for the all-star game (13 appearances in 1985 and from 1987-1993, 1997-1998 and again in 2002). He started for the ninth time in 1997, as the first player EVER to receive more that 2 million votes. In the 1997 Game he became the first player ever to record a triple double in the all-star game with 14 points, 11 rebounds and 11 asssists. Jordan was not named MVP that year (Glen Rice received that honor), but he did win the Game's MVP award in 1988 after scoring 40 points and again in 1996. Jordan was once again elected to start (10th time in 12 appearances) in 1998 after leading the eastern conference in voting. After coming out of retirement, Jordan was elected to start again for the eastern all-stars in 2002. 

Jordan holds the record for most career scoring titles with eight, including 7 straight, also a record. He scores so many points that it is almost unfair to compare him with other players. On November 6, 1996 Michael scored 50 points for the 36th time in his career! Jordan eclipsed the 25,000 career points total, and he continues to dominate in that statistical category. He was the tenth player to score that many points, accomplishing the feat against San Antonio on November 30, 1996, with his 35th point of the game. On January 4, 2001 Michael Jordan scored his 30,000 career point, becoming </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-16T14:37:23-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Achievements-of-Michael-Jordan-29597.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Recreation of the Eiffel Tower in California                </title>
    <description>Recreation of the Eiffel Tower in California


Some may ask, “Why should the Eiffel Tower be recreated in California?”  A good answer for this is why not?  The Eiffel Tower is the one monument that can easily be identified internationally without the usage of words, only a picture of itself.  Its beauty attracts around six million visitors each year; however, many Americans are unable to visit due to the fact that it is so far away.  If it were recreated in California many more Americans would be able to visit and have the experience of visiting and learning about the towers, its creator, Gustave Eiffel, and France’s history, but would also aid in helping scientists to continue to learn more about aerodynamics, meteorology, and radiotelegraphy just from visiting the tower, all while staying in their home country.  For example, many do not know that the Eiffel Tower was created not only for an entry to the Paris Exposition of 1889 to celebrate the centenary of the French Revolution, but it was also created to house several experiments on aerodynamics, meteorology, and radiotelegraphy.  The height and openness of the tower enabled experiments in meteorology and aerodynamics to be easily conducted.  In fact, the first mercury barometer was invented due to experimentation at the Eiffel Tower (www.endex.com).  Basically, recreating the Eiffel Tower in California would not only enable Americans to visit the Eiffel tower and learn the towers, France’s, and Gustave Eiffel’s history, but would also aid in helping scientists to continue to learn more about aerodynamics, meteorology, and radiotelegraphy.  

	The original Eiffel Tower was constructed for the Paris Exposition of 1889 to celebrate the centenary of the French Revolution.  When the tower was completed it served as the entrance gateway to the exposition (www.Britannica.com).  It was built in the heart of Paris, France by Gustave Eiffel, assisted by engineers Maurice Koechlin et and Emile Nouguier and architect Stephen Sauvestre.  Not only is the Eiffel Tower known for its beauty, it is also known for its short completion time of two years, two months, and five days from years 1887 to 1889.  It is remarkable how advanced the field of engineering was at this time to be able to build what looked like such an intricate structure in such a short time.  This was even done with only three </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-16T14:31:04-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Recreation-of-the-Eiffel-Tower-in-California-29593.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Controversies Occuring in the Klu Klux Klan                 </title>
    <description>Controversies Occuring in the Klu Klux Klan


The KKK is a very controversial organization; it has existed since the civil war.  The Klan was first started in 1866 as a social group for war veterans.   After this many of the members began to abuse the Klan and used it to terrorize many former slaves.  Many people one being General Nathan Bedford Forest who took over the Klan in 1867 as a kind of secret army to oppose the unionists influenced this.  The Klan tried to provide people of the south with the leadership to bring back the values of the western civilization.  Also at this time the Klan was given a new named after the word “kuklos” meaning, circle.  The Klan would go on midnight rides were the men would dress up in white robes, white mask, and cover there horses in white sheets. The men would use strange language and commands as terror tactics, as this was not enough they would also whip and lynch many people.

	The Klansmen regarded the reconstruction governments as hostile and oppressive.  They also believed in the innate inferiority of blacks and therefore mistrusted and resented the rise of former slaves to a status of civil equality and to positions of political power.  Even today their goals are on a severe political level stated, "We must take back control of our U.S. government. We intend to put Klansmen and Klanswomen in office all the way from the local school board to the White House."  This current statement of goals dated 1/9/00 shows the involvement to change the social-racial ways of the U.S.  

The Klan has been divided into to groups the first and second, first Klan (1868-1870), around the time of the start of the Klan. While the federal occupation troops were being withdrawn from the southern states and confederate leaders was replaced with democratic administrations, the Klan was overwhelmed by the rougher elements in the population. The local organizations became uncontrollable and violent that the grand wizard, Nathan B. Forester officially disbanded the Klan in 1869. Klaverns [Local Organizations] however continued to operate on their own.

A secret convention of Klansmen, held in Nashville, Tennessee, in 1867, adopted a declaration of principles expressing the loyalty to the U.S. Constitution and it's government and declaring the devotion to the brotherly Klan " To protect the weak, </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-15T22:39:02-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Controversies-Occuring-in-the-Klu-Klux-Klan-29571.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Legality of Homosexuality in the State of Georgia           </title>
    <description>Legality of Homosexuality in the State of Georgia


Section 1: Citation



Bowers v. Hardwick, 478 U.S. 186 (1986)



Section 2: Facts



Michael Hardwick was observed by a Georgia police officer while engaging in homosexual sodomy with another adult in the bedroom of his home. After being charged with violating a Georgia statute that made homosexual sodomy illegal, Hardwick challenged the statute's constitutionality in Federal District Court. Following a ruling that Hardwick failed to state a claim, the court dismissed. On appeal, the Court of Appeals reversed and remanded, holding that Georgia's statute was unconstitutional. Georgia's Attorney General, Michael J. Bowers, appealed to the Supreme Court



Section 3: Issue(s)



Does the Constitution inherently include a fundamental right upon homosexuals to engage in consensual sodomy, and in doing so make the laws of many states which make such conduct illegal void?



Section 4: Reasoning



JUSTICE WHITE. None of the rights announced in past cases bears any resemblance to the claimed constitutional right of homosexuals to engage in acts of sodomy. Proscription against that conduct have ancient roots. Sodomy was a criminal offense at common law and was forbidden by the laws of the original thirteen States when the ratified the Bill of Rights. The right pressed upon here has no firm basis in the Constitution. Allowing homosexual conduct would leave exposed to prosecution, adultery, incest, and other sexual crimes even though they are committed in the home. We are unwilling to start down that road.

 

Section 5: Decision



Reversed







Section 6: Rule



The Constitution does not inherently include a fundamental right upon homosexuals to engage in consensual sodomy, and in doing so does not make the laws of many states which make such conduct illegal void?



Section 7: Concurring/Dissenting Opinions



CHIEF JUSTICE BURGER, concurring. I agree, but write separately to underscore my view that in constitutional terms there is no such thing as a fundamental right to commit homosexual sodomy. Blackstone described “the infamous crime of nature” as an offense of “deeper malignity” than rape, a heinous act “the very mention of which is a disgrace to human nature,” and “a crime not fit to be named.”



JUSTICE POWELL, concurring. I agree that there is no fundamental right under the Due Process Clause. The respondent, however, may be protected under the Eight Amendnment. A Sentence of 20 years would certainly create an Eight amendment issue.



JUSTICE BLACKMUN with JUSTICE BRENNAN, JUSTICE MARSHALL, and JUSTICE STEVENS join, dissenting. This case is about “the most comprehensive of rights and </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-15T22:30:46-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Legality-of-Homosexuality-in-the-State-of-Georgia-29568.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Dinosaur Species Evolution                                  </title>
    <description>Dinosaur Species Evolution


Deinonychus is a spectacular, but fairly small dinosaur. It measured about three and a half feet tall, and about nine feet long. Its weight is estimated at 150 pounds. By hunting in groups, members of a Deinonychus pack could have brought down dinosaurs much larger than themselves. In fact, the bones of several individuals of Deinonychus have been found with the skeleton of a large plant eating dinosaur, called Tenontosaurus.

Deinonychus belongs to a family of dinosaurs called dromaeosaurs. They all share the same characteristics a lightly built skull with sharp backwardly curved teeth, elongated arms and hands with sharp claws, and an extraordinary sickle-like second toe claw which was carried raised off the ground to protect the sharp point. Dromaeosaurs probably had keen vision and their brains were relatively large for a dinosaur. The dromaeosaurs lived throughout the Cretaceous period, 140 to 65 million years ago.

Deinonychus was highly specialized for swift movement and savage attack. With its terrible claw flicked forward it slashed its prey with one foot while standing on the other. This kind of behavior required good coordination, excellent eyesight and a high level of energy. By hunting in packs they may have brought down prey much larger than itself.

Deinonychus is probably the best known of the dromeasaurids, with nine specimens having been discovered since the genus was established in 1962 by John Ostrum. An interesting feature about this dinosaur is that its teeth are more backward pointing than other, larger theropods, suggesting that they are designed for feeding and not for the         of prey. This points to the effectiveness of its hand and foot claws as weapons. Its skeletal design, according to Ostrum, clearly points to a very active predatory lifestyle - a hunter with both speed and agility. Its hands were very large and had a great range of movement and flexibility. As the dinosaur grew, long tendons along its tail hardened into a bone-like material to stiffen it and make it a useful mechanism for maintaining balance and direction in quick turns. A few scientists have argued that Deinonychus is a North American species of Velociraptor and does not merit its own genus. 



   In his 1986 book The Dinosaur Heresies, Dr. Robert Bakker puts forth the view that Deinonychus has many features found in birds and might be considered either a bird-like </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-15T22:24:12-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Dinosaur-Species-Evolution--29564.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Research Paper on the Dred Scott Case                       </title>
    <description>Research Paper on the Dred Scott Case


  To tell the story of a slave is, of necessity, to tell the story largely, of his masters. This is the story of a slave that whished for freedom. After belonging to several different owners, Dred whished to carry on his life as a free man with his wife and two children. Relying on the “Justice System” in America. Dred took his fight for freedom to the courts, little did he know that his case would one day go down in history as the turning point in American slavery.

          The Blow family were Dred’s first masters; they lived on a farm in Virginia, poor and worn out from years of cultivation, they moved with the “Era of Good Feelings” west like so many others to Huntsville, Alabama (Hopkins 1). For eleven years the Blow’s farmed in Alabama, but either the land had not been as bountiful as promised, or the lure of greater possibilities in growing St Louis caused Peter Blow to move on. Huntsville was left behind and the Blows and their Negroes traveled again, this time northwest (Hopkins 2).  

        Peter Blow set up a boarding house called The Jefferson Hotel in St Louis, but accumulating unpaid bills indicate that the venture was less than successful. Peter Blow eventually gave up his hotel and moved his family into another house, but his own health failed in the months that followed, he died on June 23,1863 (Fehrenbacher 239)

       After Mr. Blow’s death in 1863 Dred was sold to meet creditors debts for five hundred dollars to Dr. John Emerson who at the time had been trying to obtain an appointment as assistant surgeon to the United States Army. He received his commission and took with him a slave who was the former property of Peter Blow (Ferenbacher 240).

    Dred could neither read nor write, and on legal documents he made his “mark”. He had very dark skin and may have been no more than five feet tall. He was described by a newspaper once as “ illiterate but not ignorant” with a “ strong common sense” he however still remains a very indistinct figure (Ferenbacher 240). It is uncertain how Dred felt about being sold </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-15T22:18:16-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Research-Paper-on-the-Dred-Scott-Case-29560.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The True Definition of a Baseball Player                    </title>
    <description>The True Definition of a Baseball Player

To the average baseball fan there are many different types of players. There are pitchers, catchers, infielders, and outfielders; there are home run hitters, contact hitters, and speedsters; but to someone who really loves and appreciates the game there are really only two kinds of baseball players, those who are ballplayers and those who are not.

	The tenth edition of the Merriam Webster's Collegiate Dictionary defines ballplayer as a noun that means "a person who plays ball; especially a baseball player." Under this definition everyone who played the game would be a ballplayer, but this is very far from the truth. 

What separates the ones who are ballplayers from those who are not? Skill and ability have little to do with it. A player does not have to be successful to be a ballplayer either. Being a ballplayer does not take a high batting average, a low ERA, a World Series Championship, or a multi-million dollar sports contract. A ballplayer's name is not necessarily known outside of the game's inner circle or his team's hometown. So what is a ballplayer? 

	A ballplayer can be described in many ways. At the least he is an overachiever who makes the most out of himself by possessing a strong work ethic. He is a hustler who is tough and gives his all every play of the game. A ballplayer has a great feel for the game derived from countless hours of practice and countless innings of play. He possesses great knowledge of the game of baseball. He is a team player and he is a winner. Ballplayers are not usually flashy. They are dependable, they love to play, and they are the types of players coaches want on their team.

	A believer in the value of a ballplayer is Jim Leyland, one of the most respected coaches in the world. He led a low budget Pittsburgh Pirate team to multi-divisional titles in the early nineties and took a team of free agents in Florida to the Marlins' first World Championship. He once told the owner of a team, "Give me three good players and six ballplayers and I will never lose a game." He believed that the problem with his winning equation was not finding the good players, but finding the ballplayers to go with them.

	Baseball historians often talk about the "Golden Age of Baseball" in the early to </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-15T16:12:40-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-True-Definition-of-a-Baseball-Player-29545.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Deviant Behavior in Sports                                  </title>
    <description>Deviant Behavior in Sports


Nature always has a way of balancing itself out, and in my opinion, deviant behavior is no exception.  For every report we read about how playing in a sports program has kept someone off the streets and out of a life of crime, we come across another about excessive violence or drug use by an athlete.  Sports definitely discourage off the field problems, but they also bring about a whole new set of on the field problems.



	Playing sports brings out the competitive sides of many athletes.  To most athletes, winning is everything, and they will do absolutely anything to make sure they win, including the use of performance-enhancing drugs.  The idea of athletes using drugs has always been a hot topic, and will probably remain that way.  In a recent article, Matt Bernard summed it up best – “We expect our athletes to celebrate nature and the body beautiful, but we also demand that they win competitions.  What’s a jock to do?” (Bernard, 1998)  World class athletes are pushed harder than anyone in the world, by fans, by coaches, by themselves.  To succeed at a top level today, you almost have to use some type of performance-enhancing drug.  



	According to the conflict theory, everything in sports begins with the financial aspect.  The drive professional athletes have, despite what they may say about their love of the game, is usually their astronomical salaries.  In most of the professional sports leagues, the salary you are given is based solely on how well you perform.  The players with the highest stats are always the highest paid, and most athletes will do anything it takes to improve their personal game.  Since so many players are using drugs today to be bigger, faster, and stronger, more up and coming athletes are forced into using supplements just to keep up.  People today accept moderate drug use as “just part of the game,” while only 20 years ago it was a scandal to even be mentioned in the same breath with drugs.



	According to the interactionist theory, people play sports as a means to develop their own personality and identity.  They use the opinions of their teammates, opponents, coaches, and fans as a way to discover themselves.  This type of thinking can often lead players to succumb to peer </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-14T23:30:46-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Deviant-Behavior-in-Sports--29501.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Ethical theory and decision making in practice              </title>
    <description>Ethical theory and decision making in practice


The night shift on the surgical ward began as usually with report without any interruption. There were 12 patients on the floor and 2 nurses including me and in-charge nurse. It was about 2 am when one of my patients, 32 year old woman, diabetic, approximately 12 hours postoperative reconstructive foot surgery became nauseated and had small emesis. She was on PCA Morphine, drowsy and responded appropriately to questions. Her pain was on 3/5 scale, her nausea persisted,  capillary blood sugar was 20.6. The orders stated to start the usual insulin in AM, a dose in which she was previously at home. Gravol 12 mg IV every 8 hours and last dose was given at 2300 hours by evening staff. I called the on-sight physician, the only doctor in the small hospital, told him about patient condition, high blood sugar and that patient is still nauseated. I received orders by phone and : monitor patient, do not give more antiemetic, do not give insulin. I informed the in-charge nurse about those orders and that I disagree with them. It was about 3 o’clock, my patient was still nauseated and still had small emesis, and blood sugar was 21.6. Patient was unable to tell me how high blood sugar she could tolerate. I called on-sight physician again and asked him to assess the patient. The doctor came, assessed the patient, he cosigned previous orders and stated that patient must be assessed in the morning by internist. Then he told me that he can stay any longer and he left the floor. I updated in-charge nurse about the doctor’s visit, and we were very surprised with his orders. Condition of my patient did not change, she was still nauseated and still vomiting small amounts, she was tired, exhausted and unable to settle. There was no orders which I could use to make her more comfortable. At five am my patient’s condition was still the same, blood sugar was 21.2. I called the on-sight again, he comes and writes the entry in the progress notes, and he told me that he cannot do anything for this patient. My in-charge was getting upset and telling me to give the morning dose of insulin in spite of recent doctor’s orders. Of course I did not give that insulin. I paged the internist at 6 o’clock without any response. </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-14T23:18:15-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Ethical-theory-and-decision-making-in-practice-29493.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>History Geography and Politics of Jamaica</title>
    <description>History, Geography and Politics of Jamaica

Jamaica is one of the three islands in the Northern Caribbean forming the Greater Antilles. It's the largest English-speaking country in the Caribbean Sea, stretching 146 miles from east to west. Lying 550 miles north of the Panama-Canal and and 700 miles south of Miami. 



In the northern part of Jamaica lays popular tourist resorts such as Montego Bay and Runaway Bay. Both Montego Bay and Runaway Bay has very fine coral beaches with crystal white sand. In this northern part of the island there's also large sugar- and citrusfruit plantages. On the western tip lays Negril, once a remote swampy but now all beachcombers paradise. The southern region of the island has a rugged coastline where big and majestetic mountains crush sea weavs. The center part of the island is to bigger part a mountain range. This central mountain which is dominated by the 2,200 meter Blue Mountain, divides the south coast from the north and stretches from Half Moon Bay to Portland. 



Christopher Columbus "discovered" Jamaica on his voyage to the "New World" on May the fifth, 1492, the island was colonised by the Spanish, and the natives were exterminated. 



The native settlers had long before Christopher Columbus discovered the counrty. This people wich were the Arawak Indians, had sailed from the south in their dugout canoes about 650 AD. 



The Arawaks had an estimated population about 100,000 at their peak. They were a brown-skinned, short and slightly built peolpe with straight black hair, broad faces and wide flat noses. Todays population of Jamaica is about 2,1 million and 625,000 live in Kingston, the capital city. 



In 1655 the land was conquered by the Englishmen and came under the Britsh crown. The Englishmen imported loads of negro slaves to country, hereby the country is mainly black. Jamaica's independence from GB was on August the 6 , 1962, and land became an independent state and a member of the British Commonwealth of Nations, with the Queen of England as the titular head of state, or represented locally by the Governor-General. Jamiaca has it's own parliament with democratic selected representives. 



TOURISM AND INCOMES 



Since the turn of century , sugar, banana, citrus and coffee have become the main crops for export and the sourcee of income and work for thousands. 



Beginning in the early 1950's the mining of aluminia and bauxite - the raw ore </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-13T19:26:02-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/History-Geography-and-Politics-of-Jamaica-29475.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>A Study of Modern Day Wiccan Tradaition                     </title>
    <description>A Study of Modern Day Wiccan Tradaition

	What is Wicca?  Where did Wicca derive from?  Is Wicca the same thing as Witchcraft?  In this paper I will answer these questions and many more.  I will admit when I first chose this topic for my term paper I know a lot about it.  After I researched the practice of Wicca there is a lot more than meets the eye.  I was also quite pleased with my findings, and even though this is supposed to be a term paper I have found this subject to be fascinating. 

	Gerald B. Gardner is believed to be the founding father of Wicca.  Through his writings much of the modern day Wiccan tradition came about.  Gardner was born in 1884 and spent most of his life in Malaya.  He retired and returned to the U.K. in 1936.  Gardner then joined the Folklore society (he had an enormous interest in folklore, magic, and mythology) and in June 1938, also joined the newly opened Rosicrucian Theatre at Christchurch in Britain (Hillsburg. 1998). It is said that at Christchurch he met Old Dorothy Clutterbuck.  In 1939, he claims Old Dorothy initiated him into a practicing coven of the Old Religion that met in the New Forest area of Britain.  Gardner was fifty-five years old when he was initiated.  By the time he published High Magic’s Aid he was sixty-five, and he was seventy-five years old when “The Meaning of Witchcraft” appeared.  He died at the age of eighty in 1964 (Hillsburg. 1998).  

	Many people have been suspicious of Gardner’s claims and have accused him of making the whole thing up.  They suggest that the Wicca is no more than the fantasy of an old man colored by a romantic imagination (Oakwood, 1992).  As time has passed, the opinion of Wiccan beliefs has gotten worse. The view of the country it seems is that Wicca has something to do with Satanism.  The reason for this impression is a general lack of information about Wicca, what it is and what it means.  Once people have are introduced to what Wicca is, they usually view it in a positive light.  It is necessary to get past the initial misinformation to do that.  

	In the same way, that brings us to what Wicca </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-13T19:15:48-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/A-Study-of-Modern-Day-Wiccan-Tradaition-29469.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Value of Integrity                                      </title>
    <description>The Value of Integrity

	According to Webster’s Dictionary, </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-13T19:14:08-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Value-of-Integrity-29468.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>What is Montauk Point                                       </title>
    <description>What is Montauk Point

	When first posed with the question of where to venture for my historical visit I immediately thought of Montauk Point, Long Island.   Although I have been there several times before now I knew, with my new found knowledge of Long Islands beginnings, I would gain a whole new perspective on the true essence of Long Islands Southern Fork.  When I first arrived I took in everything.  The dirt roads made me wonder who once may have walked upon them.   With a better understanding of how Montauk became what is today, I approached “The End”.  After a 7-mile drive of winding roads you enter the village of Montauk.  Just before you enter the village you are in awe of the quaint cottages that can be spotted from the road.   Not truly knowing how long they have stood or who may live in them, you are sure of only one thing; they must hold a world of history in there walls.  The village of Montauk is small.  In the center is a beautiful town green with a gazebo, which is the site of many activities during the summer when Montauk truly comes alive.  The village is right on the ocean, with countless restaurants, shops and hotels right on the beach.  As you travel further east out of the village to the end of the island you come to the legendary Montauk Lighthouse.  It is truly amazing when you think that since the late 1700’s this lighthouse has been shining its beacons to warn ships from all over the world to avoid the rocks in the waters off the shore, and still continues to do so to this day.   As you peer out on the ocean you are overwhelmed with the thought of generations of immigrants catching their very first view of America from this very spot.  From the lighthouse you see, to your right, the vast Atlantic Ocean, and to left you can spot Block Island and the distinguished Gardiner’s Island.  Montauk has truly become a grand part of Long Island’s history.  To this day, in Montauk, all of the business remains local, all the dunes remain in their nature state, all beaches remain public and breathtaking views are in every direction you turn.  It is obvious even </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-13T19:08:31-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/What-is-Montauk-Point-29465.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Benefits of Enjoying Studying                               </title>
    <description>Benefits of Enjoying Studying


	Is it that important?  Do I really need to study?  When will I have time to do the things I want?  I asked myself these same questions.  I didn’t think it was that important, I didn’t think I needed to do it, and  I didn’t think I would have time for the things I wanted.  

	When I was in middle and high school I believed that studying wasn’t all that important.  I rarely ever did it, I laughed at the people who did, and I seemed to manage pretty well without doing it.  Could I have made better grades and learned more in high school?  Maybe, maybe not, who can tell now?  The “what seemed to take forever” school day lasted six and a half hours!  By the end of the day I was exhausted, agitated, and my brain was “fried.”   When the bell rang at 3:35 in the afternoon, my day only continued as I was off to a grueling track practice for two and a half hours.  I was ready to get out and have fun with my friends and do the things that I enjoyed.  I had it in my mind that since I was in school all day, I didn’t need to waste more of my already minimal time doing work at home.  I needed a break or I was going to go insane!  Even at times, I told myself I was going to do my homework. Then my friends asked me to go out with them, so guess what I did?  Yes, I went out with them and didn’t do my work.  

	Studying takes time and patience, and time is something not everyone has a lot of.  It‘s difficult for someone to change their schedule around, but it‘s very important to do so.  I know I would have rather been out having fun, but I needed to realize that my work was more important.  It’s very crucial to make time and organize a schedule and stick with it.  It’s best for someone to do so in the earlier years of their life, otherwise it will be more difficult for them to manage in college where it all counts and when a decision is made about a career.  

	Some </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-13T18:51:01-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Benefits-of-Enjoying-Studying-29453.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>A Brief History of the NFL Superbowl                        </title>
    <description>A Brief History of the NFL Superbowl


	This was war! Since its inception seven years earlier, the upstart American Football League (AFL) had fought the National Football League (NFL) for players, fans, television revenues, and respect. The successful new league had won everything except, respect. On January 15, 1967 the first World Championship game against the AFL and the NFL took place. The powerhouse NFL champions the Green Bay Packers against the AFL champion the Kansas City Chiefs. What ended in a 35 to 10 loss to the NFL, the AFL earned its long sought after respect. But the winner that day was not the AFL or even the NFL; it was professional football. 

	January 15, 1967 was the first ever Super Bowl. A few seasons later it was the Super Bowl who merged the two leagues into what we all know it as today, The National Football League. Thirty-four years later the Super Bowl has become Americas most watched sporting event. It is often the most watched television program each year, and nine out of the top 15 shows in history are NFL championship games according to Nielsen Media. The popularity of the Super Bowl has seen television networks like NBC, CBS, ABC, and FOX fight it out each year for the contract rights to broadcast, this much anticipated event. Many factors contribute to the broadcasting networks' struggle to obtain the rights to air the Super Bowl, mainly advertising dollars and television ratings, but it's not always worth the fight.


A Brief History of Sports on Television

(2)

	In 1960 the AFL sold its rights to ABC. The NFL and CBS agreed to broadcast rights in 1961. But also in 1961, Congress passed the Sports Broadcasting Act, which permitted leagues to act as cartels in the negotiation and sale of their broadcast rights. This led the NFL to make arrangements, which all networks got some games at some times. When the broadcast rights were sold on a club to club basis, fans got the chance to see their local teams' away games. It bought a new dimension to the avid sports watcher that has never been seen before in the professional football league. 

	Over time, television increased the club revenues drastically. After the AFL and NFL merger the Super Bowl in particular began to be tossed between different networks mainly CBS and NBC. CBS form 1967 to 1984 aired the Super Bowl ten </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-13T18:22:02-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/A-Brief-History-of-the-NFL-Superbowl-29435.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Boxing Career of Muhammad Ali                               </title>
    <description>Boxing Career of Muhammad Ali

As an amateur boxer, Ali attracted notice in 1960 by winning the Amateur Athletic Union light heavyweight and Golden Gloves heavyweight championships. He won a gold medal in the light heavyweight division at the 1960 Olympic Games in Rome. He turned professional soon afterward and became world heavyweight champion by knocking out Sonny Liston in seven rounds on Feb. 25, 1964. Gifted with unusually fast reflexes, excellent hand-leg coordination, and finely honed defensive skills, Ali successfully defended his title nine times from 1965 to 1967 and was universally recognized as champion after outpointing World Boxing Association (WBA) champion Ernie Terrell in 15 rounds on Feb. 6, 1967. Ali often proclaimed his invincibility in doggerel verse and made the boast "I am the greatest!" his personal slogan. In 1964 he joined the Nation of Islam (Black Muslims)--adopting a Muslim name--and in 1967 he refused, on religious grounds, to submit to induction into the armed forces. He was subsequently convicted of violating the Selective Service Act and in consequence barred from the ring and stripped of his title, although the conviction was ultimately reversed by the U.S. Supreme Court in 1971. Ali had meanwhile resumed boxing in 1970 and had defeated two other title contenders, but on March 8, 1971, he lost a 15-round decision to the heavyweight champion, Joe Frazier. For nearly three years Ali fought other title contenders, including Jerry Quarry, Floyd Patterson (making a brief comeback attempt), Joe Bugner, and Ken Norton. Finally Ali won a unanimous decision over Frazier on Jan. 28, 1974, that led to his meeting with the new champion, George Foreman, on Oct. 30, 1974. His eighth-round knockout of Foreman regained for Ali the undisputed world heavyweight title.

After defending his title successfully six times, he lost it to Leon Spinks on Feb. 15, 1978, in a split decision. Ali regained the WBA title from Spinks seven months later on a unanimous decision, thus becoming the first boxer to win the heavyweight championship three times. In 1979 Ali announced his retirement, at that point having lost only three decisions in 59 fights. He returned to fight World Boxing Council champion Larry Holmes in 1980 and Trevor Berbick of Canada in 1981 but lost both fights.

In 1984 it was confirmed that Ali was suffering from a series of symptoms variously known as "punch drunk" syndrome, or chronic encephalopathy of boxers; it is characterized </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-13T17:34:40-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Boxing-Career-of-Muhammad-Ali-29412.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Global Significance of Tawain                               </title>
    <description>Global Significance of Tawain

Welcome to Taiwan! In this report you will find out
more than you already know about Taiwan, or at least
you should. You see, to tell you the truth , before I
did this report I couldn’t have told you Whether or not
Taiwan was part of Japan or China! Now I know very well
that it is part of China, and many other very impotent
facts about this country, as you will now here in this
report.


Taiwan, like the rest of China, is unique. It has
languages that are a result of different dialects or
languages such as the Chinese dialects spoken in
Beijing, or the Fujian dialect of Amoy, which is spoken
as a majority by the Taiwanese. Other dialects that are
spoken as a majority are the Hakka dialects. Altogether
though, none of these dialects are totally the
“offiial” language of Taiwan. 



Some of the older Taiwanese do not speak any
Mandarin at all, but they speak Japanese because the
Japanese occupied Taiwan from 1895-1945. Most
mainlanders speak Mandarin along with the dialects of
their home province. The younger Taiwanese are now more
familiar with English because of it being taught from
the jr. high schools. There are several aborigine
dialects that resemble Malay, but even most aborigines
speak Mandarin and Taiwanese as well.


There isn’t much known about the early history of
Taiwan. We have proved that life goes back in Taiwan
10,000 years. Whether or not the first inhabitants were
the ancestors of the present-day aboriginies is not
clear. Many of the anthropologists, pointing to the
similarities in language and culture, think that the
aborigines came from the Southeastern part of Asia and
are related to the contemporary Malays. Other scholars
say that the aborigines are related to Miao, a
non-Chinese people in southern China. According to 
this view, the earliest visitors to northern Taiwan
were from China, crossing the sea at a very remote
time.

The to major denominations of religion in Taiwan
are Buddhism and Taoism.  However, it might be more
correct or exact to say that the religion in Taiwan is
a mix of many beliefs. The Confucian religion serves as
a code of ethnic and propriety or the state of being
proper as far as the recognized principles go, Buddhism
helps with corperating the religious concepts, and
Taoism provides a philosophy for the foundations.
Buddhism and Taoism claim some of the same gods, like
Kuanyin and Lu Tung-pin.
The refugees from China migrated to Taiwan 30 years
ago. When they came they brought the unique styles of
every mainland province. Taipei is were the widest
range of great Chinese food is accessible to the
Western tourists. </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-12T19:11:48-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Global-Significance-of-Tawain-29360.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Similarities between Mexico and Latin America               </title>
    <description>Similarities between Mexico and Latin America

Though not really considered to be a Latin American country, Mexico does share a similar history with other Latin American countries.  Looking back over the last century, it would be fair to say that Mexico has been a typical Latin American country in the sense that it has had a history of corruption, instability, and has beholden more to foreigners than the will of its people.


Like many other Latin American countries, corruption was an aspect in Mexico’s history as well.  The Diaz era, which lasted for 35 years long (1876-1911), indicates that corruption was indeed present in the government.  Diaz’s only way to stay in power for such a long time was through corruption, of course, as he shrewdly appealed to the privileged and kept them loyal to him.  He also rigged the ballots so that he could stay in power specifically during the 1910 election against Madero.  Madero, who ran under the “anti-reelectionist” party, represented the sentiment of the many Mexicans who were tired of Diaz’s corrupted tactics to remain in power.  This helped to start the Mexican Revolution which was a response to the corruptness of Diaz’s regime.


Throughout the entirety of the Mexican Revolution, not only was corruption a present factor, but instability in addition.  During this period, there was instability in the government as current presidents were constantly replaced by new ones in only a short duration of time.  First, Madero becomes president of Mexico in 1911.  In 1913 however, Madero is murdered by General Victoriano Huerta, who then becomes president.  A year later, Huerta decides to resign and leaves Mexico.   A couple of months later, Carranza occupies Mexico but the revolutionary leaders reject Carranza as Mexico’s President and force him to leave the country.  That same year, Zapata occupies Mexico City and between then and 1919, all these leaders run into conflict with one another.  Later that year, Zapata is murdered in an ambush arranged by Carranza.  Finally, instability seems to have dwindled, if not put to a halt for a while in 1920 when Alvaro Obregon along with the Zapatistas, Villistas, and other revolutionary groups overthrow and kill Carranza and then becomes president of Mexico.  With him as a stable leader, the corruption and instability ceases.  Such instability in Mexico though, can have </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-12T18:57:21-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Similarities-between-Mexico-and-Latin-America-29352.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Legal Notes</title>
    <description>Legal Studies

Basic Legal Notions
Definitions: 
•	Anarchy- a state of society WITHOUT government or law (LAWLESNESS) 
•	Custom- a type of behaviour that has emerged OVERTIME &amp;amp; that is followed by a group by        MUTUAL CONSENT. Traditions.
•	Fairness- PROPER BEHAVIOUR (conduct) in the performance of an act or duty.
•	Rules- controlling COMMANDS which have authority of a superior power. Guidelines.
•	Equality- everybody being treated the SAME.
•	Justice- a concept about what is RIGHT &amp;amp; WRONG and what is FAIR &amp;amp; UNFAIR.
•	Values- principles or ATTITUDES which we see as important. Beliefs.
•	Ethics- a set of MORAL BELIEFS governing behaviour.
•	Tort- a CIVIL WRONG where one person unreasonably interferes with the rights of another. 
•	Duty- something a person is REQUIRED to do or stop doing.
•	Right- something to which a person is ENTITLED. 
•	Public law- law affecting ENTIRE community about disputes between the state &amp;amp; private individuals; &amp;amp; law about law-making powers of governments.
•	Civil law- laws are regulating the behaviour of individuals- form of private law.
•	Common law- CASE LAW developed in common court case law or JUDGE-MADE law.
•	Culture- knowledge &amp;amp; ways of THINKING &amp;amp; BEHAVING that give a group its distinctive way of life.
•	Domestic law- the law of a country- applies within a nation/states’ borders.
•	High court- the ultimate court of appeal.
•	Burden of proof- responsibility of the party who must prove a case in court. In a civil case this party is the PLAINTIFF. In a criminal case it’s the PROSECUTION.
•	Alternative dispute resolution- methods of resolving disputes which do not rely on the court system.
•	Appellate jurisdiction- a court’s power to hear matters which have been heard before at a court lower in the judicial hierarchy but appealed to the court with the appellate jurisdiction. 
•	Constitutional convention- a meeting of people elected from across Australia to discuss matters of importance, such as the proposed constitutional changes necessary to become a republic in 1998.
•	Convention- general agreement between nations; a meeting.
•	Delegated legislation- the subordinate law made by non-parliamentary bodies such as local councils and statutory authorities such as Sydney Water.
•	Doctrine of precedent- a group of rules that attempt to ensure consistency between consistency between judicial decisions by limiting the ability of a judge to be creative when a decisions by limiting the ability of a judge to be creative when a decision about a similar case has previously been made. 
•	Doctrine of reception- British legal theory which suggested that the application of British law by colonists would be different </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-12T11:04:28-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Legal-Notes-29312.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Criminal Law Judges Jury Law Reform and Law Reform Agencies</title>
    <description>A)
Indictable offenses require trial before judge and jury, and so are usually reserved for more serious offenses. Trial by a jury of one’s peers is at the symbolic core of liberal democratic and common law concepts of justice. The jury ultimately connects the community with the administration of justice. In order to give some perspective to the role of the jury within the overall criminal justice system, it must be recognized that only a small percentage of criminal cases are heard before a judge and jury. The jury as an institution is, nevertheless, an important component of the criminal justice system. In the first place, the most serious criminal cases are tried before a judge and jury. In those cases where the State makes allegations of the most grave kind which are contested by the accused person, the responsibility for the determination of guilt is not vested in a single public official. It is placed in the hands of a group of 12 citizens chosen in a random manner as representatives of the general community. In this way the institution of the jury serves as an important aspect of the declaratory or denunciatory function of the criminal law. The maintenance of trial by jury emphasizes the serious nature of the criminal offenses which are so dealt with. In New South Wales a jury has no role in determining the penalty for a person once that person has been found guilty. A jury can only convict or acquit an accused person if they are unanimous, that is all 12 members of the jury agree.

Australia has a tradition of court proceedings being based on an adversarial model. In this model the role of the ‘Judge’ is to determine disputes between parties by applying the law to particular facts.  Judges determine the facts on the basis of evidence presented to them, either given in Court by witnesses in person or provided in writing by way of an affidavit.  Judges will consider the 'credit' of a party, and evidence will be accorded 'weight' depending on its relative importance.
     
     ‘A trial does not involve the pursuit of truth by any means … judge’s role … is to hold the balance between the contending parties … not an inquisitorial role …’ (Justice Dawson 1983)
    
    ‘There’s a distinction between </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-12T10:50:55-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Criminal-Law-Judges-Jury-Law-Reform-and-Law-Reform-Agencies-29306.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Rising Tide of Crime</title>
    <description>The rising tide of crime threatens to engulf us all - or so we are led to believe. 
The media today is a useful informative tool for the citizens of the world having a direct influence on their perceptions of how they view the world. The way it selects, organizes and presents information, shapes the audiences assumptions of domestic and international affairs. The media is important in shaping public agendas by influencing what people think about, and how events and issues are packaged and presented.
 In this presentation I will be exploring whether media stereotypes and depictions of crime are truly reflective of official crime statistics. 

The politics of fear is buffered by the media, stressing fear and threat as features of entertainment that, increasingly, are shaping the everyday lives of individuals. The constant use of fear through increases in reference to criminal incidents pervades crises in normal times: it becomes part of the taken-for-granted word of "how things are," and one consequence is that it begins to influence how we perceive and talk about everyday life, including ordinary as well as significant events. This produces the effect on individuals to begin to believe that danger and risk are a central feature of everyday life. The use of fear in headlines increased dramatically over the last decade and a half, peaking around 1994 only to be surpassed in 2001 due to the September 11 attacks. A qualitative content 1992 - 2002 of several major newspapers shows that crime reports about doubled in their news reports. 
The use of fear in headlines increased from 30-150% for most newspapers analyzed over a 7-10 year period, with the peak year in 1994. Many of these increases were associated with more emphasis on crime reporting. Audiences interpret the repetitive reports as dramatic enactments of "fear and dread in our lives" and they begin to believe that the cases of crime are on the rise. The major objective of the use of fear in highlighting criminal cases and incidents is to promote a sense of disorder and a belief that `things are out of control which in turn benefits the media agencies. Serious crimes create sensational headlines which in turn creates uninformed or poorly informed individuals. Serious crimes such as assaults and kidnappings continue to be blasted across headlines even when false or greatly distorted. This creates informal decisions by the citizens that crime is </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-12T10:46:49-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Rising-Tide-of-Crime-29305.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Sport of Swimming  Water Polo</title>
    <description>The Sport of Swimming: Water Polo

Swimming is the act of moving through water by using the arms and legs.  There is no way of telling how long the sport has been around.  Pictures and drawings show men swimming in a dog stroke.  The first known race happened in the year 1844 in London, England and was established by the England's Swimming Society.  In this race, American Indians won using windmill strokes.

The sport of swimming was introduced in 1896 in Athens, Greece. It was later split into the following events: the backstroke (in 1900), the breaststroke (in 1908) and the butterfly (in 1956).  There was also a </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-11T19:26:05-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Sport-of-Swimming-Water-Polo-29216.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Understanding the Historic Art of Judo                      </title>
    <description>Understanding the Historic Art of Judo

Judo is different things to different people.   Simply translated, Judo means “the gentle way”.   To most people, that’s all it means.   To some, they know it simply as an Austin Powers’ lethal maneuver, but to many others around the world, it means so much more.   It is a fun sport, an art, a discipline, a recreational or social activity, a fitness program, a means of self-defense or combat, and a way of life.   There’s an ancient history behind Judo and many misunderstood beliefs about the art, some of which will be addressed.

Jujitsu is the source of modern Judo. Medieval Japanese Warriors practiced many forms of unarmed combat, some of which were grouped under the general name "Jujitsu " for "the gentle practice." The object of all these martial arts forms was to avoid an enemy's superior strength and to use that strength to his disadvantage. Since Jujitsu was strictly a combat technique, contests were rare and were decided only by the death or crippling of one of the contestants.   When Japanese society began to change structurally in the 1860's, feudal lords no longer had their private armies; the martial arts, including Jujitsu, began to die out. In the early 1880's, Professor Jigoro Kano, a teacher from Tokyo and an expert in many types of Jujitsu, decided to save some of this ancient knowledge. He modified or eliminated the most dangerous of the Jujitsu techniques and created a new discipline, which he called "Judo" or "the gentle way."

Judo is "the gentle way" because the end result is the accomplishment of a goal with maximum efficiency and minimum effort. As an art, Judo enables its practitioners to gain self-respect, self-confidence, and self-expression; as a science, it involves a mastery of such basic natural laws as gravity, friction, momentum, weight transmission, and unity of forces. As a sport, rather than simply a combat form, Judo includes a code of sportsmanship, a sense of mutual respect, and a system of ethical and moral development. Judo is both an art and a science. From its simple beginnings in nineteenth-century Japan, Judo has spread in popularity throughout the world. Its rich, medieval heritage combined with Professor Kano's modern, scientific approach has made Judo into the exciting sport it is today.   One of the more interesting things about </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-11T02:41:42-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Understanding-the-Historic-Art-of-Judo-29184.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Recognizing Plagarism and Unacceptable Forms of Paraphrasing</title>
    <description>How to Recognize Plagarism and Unacceptable Forms of Paraphrasing
                        How to Recognize Unacceptable and Acceptable Paraphrases 



                        Here's the ORIGINAL text, from page 1 of Lizzie Borden: A Case Book of Family and Crime

                        in the 1890s by Joyce Williams et al.: 

                        The rise of industry, the growth of cities, and the expansion of the population were the three
                        great developments of late nineteenth century American history. As new, larger,
                        steam-powered factories became a feature of the American landscape in the East, they
                        transformed farm hands into industrial laborers, and provided jobs for a rising tide of
                        immigrants. With industry came urbanization the growth of large cities (like Fall River,
                        Massachusetts, where the Bordens lived) which became the centers of production as well as of
                        commerce and trade. 



                        Here's an UNACCEPTABLE paraphrase that is plagiarism: 


          </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-07T18:35:01-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Recognizing-Plagarism-and-Unacceptable-Forms-of-Paraphrasing-29116.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Analysis of the Weather Leading to Hurricane Mitch          </title>
    <description>Analysis of the Weather Leading to Hurricane Mitch


Many hurricanes have come and gone, but Hurricane Mitch was the worst hurricane to hit Honduras since the Great Hurricane of 1780.  This hurricane devastated not only Honduras but some parts of Central America as well.  A lot of the states on the Gulf Coast felt the remnants of Mitch but luckily Mitch was not the Category 5 that hit Honduras.  Mitch?s beginning didn?t seem to show its strength and fury until it arrived in the Caribbean.  


Everything began on October 8, 1998 when a little tropical wave off the coast of South Africa began to stir up (Storms of 1998 1).  This tropical wave then arrived in the Caribbean Sea on the 18 of October and just 3 days later, shower and thunderstorm activity made its presence (Storms of 1998 1).  The next day this tropical wave evolved into Tropical Storm Mitch 45 kilometres southeast of south of San Andreas Island (Storms of 1998 1).  Then, the inevitable occurred. Just 470 kilometres southwest of Kingston, Jamaica, and the weak Tropical Storm Mitch began to unleash its fury and became Hurricane Mitch (Storms of 1998 1).  The magnitude of Mitch became known in a 24-hour period when Mitch?s central pressure dropped an astonishing 52 millibars to 924 millibars (Storms of 1998 1).  By October 26, its central pressure was at 905 millibars (Storms of 1998 1).  Mitch?s central pressure was the 4th lowest pressure ever measured in an Atlantic hurricane (Storms of 1998 1).  The same day Mitch reached its peak with vicious winds of 180 miles per hour (155 knots) that put it on the Saffir-Simpson scale as a Category 5 (Storms of 1998 1).  Then, Mitch made its deadly move on October 27.  At a Category 5, Mitch hit the island of Guanaja, Honduras (Storms of 1998 1).  Mitch?s full fury devastated the little island with its powerful winds.  After passing the island of Guanaja, Mitch was on a course straight for Honduras.  Mitch was still a Category 5 and now it was only 60 miles north of Trujilo, a city on the north coast of Honduras (Graumann and et al 2).


Graumann states that according to a wave model, on October 27 when Mitch was right off the coast of Honduras, the waves were as </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-07T16:33:36-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Analysis-of-the-Weather-Leading-to-Hurricane-Mitch-29104.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Examination of the Growing Popularity of Steriods in Sports </title>
    <description>Examination of the Growing Popularity of Steriods in Sports
Steroids or anabolic-androgenic steroids are a man made synthetic substance that increase and enhance the output of mal testosterone. They promote the growth of skeletal muscle but they have many side affects. Athletes and bodybuilders often use it as a way to quickly build muscle mass although its original purpose was to cure patients with an abnormally low amount of testosterone. Steroids can be taken orally, which is the most common, or injected. 


Steroids have many major side effects that can cause the body to be severely internally injured. But the effects of steroids are different for the person that is using it. For men the side effects may include the shrinking of the testicles, a reduced sperm count, infertility, baldness, development of breasts, and an increased risk for prostate cancer. For women the side effects may include a growth of facial hair, male-pattern baldness, changes in the menstrual cycle, and a deepened voice. For children who take steroids their growth maybe stunted due to the premature aging of their skeletal muscles. This may cause the child to be forever short if they take the steroids before their growth spurt. For everyone there may be very severe consequences such as liver tumors and cancer, jaundice, fluid retention, high blood pressure, increases of LDL and decreases of HDL. The various studies suggest that using more than one type of anabolic steroid at the same time ("stacking") causes a stronger inhibition of the functions than using one single anabolic steroid. After abstention from anabolic steroids these changes in fertility usually reverse within some months. However, several cases of have been reported in which the situation of hypogonadism lasted for more than 12 weeks.


Research also indicates that some users might turn to other drugs to alleviate some of the negative effects of anabolic steroids. For example, a study of 227 men admitted in 1999 to a private treatment center for dependence on heroin or other opioids found that 9.3 percent had abused anabolic steroids before trying any other illicit drug. Of these 9.3 percent, 86 percent first used opioids to counteract insomnia and irritability resulting from the anabolic steroids.
The use of steroids in teenagers is not predominating but it does occur. In a recent NIDA study it was found that 3% of 8th graders use steroids, while 3.5% of 10th graders and 2.5% of 12th </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-06T14:09:54-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Examination-of-the-Growing-Popularity-of-Steriods-in-Sports-29057.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Current United States Drought Conditions                    </title>
    <description>Current United States Drought Conditions

Most, if not all of the United States of America is under drought conditions currently.   A strip of northeast Maine is experiencing incomparable category D4 drought conditions stretching almost into New Hampshire.  All of New Jersey stretching down to southeast Pennsylvania, Washington D.C., Maryland, and even northern Virginia are also experiencing category D4 drought conditions.  “The overall effected area stretches from Maine to Georgia, with extreme levels in Maine and North Carolina (NOAA, 2002).”  Texas is experiencing category D4 drought situations as well.  Most if not all of southwestern Texas is experiencing heavy drought conditions with the seasonal drought outlook predicting that this </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-02T03:29:35-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Current-United-States-Drought-Conditions-29019.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Pete Rose: Am American Baseball Great                       </title>
    <description>Pete Rose: Am American Baseball Great
Pete Rose, was a American baseball player and manager, who set the major league record for career hits with (4256).  He was born by the name of Peter Edward Rose in Cincinnati, Ohio.  He was a switch hitter who played both infield and outfield.  In 1963 he signed with the Cincinnati Reds and he became National League rookie of year.  He stayed with the Reds until 1978 and then got traded to the Philadelphia Phillies (1979-1983).  He open the 1984 season with the Montreal Expos but late in the season was traded back to the Cincinnati Reds, where he finish his career as a player in 1986 but remain to manage the Reds until 1989.

His aggressive base running earn him the nickname “Charlie Hustle” for his speed.  One of </description>
    <pubDate>2006-06-01T18:58:41-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Pete-Rose-Am-American-Baseball-Great-28982.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Creative Short Story                                        </title>
    <description>[size=18:578aea9243]MY STRANGE HOLIDAY
[/size:578aea9243]
After a great year of school, full of success and high grades it was time to go on and have a little bit of rest. That year I decided to spend the holiday with my friends and enjoying the sea. I thought it would be awfully nice. The plane took off one week later as planned. When we landed in the island it was getting dark. The movement of water was clear and it made a relaxing sound. There was some curtain like fog near the tops of the mountains looking far away on the horizon. The shore looked peaceful with the mystery of the forest right behind it. After taking our baggages we headed to the hotel that we were going to be staying in for the next two weeks. It was a small one beside the forest near the other end of the island and the shore. Our room was not very big and decorated with traditional knickknacks. The servant came and asked if we needed anything. We were so tired to give any reasonable answers. So we said no and went to the beds to have a deep sleep after a tiring flight of three hours. It was fun though, with friends and all that stuff. I had a dream that I could not clearly remember probably because of extreme tiredness. The next morning, we all woke up with the sunlight going in and dazzling our eyes from the wide window. The sea looked lovely. It was beautiful. The sunshine, boats, people fishing and perhaps making morning trips just seemed like in a manner toa please the ones who looked at them. It was about ten o&amp;#8217;clock when we went downstairs, actually to the big balcony for breakfast. We ate like monsters in the breakfast because we did not have time to eat very much yesterday. All the preparation took three of four hours. Nevertheless, we were there and enjoying our holiday. I had some play cards with me. It was one of our greatest time spending methods besides going off for a trip. We also liked swimming very much. The two friends of ours knew how to surf. They had their boards with them and were very eager to do some because of the wind air and wavy sea. One afternoon George came and asked:
	- Would you like to do some surf? The sea </description>
    <pubDate>2006-05-31T19:34:59-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Creative-Short-Story--28940.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Negatives of Alcohol and Sporting Events  Detroit Fans</title>
    <description>Negatives of Alcohol and Sporting Events: Detroit Fans


Sigmund Freud, who crafted himself a pretty good living out of post-game analysis, once observed that sometimes a cigar is just a cigar. He said this without needing to go back and look at the videotape, which puts him slightly ahead of many members of our current head-coaching roster.

And now, in the wake of the Canadian Anthem Flap (Volume 47), it feels like the appropriate time to trot out the corollary, as follows: Sometimes a moron is just a moron.

Just a guess here, but I'm betting the people who booed the Canadian anthem never thought past the third beer. 

Sometimes the Little League parent who trashes his kid in front of God and everybody else is just the fool in the rain. Sometimes the hockey goon who takes a physical game and turns it into pointless bloodsport is the stupid exception, not the reasonable rule.

And sometimes that embarrassing act by the fan in the stands is just that.

Give it a moment. It'll pass.

There was a great temptation on the parts of the self-appointed guardians of human behavior to make a mountain out of the molehill that was built the other night before the Pistons-Raptors game just outside Detroit, not far from the Canadian border. There, a group of remarkably vocal and undeniably clueless fans began booing during the playing of the Canadian anthem.

The timing was unfortunate. Strike that: The timing was insanely hideous. It occurred on the same day that funerals began in Canada for four soldiers who were killed in Afghanistan, victims of "friendly fire" when an American F-16 mistakenly bombed a cadre of Canadian troops.

You put those facts together, and you very quickly could conclude the worst about the moronics that emanated from the Palace stands.

You also -- and let's be very precise here -- would be going one fact too far.

The thing about morons is this: It is impossible to give them too little credit. Yet in a situation like this one, the tendency is to go the other way -- to assume, for example, that the booing in the stands and the burial of four soldiers could somehow be combined in a single thought pattern.

Sorry, no. Just a guess here, but I'm betting the people who booed the Canadian anthem never thought past the third beer. I'm betting the people who booed didn't know Canadian soldiers had been killed </description>
    <pubDate>2006-05-31T18:58:47-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Negatives-of-Alcohol-and-Sporting-Events-Detroit-Fans-28936.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Importance of Glacial Remnants and the Oak Ridge Moraine    </title>
    <description>Importance of Glacial Remnants and the Oak Ridge Moraine


The “Vista Development INC” wants to develop the Oak Ridges
Moraine into a residential community. The Oak Ridges Moraine is a “long
tract of land”  which stretches for 160 km. from the Niagara Escarpment to
the Trent Canal system. It was left from the last “Ice Age” with deposits of
crushed rock, sand and clay beneath the land, which is an underground
water supply for most Southern Ontario, and the greater Toronto area.
The Oak Ridges Moraine in Richmond Hill, should not be developed into
a residential community for these reasons: It will destroy the environment,
there will be problems with the local residents, and the local Government of
the town of Richmond Hill.

The Local Government of Richmond Hill have a few problems to worry 
about. They’ll be worried about the publicity that the residential community
will bring. The Local Government will have to bring in more money to build
schools, recreation, and other things. They will also have to put in a lot more
money for hydro, sewers, parks, water supply, recreation, and other special
services. The Local Government has absolutely no control over the
development for the private land. The town cannot freeze development so
they cannot oppose for this argument.

The big change in the land could destroy the ecosystem, this rapid
urban growth could disturb the aquifers that feed more than 30 rivers. This
development threatens the clean water supply, and it can majorly effect the
forestry and all the clean environment. The Oak Ridges Moraine is a very
sensitive piece of land that should be protected for it could be destroyed
easily. The Oak Ridges Moraine is known to people as “Southern Ontario’s
rain Barrel” because it provides most of Southern Ontario with fresh and
clean water. The Oak Ridges Moraine is the “head” waters for Humber, Don
and the Rouge. With Vista Development INC getting involved, it will lead
Southern Ontario’s people to have un-sanitized water. The environmentalists
argue  that presently 20,000 people live on the Moraine in Durham, but by
year 2011 24,000 people could be living there. That’s a crucially bad thing
for the Moraine.

The Local Residents in the Oak Ridges Moraine near Richmond Hill are
not very happy with this environmental change. The people feel that it has
made a big impact in their lives in many ways. the Local Residents prefer to
live in a small community in peace without any disturbances. The Oak Ridges
Moraine has become very popular for recreational purposes as well. 
Municipal/Regional Governments have developed trail systems, private
forests, </description>
    <pubDate>2006-05-31T18:25:10-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Importance-of-Glacial-Remnants-and-the-Oak-Ridge-Moraine-28924.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Study of Twins, Loss and Grievance                          </title>
    <description>Study of Twins, Loss and Grievance

Topic: Does a surviving twin feel bereavement differently than a sibling does in the death of a family member?

Articles under examination: Once There Were Two study of surviving twins in various stages of grief, and Bereavement in Children a study a different grieving levels of children.

The first article that was examined was Once There Were Two, by D.S. Barron.   Twins are forever bounds together even in death are the consensus of this study.  D.S. Barron interviewed the Lone Twin Network, a British group, whose twin siblings have died.  The interviewed were conducted to gain better understanding of the nature of a twin’s bond, or why its end should resemble exile.  The first study and its findings of surviving twins in various stages of grief were also included in the article that was examined.  Surveys and extensive interviews were given to over 300 surviving twins in various stages of grief.  The subject’s ages ranged from 18 to 92.  The age of the surviving twins ranged from time of birth, childhood, or adulthood.  The theory was twins developed the implications of being a twin, realizing the identity of being a twin, and the consequences of their loss had serious effects on them, as they grew older.  In all the lengthy interviews Woodward conducted all who sought counseling for their bereavement, failed to find explanations or relief for their grief.  Theorizing that twins feel profound dislocation, due to the depth one twin feels for another.  This bond originates during pregnancy, before birth.   Twins felt their loss strongly.  The feelings of isolation grow worse as the twin grows older.  The lone twin, even after years of their twin sibling’s death, feel a profound deprivation that no one or anything could assuage.  Many twins describe a constant and intense loneliness.

Knowing a bond stronger than any type I have felt before, and to lose that bond, would be very hard to deal with.

The second article is an article deals with bereavement in children.  The article discussed different types of bereavement in children, how the child felt when the grandparent, parent and sibling died.  The article was based by interviews and surveys to the parents of the children included in the survey.  The article suggests that children feel bereavement to different family </description>
    <pubDate>2006-05-31T18:05:18-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Study-of-Twins,-Loss-and-Grievance-28919.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Religions of the World: Analysis of Themes and Beliefs      </title>
    <description>Religions of the World: Analysis of Themes and Beliefs

INTRODUCTION
No simple definition can describe all the different religions in the world. For so many people religion is an organized system of beliefs, ceremonies, prayers and worship, all dedicated to some supreme being, God, to any kind of idol or Deity (no matter if there is just one or many of them). People practice religion for lots of different reasons; it gives them feeling of security because of the belief in some divine power that is watching over them. Different countries, cultures, tribes and families are being connected and at the same time divided by their beliefs, due to their heritage but also the way of thinking influenced by the time they live in, and things they have. Recently, people are more and more grabbing into religion just to find something… anything to believe in, or losing their religion.

 We study different religious faiths in order to understand other people. Many people have strong religious convictions, and it would be impossible to understand them without first understanding their faith.

  Judaism, Christianity, and Islam are monotheistic faiths practiced by about half of the world's population. Monotheism refers to the belief in one God. The faiths are often called western religions to distinguish them from the eastern religions practiced primarily in Asia. Believers in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam are found on every continent, but tend to be concentrated in North and South America, Europe, Australia, Western Asia and North Africa. Christianity and Islam are growing influences in sub-Saharan Africa, often replacing indigenous faiths.

  While western religions are centered on the belief in one God, many believers of eastern religions seek to find enlightenment by looking within themselves. Hinduism and Buddhism are popular faiths in India and Southeast Asia. Since becoming a communist nation in 1949, China has discouraged religion. Many Chinese practice the teachings of Confucius, which is a political movement rather than a religious faith. Taoism is another philosophy centered in China. Shinto is the religious faith of many Japanese people.

     Today you will see the hexagram used to identify synagogues and Jewish organizations. The symbol that was once used to separate Jews from the rest of society is now flown on the flag of Judaism's homeland, Israel.

Indigenous religions continue to be popular around the world, particularly in sub-Saharan Africa. Indigenous faiths are often animistic. Animism is </description>
    <pubDate>2006-05-31T16:50:45-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Religions-of-the-World-Analysis-of-Themes-and-Beliefs-28905.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>I Got Caught                                                </title>
    <description>Collaborating is Cheating when you plagiarize

Human beings constantly create hierarchies by arranging all things known to them in order of rank. Hierarchies are abound in man's life: our laws, for example, have differing degrees of punishment depending on the severity of the crime. Yet, the ultimate question becomes whether human beings would be justified in creating a hierarchy for the </description>
    <pubDate>2006-05-30T18:43:39-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/I-Got-Caught--28898.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Conventional or alternative medicine                        </title>
    <description>Medicine is a </description>
    <pubDate>2006-05-27T16:22:21-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Conventional-or-alternative-medicine-28891.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Autobiographical Essay                                      </title>
    <description>Autobiographical Essay
(Must be typed)
(please do not staple or fold)
______________________________________________ _________________________
Last name 			First name 		         Social Security Number

Autobiographical Essay: Please use this space describing your educational and career goals, your community and school involvement, and any special or unique circumstances you would like to share with the scholarship committee if your application is selected for review.

I am an International Student at San Joaquin Delta College since January 2002. I am from Lahore, Pakistan, and have been in the United States for over two years. I graduated from High School in Pakistan. I was actively involved in all of the events and organizations in my High School. Although I was a science student, I was interested in extracurricular activities that explored my creativity and my capability in other fields such as poetry, journalism, literature and theater. I participated and organized a number of poetry, essay, declamation and debating contests. I also did sets and props for my High School Play in my senior year.
Besides my involvement in High School activities, I also freelanced for a weekly magazine called “The Weekly Independent.” I interviewed a lot of local celebrities for my weekly articles. After I came to the United States, I continued writing a column from here as a foreign correspondent. My column was called “Letter from California,” and I tried to explore the American popular culture, and compare it to the lifestyle of people in my home country. My column was more of an education for me too as I slowly became accustomed to life in the States and shared it with readers back home. 
When I enrolled in classes at Delta College, I was amazed at the degree of diversity that I saw, not only in the student body and faculty, but also in the courses being offered. Never had I thought of taking Music and Pre-calculus in one semester. My first semester at Delta was not only a great experience in education for me, but it also introduced me to wonderful new things. I had new friends, very cooperative and helpful instructors and I learned about Beethoven and Mozart! Although I am a science student, I take pride in knowing my classics. 
Currently I am enrolled in 14 units at Delta College. I have had no problems with my courses so far, and am hoping to maintain a proficient GPA in the </description>
    <pubDate>2006-05-04T17:02:05-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Autobiographical-Essay-28798.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Atlantis  The Lost Continent</title>
    <description>Introduction. 

Atlantis was a continent of the Atlantic Ocean where, according to Plato, an advanced civilization developed some 11,600 years ago. Plato affirms that, as the result of a huge volcanic cataclysm of worldwide extent, this continent sunk away underseas, disappearing forever. Official Science - the one you learn at school - rejects the actual existence of Atlantis, as it has so far been unable to find any traces of its reality. But the reason for that is simple to explain. Everybody has been looking in the wrong locations, as Atlantis indeed lies in the opposite side of the world. So been told, of course… 

What does the name Atlantis actualy means? 
The first thing to keep in mind is that mythical terms have a number of different etymologies, and are often interpretable in different languages, into which they were adapted when the myths were introduced locally. For instance, Atlas means, in Greek, "the one who could not withstand." Atlas was known as the "Pillar of Heaven", that is, its support. When Atlas became overburdened, the skies fell down, burying Atlantis. The names of Atlas and Atlantis originally came from the Sanskrit, which is the Holy Language of India, name of their Hell called Atala. This word means "Deprived of its Pillar" or, conversely "Bottomless" or, rather, "Sunken to the Bottom". Many further derivations are yet possible. Atlas is the personification of the Holy Mountain that is the support of heaven. He is the god that the Hindus equate with Shiva, also called Sthanu, meaning "Pillar of Heaven" in Sanskrit. 

The problem of Atlantis. 

Believers… 

Actually most of the scientists, scholars and researchers who have been studying the problem of Atlantis build up a lot of theories that are quite different from each other. If we have to report a survey about the possible existence of Atlantis we can know that the 60% of scholars believe in Atlantis and the 40% of them point out the mid Atlantic as the reliable site of Atlantis itself. 

Study… 

Disbelieve… 

Unfortunately the study and research of Atlantis is really difficult and ambiguous because a lot of authors put their own country as the place where old ruins of the ancient empire lie, by showing a useless nationalism, while esoteric fonts describe atlanteans as the first inhabitants of the world, who were firstly only souls and later become the principal race of the Earth. </description>
    <pubDate>2006-04-15T22:51:24-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Atlantis-The-Lost-Continent-28714.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>KKK                                                         </title>
    <description>The Klan of Terror
Over the years many people have created groups to support their beliefs. These groups allow people with the same ideas to gather together and work out plans to advance their ideas. All of the groups that have been established have not necessarily gained a positive image from the public. One example is the Ku Klux Klan. The Ku Klux Klan originated over one hundred years ago and has gone through many eras and changes since its beginning. Although many people know the Ku Klux Klan exists, they do not understand its purpose or how it has changed throughout its life.
 	After the Civil War ended, the Southern states went through a time known as Reconstruction. Ex-Confederate soldiers had returned home now, and they were still upset about the outcome of the war. It is at this point in time that the Ku Klux Klan became a part of everyday life for many Southerners. In the beginning the Ku Klux Klan was started to be a way for people who had the same views to spend time together. The original members meant of the Ku Klux Klan to be a "hilarious social club" that would be full of aimless fun (Invisible Empire, p.9), though in later years the Ku Klux Klan became known for their violence against people outside the white race and people who associated with them. Contrary to what most people believe, the Ku Klux Klan was started because of a few people wanted to have some innocent fun, not because they were intending to start a chain of violence on anyone outside the white race.(The Klan, p.2)
 	The Ku Klux Klan began in Pulaski, Tennessee, a small town south of Nashville. On the night of  December 24, 1865 six ex-confederate soldiers were sitting around a fireplace it the law office of Judge Thomas M. Jones.(Invisible Empire, p.9) These six friends were having a discussion and were trying to come up with an idea to cheer themselves up. One of the men suggested that they should start a club and the rest of the men agreed with the idea. After discussing the mew idea, the men decided to meet again and retired for the night. The second meeting was again at Judge Thomas M. Jones' law office and was attended by the same six men. During this meeting the group decided it needs a name. </description>
    <pubDate>2006-03-20T02:35:49-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/KKK--28597.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Police Officer Career Report, Career Summary                </title>
    <description>Police Officer Career Report, Career Summary

People depend on police officers to protect their lives and property. Police and detectives enforce laws. They catch criminals and they collect evidence. Also at times, they testify in court. Others patrols set areas to prevent crime. Some patrols give out traffic tickets. Some police direct traffic. Most police wear uniforms. Detectives and special agents work in regular clothes. Most detectives are part of regular police forces. Special agents work for Federal and State agencies. They file reports about what they have done during the day. Most police work on foot or ride in cars. Some, however, ride horses, bikes, or motorcycles. Some work in boats on rivers and in harbors. Some police work with dogs. Most police and detectives work at least 40 hours a week. When they work longer, they get extra pay. Because police work is a 24-hour-a-day job, some police have to work nights and weekends. They have to be ready to go to work at all times. Police may work very long hours on a case. Some have to travel a lot, often on short notice. Some police work outdoors in all kinds of weather. Some take very big risks when they chase criminals in cars or when they make an arrest. The job can be very stressful for the police officer. The officer's family may worry a lot. Good training, teamwork, and good equipment reduce the number of injuries and deaths among police officers. There are many duties and responsibilities of a police officer. There main duty and responsibility is to enforce the law and make sure that we live in a safe environment. They have many daily routines depending on the officer. One officer may have to do radar while anther may have to drive around and make sure none is breaking the law. While doing these things officers may be called to go somewhere where someone is breaking the law. There is lots of variety in this job. No two days will be the same for a police officer. One day they might be doing traffic tickets anther day they might have to break up a bar fight or be involved in a high-speed chase. Police Officers are always working with different people in different situations. This is why there is so much variety. Cops have to deal with all kinds of experiences, for example if a </description>
    <pubDate>2006-03-10T03:51:19-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Police-Officer-Career-Report,-Career-Summary-28540.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Biography of a family member                                </title>
    <description>The Godfather
By: 

     My godfather's name is Kevin. He was chosen to be my godfather long before I was </description>
    <pubDate>2006-03-08T03:04:16-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Biography-of-a-family-member-28536.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Cyber Squatting                                             </title>
    <description>Cyber-Squatting

Cyber-squatting is a derogatory term and means registering, selling or using a domain name with the intent of profiting from the goodwill of someone else's trademark. It generally refers to the practice of buying up domain names that use the names of existing businesses with the intent to sell the names for a profit to those businesses.

Cyber-squatters usually ask for prices far greater than that at which they purchased it. Some cyber-squatters put up derogatory remarks about the person or company the domain is meant to represent in an effort to encourage the subject to buy the domain from them.

The World Intellectual Property Organisation (WIPO) saw a 20 per cent increase in the number of cyber squatting (abusive registration of trademarks as domain names) cases filed in 2005 as compared to 2004. In 2005, a total of 1,456 cyber squatting cases were filed with WIPO's Arbitration and Mediation Centre, according to a WIPO release.

Many cyber-squatters also register many variants of a popular trademarked name, a practice known as typo squatting.

The practice that's come to be known as cyber-squatting originated at a time when most businesses were not savvy about the commercial opportunities on the Internet. Some entrepreneurial souls registered the names of well-known companies as domain names, with the intent of selling the names back to the companies when they finally woke up. Panasonic, Fry's Electronics, Hertz and Avon were among the "victims" of cyber-squatters. Opportunities for cyber-squatters are rapidly diminishing, because most businesses now know that nailing down domain names is a high priority.

Common examples of cyber squatting include the reservation of sites that include the names of celebrities or companies. This guarantees the cyber-squatters a profit whenever a celebrity or company decides to set up an official Web site and needs that domain name. 

A 1999 law and an international arbitration procedure crack down on people looking to profit from other people's trademarks.

If a person owns a trademark and find that someone is holding it hostage as a domain name until the owner of the trademark pays a large sum for it, the owner of the trademark is the victim of cyber-squatting. 

Amitabh Singhal, Acting CEO of National Internet Exchange of India (NIXI), says that all domain names, except those which have been reserved for use by the Government, constitutional bodies and the registry, are open for registration on a first-come-first-served basis. This is a standard global practice.

The </description>
    <pubDate>2006-02-19T05:25:38-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Cyber-Squatting--28508.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Professional Wrestling                                      </title>
    <description>Professional Wrestling

The topic I have chosen to write about is the world of professional wrestling. There are many reasons as to why this subject has interested me. One major reason is that I grew up watching pro-wrestling on television. As a child, I was fascinated with the spectacle of the wrestling matches and wondered at the wrestlers themselves. At that age, I took wrestling for what it was. It was a full-contact gladiator sport filled with exaggerated and extravagant wrestlers, cocky commentators, and interesting "one-of-a kind" personalities which added up to a high entertainment value. As I got older and more aware of the sport, I did not just see it as another part of sports entertainment but also as a multi-million dollar business which catered to a wide audience. I began to wonder what was it that made this popular genere work and how it was able to attract the crowds of people, young and old. I also wanted to know the history of pro-wrestling. How did it get started and how it became a part of the American culture? As a fan for several of my childhood years, I now wanted to know the real deal behind wrestling. The professional wrestling sport is a very secretive business. It is on a "what you see is what you get" basis. Many of the fans take the sport for face value and enjoy it for what it is, even if many of them are uninformed on the inside workings of it all. Although many books have been published about wrestling, a high number of them are as cryptic and secretive as the business itself. That is why I am motivated to go into an in-depth research to answer and unravel the questions of the professional wrestling world. Professional Wrestling. Part II: Knowledge andPreconceptions After being exposed to professional wrestling for quite sometime, I became somewhat knowledgeable of the sport. I became familiar with most of the wrestling superstars it produced, notably Hulk Hogan which many consider the icon of pro- wrestling. I was also mindful of the wrestling maneuvers and techniques that were used. Although I knew all this, it was all common knowledge. Through personal experience, the people I know who are fans of the sport only know this basic ideology of its premise. I feel that one major reason for the scarce information on pro- wrestling is due </description>
    <pubDate>2006-02-16T03:32:35-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Professional-Wrestling-28500.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Yanomamo People                                         </title>
    <description>The Yanomamo People

	The Yanomamo people are an indigenous people of northwest Brazil and southern Venezuela in the heart of the Amazon rainforest. The Yanomamo use their environment to there best advantage and exploit almost every part of it.  The two main variations in the yanomamo culture are in the placement of their tribes the highland tribes and the lowland tribes.  The highland tribes usually number fewer per tribe and are less hostile toward other tribes due to the lower population density and less struggle for food and resources. These people have adapted perfectly to their environment they have a sense of </description>
    <pubDate>2006-02-16T03:19:03-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Yanomamo-People-28494.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>In Depth Look at Korea                                      </title>
    <description>Korea

   Death, destruction, loved ones lost, and separation are all phrases commonly heard in North and South Korea for over the last fifty years.  The division of this Asian peninsula into the independent nations of North Korea and South Korea brought terror and torment to the people living there.  But now in a new era, words like hope, peace, and reunification can be heard from these same people.  Reunification seems to be the most logical course of action to heal the rift at the 38th parallel.  The healing process will take time, but it has begun.  However knowing the process of how it may be resolved will do no good without knowing how it all went wrong.

     Japan’s interest in Korea led them to attack the Russians at Port Arthur on February 8th, 1904. This was the start of the Russo-Japanese War.  Russia lost the war in 1905. Japans victory over Russia proved to the world that Japan was a world power and allowed them to gain control of Korea in 1910 (www.russojapan.com).  The Japanese “began exploiting its resources, while also attempting to eliminate the Korean language, names and national identity” (www.cnn.com).  The treatment of the Koreans by the Japanese was comparable to the treatment of African Americans during the pre-Civil War era.  In 1919 Japan’s abuse of the Koreans led to the “March First Movement”, a demonstration that ended with the death of thousands of innocent Koreans.  During World War II, Koreans were forced into labor by their Japanese oppressors.  Japan’s downfall in WWII allowed the United States of America and the U.S.S.R.  to occupy Korea (www.cnn.com).  The US located troops in the south and U.S.S.R. did so in the north.  The cold war split the peninsula of Korea in two, with the U.S.S.R. establishing a communist government in the north, and the United States establishing a capitalistic democratic government in the south.  On August 15th 1945 Korea was divided at the 38th parallel of north latitude (Loyd).  This caused the separation of many families.  In 1947 The UN General Assembly declared that a single government would be elected for the entire nation.  The Soviet Union would not allow elections in the north, but the south elected to have somewhat democratic national assembly and became </description>
    <pubDate>2006-01-15T20:18:01-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/In-Depth-Look-at-Korea-28439.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Two Sides Of A Story: Hawaiian And Western                  </title>
    <description>Two Sides Of A Story: Hawaiian And Western

By completing a total of three voyages into the Pacific, Cook was able to chart and discover many Islands, among them Hawaii, where he laid the groundwork for the many travelers and fortune seekers. Among the many new arrivals in Hawaii were the missionaries, who came to save the heathens and to spread Christianity on all the islands. Determined to bring about change, the first arrivals from New England saw with dismay the half-naked people who would entertain themselves with songs and dance and would frolic on the beach with complete disregard to "proper" moral. Seeing their Protestant-Calvinist views as ultimately superior, the missionaries took every step possible to alter the Hawaiian custom, prohibiting the wearing of flowers and performance of the hula dance and chant, which were the most important elements of keeping this culture alive.

The contact with the Western world has not only diminished the Hawaiian population, but also altered its culture into a stage of near extinction. It was during the last few decades that the Hawaiians became more aware of their heritage and culture and began to revive the language and reinstate life styles that were almost forgotten.

Among the areas of the Hawaiian culture that are being reborn, is the field of education. Those who believe in the revival of the Native Hawaiian Epistemology are determined to change the current “western” educational system back into the way ancient Hawaiians have taught and learned. 

Turning the clock of cultural evolution back and reinstating the Hawaiian ways of learning is a helpful tool that insures the survival of the Hawaiian culture, but to substitute the western educational structure with it will lead to an intellectual and economic downfall of the Hawaiian Islands. A combination of both will not only help Hawaii’s future, but also bring back a part of its culture. In order to determine whether or not the reinstatement of the Hawaiian Epistemology as the sole carrier of educational development would be helpful for the overall picture of Hawaii’s future, both systems – Hawaiian and Western – need to be closely evaluated and taken into consideration.   

Kimberly Helm’s lecture at the Moloka`i Education Center on January 18, 2001 gave an insight on the field of education. Helm’s lecture is based on Manulani Aluli-Meyer’s publications that handle Native Hawaiian Epistemology as a tool of empowerment for the Hawaiian culture.

In </description>
    <pubDate>2006-01-15T20:11:26-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Two-Sides-Of-A-Story-Hawaiian-And-Western-28438.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Aspects of the Components and Systems of Modern Day Vehicles</title>
    <description>Aspects of the components and systems of modern day vehicles.

	As we progress through the decades with advancements in electronics, science and technology we must not forget the basis of our modern day sources of transportation. I would like to explicate a system in which I am fairly familiar with and have been the highlights of my interests. This is the recent power developments and characteristics of a four-cycle engine. Also known as the Otto cycle engine, the four-stroke engine works of off many mechanical components that simply derive power on the basic mixture of air and fuel. Hence the name “four cycle” such an engine consists of four complete strokes or cycles to consume and make power. With the completion of four cycles, intake, compression, power and exhaust, such a machine can thoroughly and consistently make power.

	Today, manufacturers are concerned with meeting emissions standards, which is why many changes have been made to the four-cycle engine. Some changes may consist of variable valve timing (VVT); programmable fuel injection (Pgm-Fi) with electronically controlled fuel mapping, and turbochargers. Those all can increase power output, and some, efficiency.

	Many parts and components have taken over such standards and exclusively expresses the advantages, due to more intake and less fuel. One device is called a turbocharger system. Most cars with engines are naturally aspirated, which means the engine sucks air through the intake manifold and completes the intake stroke through means of normal atmospheric pressures. Optimum barometric pressure readings of NA engines are about 1.0. The NA engine is restricted to produce it’s maximum power output due to the loss of volumetric efficiency (air forced into the cylinders with a mixture of gasoline). The ratio of air to fuel is very important in determining horsepower. The turbocharger can do all this and much more. Here is a brief background.

	The turbocharger is a device mounted to the intake manifold. It is a circular air pump operated by exhaust gases. It consists of a compressor on the intake side, shaft in the middle and turbine on the exhaust side. It is used to improve engine performance through means of a higher air compression status and the same or less amount of fuel to the cylinders. The turbocharger’s compressor can spin up to 100,000 revolutions per minute. One disadvantage of such a turbo-charged engine application is the stress of mechanical parts due to heat. I may suggest an </description>
    <pubDate>2006-01-15T19:07:03-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Aspects-of-the-Components-and-Systems-of-Modern-Day-Vehicles-28421.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Presence of an Urban Heat Island in Indianapolis        </title>
    <description>The Presence of an Urban Heat Island in Indianapolis

Abstract:  It is thought that urban areas in almost any area affect the environmental conditions in a manner that when compared to the surrounding areas the “urban” area is noticeable warmer.  Indianapolis, Indiana is not exception and is also thought to produce an “urban heat island”.  

Introduction:  The city of Indianapolis is located within Marion County.  Marion County is an almost perfect square in central Indiana.  The streets that dissect Indianapolis form a rough grid through the county square.  Two major streets can be identified as the horizontal and vertical “main veins” which cross in downtown Indianapolis.  These streets are Meridian St., which runs directly north and south and Washington St., which runs east and west through the city.  Recording the temperatures on the streets relative to their surrounding areas will result in measurements revealing an “urban heat island”.  I hypothesized that running a measurement of temperatures along these streets will show the occurrence of the downtown area being an “urban heat island” as compared to the surrounding residential areas.

Measurements of Temperature:  These temperatures should be taken either late fall (September &amp;amp; November) or in the early spring (March &amp;amp; April).  Hopefully, the selection of these months will reduce the amount of humidity in the air and produce an equal climate throughout the entire city.  It is ideal to record the different temps. on days where the wind is no greater than five to ten miles per hour and the amount of cloud cover in the sky is considered as minimal.  Taking these measurements of temperatures can be archived by attaching an YSI Model 43 SC tele-thermometer with thermistor probe to the front of an automobile.  Measurements along the two streets should only be taken when the automobile is in motion.  The more temperatures recorded add to the scientific confidence in the experiment and should help to eliminate error.

Discussion:  From the sampled temperatures taken from both cross section running across and through the city of Indianapolis and its surrounding areas it should be apparent that a heat island is formed in the downtown area.  This heat island may be the resulting environmental state due to the concentration of buildings, increased infrastructure, or a combination of downtown elements.  The exact cause would call for </description>
    <pubDate>2006-01-07T07:33:59-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Presence-of-an-Urban-Heat-Island-in-Indianapolis-28413.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>How Reliable Are Young Children As Eyewitnesses?            </title>
    <description>How Reliable Are Young Children As Eyewitnesses?   

Use research on children’s episodic memory to support your answers.

The law has traditionally viewed children as unreliable witnesses, based on perceptions that they are prone to fantasy, that they are suggestible and that their evidence is otherwise inaccurate.  General attitudes toward child witnesses have changed dramatically over the last decade, though some psychologists are still divided. Some deem children as reliable and quite capable of providing accurate and detailed testimony (due to their resistance to suggestion regarding events they took part in), whilst others describe them as having difficulties in distinguishing reality, for which further questioning must be initiated, and thus unreliable (Ceci &amp;amp; Bruck). But over all, it is logical to assume that children have similar failings to their adult counterparts, with the possible exception of being more easily confused by technical or complex questions.

When dealing with allegations that relate to the child’s personal experience we are generally dealing with episodic memory.  Episodic memory relates to remembering events that have been personally experienced and making sense out of them. Procedures that are utilised by the mind in creating memory are threefold.  First, information must be encoded. Some information is only encoded briefly. These short-term memories enter the working memory that holds the information for short time periods. Second, memories must be stored. Information that is not maintained in long-term memory cannot be recalled later. Third, memories must be retrieved. A process goes on in the brain where stored information is located and brought into awareness. Different components of a memory, for example the sensory or visual aspects, may be stored in different parts of the brain. The linking together of these various fragments becomes what a person experiences as a memory. 


Given that children's recall and recognition are thought to be inferior to the recall and recognition of adults the question arises as to how much of this inferiority can be attributed to each of the different stages of memory. The answer to this has great significance in relation to the questioning of children as witnesses. If the inferiority of children's recall and recognition is entirely attributable to encoding, then the only matter that needs to be considered is the manner in which courts should receive children's evidence. If, on the other hand, some or all the relative deficiency of children's recall and recognition can be traced </description>
    <pubDate>2006-01-07T07:24:41-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/How-Reliable-Are-Young-Children-As-Eyewitnesses-28408.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Estonia  History and Overview</title>
    <description>Estonia

	Estonia was found in 3500 BC when the ancient ancestors settled on the Baltic Sea in Northestern Europe. It is surrounded by the Gulf of Finland on the North, Russia on the east, Latvia on the South, the Baltic Sea and the Gulf of Rica on the the west.  Tallinn is the capital city, the largest city and most important port.

	Estonia covers an area of 45 227 square kilometers and has more than 1 500 small and large islands.  The biggest islands are Saaremaa Island and Hiiumaa Island.  These islands separate the Gulf of Riga and the Baltic Sea.  The mainland has a large coastline of 1 393 kilometers long.

Estonia is mostly flat with some hills in the center of the country and in the southern regions.  The wetlands and marshes cover more 20 percent of the land in Estonia.  Also the lakes and rivers cover about 5 percent.  Altogether there are about 1 400 natural and manmade lakes. The two largest lakes are Lake Peipus on the eastern boarder and Vortsjarv in the south central part of the country.  The longest river in Estonia is the Parnu River.

	Amazingly 50 percent of Estonia's land is covered by trees and forest.  The trees that can be found here are pine, birch, aspen and fir.  As for the wildlife goes, there are mainly deer and elk.  Although, several animals are protected bu laws such as the beaver, red deer, and willow grouse because they are endangered of becoming extinct.  Estonia's natural resources are shale oil, peat, phosphorite, amber, cambrian blue clay, limestone, and dolomite.  These resources are very rich and produce a lot of income every year.

	Estonia usually has cool summers and cold winters.  Temperatures barely go up to 18 degrees celcius in the summer time.  In the winter it usually stays below freezing from the middle of December to the late end of February.  The rain and melting snow in the spring usually cause flooding and rivers that can sometimes be dangerous to people and houses.

	Industries produce very harmful pollution into the air, and water which is a major problem in Estonia.  Almost 100 percent of the electricity people use is made thermal plants which burn fossil fuels.  These fuels have been proven by scientist to be one of the biggest and most </description>
    <pubDate>2006-01-05T06:16:24-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Estonia-History-and-Overview-28398.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>DNA, Deoxyribonucleic Acid Synopsis                         </title>
    <description>DNA stands for Deoxyribonucleic Acid, a nucleic acid that consists of two long chains of nucleotides twisted together into a double twirl and joined by hydrogen bonds between opposite bases adenine and thymine or cytosine and guanine; it carries the cell's genetic information and hereditary characteristics via its nucleotides and their sequence and is capable of self-replication and genetic material mixture (www.dictionary.com).   
Both of the egg and sperm hold DNA. Each child receives 23 chromosomes from its mother and 23 from its father, so that’s a total of 46 chromosomes. Every cell carries a blueprint of DNA. A molecule of DNA holds coded plans for thousands of proteins and the length of the strand is called a gene. Amino acids are the building blocks of proteins. Basically DNA is fully composed of proteins. Each person has a unique DNA pattern that can be determined by testing tissue such as hair or body fluids. DNA tests use those unique patterns to determine whether a person is linked to hair, teeth, bones, nails or body fluids found at a crime scene.

	The Canadian police community had called for the creation of a DNA data bank to assist police investigations. The government responded by assenting to the DNA Identification Act on December 10, 1998. This legislation allowed a DNA data bank to be created and amended the Criminal Code to provide a method for a judge to order persons convicted of designated offences to provide blood, or hair samples from which DNA profiles will be derived. The legislation became official on June 30, 2000. 

Forensic science uses techniques developed in DNA research to identify individuals who have committed crimes. DNA from semen, skin, or blood taken from the crime scene can be compared with the DNA of a suspect, and the results can hold important information that can put a criminal in prison, DNA doesn’t lie. The chemical structure of everyone's DNA is the same. Every persons DNA is different because is the order of the base pairs. There are so many millions of base pairs in each person's DNA that every person has a different sequence. Using these sequences, every person could be identified solely by the sequence of their base pairs.
DNA identification can be quite effective if used intelligently. Portions of the DNA sequence that vary the most among humans must be used; also, portions must be large enough to </description>
    <pubDate>2006-01-03T10:05:17-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/DNA,-Deoxyribonucleic-Acid-Synopsis-28395.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Wrongful Conviction  David Milgaard</title>
    <description>The criminal justice system is best described as a search for the truth, however the more precise definition of it states that it is the system of law enforcement, the bar, the judiciary, corrections, and probation that is directly involved in the apprehension, prosecution, defense, sentencing, incarceration, and supervision of those suspected of or charged with criminal offenses (dictionary.com). As the justice system is handled by humans, it is bound to make mistakes and such errors lead to circumstances in which an innocent is found guilty; this is called a miscarriage of justice. Miscarriage of justice means the failure of a judicial system or court in the administration of justice, especially when an innocent is convicted in a crime (dictionary.com). If someone is wrongfully convicted, that person is punished for an offence he or she did not commit and the actual perpetrator of the crime goes free. As well, public confidence in the system declines when wrongful convictions are identified. There are several elements that cause a miscarriage of justice, such as non-disclosure of evidence by police or prosecution, confirmation bias on the part of investigators, fabrication of evidence, poor identification, and unreliable confessions due to police pressure or psychological instability. They are all considered unjust as they violate the principle of justice. Such a scenario is the David Milgaard case where the principles of justice were violated. 

David Milgaard ,born 1954 is a Canadian who was wrongfully convicted for the murder and rape of nursing assistant Gail Miller. In 1969, Milgaard along with two friends, Ron Wilson and Nichol John, decided on a whim to take a road trip across the Canadian prairies, a trip which involved some drug use and petty theft. While the friends were in Saskatoon, a 20 year old nursing student, Gail Miller was found dead on a snow bank. At the time Milgaard and his friends were stopping to pick up a casual friend Albert Cadrain, whose family was renting out their basement to Larry Fisher, a man later found guilty of the crime. British Columbia police arrested Milgaard in May of 1969 and sent him back to Saskatchewan where he was charged with Miller's murder. Milgaard was sentenced to life in prison, on January 31, 1970 at the age of 16, exactly a year after Miller's murder (wikipedia.com). 

At the time of murder, David Milgaard was a hippie, and was constantly in trouble. </description>
    <pubDate>2006-01-03T10:03:53-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Wrongful-Conviction-David-Milgaard-28394.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Going For The Gold: Training In Swimming                    </title>
    <description>Going For The Gold: Training In Swimming

There is not much of a life for swimmers. Imagine practicing seven days a week, two times a day for four hours each time in the pool. This is an ongoing process if one desires to become a nationally ranked swimmer. Because swimmers swim all year, their work-outs build up as their competition approaches making it harder to have time of their own. When they get closer to the big meet, swimmers put in more time at the pool and weight room. Since physical fitness along with preparation becomes essential as the important meet nears, a training process through the year is necessary for swimmers to compete successfully. According to Steve Clark, who was once a world recorder holder and Olympic and world class swimmer, in Competitive Swimming As I See It, swimmers improve their performance by splitting a swim season into three phases: early season, mid-season and pre-competition (85). 

	Early season training helps swimmers get into shape progressively without starting off with hard training from the beginning according to Swimming Coach and Physical Education Professor, James Councilman’s, book, Science of Swimming (239). The early season training regains swimmers’ strength after the swimmer does not have strenuous work-outs. Each week grows more intense than the previous as the early season progresses. The early season prepares for the mid-season, which usually begins after first month. In order to train a swimmer into the mid-season, the early season has to “improve the swimmers’ strength and flexibility through dry land exercises, to improve stroke mechanics, starts and turns of the swimmers, and prepare or condition the body for the hard work that is to come in the next phase” (253). 

	Dry land activities have a direct effect upon swimmers’ strength. During dry land activities, it is important for swimmers to work the muscles that are mainly used to swim. Ninety percent of the thrust though the water comes from these specific muscles: the pectorals, the latisimus dorsis, the triceps, the shoulder muscles, abdominals, the upper thigh, hip muscles and muscles located in the wrist. Many of these muscles are located in the upper body, because three out of the four competition strokes use the arm pull for two-thirds to three-quarters of the stroke’s propulsion. Some activities to benefit these muscles includes pulley weights, isometric-isotonic and weight lifting (Clark 123-4).

	To improve swimmers’ stroke, coaches of  swimmers focus </description>
    <pubDate>2006-01-02T04:02:31-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Going-For-The-Gold-Training-In-Swimming-28379.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Homeless People                                             </title>
    <description>Homeless People

There are millions of homeless people in the United States. In 1998, there were about 3 million. New York alone contains 60,000 homeless. In Chicago, in1981 50 homeless people died due to freezing to death. In December 1982, Chicago shelters turned down around 30-50 people a night because there was no room. From 1982-84 in Detroit, there was a 300 percent increase in homelessness. In 1983 in Seattle, shelters turned down around 4,000 families, or roughly 16,000 people. Even in a small city’s like Yakima, Washington homelessness is a significant problem. Some say the cause of homelessness is the lack of jobs. Others say that it is due to lack of housing. There are other types of homelessness, too, like refugees who lost their homes due to wars. However, if we all do a little to help this problem, we can accomplish a lot. 

Some people are homeless even though they have a job. The way this happens is that they work but they don’t make enough money to get above what people call the poverty line. Today an estimate of fifty percent of the homeless have a full or part time job, but still don’t have enough money to pay their bills. Many homeless go to shelters that provide food for them. Unfortunately many of these shelters are overcrowded and by the time some people get to the front of the line the food is gone. Some shelters also provide sleeping for the homeless, but still these are also crowded and provide no privacy for them.

Many homeless instead of going to shelters sneak into abandoned buildings and sleep there. Others might even find an abandoned car and make that they’re home.  Many homeless families choose to live in makeshift houses rather than in shelters because they fear that their children will be taken away from them if their situation is seen or reported to the police. Or maybe the police won’t take them but social workers may see that the children are neglected or abused and then take them away.

The percentage of homeless people in America is the following. 45% of homeless are unaccompanied men.40 % are families. 34% of the homeless are mentally ill. 26% are under the age of 18. 21% are domestic violence victims. 14% are unaccompanied women. And 11% are physically disabled. So as you can see anybody can become homeless and at </description>
    <pubDate>2006-01-01T21:08:16-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Homeless-People--28364.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>African-American Photography                                </title>
    <description>African-American Photography

From April 6 to June 3, 2001, the Bowdoin College Museum of Art is hosting the exhibit Reflections in Black: Smithsonian African American Photography The First One Hundred Years, 1842 – 1942.  This display is a portion of the original from the Anacostia Museum and Center for African American History and Culture of the Smithsonian Institution. The original exhibit includes works from 1942 to the present.  Deborah Willis is the curator of both the original and Bowdoin’s abridged exhibits.  The exhibit at the BCMA consists of over one hundred photographs, daguerreotypes, and tintypes from numerous photographers.  The prints are displayed in wood frames and cream mats while plates are in original casings.  The display’s most notable contribution to the viewer is the chronological order leading from the entrance to the exhibition.  The works are grouped according to each photographer starting in 1842. This allows the viewer to see patterns and trends develop and disappear over the hundred years of examples.   

Emerging Authenticity

Authenticity is an issue this class has dealt with in terms of display.  We have considered how display can add to or detract from the meaning of an object.  In this paper I will explore how the photographs in Reflections in Black and others by black photographers changed over time. I assert that as time went on, photographers captured more information along with the subject.   Later photography provided a better portrayal of the subject with this extra information.  Technologic advances as well as cultural changes allowed photographs to better express time, location, and culture.  As with all photography, African American photography moved from posed portraiture and began to relay real scenes from dynamic situations in changing atmospheres.  This is captured in the range of works included in Reflections in Black.  As museum displays are responsible for making a work appear in its appropriate context, photography is serving a similar purpose.  Photographers try to capture an event and visually express the mood, time, and surroundings.  Their subjects are like the works in a museum, and the photographer is trying to piece them together so that they make sense to the viewer and reflect the original scene as closely as possible.  This process has become easier for black photographers with technological advances, but the more recent photography shares the African American </description>
    <pubDate>2006-01-01T00:37:22-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/African-American-Photography-28346.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Thorough Essay on Brazil                                    </title>
    <description>Thorough Essay on Brazil

The name Brazil comes from Pau Brasil. There are around 145 million people living in Brazil, most of them near the coast. The population is growing rapidly and half of all Brazilians are under the age of 20. By the end of the century, it is estimated that Brazil's population will have reached 180 million. Brazil borders on ten other Latin American countries. Most of the northern part of Brazil is low-lying and veined by the mighty Amazon River and its tributaries. The Amazon is the largest river in the world. The native peoples of Brazil lived in the forests and along the rivers, hunting, fishing, and gathering fruits and nuts. When the Portuguese arrived early in the 16th century, it is estimated that there were between 1 and 2 million native Amerindian people. They were used as slaves, and many thousands died from diseases brought by the Europeans. Recently Amerindians have been exploited and killed as land speculators and highways go farther into the rain forest. There are probably less than 150,000 Indians now. Portuguese settlers developed vast sugarcane estates in the Bahia region, and for 150 years these estates were in the world's main source of sugar. To work the estates, the owners used salves from Africa. Today there is still an African tradition in Brazil.

Modern immigration began early in the 19th century. Only about 4.5 million foreigners, mostly from Europe, settled in Brazil after then. Most were Italians and Portuguese, but there were also Spaniards and Germans, and later Slavs from Poland, Russia, and the Ukraine, and Arabs from the Middle East. In this century the most significant immigrants have been Japanese. They have become the most prosperous ethnic group in Brazil, growing a fifth of the coffee, a third of the cotton, and all the tea. Traditionally the majority of Brazilians settled near the coast, but in the last 30 years the rapid movement from rural areas to urban centers has led to a very uneven distribution of the population. In parts of the interior there is an average of just two people per square mile. More than 75 percent of the people live in towns. Half of these are in just two cities. Sao Paulo and Rio de Janeiro. People have moved from rural areas to the towns to seek work and better medical and educational facilities for their families. But the </description>
    <pubDate>2005-12-31T03:40:33-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Thorough-Essay-on-Brazil-28337.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Drunk Driving Letter                                        </title>
    <description>Dear Dr. Larry Bond

Recently in my Driver Education Class, I watched several videotapes dealing with the serious subject of drunk driving.  After watching these tapes, I would like to recommend the one story that I consider the best.  I would like everyone who drives a car to see it.

I think the story about Bruce Kimble, entitled “The Aftermath” is the best one on the videotapes because of its strong emotional impact.  It shows how innocent people suffer from the actions of a drunk driver.

In this videotape, former Olympic diver Bruce Kimble was driving home one night while a group of high school teenagers were hanging out on a local corner like they usually did on weekends.  As Bruce Kimble approached the corner, at night where he describes it as “dark,” he quickly encountered the group of high school students.     

As he drove by, Bruce Kimble hit a small group of these students.  Of these students was Robbie Bedell, along with his good friend R.J.  When R.J. looked around while lying on the pavement, he noticed a pool of blood by his friend Robbie and instantly could tell that he was dead.  Today, R.J. feels lucky to be alive because if not for his shoelaces being untied then he probably wouldn’t be here.  R.J.’s foot would have gone around on full time in Bruce Kimble’s tire, but because his shoelaces were untied, he was able to get his foot out.  Even after the surgeries, and having to live with his leg being ¾ severed, he feels lucky that he is alive.  Unfortunately, his two friends can not say the same thing. 

During the time of the accident, Robbie Kimble’s family was away on vacation.  It was the first vacation that the family had been on in a long time and their son was there with them.  A day later the parents finally learned of their sons death.  From seeing their son when they got home, Robbie’s father said, “They killed our son just like they shot him.” 

It was later found out that former Olympic Diver Bruce Kimble was drinking that night of the accident.  The police found his blood alcohol level to be twice the legal limit.  Apparently it seems that Bruce Kimble had about twelve beers in an hour time </description>
    <pubDate>2005-12-30T19:18:58-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Drunk-Driving-Letter--28327.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Criticisims in Literature                                   </title>
    <description>There exist many ways for one to critically analyze a piece of literature.  Many of these techniques come from mixing literature with other areas of studying (psychology, history, anthropology), while others stem from the basics of literature itself.  All techniques however help a critic in their analysis of any form of literature.  These critiques help others to understand something about a particular work before (or after) they read it themselves.  The following are just a couple of the ways to analyze literature, as well as examples of each.

The first type of critique is Moral/Intellectual.  This type of analysis deals with finding a lesson or moral of the work in question and then applying it to life.  This analysis should try to find someway for the reader to live a fuller life or at least improve their outlook on the world around them.  This approach should only be used if the lesson can be applied to a certain aspect of life.

This is an example of a Moral/Intellectual criticism using The Hobbit.

	In The Hobbit, Bilbo Baggins, a seemingly innocent hobbit, slowly becomes a prominent leader as the book progresses.  This shows that no matter how unlikely the person, there lies within everyone a leader.  No matter how people think of themselves, they have inside of them a leader, sometimes all it takes is for that person to leave their comfort zone and see what lies beyond it.

	The next critique is Topical/Historical.  Topical/Historical criticisms are unique in the sense that they deal with the historical period that the author lived in.  This critique is useful with some works because the history behind them is important in the reader understanding the reasons behind why the author wrote what they wrote.  Sometimes the history behind an author can provide a better understanding about a piece than any other form of criticism.


This is an example of a Topical/Historical criticism using 

	New Critical/Formalist criticisms focus upon analyzing texts as works of art.  The method used includes detailed examinations and explanations, and works best on poems and short passages.  When needing to analyze larger works, New Critical/Formalist critiques can utilize various elements of literature for the criticism.  The main point of this criticism is to provide the reader with an explanation of the content of the work, but also with the means for </description>
    <pubDate>2005-12-30T05:28:04-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Criticisims-in-Literature-28310.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Trends in TV Reality                                        </title>
    <description>Trends In TV Reality

Trends in television today, is it a reality? In shows 38% of the characters are women, but in reality 51% are women, 14% are over the age of 50, when 38% are in real life, and 15% are parents of minor children, when in reality 32% are parents of minor children. One show that ironically does flourish reality, is “The Simpsons.” 

“The Simpsons” is realistic reality, because it acquires episodes to relate to everything that goes on in life. Some examples of this is, children stealing, going to school, hanging out with friends, poetry, going to church every Sunday, as a religious family does, adults working, and running all over for their children, and just things average people do. Another way it can relate to the real world is because it has a family; mom, dad, children, and pets, and they have all kinds of friends and family. In “The Simpsons,” the writers use satire in order to prove a point, but also to make it funny. For example, in one episode everyone in the family is bugging Marge for something. Bart needs his red hat, Homer can’t seem to find his pants, and he is bugging Marge to pick up his bowling ball, and Lisa is just nagging. So once everyone leaves for school and work, Marge is home with Maggie, and decides to run out and do all of the errands. 

An average mother, would go crazy, and usually does, running all around the state to do things for her family. As the day went on, Marge was driving home and she kept on hearing Homer, Bart, and Lisa’s voice in her head telling her what to do, so all of a sudden she slammed on her brakes in the middle of a bridge and refused to get out of her car. Mothers in reality have to go through that kind of stuff everyday. But, since the writers use satire, it makes it funnier, and we sit there laughing at the same exact stuff we do in reality.

Some television shows do show reality, and some don’t. I like it that way, because if all television shows were to show reality, then TV would be boring because we would see the objects everyday, and then when we turn on the TV we would have to see it there also. Then again, if all shows weren’t reality, </description>
    <pubDate>2005-12-28T05:18:18-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Trends-in-TV-Reality--28290.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Can a vegetarian diet improve or restore health?            </title>
    <description>Can a vegetarian diet improve or restore health? 
The word vegetarian, coined by the founders of the British Vegetarian Society in 1842, comes from the Latin word vegetus, meaning "whole, sound, fresh, or lively," as in homo vegetus-a mentally and physically vigorous person. The original meaning of the word implies a balanced philosophical and moral sense of life, a lot more than just a diet of vegetables and fruits. 

Most vegetarians are people who have understood that to contribute towards a more peaceful society we must first solve the problem of violence in our own hearts. So it's not surprising that thousands of people from all walks of life have, in their search for truth, become vegetarian. Vegetarianism is an essential step towards a better society, and people who take the time to consider its advantages, will be in the company of such thinkers as Pythagoras, Socrates, Plato, Clement of Alexandria, Plutarch, King Asoka, Leonardo da Vinci, Montaigne, Akbar, John Milton, Sir Isaac Newton, Emanuel Swedenbourg, Voltaire, Benjamin Franklin, Jean Jacques Rousear, Lamartine, Percy Bysshe Shelley, Ralph Waldo Emerson, Henry David Thoreau, Leo Tolstoy, George Bernard Shaw, Rabindranath Tagore, Mahatma Gandhi, Albert Schweitzer, and Albert Einstein.  

Now, medical researchers have discovered evidence of a link between meat-eating and such killers as heart disease and cancer, so they're giving vegetarianism another look. Since the 1960s, scientists have suspected that a meat-based diet is somehow related to the development of arteriosclerosis and heart disease. As early as 1961, the Journal of the American Medical Association said: "Ninety to ninety-seven percent of heart disease can be prevented by a vegetarian diet." Since that time, several well-organized studies have scientifically shown that after tobacco and alcohol, the consumption of meat is the greatest single cause of mortality in Western Europe, the United States, Australia, and other affluent areas of the world. 

The human body is unable to deal with excessive amounts of animal fat and cholesterol. A poll of 214 scientists doing research on arteriosclerosis in 23 countries showed almost total agreement that there is a link between diet, serum cholesterol levels, and heart disease. When a person eats more cholesterol than the body needs (as he usually does with a meat-centered diet), the excess cholesterol gradually becomes a problem. It accumulates on the inner walls of the arteries, constricts the flow of blood to the heart, and can lead to high blood </description>
    <pubDate>2005-12-27T02:04:04-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Can-a-vegetarian-diet-improve-or-restore-health-28276.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Garbage Reduction                                           </title>
    <description>Garbage Reduction

Humans have always had an impact on their surroundings.   Garbage is one of our biggest effects on nature.  Unlike other animals, humans create too much waste for nature to keep up.  American’s create almost 210 million tons of waste a year.  Almost 42 percent of that garbage is in paper wastes. With the continually rising of the earth’s population, the situation is going to get harder and harder to slow, or fix.

With garbage comes pollution.  In our burning of garbage we are destroying the atmosphere just as fast as we are just leaving the garbage on the ground.  When you burn garbage it gives </description>
    <pubDate>2005-12-25T03:17:42-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Garbage-Reduction--28241.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Becomming a Doctor: A lifelong commitment                   </title>
    <description>Becomming a Doctor: A lifelong commitment

Imagine having gratifying work, respect, and the ability to help those around in a worth while way. What kind of satisfaction would one get in helping another?  There are many sacrifices one endures in training to be a doctor. However, these sacrifices eventually lead to some amazing benefits. These sacrifices effect early youth, family, and financial matters. However, the outweighing benefits are receiving respect, having the satisfaction of helping others, and living "large" financially. The sacrifices and hardships involved in training to be a doctor are worth the eventual outcome.

       [i:3c9ba420be]	Becoming a doctor starts with sacrifices in childhood and adolescence. [/i:3c9ba420be] 

When a young child decides to be a doctor, he or she enrolls in math and science classes. A large amount of homework is given, leaving little time for sports or video games. Despite the work, there is great pride in doing well in these classes and knowing that a goal is getting closer. 

Other sacrifices in becoming a doctor occur within the family. Aspiring doctors cannot always spend the time desired with their family due to the fact that they have so much homework or studying to do. Since a medical student must spend a great deal of their time studying or in the lab, their family may feel left out.  Luckily, most physicians are able to make their own schedules, so this is not as much of a problem after they graduate.  Studying for exams is probably the most grueling for the student and the family. All-nighters are common and the student should have very little distraction. If the student has children, life is even harder.   A young child may grow up not seeing much of their parent.

A medical student takes on a huge financial burden when they are in medical school.  If the student has a family, they are not able to live in luxury.  A student will have to take out large loans and will not be able to hold down a job while in school.  If they are lucky, the student's spouse will have a job to help out with the bills.  However, soon after graduating, the physician's life becomes close to worry-free, at least regarding finances.  Despite the sacrifices, a physician also experiences a great amount of personal fulfillment.

	 A doctor's life </description>
    <pubDate>2005-12-24T19:16:24-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Becomming-a-Doctor-A-lifelong-commitment-28231.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Application Of Magnets For Levitation                       </title>
    <description>Application Of Magnets For Levitation

In ancient times men knew of a special kind of rock that could pull other rocks of the same kind and pieces of iron toward themselves. Such rocks were called lodestones. Today man uses the same force exerted by electromagnets and permanent magnets to provide magnetic aide to trains and more efficient power generators. This report will focus on the use of magnets in the generation of electricity and magnetically aided trains. 

Magnetism is defined as the force exerted by a magnetic field. A magnetic field is defined as the energy exerted by the magnet. It is caused by the alignment of the domains (sub-atomic particles) of an object. When the domains are lined up they produce magnetism. When the domains are not lined up then they cause the object to be demagnetized (having no magnetic power). Materials such as air, wood, copper, and water do not respond to the power of magnets. We then ask "Why and how is it possible to make a magnet out of copper." Good question, and simple answer. Copper becomes magnetic when an electric current is run through it while spiraled around a magnet. Thus it is called an electromagnet. (Fig. 1)

Fig. 1 The following facts are to state the properties of magnetic force: 1. If free to rotate, permanent magnets point approximately north-south. 2. Similar poles repel, dissimilar poles attract. 3. Permanent magnets only attract objects with domains. 4. Magnetic forces act at a distance, moreover through nonmagnetic barriers. 5. Things attracted to permanent magnets (other than permanent magnets) also become temporary magnets. 6. A coil of wire with an electric current flowing through it becomes an electromagnet. 7. Putting iron inside the coil greatly increases the strength of an electromagnet. 8.Changing magnetic fields induce electric currents in copper and other conductors.

Some people like to talk about animal magnetism as a metaphor. Most people do not know that it actually exists. There are very weak magnetic fields around Homo-sapiens. The field can be detected by the Superconducting QUantum Interference Device (SQUID).

Magnets play a key role in the generation of electricity. Figure two below illustrates magnets in a generator. In order to produce electricity either the loop or the magnets must be rotated relative to one another.

Fig. 2 The energy for this rotation can be provided by a variety of sources. One source is water which can be converted to </description>
    <pubDate>2005-12-22T10:57:21-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Application-Of-Magnets-For-Levitation-28195.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>&amp;quot;Of Mice and Men&amp;quot;                                 </title>
    <description>“Of Mice and Men” Critical Evaluation

I have recently read and studied in-depth the book “Of Mice and Men” by the very interesting author, John Steinbeck. Steinbeck writes in a manner that is both thought provoking and deep. This essay will talk about the book, the characters, and, in particular, the theme of loneliness, which is very prominent throughout. Steinbeck was born in 1902 and he wrote about his times and what it was like to live then. “Of Mice and Men” was published in 1937. The title refers to the famous poem by Robert Burns – “To A Mouse”. It relates to the story in many ways - George and Lennie have a “scheme”, and it goes “aft agley” (goes wrong), then leaves George “nought but grief and pain”, for their “promis’d joy” (their plans to get a “little place”. It goes along the lines of verse 7 – 
	“The best-laid schemes o’ mice
an’ men
	   Gang aft agley

	An’ lea’e us nought but grief
And pain 
	    For promis’d joy!”

The book is set in California, near the Salinas River in the 1930s. The two main characters are George Milton and Lennie Small. The narrative begins with George and Lennie sitting around a fire in a quiet place by a river on a Thursday night. This is where we first hear of the dream the two friends share but don’t really believe in. The next day, they land a job at a ranch in an attempt to raise some money towards their ‘little place’. They get to know the other ranch workers and, tragically, just as they think there is a real chance of their dream coming true, it is all shattered. Lennie accidentally kills the boss’ son’s wife. Realising that there is no way that they can get away with murder, George decides that he should take his friend’s life. George shoots his best friend on the Sunday afternoon at the same place where the novel began. This is just three days on from the beginning of the story.

George Milton and Lennie Small are the main characters.
George is thin and small. His face is sharp and well defined, which suggests he could be intelligent, quick and focused. Lennie is the exact opposite. He is large and seemingly shapeless – which suggests he might be a bit dim which is very accurate as he does have extreme learning </description>
    <pubDate>2005-12-12T16:45:02-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/-quot-Of-Mice-and-Men-quot--28176.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Common Sleep Disorders, Insomnia, Narcolepsy Essay          </title>
    <description>Common Sleep Disorders, Insomnia, Narcolepsy Essay

People who suffer from the most common sleep disorder, insomnia, have difficulty falling or staying asleep. Sleepiness caused by insomnia reduces concentration and slows reaction time during waking hours, leading to reduced productivity and accidents. One in three adults experiences some degree of insomnia at one time or another, especially during periods of stress. Longer-lasting cases of insomnia, called chronic insomnia, are less common and may be caused by a number of factors in addition to stress, including imbalances in body chemistry or other medical conditions. 

Taken under the guidance of a qualified physician, sleeping pills are an effective treatment for temporary insomnia and may help some chronic insomnia patients. In some cases of insomnia, psychological treatments and physical exercise programs help patients identify or manage stress, enabling them to sleep better. Recent work has suggested that melatonin, a hormone naturally released into the bloodstream during the hours of darkness, may play a role in synchronizing sleep to a 24-hour cycle. Results from studies of the effects of melatonin on human sleep have been inconsistent. However, some evidence suggests that supplements of this hormone combat insomnia in older people who are melatonin deficient. 

Narcolepsy is a sleep disorder that affects both NREM sleep and REM sleep mechanisms. Narcoleptics are persistently sleepy and experience periodic losses of muscle tone called cataplexy. During cataplectic attacks, the narcoleptic's muscles weaken, and if the attack is severe, the narcoleptic falls to the ground. Cataplectic attacks are triggered by sudden strong emotional reactions, such as laughter. A related symptom, called sleep paralysis, can occur when the narcoleptic is lying down, prior to falling asleep or just after awakening. At these times the person may lose muscle tone, resulting in an apparent paralysis, while remaining fully awake. Sleep paralysis can be terrifying if the narcoleptic does not realize that it is not life threatening. Animal studies have shown that the loss of muscle tone experienced by narcoleptics in waking results from an activation of the REM sleep-active and an inactivation of the REM sleep-inactive systems that normally function to reduce muscle tone in REM sleep. Narcoleptics are treated with stimulants to block sleepiness and with REM sleep suppressants to block cataplexy.

Children often experience one of several sleep disorders. Nocturnal enuresis, commonly known as bedwetting, typically occurs during NREM sleep. Sleep talking and sleepwalking also usually occur during NREM sleep (see Somnambulism). </description>
    <pubDate>2005-12-04T01:38:51-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Common-Sleep-Disorders,-Insomnia,-Narcolepsy-Essay-28157.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Samuel Beckett's &amp;quot;Waiting for Godot&amp;quot; a Tragic Come</title>
    <description>Samuel Beckett called his play a Tragic Comedy. Do you agree with this classification? If not, how would you classify this play? Do you think this play contains more elements of tragedy or comedy?


Samuel Beckett’s ‘Waiting for Godot’ has been known as one of the masterpieces of tragicomedy for generations through the ages. The play blatantly alternates between phases of utmost despair and pity and moments of raucous humour, taking the audience on an emotional roller coaster. Beckett was responsible for introducing the concept of ‘Theatre of the Absurd’ and its immediate popularity due to its vicissitudinous nature, which plays upon the human emotions of despair and humour simultaneously.
The entire play is pervaded by a sense of despair and tragedy. The tragic elements are seen in the circumstances of the characters, their physical disabilities, their lost sense of time and utmost futility, their doomed existence where “Nothing happens and nothing can be done,” and the empty stage. The comic elements revolve around the games the characters invent, their interactions with each other, and the vaudevillian routines. 
Waiting for Godot is primarily about hope, waiting and meaning in our lives. The characters are comical and their dialogue is filled with non-sequiturs and “blather,” seeming nonsense. The movement of the plot is arbitrary: there is no identifiable beginning, middle, and end – no “Freytag’s pyramid” to help us get a grip on the plot. 

The beginning of the play sets the tone of the play on a rather bleak and tragic note. We see a lone barren tree and two homeless tramps, the characters of Vladimir and Estragon, onstage. The circumstances surrounding the characters emanate an eerie feel and leave the audience feeling utterly bewildered and perplexed by the purpose of the characters.
Vladimir and Estragon are homeless tramps with no apparent purpose in life while Lucky is portrayed as a slave to Pozzo, treated no better than an animal and quite ironically considered to be the most intellectually vacuous creature; though he has a past that suggests that he could sing, think, recite, and sing. The overall image of Lucky is that of a helpless victim, akin to a tortured prisoner who despite his intelligence cannot do better in life than to be a beast of burden. A rather intriguing character is introduced in the form of a nameless boy, who is known only as “a boy,” who brings into play feelings </description>
    <pubDate>2005-11-24T11:18:41-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Samuel-Beckett-s-quot-Waiting-for-Godot-quot-a-Tragic-Come-28126.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Fundamentals of Humanities                                  </title>
    <description>In order to fully understand humanities, one must first start with the fundamentals. First, the reader must define humanities. During medieval times, the word humanities were ideas that humans believed pertaining to their Gods. Humanities included science, mathematics, the arts, and philosophy. However, today, humanities have a very different meaning. They are considered “broad areas of human creativity and study” that are distinct from the hard-core studies, like math science, because the strict scientific standards are not supported. 

According to “Humanities Through the Arts,” the main difference between humanities and sciences is demonstrated though the different ways values are used. Values are the things we care about, something that matters. Science only gives us the information need to make confident decisions. Someone has to decide how to use that information. That is where humanist come into the picture. Humanists explore the reaches of human feelings in relation to their values. They not only study their own values, but also the values of others. The humanities bring us closer to ourselves and the world around us.

Among the numerous ways to approach humanities, “Humanities Through the Arts” chose to use the arts. Since art is solely based on values, we can get a better understanding of values. By studying humanities through the arts, we improve the qualities of our own lives. The subject matter of are, or what it is about, includes not only the bright, beautiful, and pleasant sides of life. We also view the ugly, painful, and tragic sides of life, allowing a better grip on our own dark sides of life.

Everyone has his or her own limitations as a perceiver of art. Sometimes they defend stretching their limitations by assuming that changing them is a bad form. According to “Humanities Through the Arts,” everyone can and should be educated about the arts, responding to as many varieties of the arts as possible. If we fail to understand the purpose of the arts, anyone who tries to change our preconceived assumptions about a piece of artwork, we naturally resist the persuasion.

For many of us, the study of the arts goes beyond facts that illustrate our values. We eventually begin to see the values display in the artwork. However, it is not the art that changes. It is we who change. We recognize the values in a work and understand how each of them is used. That is when we finally </description>
    <pubDate>2005-11-13T14:13:40-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Fundamentals-of-Humanities--28102.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Analyzing Sculpture                                         </title>
    <description>Sculpture is one of the few pieces of art that engages our senses differently than with any other type of art. This is because sculpture occupies spaces a three-dimensional mass, compared to paintings that occupy two-dimensional spaces. Paintings and other two- dimensional artwork can suggest density, but sculpture is dense. We fully apprehend sculpture by using no only the visual and tactile senses, but also the weight and volume behind those surfaces.

However, Sculpture is not experienced only by sight alone. Our nervous systems are much more complex. When something triggers a sense, a chain reaction of all the other sensors follows, by either sensory motor connections or memory association. We are constantly grasping and handling things, as well as seeing, smelling, tasting, and hearing them. When we see an object, we can generalize how the object feels, how it sounds when hit, how it tastes, and how it smells if we were to approach it.

All of the senses are involved in sculpture, but touch is much more involved in our participation with sculpture. By clarifying such differences, we get a better understanding of the sculpture and therefore, a more rewarding participation.

There are many ways to evaluate art. When we evaluate sculpture, we become a critic. As a responsible critic, we aim for the fullest understanding and participation with a sculpture. By understanding all of the concepts of art and the necessity for participation when evaluating it, we get a better understanding of those concepts, thus allowing us a more refined second experience and wiser critic of the arts.

There are three different types of criticism: descriptive – focusing on form, interpretive – focusing on content, and evaluative – focusing on the relative merits of a work. Each type sharpens our perceptions of a form of art and increases our understanding of its content.
In this essay, we will evaluate the sculpture, Vietnam Women’s Memorial: Three Nurses and a Wounded Soldier by Glenna Goodacre. This memorial is displayed in Washington, DC as a way of “honoring the commitment, dedication, and courage of all of the women who served during Vietnam”(“Introduction”). Ten thousand women fought in combat alongside their brother soldiers, ninety percent of whom served in the health care professions, nursing and tending to the casualties of war. 

The multi-figure bronze monument is a” sculpture in the round portraying three Vietnam-era women, one of whom is caring for a wounded male soldier.” (Goodacre) </description>
    <pubDate>2005-11-13T14:11:43-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Analyzing-Sculpture-28101.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Civil Conflict                                              </title>
    <description>Culminating Activity: Summary
Civil Conflict
Civil conflicts are disagreements that occur in a country that is divided into two groups that each have different opinions and views on how the country should operate.  Civil conflicts are also known as civil wars.  These conflicts have occurred in many countries all over the world and still continue to take place today.  In 1999, forty countries in South America, Africa, Asia and Europe were undergoing internal conflicts.  Many of these wars have been taking place for years and have not yet reached agreements that would indicate they are coming to end.  Since 1996, 60 percent of civil conflicts have lasted more than 5 years and one third last longer than 20 years.  
Civil conflicts mainly affect citizens living in the country undergoing the war, who are not actively participating in the violence (civilians). From 1989 to 1999 more than 5.5 million people have been killed and 74 to 90 percent of them were civilians.  Internal conflicts also influence all people living in the world. People who do not reside in a country undergoing war are still affected because of their family and friends who may live in an affected country.  Since 16.5 million people have died in internal conflicts since 1945, it is evident that these deaths have affected all people in some way.  However, the media does not consistently broadcast many civil conflicts and therefore many people may not have even heard of the wars and consequently they have not been affected.  
Civil wars began when people first developed the ability to form counties and nations. Since then, they have continued to take place and there is no sign that they are coming to an end.
Civil wars occur for a variety of reasons.  They mainly take place because humans are greedy, desire power and believe their opinions are all that matter.  In the past, internal conflicts happened because of abuse of human rights, such as slavery, and because of political opinion.  In the last century civil conflicts have occurred because of land disputes, struggles for a more democratic government, and hatred between ethnic and religious groups.
Civil wars are so horrible because millions of people are killed and even families can be split apart.  Internal conflicts have much higher death rates than interstate wars, as 16.6 million have died since 1945 </description>
    <pubDate>2005-11-05T22:30:43-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Civil-Conflict--28087.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Acquisition and Assimilation of Technology              </title>
    <description>Following the introduction of Doi Moi more than 10 years ago, Viet Nam opened its doors to foreign investment. It was expected that this would bring much needed capital, new knowledge, and new technologies. This has happened to an extent, but in recent years foreign investment has fallen, and this has been accompanied by a decline in the importation of technology. 
Broadly speaking, two approaches are taken to technology development. One is the technological development pushed by new discoveries and breakthroughs. This involves new technologies created initially by technology push. In advanced countries, numerous examples can be given of successful economic advance resulting from technology push. The industrial market sectors of developing countries, however, are often formed almost overnight with the introduction of imported products or services. Many examples can be given of East Asian economies where success in modernization and industrialization has derived from S&amp;amp;T policies based on a demand-pull approach, as well as disappointing experiences resulting from S&amp;amp;T policies focused on the technology-push approach. 
During our interviews with policymakers and researchers in Viet Nam, we noticed in many cases a search for policy instruments of the technology-push variety. Inadequate attention appears to have been given the expected evolution of technology demand in the fast-changing national, regional, and international markets. For example, the decision to establish the four focus areas — IT, biotechnology, new materials, and automation — seemed to be based on observations of general trends elsewhere, rather than on an in-depth analysis of current Vietnamese economic structure and markets. 
The starting point is also important in this context. According to MOSTE (Thu 1997, p. 3), Viet Nam's technology is 
50 to 100 years behind that of the most modern countries in the world. Viet Nam's equipment is backward from two to three generations (20 to 30 years) or from four to five generations, depending on each specialised sector, compared with [the] modern level in the world. The coefficient of value decreases because of technical backwardness and the standard of production organisation is commonly from 0.5–0.7.
Some further factors that emerged during our interviews and bear on the acquisition and assimilation of technology are the following: 
•	Some significant efforts have been made to adapt imported technology to local conditions, and electronic and software firms perform adaptive research activities continuously. For example, one company adapted the technology acquired through a joint-venture agreement to manufacture refrigerators in accordance with Vietnamese conditions </description>
    <pubDate>2005-11-03T20:51:09-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Acquisition-and-Assimilation-of-Technology-28082.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>&amp;quot;Deliverance&amp;quot; everyman can relate to one man is th</title>
    <description>A true survivor can only depend on himself.  The novel Deliverance is a story about

four characters each with different views on surviving.  Every man in the world can relate to 

one of the three secondary characters in the novel Deliverance.  Men can relate to Lewis 

Medlock for his primitive views, Drew for his rationality, or Bobby for his lack of ability to

survive.  Many people say that Lewis is the man that most men want to be , Drew is the man that

most men are like, and Bobby is the man that most men fear becoming.  Lewis is the man most 

men want to be because he does not depend on anyone or anything.  He loves a challenge and 

will do anything he can to live life to its fullest extent.  Ed Gentry, the central character, 

represents all in the way he looks up to Lewis and strives to be like him.  Most men fall into

the same category as Drew Because their ability to survive has been clouded by rational

thoughts.  Then there is Bobby.  Most men do not want to be linked with Bobby because he can

not live without help from civilization.  Even though these characters posses many of the same

traits, their main differences are in their ability to survive life.  They also have different vies on

life.  Lewis sees life as a game that you must constantly challenge if you are to survive.  Drew

sees life as a struggle that should never be challenged.  Then there is Bobby who sees life as

something he does not have to worry about because there will always be someone there to help

him through it.  All three of these characters possess traits that can be identified in every man.

	First there is Lewis , a middle aged man that is at the prime of his life, and fears nothing.

He is the strongest character in the book.  He is,”... a physical-conditioning perfectionist with 

misplaced survival-of-the-fittest instincts and cave-man yearnings”(Warren).  Lewis is the man

that most men want to be like because he needs no one to survive but himself.  He constantly

demonstrates a primitive life-style which is one of survival.  Lewis is an attractive

character for males because of his need for no one.  He needs no one to live his life for him.

He knows that the only way to fully </description>
    <pubDate>2005-10-30T19:25:54-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/-quot-Deliverance-quot-everyman-can-relate-to-one-man-is-th-28072.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>American Culture                                            </title>
    <description>American Culture

In the summer of 2001, I decided to work at a restaurant as a line chef. After I was interviewed for the position, Mark Hayes, an American born chef with a full resume of culinary accomplishments, hired me. After receiving the position, I attended the first day with an understanding that the other line cooks would be like Mark. But I was blind to the world as I realized that I would be working directly with Mexican immigrants. Growing up in a predominately English-speaking neighborhood, I was unsure of how to react. Here comes a seventeen year-old kid, with little to no experience, about to work with six other Spanish-speaking men from Mexico. I was incredibly intimidated as my boss Mark introduced me to Luis. Luis spoke very little English. I struggled with what he said and we were really mostly communicating through gestures. I felt very out of place, as it was difficult for me to fit in with these other guys. I talked with my boss, Mark about the situation and he explained some things. He reassured me that everything was going to be ok and that I would just have to hang in there and do my best to fit in. As the night progressed, I tried to pick up as much as I could (learning the plate settings and dressings) in silence. We closed early because it was slow and I was home by eleven o'clock. I saw my native Spanish-speaking father at home and told him how everything went. He was discouraged to hear that things had not gone well. I explained to him the situation that I was in, being intimidated by these Mexican men. He told me to use my Spanish, which I had been studying for the past four years in high school. I do not know why I did not think of that earlier. I thought that if I would have used my Spanish with them that it would be insulting. 

	I went to work the next day with an open mind. As I walked in and got dressed, I made it a point to talk to Mark about the concerns I had. Mark was more than willing to help me in my situation. I made it a point to mention my Spanish experience and willingness to practice and interact with the other line cooks in Spanish. Mark was ecstatic </description>
    <pubDate>2005-10-16T00:30:38-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/American-Culture-28063.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Destructive Celebration in Sports                           </title>
    <description>Destructive Celebration in Sports

Increasingly we read and talk of sports fans that celebrate their team's victories </description>
    <pubDate>2005-10-16T00:09:44-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Destructive-Celebration-in-Sports-28054.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>What Defines a Scholar?                                     </title>
    <description>Scholars

There are many things that a scholar is and is not, people's opinion of one varies greatly. A scholar, in my view, is someone extraordinary, unlike anyone who has come before him. He can be characterized by three main qualities. One of which revolves around a </description>
    <pubDate>2005-10-15T23:55:34-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/What-Defines-a-Scholar-28048.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Honor                                                       </title>
    <description>According to Merriam-Webster Honor is defined as “a keen sense of ethical conduct: INTEGRITY” but what does this really mean. Is this what honor really is. How does this relate to modern times. The answer is there is no answer. While it may have the same literal definition in different languages and cultures the acts or behaviors which are seen as being honorable are not always the same, which is why we have this discrepancy about what honor really is all about. Is it honorable to stand up for that kid that’s always getting picked on at school, or is it honorable to add to the kid’s torment and join in? These days it’s getting harder and harder to tell.
											
	To me honor is being yourself, by that I mean not being afraid to be an individual and think for yourself as well as doing what you believe to be the right thing to do.. That is honorable in today’s society where people are being brainwashed and becoming droids and all having the same opinion about everything. It takes a real individual with a good sense of self worth to stand up for themselves to think, act and dress how they want. Honorable people throughout history have set the precedent for society. So in this day an age, where are these honorable people that are going to show us the way? 
	
	Honor to different people can mean completely different things, so it’s almost impossible to come up with one solid definition of what honor is. To some people being a brave soldier and dying for your country is honorable. For others, it’s being a missionary in a poor African country. While the deeds that are considered honorable maybe different, I think it all goes back to my point of being an individual and doing what you think is right. Those missionaries don’t go to Africa for anything. They go to bring the world of God. Those soldiers aren’t out there dying for naught, they are trying to ensure America stays free. While those instances maybe different, they have one thing in common, and that is that in both instances the actions are done because of some moral conviction to do what is right. These people are few and far between these days, and it’s really a breath of fresh air to see people with some kind of morality these days.
	
	In ancient </description>
    <pubDate>2005-10-05T05:15:54-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Honor--28040.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Career Cashier: The Glory of being a Cashier                </title>
    <description>Career Cashier: The Glory of being a Cashier

I.  Nature of the work: 

 	Basically any place that sells things needs someone to make the exchange of goods or services for cash.  A cashier is this person.  It is the cashier’s job to make sure the consumer gets the product or service they wish to purchase.  It is also the cashier’s job to ensure that the correct amount of tender is supplied and stored safely in a cash register.  The cash register is a tool used by most cashiers to help them keep the incoming cash organized.  Most larger operations now use scanners, which allow merchandise to be rung up by a cashier much quicker than other manual methods.  Many work sites use one or more cashiers.  Some examples of places where a cashier might be found are; fast food restaurants, grocery stores, gas stations, department stores, and many other locations you visit regularly.  The basic exchange between consumer and cashier usually follows the subsequent format; 

*All items, which the customer wishes to purchase, are presented to the cashier.  

*The customer and cashier then exchange pleasantries as the cashier proceeds to, either scan or manually enter identification into the cash register.   

*Next if necessary a bagger or the cashier themselves bags the customers merchandise in either paper or plastic.   

*The cashier to the customer then relates the total due for the goods.  

*Hopefully, the customer then renders the cash due, either by credit card, cheque, or good old dollars.   

*The cashier then returns to the customer any change due.   

*The cashier is usually also responsible for supplying the customer a record of the sale, called a receipt.   

*Finally in parting the cashier and customer say the “Have a nice day’s.” 

As it can plainly be seen cashiers are a vital link in America’s capitalistic economy.   

 II. Qualifications: 

Generally speaking Cashier is a job not controlled by age or gender restrictions.   For example at my particular place of employment the ages of the cashiers range from 16 to 68.  To be a cashier a person must simply have some human relation skills.  If someone has a temper control problem this may not be the job for him or her, as it deals with people </description>
    <pubDate>2005-09-25T05:26:43-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Career-Cashier-The-Glory-of-being-a-Cashier-28028.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Taiwan                                                      </title>
    <description>Taiwan

  Taiwan is a small island bordering the East China Sea, Philippine Sea, Taiwan Strait and the South China Sea.  With a population of 22,191, 087 (from July, 2000) Taiwan is about the size of Maryland and Delaware combined.  Eighty four percent of Taiwan’s people are of  Taiwanese and Hakka decent. Fourteen percent of the people are made up of main land Chinese and two percent of the people are aborigine.  Since these people are so homogenous, religion is very important to the people of this island.  In fact, ninety three percent of the people believe in Buddhism, Confucianism or Taoism.  A </description>
    <pubDate>2005-09-18T06:05:00-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Taiwan--27995.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Soccer: Why It Can't Make It Big In The U.S.                </title>
    <description>Soccer: Why It Can't Make It Big In The U.S.

Soccer — or football (or foosball or futbol), as it is called by the rest of the world outside the United States — is surely the most popular sport in the world. Every four years, the world championship of soccer, the World Cup, is watched by literally billions all over the world, beating out the United States professional football's Superbowl by far. It is estimated that 1.7 billion television viewers watched the World Cup final between France and Brazil in July of 1998. And it is also a genuine world championship, involving teams from 32 countries in the final rounds, unlike the much more parochial and misnamed World Series in American baseball (that doesn't even involve Japan or Cuba, two baseball hotbeds). But although soccer has become an important sport in the American sports scene, it will never make inroads into the hearts and markets of American sports the way that football, basketball, hockey, baseball, and even tennis and golf have done. There are many reasons for this. 

Recently the New England Revolution beat the Tampa Bay Mutiny in a game played during a horrid rainstorm. Nearly 5000 fans showed up, which shows that soccer is, indeed, popular in the United States. However, the story of the game was buried near the back of the newspaper's sports section, and there was certainly no television coverage. In fact, the biggest reason for soccer's failure as a mass appeal sport in the United States is that it doesn't conform easily to the demands of television. Basketball succeeds enormously in America because it regularly schedules what it calls "television time-outs" as well as the time-outs that the teams themselves call to re-group, not to mention half-times and, on the professional level, quarter breaks. Those time-outs in the action are ideally made for television commercials. And television coverage is the lifeblood of American sports. College basketball lives for a game scheduled on CBS or ESPN (highly recruited high school players are more likely to go to a team that regularly gets national television exposure), and we could even say that television coverage has dictated the pace and feel of American football. Anyone who has attended a live football game knows how commercial time-outs slow the game and sometimes, at its most exciting moments, disrupt the flow of events. There is no serious objection, however, because </description>
    <pubDate>2005-09-14T00:37:18-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Soccer-Why-It-Can-t-Make-It-Big-In-The-U_S_-27975.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Examining the Origin of Modern Day Surfing                  </title>
    <description>Examining the Origin of Modern Day Surfing 

Table of Context 

		[i:5bb1f5580d]Introduction							Page 1 

		Orgins							Page 1 

		Evolution of the Surf Board				Page 2 

		Expansion to U.S.A.					Page 4 

		Expansion to Australia					Page 5 

		Business							Page 7 

		Conclusion							Page 9   

		Bibliography						Page 10  [/i:5bb1f5580d]

 					Introduction 

	The history of surfing dates as far back as the origins of the Hawaiian people.   What began in Hawaii, has quickly expanded throughout the world to almost every beach and to places where people never thought that could be surfed.  From a long, heavy plank of wood, the surf board evolved to a shorter, lighter fiberglass and foam board.  Because of the far travels of many ambassadors of Hawaiian surfers, the once small sport of surfing in Hawaii began to spread to many other countries.  	 

	Today, it is not only a popular sport, but a widespread art, a growing  

business, and an American subculture with a broad future ahead. 

Origins 

	From long ago, Hawaiian would pass down chants of stories of people riding giant waves.  These chants were passed down from generation to generation, however, it wasn’t til the early 19th century that they were written down by scholars like Samuel Kamakau (Young, 32). 

	The Hawaiian word for surfing is “He’e Nalu”.  “He’e” meaning run as liquid and change from solid to liquid.  “Nalu” meaning surging motion of a wave and foaming of the wave (Young, 31). 

	Some chants that go back to th 15th century AD illustrate how important surfing was in everyday life and shows that surfing going back to when in the first Polynesians first arrived in the Pacific (YH, 31). 

	The Kapu system was a type of law that would restrict certain materials for boards, the length of boards, and beaches for Alii or the Ruling Chiefs (Young, 19).  The common size of a board for an Alii was from fourteen to sixteen feet long and the common size of a commoner was ten to twelve feet long. (Young, 31) 

	The first Western Explorer to discover the Hawaiians was Captain James Cook, a British Naval Captain who came to Hawaii in the 1770s.  He wrote what he witnessed in a log of Hawaiians catching swells with large narrow boards (Young, 31).	 

Evolution of the Surf Board 

	The surf board evolved from the first heavy long wooden board and evolved to many types of new styles </description>
    <pubDate>2005-09-14T00:30:37-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Examining-the-Origin-of-Modern-Day-Surfing-27972.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Environmentalism Critique                                   </title>
    <description>Environmentalism Critique

Evaluation: Environmentalism is an ideology that is spreading throughout the world. Promoting conservation of nature and its resources it has captured the attention of the political spectrum. In Wendell Berry’s “Getting Along with Nature”, he suggests that one of the great flaws in our human interaction with nature is that we as a culture tend to establish a kind of partisanship, those who ignorantly exploit nature and those who seek to separate from nature as a means of saving it from exploitation. William Ophuls feels that given the interaction of ecological, economic, and social factors, the disruption of ecosystems will have economic and social consequences. Also, fundamental changes in the economic and social subsystems will lead to changes in the ecosystem. In Dolbeare and Medcalf’s American Ideologies Today, they speak of the impact environmentalism has brought into the American life than any other set of beliefs. Both authors provide an insight into the distinctions ecology and the environment; they introduce different belief systems such as the Gaians, Ecofeminists, and the most noted Greens; and provide the different strategies and tactics enacted by the environmentalist movement.  

Explanation: In Wendell Berry's "Getting Along with Nature" people cannot live apart from nature … And yet, people cannot live in nature without changing it’. He speaks of preserving wildness, if it is to survive, but this preservation may not be enough. If our cities cannot be preserved than wildness cannot be preserved either. Berry states that nature and human nature are interdependent. If humans want wildness to be possible they must make it possible. Berry emphasizes that we can be true to nature only by being true to human nature. However, the work by which good humans and natural possibilities are preserved is complex and difficult, and it probably cannot be accomplished by raw intelligence and information. Berry concludes by saying that to achieve continuity between the natural and the human, we have only two sources of instruction. The first being nature herself, and the second being our cultural tradition. Berry also states that no good thing is destroyed by goodness. However, good things are destroyed by wickedness. William Ophuls applied himself to the question whether our current political institutions, or the liberal democratic basis for our social order as a whole, are tenable in an age of ecological scarcity. In essence, he concluded that many of the basic principles of modern </description>
    <pubDate>2005-09-07T02:32:08-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Environmentalism-Critique-27936.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Velociraptors                                               </title>
    <description>Velociraptors 

Velociraptors were first found and described </description>
    <pubDate>2005-09-07T02:18:22-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Velociraptors-27933.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Interesting Facts                                           </title>
    <description>01.  It is impossible to lick your elbow.  

02.  A crocodile can't stick its tongue out. 

03.  A shrimp's heart is in their head.  

04.  People say "Bless you" when you sneeze because when you sneeze, your heart stops for a millisecond.  

05.  In a study of 200,000 ostriches over a period of 80 years, no one reported a single case where an ostrich buried its head in the sand (or attempted to do so - apart from Bones).  

06.  It is physically impossible for pigs to look up into the sky. 

07.  A pregnant goldfish is called a twit.  

08.  Between 1937 and 1945 Heinz produced a version of Alphabet Spaghetti especially for the German market that consisted solely of little pasta swastikas.  

09. On average, a human being will have sex more than 3,000 times and spend two weeks kissing in their lifetime. 

10. More than 50% of the people in the world have never made or received a telephone call.  

11. Rats and horses can't vomit.  

12. The "sixth sick sheik's sixth sheep's sick" is said to be the toughest tongue twister in the English language.  

13. If you sneeze too hard, you can fracture a rib. If you try to suppress a sneeze, you can rupture a blood vessel in your head or neck and die. 

14. If you keep your eyes open by force, they can pop out.  

15. Rats multiply so quickly that in 18 months, two rats could have over a million descendants.  

16. Wearing headphones for just an hour will increase the bacteria in your ear by 700 times.  

17. If the government has no knowledge of aliens, then why does Title 14, Section 1211 of the Code of Federal Regulations, implemented on July 16, 1969, make it illegal for U.S. citizens to have any contact with extraterrestrial or their vehicles?  

18. In every episode of Seinfeld there is a Superman somewhere. 

19. The cigarette lighter was invented before the match.  

20. Thirty-five percent of the people who use personal ads for dating are already married.  

21. A duck's quack doesn't echo and no one knows why.  

22. 23% of all photocopier faults worldwide are caused by people sitting on them and photocopying their buttocks.  

23. In </description>
    <pubDate>2005-09-04T19:16:25-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Interesting-Facts--27878.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Mexico at its Best                                          </title>
    <description>Mexico at its Best

Mexican history boasts of long and advanced civilizations that make most European civilizations seem primitive. The first inhabitants were said to have arrived at about 2000B.C. With the Mayan Empire being constructed in about the 12th century. However within the last two centuries Mexico has had relatively little success, consistent victims of imperialist powers the culture has suffered a great deal. The largest blow occurring when America annexed California by force. This last act of aggression would affect the Mexican economy and social structure for years, if not forever.  

   The population of Mexico has been increasing at a rate of 1.5% to 101, 879,171 as of July 2001. Of this number 33% are between the ages of 0-14, 62% are between 15- 64, and the rest are over 65.  The average life expectancy is 71 years. The current birth rate is 22.7 births per 1000 people, while the death rate is 5 deaths per 1000 people.  The infant mortality rate is 25.36 deaths per 1000 births. Most women have 2.5 kids during their life. 

	The Mexican population is for the most part homogenous with 60% being Meztizo, 30% Indian, 9% white, and 1 percent other. This lack of diversity and multiculturalism makes political socialization easier because there are not many factions to rebel against the majority.  In addition to the homogenous ethnic make up, there are also not a myriad of religions with 89% of the country adhering to Catholicism. 

Mexico has a free market economy with a mixture of modern and outmoded industry and agriculture, increasingly dominated by the private sector. The number of state-owned enterprises in Mexico has fallen from more than 1,000 in 1982 to fewer than 200 in 2000. This happened during the Zedillo administration when they privatized and expanded competition in seaports, railroads, telecommunications, electricity, natural gas distribution, and airports. A strong export sector helped to cushion the economy's decline in 1995 and led the recovery in 1996-2000. Private consumption became the leading driver of growth in 2000, accompanied by increased employment and higher wages. Mexico still needs to overcome many structural problems as it strives to modernize its economy and raise living standards. Income distribution is very unequal, with the top 20% of income earners accounting for 55% of income.  

Trade with the US and Canada has tripled since NAFTA was implemented in </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-31T21:54:40-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Mexico-at-its-Best--27847.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Intellegent vs. Smart                                       </title>
    <description>Intellegent Vs. Smart

How is intelligence determined?  It is a commonly held belief that adults are smarter than adolescents, adolescents are smarter than elementary school children, and elementary school children are smarter than preschoolers.  However, how is one able to comment on intelligence?  Perhaps there is confusion in the definition of what smart is.  The definition of smart is to be knowledgeable, which would tend to prove the prior statement true; the old a person is, the more knowledge they have attained.  Intelligence, on the other hand, has a different denotation.  It is defined as the ability to learn or understand or to deal with new o trying situations, the ability to apply knowledge to manipulate one’s environment.  If one uses this definition, it can prove the prior statement to be false; children for all ages are able to learn and manipulate their environment, arguably, more so than adults.  To prove the statement, one must first chose from these two definitions; without clarification, the argument is not clear.  By taking the stance that children have as much intelligence as do adults, the researcher must set up a scientific way to obtain proof.  To prove this, close observation of groupings of preschool age children, elementary school children, adolescents, and adults would be required.  Under close study, one may observe how each reacts to their environment.  For elementary school children, the environment that they affect is much smaller than that which encompasses adolescents and adults.    One would need to watch how each age group learned new things and how they used what they learned to change the environment around them.  That a small child learns to tie their shoe or make a peanut butter and jelly sandwich and an adolescent learns how to do calculus means nothing.  No matter how menial the task, learning is learning and can be used to prove that the intelligence of children is equal to that of adults.  What does have an effect on intelligence is environment and natural ability.  To eliminate this variable as much as is possible, one must take a random sampling of each age group to ensure that the average subject will indeed have average results.  Once one has gathered data form his or her subjects, they must closely examine the evidence in order </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-31T20:32:00-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Intellegent-vs_-Smart-27843.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Boys Don't Cry, Tragic Murder                               </title>
    <description>Boys Don't Cry

On New Year's Eve 1993, in the dead-end town of Falls City, Nebraska, two men shot and stabbed Teena Brandon, a 21-year-old who, in defiance of the laws of biology, wanted desperately to live her life as a man. On October 6, 1998, two men smashed the head of Matthew Shepard, a 21-year-old gay man, and left him tied to a deer fence outside Laramie, Wyoming. Both killings have become national causes célèbres. Teena Brandon's tale, already the subject of the harrowing documentary The Teena Brandon Story, has now been made into the remarkable film Boys Don't Cry, and a cinematic retelling of the short life of Matthew Shepard cannot be far behind.  

With pollsters reporting that most Americans oppose discrimination on the basis of sexual orientation, a sea change in just a generation, it is tempting to conclude that intolerance, let alone hate, is waning. But the ugly murders of Teena Brandon and Matthew Shepard reveal another territory—the psychological Wild West, its volatile landscape formed by impulse and passion, fearfulness, and rage. In the year since Matthew Shepard's death, the National Coalition of Anti-Violence Programs has documented 31 gay-bashing murders, and the fact that these murders are often much more violent than the typical homicide is suggestive of the psychological stakes.  

As the language of sexual deviance is replaced in public conversation by a rhetoric of rights, these brutal acts become the stuff of martyrdom and the wellspring of political action. Teena Brandon is literally the poster child for this movement: As the ad campaign for Boys Don't Cry contends, she was killed because she "dared to be herself." She and Matthew Shepard are exhibits A and B in the campaign, spearheaded by Shepard's mother and already successful in 21 states, to make a victim's sexual orientation, like race and religion, a reason for prosecution in hate crimes.  

Yet real lives are always more complicated and cluttered with inconvenient truths than are morality plays, in which innocence and guilt are distinctly separate. To acknowledge such complexity is not to explain away the terrible deed, but to begin to make sense of it. Boys Don't Cry delivers just such a layered narrative. Its achievement is to pull us deep inside the lives of both victim and victimizer. In doing so, it gives us a political education that no morality play ever could.  

Teena Brandon </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-31T20:11:25-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Boys-Don-t-Cry,-Tragic-Murder-27837.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Cellphones                                                  </title>
    <description>[b]Cellphones[/b]

New York has passed a law banning the use of hand-held mobile telephones while driving. This law states "no person shall operate a motor vehicle upon a public highway while using a mobile telephone to engage in a call while such vehicle is in motion". Using a hand held cell phone is defined as “holding a mobile telephone to, or in immediate proximity of, the user’s ear”. As of December 1, 2001, using a hand-held mobile telephone while driving, for other than contact with emergency or medical personnel regarding an emergency situation, will be a traffic infraction punishable by a fine of not more than $100. In addition to the fine, a surcharge of $30 shall be assessed for convictions of the cell phone law. Town and village courts shall add $5 to this baseline surcharge. I composed a survey of 10 questions regarding the new cell phone law. I personally disagree with the new law, and I wanted to see how it affects others. I handed out 20 surveys to 20 students around the college. Many of them had a lot of good input, but some basically didn’t care.  

100% of the students that took the survey owned a cell phone. I only wanted students that owned a cell phone to take this survey since they are the ones who are affected by this law. I asked how much each student pays for their cell phone each month. There was a range between $21.50-$55.00. Each bill is different depending on the type of plan you have. A cell phone can come with features like: voicemail, caller ID, internet access, and much more. I averaged out the payments of all 20 bills to $35.65 per month. 45% of the students pay less than that amount, and 55% pay more than that amount per month. 

I asked how much each student uses their cell phone. There was a range between 120-2000 minutes per month, with an average of 330 minutes. 65% of the students use their cell phone less than the average, and 35% of the students use it more. The next question asked how much you use your cell phone while driving. An estimate of 30-500 minutes was recorded, with an average of 130 minutes. 55% of the students use their cell phone less than the average amount, and 45% of the students use it more than the average. </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-31T19:42:09-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Cellphones--27832.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Issues of Severity in the Inuit Population                  </title>
    <description>Before contact with the western world, the Inuit were a relatively healthy population. However, the severe climate in which they resided posed challenges in maintaining  health and well being. Here are some of the difficulties they faced and their adaptations to combat these problems: 

Avoiding Vitamin Deficiencies: 

The vegetation in the arctic habitat is relatively scarce. In order to prevent  disease such as scurvy and rickets, and to assure  calcium  absorption the Inuit needed sufficient amounts of vitamin A and D.  In order to preserve the maximum amount of vitamins and minerals they avoided cooking their food. They consumed raw whale skin, a good source of vitamin C, and seal oil and fish, excellent sources of vitamin A and D. Vitamin D was needed to aid the absorption of calcium, in which the mostly meat diet was lacking. The Inuit combated this problem by eating dried fish, soft parts of animal bones and bird bones. 

Avoiding Heart Disease: 

The Inuit population had a low incidence of heart disease. This is partly due to the large amount of physical activity that was required  to survive the arctic climate, and the diet which they ate. Caribou  and rabbit meat have a high amount of polyunsaturated acids which are associated with healthy cardiovascular system.  Omega - 3 rich foods such as whales, seals and fish are associated with a decreased rate of heart problems. Additionally, the Inuit did not participate  in high risk activities such as smoking associated with heart disease. 

Staying Warm: 

In order to maintain  body heat the Inuit had  cultural adaptations as well as biological ones. First and foremost,  people kept themselves warm by having good insulation.  They used animal skins and furs. For example,  caribou fur which  had hollow hairs  acted as excellent insulators for coats, blankets and, in combination with seal skin, boots.  Babies were kept warm in the hood of the mothers parka which allowed nursing without exposing the infant to the bitter cold. Indoors, they used body heat and caribou furs to keep warm while sleeping in  close contact. They built the entrances into the snow houses with tunnels placed at right angles to prevent drafts. A small lamp was burned for heat, but it also insulated  the snow house by forming a thin layer of ice </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-31T07:56:32-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Issues-of-Severity-in-the-Inuit-Population-27829.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Belize  Underdevelopment And Shifting Identity</title>
    <description>Belize Underdevelopment And Shifting Identity 

Belize is currently an underdeveloped country—underdevelopment due to the negative effects of the British colonial rule over Belize.  In order to understand the causes and effects of Belize’s current situation, a definition of development in necessary.  The term “sustainable development” was introduced in a 1987 report, Our Common Future, where the World Commission on Environment and Development defined it as “development that meets the needs of the present generation without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs” (Nagpal 1995).  Therefore, it makes sense to define a developed country as a country whose citizens’ needs are met.  Belizeans’ needs are unfulfilled as evidenced by deficiencies in Belize’s health and welfare, education, political dependency, economic status, and emigration patterns.

Belize is a country the size of Massachusetts and is located on the Yucatan Peninsula of Central America.  It is home to over 240,000 people of Creole, Mestizo, Garifuna and Mayan descent, and is by far the least densely populated country in the Central American realm (Famighetti 1997).  The country’s Gross National Product is $2,700, just $155 below the realm’s average but $2000 below world averages (Muller 1999).  One other important fact is that 50% of the population is rural—a statistic that has remained steady since 1921 (Woods 1996).  These are just one of the many indicators of Belize’s lack of development.  The country’s official language is English, an anomaly on the Central American mainland where all other countries are Spanish-speaking.  The major economies of Belize are tourism, international banking and agriculture crops of citrus, wood and sugar. 

The Belizean government has taken great strides in improving the health and welfare of its citizens since independence in 1981.  According to U.S. researcher Tim Merrill, life expectancy rose, and the death rate dropped considerably.  Yet, many hurdles remain before healthcare meets the comprehensive needs of the society.  Merrill reports of statistics that indicate at least 40 percent of infants suffered from moderate malnutrition, while at least 61 percent of children under three suffered from some form of malnutrition.  He suggests than more accurate surveying would reveal even worse malnutrition of the children in Belize.  This significant problem indicates Belize’s lack of development—as adequate nutrition is a need of any society.  The country also lacks central sewer systems in all areas </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-29T04:47:56-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Belize-Underdevelopment-And-Shifting-Identity-27822.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Lessons Learned from the King of Detention Centers, Alcatraz</title>
    <description>Lessons Learned from the King of Detention Centers, Alcatraz

Alcatraz Island has quite a distinct history. Many people know that Alcatraz served as a federal prison, but most are reluctant to know that this island served as fort. Built before the Civil War, it served two main purposes. First, that it was to guard the San Francisco bay area from enemy ships against a foreign invasion, and second, to hold hostage prisoners of war or POW's as they were called. In this report, I'll show you how this fortress came to be a federal prison, why it is no longer in operation today, and most importantly, to show why it was built in the first place. When the great "Gold Rush" of 1849 first started, California grew from what would be considered a small, unpopulated state, into what it is now. California is now one of the most populated states and it was mostly the gold rush that brought attention to California. As the government saw all of this happening, they realized that California was much more important than they ever realized. In their realization, they decided that California must be protected. San Francisco has one of the largest bays in all of California, and so this was where enemy countries would most likely to try to invade the country. So this is where Alcatraz was to lie, to serve as a military fort. It was supposed to serve as a secondary base in companionship to another base located on the other side of Golden Gate Bridge. But with severe problems trying to build this other base, Alcatraz was to remain alone. "Out in the middle of the San Francisco Bay, the island of Alcatraz is definitely a world unto itself. Isolation is just one of the many constants of island life for any inhabitant on Alcatraz Island. It is the most reoccurring theme in the unfolding history of Alcatraz Island. Alcatraz Island is one of Golden Gate National Recreation Area's most popular destinations, offering a close-up look at a historic and infamous federal prison long off-limits to the public. Visitors to the island can not only explore the remnants of the prison, but learn of the American occupation of 1969 - 1971, early military fortifications and the West Coast's first and oldest operating lighthouse. These structures stand among the island's many natural features - gardens, tidepools, bird nests, and bay </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-29T02:24:18-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Lessons-Learned-from-the-King-of-Detention-Centers,-Alcatraz-27812.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Norway Country Profile, History, Music, Lifestyle           </title>
    <description>Norway Country Profile, History, Music, Lifestyle

Overall History of Norway

The Kingdom of Norway is located on the west part of the Scandinavian peninsula. Geographically, it extends northward from the North Sea over 1,000 miles along the Norwegian Sea into the Arctic Circle, farther north than any other European land. Sweden, Finland, and the U.S.S.R. all share borders with Norway on the east and the northeast. With an area of over 125,000 square miles, Norway is slightly larger than New Mexico. The Kingdom of Norway is located on the west part of the Scandinavian peninsula. Over 70% of Norway has very little vegetation, is covered by mountains, glaciers, and rivers, and is uninhabitable. Its numerous and deep fjords give Norway over 12,000 miles of oceanfront and tens of thousands of islands off the cost from a sheltered coastal shipping channel. Norway also has sovereignty over five islands, the largest being Spitsbergen in the Arctic Ocean. Norway north of Bodo experiences the midnight sun for a few weeks on either side of the summer solstice (June 21). Norse Vikings raided the northwestern coast of Europe repeatedly from the 8th to the 11th century. More than just pillagers, the Vikings explored Iceland, Greenland, and the New World extensively. This time period and its myths are chronicled in the Icelandic Sagas. There are various open-air and Viking museums throughout Scandinavia to see how people used to live in this rugged land. In 872 the first ruler of a united Norway, Harold the Fairhaired, came to power. Norway was part of the Danish kingdom for almost 500 years until Sweden won control in 1814. The country became officially independent in 1905 with a Danish prince on the Norwegian throne (King Olav V). Norway was committed to neutrality in World War I. The country was occupied by the Germans for five years during World War II. Abandoning its neutrality, Norway joined the N.A.T.O. alliance in 1949. However Norway does have good relations with its neighbor, the Old Soviet Union. After a referendum in 1972, which divided the country, Norway decided not to join the European Common Market (EC). This was again a major debate in 1995, but Norway surprised the world by again voting not to join the EC. Norway's government is a constitutional monarchy, with King Harald as its head. The monarch shares executive power with a Cabinet composed of a Prime Minister and seven other </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-26T09:45:43-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Norway-Country-Profile,-History,-Music,-Lifestyle-27787.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Does Participation in Danger Sports Endanger Lives of Others</title>
    <description>Does Participation in Danger Sports Endanger </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-25T06:32:03-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Does-Participation-in-Danger-Sports-Endanger-Lives-of-Others-27773.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Fetal Football League                                       </title>
    <description>The year was 1920 and pro-football was in a state of confusion. The three main problems that led to all the confusion were, salaries rising, players jumping from team to team and the use of players still enrolled in college. So, on August 20, 1920, a group of men representing the four current pro teams met. When the day was done the American Professional Football Conference was born. 

The A.P.F.C. was formed to make one governing body over pro football. Then, on September 17, 1920, a second organizational meeting was held. At the second meeting the following teams attended: the Akron Pros; Canton Bulldogs; Cleveland Ohio Indians; Dayton Ohio Triangles; Decatur Illinois Staleys Athletic Club; Hammond Indiana Pros; Massillon Tigers; Muncie Indiana Flyers; Racine [a Chicago street] Cardinals; Rochester New York Jeffersons; Rock Island Illinois Independents; and [the State of] Wisconsin. One of the first orders of business was to change the name of the American Professional Football Conference to the American Professional Football Association. The second order was to appoint a president. So Native-American Olympic Gold Medallist Jim Thorpe was elected as league president. Other rules were made such as a membership fee of $100 per team; to be charged to give an appearance of respectability No team ever paid it. Scheduling was left up to the teams, and there were wide variations. This occurred both in the overall number of games played and in the number played against APFA member teams. Four other teams-the Buffalo All-Americans, Chicago Tigers, Columbus Panhandles, and Detroit Heralds-joined the league sometime during the year. On September 26, the first game, which featured an APFA team was played at Rock Island's Douglas Park. A crowd of 800 watched the Independents defeat the St. Paul Ideals 48-0. A week later, October 3, the first game matching two APFA teams was held. At Triangle Park, Dayton defeated Columbus 14-0, with Lou Partlow of Dayton scoring the first touchdown in a game between Association teams. The same day, Rock Island defeated Muncie 45-0. At the league meeting in Akron, April 30, the championship of the 1920 season was awarded to the Akron Pros. The APFA was later reorganized, they realized that Jim Thorpe was a better player then president. So, they picked Joe Carr as the new president. Carr moved the Association's headquarters to Columbus, drafted a league constitution and by-laws, gave teams territorial rights, restricted player </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-25T06:18:47-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Fetal-Football-League-27768.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Drug Testing                                                </title>
    <description>Gaining that little bit of competitiveness can lead to greater increases in performance. Steroids increase muscle mass and strength which helps athletes recover quicker from injuries. The most common sports where you would find the anabolic steroids are in body building, football, track &amp;amp; field power events and weightlifting. Another (1) performance enhancing drug is amphetamine. Amphetamine also has very serious side effects in the male and female body. Both males and females can experience feelings of anxiety and restlessness along with a rapid heartbeat and heavy breathing. Amphetamines, as with any other performance drug, can become addictive. Athletes use the drug amphetamine to boost their alertness and in fighting of fatigue in sports. This type of drug is found in all sports except for the sports where very intense concentration is required. The last of the three most popular enhancement drugs is the human growth hormone (HGH). Like the previous two drugs, HGH also has major side effects that can permanently damage an athlete. HGH in men and women can cause the thickness of skin, can damage the internal organs, and the bones and facial features. More seriously use of HGH can lead to diabetes, heart disease and possibly a shortened life span. The human growth hormone is known as a steroid substitute and is used primarily in the sports where steroids are used. HGH is a popular drug because it is undetectable in urine, therefore athletes tend to use this drug because there will be no trace of the drug after a game or race. Performance enhancing drugs can have a very serious impact on the public. If the public reaches the point where they find that sports revolve around just drugs and less athleticism, the television viewers and attendance at sports contests will fall very quickly. If this does happen it may lead to financial problems for the athletes. Drug scandals may cause the media and athletic sponsors to re-think their commitment to that specific sport. Performance enhancing drugs are found in almost every type of athletic organization: pro sports, college sports, high schools (where it is very popular), through coaches, other athletes and the black market. In professional sports it is very likely to see them while athletes are in the training stages before their season begins. It is very common to see the performance drugs being used by the rookies (2) as well. A young </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-21T05:55:54-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Drug-Testing--27752.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Pyramids Of Egypt                                           </title>
    <description>Pyramids Of Egypt 

                 In my report, I will discuss how the pyramids were built, what purpose they served, the three pyramids at Giza, some messages found on the stones that were used to build pyramids, and what a mastabas is. Pyramids are tombs built for Egypt's pharaohs. Pyramids are large structures with four sides that are the shape of a triangle, that meet at the top to form a point. The ancient Egyptians used the pyramids as tombs for the pharaohs and temples for their gods. The pyramids have one or two little temples attached to them, which holds their relatives and servants. A few pyramids still stand today, and are great attractions for tourists. The pyramids were built by taking blocks of granite to the workshop, measuring the blocks down to size, shaping the blocks, and placing the blocks into the body of the pyramid. The core of the structure is now completed. Then, you place the limestone blocks on the top of the structure (they started putting the blocks on top and then worked their way down). They left two empty rooms to place the pharaoh and his belongings in. They sealed the pyramids so well, it took four hundred years for two robbers to figure out how to get in. The pyramids were built by free citizens, drafted for public work, not by slaves of any sort. The pyramids were built by four thousand expert stone sculptors all year round. An extra work group of about ninety-five thousand men worked on the pyramids during the four month period of the inundation (the time of enforced idleness for farmers, since the field were covered with the Nile water flood ). The pyramids were built between the year 1600 B.C. and the year 2700. Many scholars believe that the reason why the pyramids were built in a triangular form is because it has a religious meaning to the Egyptians. The slanting side might have reminded the Egyptians of the slanting rays of the sun, that the pharaoh's soul could climb to the sky and join the gods. In the pyramids they buried the pharaoh's body. There was a chamber for the body. There was also a chamber for treasures of gold and other priceless items for the pharaoh's afterlife. Sometimes a boat </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-19T07:46:42-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Pyramids-Of-Egypt--27737.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Decline &amp;amp; Fall of the American Programmer               </title>
    <description>Decline &amp;amp; Fall of the American Programmer

Edward Yourdon


According to Edward Yourdon, software development may soon move out of the U.S. into software factories in a dozen countries unless U.S. software organizations exploit the key software technologies examined in this publication. Here Yourdon takes a close look at how U.S. companies can implement object oriented methods, CASE tools, software quality assurance, structured methods, software metrics, and re-engineering. 

If we stand back and take a look at a broader view of the software industry this book is well worth our attention. This book takes a detailed look as to why the American software industry was in such a mess and seemed unable to compete with the software shops of the Asia and the Pacific Rim countries. It explains how, in the consumer software market, we've learned to accept "Good Enough" Software. "Good Enough" Software depends on a considered tradeoff among schedule (delivery date), functionality (feature richness), and quality (absence of defects). 

In Decline and Fall of the American Programmer, the author makes a case that "The American programmer is about to share the fate of the dodo bird."  He goes on to explain that software written in the U.S. costs too much and is of low quality.  His claim is that American programmers could be replaced by lower cost foreign programmers much in the same way manufacturing jobs have been exported to areas with lower labor costs. He also claims that for nearly 30 years, we have known that tenfold improvement in software productivity and quality are readily achievable without magic or silver bullet technologies. The methods and techniques for achieving these improvements have been widely published in the U.S., but we don't pay much attention to our own preaching. According to the author the typical reaction from American software professionals falls into three categories: (a) we don't see this phenomenon happening in our town, or (b) we don't see any evidence that those offshore programmers are any better than we are, or (c) how could the end-users in our company possibly deal with software people 10,000 miles away? Yourdon presented some strong arguments against these opinions when he wrote Decline and Fall of the American Programmer, and those arguments are still valid today. I appreciate the arguments Yourdon puts forward on behalf of new approaches in software management, because it had triggered some great changes in the software industry, </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-19T07:07:23-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Decline-amp-Fall-of-the-American-Programmer-27733.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Block Scheduling in Schooling vs. Traditional Scheduling    </title>
    <description>Block Scheduling in Schooling vs. Traditional Scheduling

Block Scheduling has become a popular reform movement that schools are using to replace traditional schedules (Flinders &amp;amp; Veal 2001).  Even though block scheduling has become popular in the past decade, it has been around for decades.  J. Loyd Trump was very important in the development of the modern concept of block scheduling in the 1960’s.  Trump wanted to eliminate rigid class schedules, and change the classes to sessions that lasted from 20 minutes to 100 minutes.  This was the first attempt at a block schedule (Gruber &amp;amp; Onwuegbuzie 2001).  It was 1994 when the interest for block scheduling was reintroduced.  The idea was reintroduced because the National Education Commission on Time and Learning published a report concerning the use of class time.  The Commision called on educators to use time in “new, different, and better ways.”  Educators rose to this new challenge and now we have the popular reform for block scheduling (Lawrence &amp;amp; McPherson 2000).

	Block scheduling elminates the traditional 40 or 50 minute class time to an 80 or 90 minute class time.  When block scheduling is implemented there is no longer six to eight classes a day a student must take.  They only take four classes when block scheduling is used.  Block scheduling is implemented by schools because schools are trying to improve their students.  There are advantages and disadvantages that go along with block scheduling.  There are also different types of block scheduling (Flinders &amp;amp; Veal 2001).

	There are two different variations of block scheduling.  The first type is the A/B, or alternate-day schedule.  In this schedule students take eight, yearlong classes.  However, they only attend classes for them on alternating days, so the students would have four, 80 minute classes.  For example, on Monday, a student may have science, English, math, and physical education, while on Tuesday they have Spanish, history, science and music.  This would alternate every other day for the entire year.  The second variation of block scheduling is known as the semester block plans or the 4x4 plans.  With this schedule students would only take four classes for a half of a school year, then another set of four classes the second half of the year (Viadero 2001).

	There are several advantages that benefit students and faculty.  </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-18T07:27:50-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Block-Scheduling-in-Schooling-vs_-Traditional-Scheduling-27716.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Eiffel Tower  Prize of Paris</title>
    <description>The Eiffel Tower

	The Eiffel tower is the trademark of Paris, France.  With the tower being 984ft, it’s kind of hard not to notice it.  The tower has a restaurant, radio and television transmitter and more.  Gustave A. Eiffel created the tower to enter it in the worlds fair.  It was made with wrought iron and had medium wind resistance.  Gustave started in 1889 and completed in 1910.

	Gustave A. Eiffel created the Eiffel Tower.  Eiffel oversaw the construction with such success that in 1866 he founded his own company and soon became known for his wrought iron structures. Starting in 1872 he attracted foreign contracts, and in 1877 he created over the Douro River in Porto, Portugal, a steel arch bridge 525 ft in height.

The Eiffel Tower is a landmark and an early example of wrought-iron construction on a gigantic scale.  It was designed and built by the French civil engineer Gustave Alexandre Eiffel for the Paris World's Fair of 1889.  The tower, without its modern broadcasting antennae, is 984 ft high.  The lower section consists of four immense arched legs set on masonry piers.  The legs curve inward until they unite in a single tapered tower.  Platforms, each with an observation deck, are at three levels; on the first is also a restaurant.  The tower, constructed of about 7000 tons of iron, has stairs and elevators.  A meteorological station, a radio communications station, and a television transmission antenna, as well as a suite of rooms that were used by Eiffel are located near the top of the tower.

	Eiffel's work combined expert craftsmanship and graceful design.  Completed in 1884, it was for a time the highest bridge in the world, winning Eiffel's factory a worldwide reputation for excellence.  Eiffel cast Frederic Auguste Bartholdi's colossal statue Liberty Enlightening the World, which was dedicated in New York in 1886.  Soon after, he began work on his greatest project, the building of the Eiffel Tower. It was completed in 1889 for the celebration of the centennial of the French Revolution (1789-1799). Eiffel was not a popular man when he started building the huge steel-frame tower that would overlook Paris. The structure was just too different and the critics didn't like it at all. In 1887, the leading artists of Paris signed a petition to have what they regarded </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-18T07:01:27-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Eiffel-Tower-Prize-of-Paris-27709.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Origin And Future Of The Salmoninae                     </title>
    <description>The Origin And Future Of The Salmoninae

Introduction

	It is unlikely that any family of fish has received as much attention as the Salmonidae.  Many have a particularly heart-felt interest in the Salmoninae (trout, salmon, and char) because they love to fish.  But man often destroys that which he loves, and the Salmoninae are no exception to this phenomenon.  Exploitation of these fish has led to the extinction of certain species in some areas, but the attempt to preserve our valued fisheries has resulted in extensive research on the Salmoninae.  This knowledge allows us to speculate on their origin and their prospects for the future.

Taxonomy

	It is believed that the Salmoninae are descendants of the Isospondyli order of fishes.  This group, the most primitive of bony fishes are also called the teleosts and looked somewhat like today's tarpons and lerrings.  The earliest fossils of isospondylous fishes have been found in Cretaceous rocks which means these forms were in existence well over 65 million years ago.  The sub-order Salmonoidei is separated from other isospondylous fishes due to many similarities in structure.  We find the existence of a second adipose fin which is not found in other fish, and scaled bodies but scaleless heads.  Also, the vertebrae of the tail are turned upwards.  There are many other similarities such as similar jaws and oviducts.  Of the six families of the sub-order Salmonoidei, the Salmonidae family distinguishes itself by having only one or two upturned tail vertebrae rather than three.  Within the family Salmonidae, I am interested in the Salmoninae (trout, salmon, and char) rather than the Thymalinae (grayling) and Coregoninae (whitefishes).

	Before continuing, I would like to mention that there is a lot of confused nomenclature in this sub-family.  By common definition, salmon are anadramous.  This means that they live and feed in the ocean and migrate up rivers to reproduce.  Trout, on the other hand are said to be completely fresh water fish.  Still, we find that some common names of fish go against this general rule.  So we hear of anadramous trout, such as steelhead, and landlocked salmon.

	In the sub-family Salmoninae, there are seven genera.  Brachymystax is an Asian freshwater genus.  Hucho is found in Eurasia.  Salvelinus is circumpolar and is commonly called "char".  Char have smaller scales than other Salmoninae and have </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-16T09:21:39-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Origin-And-Future-Of-The-Salmoninae-27704.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Germany - A Much of Europe as Pie is to America             </title>
    <description>Germany - A Much of Europe as Pie is to America

Germany is the seventh largest country in Europe. The country has a varied terrain that is ranged from low- lying coastal flats along the North and Balic seas. Germany also has heavy forested mountains and snow covered Alps in the south.The part of southern German is drained by many rivers. The Bavarian Alps, is the highest point in Germany, consisting of plateaus and forested mountains. Some of the forest are the Black 

Forest, the highlands of Swabia, and the Bohemian Forest. Lake Constanc, in the Alps, is a popular tourist area. The largest city and the capital is Berlin, although Bonn is still home to some government offices.  

	Germany has a mostly moderate climate, having cool winters and warm summers. The Rhine river valley tends to humid and somewhat warmer in both the winter and summer, whereas mountain areas can be much colder. The average precipitation in much heavier in the south, along the Alpine slopes.Manufactoring and service industies are the dominant economic activities. Germany is a leading producer of products such as iron and steel, machinery and machine tools, and atomobiles. Overall, the principal german agricultural products are potatoes, wheat, barley, rye, surgar beets, cabbage, fruit, and dairy products. A large number of cattle, hogs, and other poultry are raised. Germany is an economic powerhouse in the European Union, and its currancy, deatsche mark is the strongest in the world.

	Germans have made numerous contributions to culture. There are many out standing authors, artist, architects, musicians, and pilosophers. The two coposers, Johann Sebatian Bach and Ludwigvan Beethoven are most likley the best known all over the world. Being overwelmingly urban, most of the people live a comfortable lifestyle. Germans also have plentiful leisure time (three or more weeks of mandatory paid vacation), and social welfare benefits distinguishing the German society. Mant Germans enjoy hiking,camping, skiing, and other outdoor activities. Soccer is the most popular sport in the nation. They are also known for their love of food, especially rich pastries, veal and pork dishes, and various types of sausages and cheeses. German-made wine and beer are famous all over the world. Another popular ritual is social gatherings at outdoor beer ar wine gardens or cellar resturants.

	Religion in Germany plays a fairly small role in society. Church attendance in Germany is much lower than theUnited States. Under German law, all </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-16T09:06:03-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Germany-A-Much-of-Europe-as-Pie-is-to-America-27698.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>History of the Microwave Oven                               </title>
    <description>History of the Microwave Oven

You might remember the heroic role that newly-invented radar played in the Second World War. People hailed it then as "Our Miracle Ally". 

But even in its earliest years, as it was helping win the war, radar proved to be more than an expert enemy locator. Radar technicians, doodling away in their idle moments, found that they could focus a radar beam on a marshmallow and toast it. They also popped popcorn with it. 

Such was the beginning of microwave cooking. The very same energy that warned the British of the German Luftwaffe invasion and that policemen employ to pinch speeding motorists, is what many of us now have in our kitchens. It's the same as what carries long distance phone calls and cablevision.

Hitler's army had its own version of radar, using radio waves. But the trouble with radio waves is that their long wavelength requires a large, cumbersome antenna to focus them into a narrow radar beam. The British showed that microwaves, with their short wavelength, could be focussed ina narrow beam with an antenna many times smaller. This enabled them to make more effective use of radar since an antenna could be carried on aircraft, ships and mobile ground stations. 

This characteristic of microwaves, the efficiency with which they are concentrated in a narrow beam, is one reason why they can be used in cooking. You can produce a high-powered microwave beam in a small oven, but you can't do the same with radio waves, which are simply too long. 

Microwaves and their Use

The idea of cooking with radiation may seem like a fairly new one, but in fact it reaches back thousands of years. Ever since mastering fire, man has cooked with infrared radiation, a close kin of the microwave. 

Infrared rays are what give you that warm glow when you put your hand near a room radiator or a hotplate or a campfire. Infrared rays, flowing from the sun and striking the atmosphere, make the Earth warm and habitable. In a conventional gas or electric oven, infrared waves pour off the hot elements or burners and are converted to heat when they strike air inside and the food.

Microwaves and infrared rays are related in that both are forms of electromagnetic energy. Both consist of electric and magnetic fields that rise and fall like waves on an ocean. Silently, invisibly and at the </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-15T08:52:02-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/History-of-the-Microwave-Oven-27685.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Leadership Philosophy                                       </title>
    <description>
Leadership Philosophy

This cadet’s leadership philosophy is measured in six steps.

[i:4da33bd12e]                                                                      1.  Impress

                                                                      2.  Educate

                                                                      3.  Motivate

                                                                      4.  Dedicate

                                                                      5.  Execute

                               </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-15T08:45:15-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Leadership-Philosophy-27678.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>ACL Injuries: How to Prevent and Treat Them                 </title>
    <description>ANTERIOR CRUCIATE LIGAMENT INJURIES, ACL Injuries: How to Prevent and Treat Them

	The volleyball match has been going on for over an hour. Both teams have been trading points and side-outs. The ball is set high outside so that the big outside hitter can put the ball away. She comes in hard, plants, leaps into the air and smashes the ball down the line in a twisting motion. As she lands on her right leg, a POP is heard and down she goes. What has just happened is occurring more and more often in athletics, the athlete has just torn the anterior cruciate ligament (ACL). In this paper I will describe ACL, how it is injured and diagnosed, how it be repaired and what is being done to prevent ACL injuries.

	The Anterior Cruciate Ligament (ACL) is one of the two cruciate ligaments of the knee, the other being the Posterior Cruciate Ligament (PCL). These ligaments are the stabilizers of the knee. The ACL is a strip of fibery tissue, which is located deep inside the knee joint. It runs from the posterior side of the femur (thigh bone) to the anterior side of the tibia (shin bone) deep inside of the knee. The ligament is a broad, thick cord the size of a person's index finger. It has long collagen strands woven together in a fashion that permits forces of up to 500 pounds to be exerted. The function of the ACL is to prevent the tibia from moving in front of the knee and femur. The ACL also prevents hyperextension (or extreme stretching of the knee backward) and helps to prevent rotation of the tibia.

	The amount of knee ligament injuries have been on the rise in recent years. Over the last 15 years, ankle sprains have decreased by 86% and tibia fractures by 88%, but knee ligament injuries have increased by 172%. The injury usually occurs in either a slow twisting fall, a sudden hyperextension, or a sudden hyperflexion as when landing from jumping. When the injury occurs the athlete usually hears a "pop" and they will have immediate swelling of the knee. When the person tries to put weight on the leg it will feel like the knee isn't underneath the athlete. With most injuries the type of movement will help to determine the injury: "I twisted to the right." etc.

	When ACL injuries occur there is a "popping" sound </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-15T08:25:13-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/ACL-Injuries-How-to-Prevent-and-Treat-Them-27666.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>What is a hologram? How to Make a Hologram, How it Works    </title>
    <description>What is a hologram? How a Hologram Works

Toss a pebble in a pond -see the ripples? Now drop two pebbles close together. Look at what happens when the two sets of waves combine -you get a new wave! When a crest and a trough meet, they cancel out and the water goes flat. When two crests meet, they produce one, bigger crest. When two troughs collide, they make a single, deeper trough. Believe it or not, you've just found a key to understanding how a hologram works. But what do waves in a pond have to do with those amazing three- dimensional pictures? How do waves make a hologram look like the real thing?

It all starts with light. Without it, you can't see. And much like the ripples in a pond, light travels in waves. When you look at, say, an apple, what you really see are the waves of light reflected from it. Your two eyes each see a slightly different view of the apple. These different views tell you about the apple's depth -its form and where it sits in relation to other objects. Your brain processes this information so that you see the apple, and the rest of the world, in 3-D. You can look around objects, too -if the apple is blocking the view of an orange behind it, you can just move your head to one side. The apple seems to "move" out of the way so you can see the orange or even the back of the apple. If that seems a bit obvious, just try looking behind something in a regular photograph! You can't, because the photograph can't reproduce the infinitely complicated waves of light reflected by objects; the lens of a camera can only focus those waves into a flat, 2-D image. But a hologram can capture a 3-D image so lifelike that you can look around the image of the apple to an orange in the background -and it's all thanks to the special kind of light waves produced by a laser.

"Normal" white light from the sun or a lightbulb is a combination of every colour of light in the spectrum -a mush of different waves that's useless for holograms. But a laser shines light in a thin, intense beam that's just one colour. That means laser light waves are uniform and in step. When two laser beams intersect, like two </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-15T01:25:23-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/What-is-a-hologram-How-to-Make-a-Hologram,-How-it-Works-27656.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Electricity - Methods of Production and Consumption Issues  </title>
    <description>Electricity - Methods of Production and Consumption Issues

		Electricity is one of the fundamentals of life and can sometimes be associated as a simple convenience, when it is actually very complex and requires a lot more work than one realizes.  These theories and more will be explained throughout the paper.

		When one hears the word the first things that most people think of are the TV, the microwave, computers, A/C, and other electronically supplied devices in the house.  These instances are only of the smallest methods of electric uses.  Electricity is used in homes, industry, communications, transportation, and in medicine/ science.  We thus consume such large amounts of it that there have been numerous ways of producing the required amounts to sustain the need in certain areas.  Here are a few:  nuclear, hydroelectric, and solar plants.  

		Nuclear plants are somewhat common, yet extremely dangerous.  The energy is produced in large towers that have extremely small uranium rods that require these enormous towers to be filled with water to keep these rods cooled off.  The energy that can be obtained from the conversion through this nuclear process is quite significant

		The hydroelectric plants are commonly found next to a dam.  As the water passes over the gates, giant turbines inside the plant are being turned, thus the energy from the water is being converted into electricity.  

		Solar plants are not very common, since this method is relatively new.  Large solar panel collectors that are set in the direct sun create this type of energy, thus these panels collect the energy that the sunrays give off, and are again sent to a facility that converts this type energy into electricity.      

		Though there are many different methods being developed to attempt to convert different substances into electricity, consumption is still very much overriding the amount we can currently produce.  One issue with the methods some people think up is the question “Is it environmentally friendly?”  The aftermath of an easier method of production might lead to the quicker depletion the earth itself in what form or fashion.  I’m sure that there have been a lot of different theories and idea, although a lot of them were abandoned because sadly the method itself would slowly kill the earth.  It might eventually get to the point where </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-15T00:58:22-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Electricity-Methods-of-Production-and-Consumption-Issues-27649.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Learning is Just a Matter of Reading and Remembering        </title>
    <description>Learning is Just a Matter of Reading and Remembering

	Throughout a person’s life they acquire a vast amount of information, skills and values, most of which are learned. The knowledge and abilities that are thus gained extend across a broad spectrum from the very basic such as knowing the alphabet or walking to the extremely complex such as understanding quantum physics or flying a helicopter. Personal experience clearly indicates that not everything one has learned has been read and remembered, for example how could a person learn those skills they have before they are able to read? In view of the constraints of this essay, it is intended to narrow our consideration of the statement that ‘Learning is just a matter of reading and remembering’ to concentrate on learning in the academic sense. After starting with a suitably appropriate definition, the essay will establish that reading and remembering enable learning as it has been defined. The nature of learning will then be further explored through examination of the work of a number of educationalists and their studies of various learning objectives and styles. These will be used to show that remembering is critical to the learning process and whilst reading is an important skill it is not the only, nor the best, method of learning.

	The educational psychologist Fontana (1995, p141) defines learning as ‘a relatively persistent change in an individual’s potential behaviour due to experience.’ So where do the activities of reading and remembering fit into that definition? Reading is a way of experiencing and by remembering an individual brings about a change in their potential behaviour. For example, during an examination a student may recall a number of facts that he has read during his previous studies of texts and thus he has the potential to include those facts in his answers. It can be seen therefore that reading and remembering do constitute learning in accordance with our definition. Consideration must now be given to whether or not they represent learning in its entirety.

	An alternative way of understanding the nature of learning is to examine what it is trying to achieve or in other words, what the objectives of learning are. As explained in McKenzie (2000), such work was conducted by committees operating the direction of educationalists like Benjamin Bloom (1956). Bloom broke learning down into three distinct areas or domains: the cognitive, which deals with knowledge and understanding; the </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-15T00:26:13-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Learning-is-Just-a-Matter-of-Reading-and-Remembering-27636.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>History of the Zip Code System                              </title>
    <description>History of The Zip Code System

Did you ever stop to think about the reason behind the ZIP code system, and why the kids from Beverly Hills lived in the 90210 area and you didn't? Well, with evolution came the need for a more complete geographical coding system. So zip codes were created to facilitate the United States' mail delivery. The ZIP (Zone Improvement Plan) is a 5-digit code that marks a specific geographical region in the US. Made up of three parts, the first digit (90210) represents the broad region in the country, ranging from the number one in the Northeast, to nine in the far West. The second part of the code is composed of two digits (90210) that provide a more detailed breakdown of the area in question, narrowed down by population masses and transportation systems that give access to sectional centers (which is Post Office Department lingo for concentrated areas of population). The last two digits (90210), making up the final part of the zip code, represent the postal zones in larger cities and their assigned smaller post offices. But before this elaborate geographical separation was adopted, and as various ways of delivering mail were explored -- be it via railroads, automobiles, airplanes, mules, or even guided missiles -- it was clear that change was needed. The constant increase in the amount of business mail, accounting for about 80% of the total mail delivered by early 1963, accelerated the creation of the zip code as we know it, which was implemented later that year, on July 1st.

We tend to take many things that simplify our lives for granted and the zip code is up there with the rest. But believe it or not, many people are interested in understanding the logic behind it and how it came to be. And you happen to be one of them. Zip codes set a milestone in mail history. If you've ever played the computer game SimCity, for example, you'd understand the importance of setting up all major infrastructures in a city. From a water distribution system to a common transportation network, zip codes rank high in importance for a city's development. And with the need for continual advancement, mail users (which includes virtually everyone) were open to the improvement of the zip code. So in 1983, the ZIP+4 code was introduced to further divide areas so as to accelerate the </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-14T00:34:15-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/History-of-the-Zip-Code-System-27615.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Tennis Story                                                </title>
    <description>Frost leaned back against the towering oak tree, a soft breeze murmering all around her, rustling though the leaves above. Dark hair tumbled down sun kissed shoulders framing a sturn yet lovely cherub face. She possesed an angelic quality in the peaceful way she slept. She drew long steady breaths. Behind closed eyes buried memories played out in her mind, pulling forth both comforting and painful emotions. 

Her earliest memories were diverse and unclear. Warm evening suppers with forgotten parents soothed her. All that she was sure of was that one night she laid tucked lovingly beneath her hand stitched quilt. A dark man came calling; muffled thuds broke the night silence below her, followed by her mothered screams. Frost had escaped through her window, climbed down and she hid in the shrubs by the forest. The dark man and his army had burned her village to the ground, horse hooves and war cries echoing through the flames. 

Soldiers, with menacing swords clutched tightly in their chubby fists, had wandered near where the five-year-old was crouched. At first she sat frozen with fear hearing their heavy madingly steps. The instant the sword poked through the bush she broke into a run, leaving the bloody ruins of Seles behind. She ran for hours stumbling over logs and twigs matting her hair. She ran until a gentle pair of talons plucked her from the ground and lifted her from the urth. A scream escaped her dry throat then all became black. 

When she awoke Frost had been frightened, it took her weeks to adjust to Fehybrand the dragon who had rescued her. He raised her among the other dragons treating her like one of his own; he became her mentor and taught her how to fight. Every now and then he would show her a useful magic trick. 

When she became sixteen, he gave her a jewel he had recovered from the rubble of her home. Fehybrand had used one of his powerful spells to customize it especially for her. The jewel that had once belonged to her mother was a brilliant shade of pale blue. She learned how to use it to enhance her powers and transform her into a winged warrior known as a dragoon. Later on she learned how to use the jewel to sense evil, other dragons, and dragoons. ";"100";"392";"1012879684";"29713";"8"
"jztnicedave";"Persuasive Essay On Tennis In Schools";"Tennis is the most </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-07T06:58:35-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Tennis-Story--27575.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Are Unicorns a Myth or Reality?                             </title>
    <description>Are Unicorns a Myth or Reality?

The Unicorn is a particularly beautiful creature once widespread throughout the northern hemisphere. Known under different names in different countries, it is now popularly known by its Latin appellation deriving from unus=one and cornus=horn. The Unicornus sinoensis roams the forests of China, Japan and Indonesia; The Unicornus runiferous however, is found throughout Arabia, India, North Africa and much of the middle east; The Unicornus europa lives in most European countries; and the Unicornus alba is native to the British Isles.

Generally the Unicorn is a solitary creature. Unlike other hooved animals it does not pasture in herds but walks alone, and after a male and female come together for mating, the male resumes its solitary habit. A Unicorn colt, which is born without a horn, stays with its mother until the horn has grown to full size and the goes off on its own. The different varieties of Unicorn have specific variations in appearance, but all have the head and body of a horse, the legs of an antelope, the tail of a horse or lion and the beard of a goat. The dominant distinguishing feature is a long, twisted horn growing from the middle of its forehead.

This horn is a fearsome weapon, especially since the Unicorn itself is such a fierce and aggressive animal that can run faster than any other creature of the plains or forests. Adult Unicorns protect their territory with single-minded fury. Lions, being carnivorous, often live amicably in Unicorn territory since the two animals do not threaten each other’s food supplies. However, a lion never attacks a Unicorn for fear of its great horn.

Unfortunately for Unicorns, men discovered that their horns were absolute proof against poison. If poisoned wine is poured into a drinking cup fashioned from Unicorn horn the poison becomes innocuous. Plates and serving instruments made from this priceless resource renders poisoned food quite harmless to the consumer. The rulers of the ancient world, who lived under constant threat of poisoning by their subjects or relations, paid great sums for Unicorn horn and hunters risked their lives to supply it.

Unicorns move so fast and are so intelligent that it is impossible to kill them with a bow or spear or to lure them into traps, and so modern hunters have developed a dangerous technique. When a hunter sees a Unicorn he stands in front of a tree, and when </description>
    <pubDate>2005-08-01T02:06:27-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Are-Unicorns-a-Myth-or-Reality-27474.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Army Benefits Essay                                         </title>
    <description>Topic:	 Army Benefits

Specific Purpose: 

To persuade my audience how joining the Army can benefit them.

Introduction:

Who in here would like to go to school for free?  Who would like to get paid for going to school?  Does anyone know what I am talking about?  That’s right I am talking about the US Army.  How many of you have ever been handed a brochure for the Army only to think to yourself " Yeah Right" and then throw it away?  Well that happened to me and I have been in the US Army for almost seven years now.  During this time I have had first hand experience of many of the benefits that I am going to explain to you today.

Preview:

There are three different branches of the Army you can enlist in.  The first is Active Army, the second is Army Reserves, and the third is Army National Guard.  Now as different as these three are, the benefits are primarily the same.  Today I am going to explain to you, what I feel are three main areas in the Army Reserve benefits that are important. First is the enlistment bonus, Second is training benefits, Third and most important to me, the school benefits.

I. Enlistment Bonus

A. Depending on your contract MOS, your enlistment bonus can vary

B. Depending on your civilian life your bonus can vary

1. College credits can earn you a larger bonus and higher rank

2. Referring a friend to join will earn you higher rank

II. Training benefits

A. Physical and Mental

1. Basic training and AIT, enhance your Mind and body

2. Continuing professional development education will help you develop leadership skills

B. Part time job

III. School Assistance

A. Montgomery GI Bill

B. Up-Front Tuition Assistance Program

C. Student Loan Repayment Program

Conclusion:

In conclusion, I would like to reiterate my three main points.  First, just by signing up you get a chunk of change to fill your pockets.  Second, training that continuously challenges your mind and body.  Last but not least, the ability to go to school for free.  Now that I have explained to you some of the benefits that the Army can offer you, I can only hope that you seriously consider the army as a part of your life.

 I.  Enlistment bonus

A.  Depending on your… 

Say if you were just joining the army fresh out of high school then you bonus would </description>
    <pubDate>2005-07-30T09:48:23-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Army-Benefits-Essay-27453.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>South Korea Essay                                           </title>
    <description>South Korea Essay

Korea is known as the “Land of the Morning Calm.”  This expression comes from the beginning of the modern history of Korea.  Koryo means “high” and “clear.”  This word symbolizes the clear blue sky of Korea.  The beautiful nature of Korea is expressed through this ancient name.  The beginning of Korean history started from 2333 B.C.  The Korean peninsular adjoins China and Japan.  Korea was conquered by Japan and divided into South and North Korea at the end of World War II.  The Korean War caused devastating damage to Korea.  However, it should be noticed that despite frequent foreign invasions, the Korean Peninsula has been under a single government while maintaining its political independence, culture and ethnic heritage.

Not that long ago, South Korea was one of Asia’s economic success stories – one of the region’s hungry “tigers” looking around for new markets to conquer.  Seoul, its capital, modernized in a very rapid amount of time to accommodate the needs of business travelers and has brought the country’s colorful traditions and trademark tranquility.

The unique elements of culture

The population of the Korean Peninsula, sharing a common language, ethnic identity, and culture, was one of the world’s most homogeneous.  Although there were significant regional differences even within the relatively small land area of South Korea, neither the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (North Korea) nor South Korea had significant non-Korean ethnic minorities.  This homogeneity, and the sense of a shared historical experience that it promoted, gave the people of South Korea a strong sense of national purpose.  The division of the peninsula after World Ward II, the establishment of two antagonistic states in the north and south, and the profound changes in the economy and society caused by industrialization and urbanization since the 1950’s led many South Koreans to search for their national identity and place in the world.  Many modernized; urban-dwelling South Koreans embark on a search for the “essence” of their culture, which commonly expresses itself as hostility to foreign influences.

Basically the family is a body of relations, which is first formed by marriage.  In Korea, the family often has a habit of living under one roof.  The family member is related by blood.  However, the family based on blood relatives has changed over time.  However, to ensure the continuance of </description>
    <pubDate>2005-07-30T09:43:20-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/South-Korea-Essay--27452.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Romania Essay                                               </title>
    <description>Romania Essay 

Cultural analysis

 Harlequin was founded in 1949. In its early years the company published a wide range of American and British paperbacks, including mysteries, Westerns, and cookbooks.  It was not until 1957 that Harlequin began buying rights from Mills &amp;amp; Boon, a British publisher of romance fiction that started in 1909. Mary Bonnycastle, wife of the founder, noticed the enormous popularity of "these nice little books with happy endings," and suggested the company concentrate on them. By 1964 Harlequin was publishing romance fiction exclusively¡¨  (Eharlequin history).  The company wants to export the Harlequin Romance Stories to Eastern Europe, Romania being the first country Harlequin chose to trade their products with.

      Romania ¡§became independent following the 1878 Berlin Congress. It gained territory after World War I, but lost some to the Soviet Union and Bulgaria in 1940. When Soviet troops entered the country in 1944, King Michael dismissed the pro-German regime and backed the Allies¡¨  (Freedom house 1-3).   In 1945, he was forced to accept a Communist-led coalition government. The autarkic economics and repressive governance of Communist strongman Nicolae Ceausescu devastated Romania during his rule from 1965 to 1989. On December 25, 1989, Ceausescu was tried and executed following a popular uprising and palace coup by disgruntled Communists. A provisional government was formed under President Ion Iliescu, a high-ranking Communist and leader of the National Salvation Front (NSF). The 1992 parliamentary elections saw the NSF split between neo-Communist and more reformist members. 

      ¡§In November 1996, the reformer, Emil Constantinescu, of the Democratic Convention of Romania (CDR), defeated Iliescu with 54.41 percent of the votes while Ion Iliescu scored 45.59 percent in the presidential elections.  The CDR won 122 seats in the chamber of deputies (lower house) and 53 seats in the senate. Iliescu¡¦s Party of Social Democracy of Romania (PDSR) won 91 seats in the lower house and 41 seats in the senate¡¨  (Freedom 1-3).    Victor Ciorbea, a lawyer, former labor leader, and ex-mayor of Bucharest, was chosen prime minister to lead the coalition government. In March 1998, Ciorbea resigned and Radu Vasile, secretary general of the National Peasant Party Christian Democratic became prime minister. 

      ¡§Romania¡¦s frustration about its economic position has created a lack of confidence and support for Constantinescu¡¦s </description>
    <pubDate>2005-07-30T09:37:20-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Romania-Essay-27450.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Recycling Candles                                           </title>
    <description>Recycling Candles

One of the earliest inventions in human history is the Candle. A source of light, usually made of wax (tallow was widely used in the past, which is the processed fat of cattle and sheep). The wax is melted then molded, and contains a wick that is burned to give light. Or the wick itself would be dipped in melted wax several times.

These days, candles are mainly used for decorating rooms and celebrations. The art of candlemaking has advanced rapidly since Chevreul a nineteenth century French chemist, produced stearic acid. A substance obtained by separating fatty acids from glycerin fat. And later the discovery of paraffin, that is distilled from wood, coal or petroleum. These two substances became the basic elements of making superior candles.

Now, modern candles come in different sizes, shapes and colors. Ever since Benjamin Franklin discovered electricity, candlemaking became more of a hobby than craft. 

The hobby of candlemaking sometimes can turn out to be quite complicated and even expensive. Have you ever thrown away candle stubs?  Most likely you have! Well, a simple and a much less costly way to making your own candles is by saving these useless stubs for re-melting into new candles. 

You could start by keeping the unburned candle ends instead of dumping them in the garbage can. You could even collect them from family, neighbors and friends. But before you start recycling your used candles, it is advised to prepare in advance your working space and materials. Thus avoiding a big nasty mess!

Your work area should have all the materials you need for your candlemaking, or candle-recycling project. And do give yourself plenty of room.

	After collecting your candle stubs and scrapes, inspect them one by one. There may have been a glaze or glue used on the candle surface that may not melt or mix well, and may even smell bad; throw those away. 

	 Now clean the candles as much as you can. Start by removing any labels, cut the burnt parts of the wicks off the candles; and remove any exterior decorations that look like they were added after the candle was made, such as pressed flowers or glitter, scrape them off with a knife if you have to. Be careful!

	There are a variety of candlemaking kits, equipment and materials that you can buy at hobby stores or arts and crafts stores. But using items from your </description>
    <pubDate>2005-07-29T06:34:21-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Recycling-Candles--27437.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Civil Courts In The Uk                                      </title>
    <description>Civil Courts In The Uk

Civil courts in England and Wales 

Most cases dealing with claims for less than about £25000 start in the local County Court of which there are 250. Cases are heard by a legally qualified judge. An appeal can be taken from the District Judge to the Circuit Judge. County Court decisions are not binding in other County Court cases but are generally followed unless there is good reason not to.

Cases involving larger sums of money or more important legal points are raised in the High Court. The High Court sits in London and in a few regional centres. It is split into Divisions. For example, the Family Division deals with divorce and child welfare matters and also the administration of wills; the Chancery Division considers complex matters such as disputes about wills, settlements and trusts, bankruptcy, land law, intellectual property and corporate laws; and the Queen's Bench Division deals with the remaining business including disputes about contracts, torts or land. The Queen’s Bench Division has some specialist sub-Divisions, including a Commercial Court which deals with large and complex business disputes.

You can appeal a County Court or High Court decision to the Civil Division of the Court of Appeal on law only. From the Court of Appeal, there can be an appeal to the House of Lords on fact or law but usually if it involves matters of legal importance. It is also possible to bring an appeal from the High Court to the House of Lords  but this is rare.

Up to Court of Appeal level, a judge must follow the decisions of all the higher courts above it but need not follow the views of other judges in the same court or a lower court. The Court of Appeal is normally bound by its own previous decisions and those of the House of Lords but can depart from its own decisions in civil cases in some special circumstances.

The House of Lords is not bound by its own previous decisions but will depart from them only rarely.

The Civil Court System

The County Court

This is the lowest tier of the civil court system. The county courts have jurisdiction over recovery of debts and civil actions. In recent years, the High Court has become overloaded and therefore subject to very long delays. The financial limit on the County Court’s jurisdiction has therefore been raised substantially in order for more </description>
    <pubDate>2005-07-27T05:53:22-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Civil-Courts-In-The-Uk-27413.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Emergence Of The Thin Ideal In America                  </title>
    <description>The Emergence Of The Thin Ideal In America

The United States is the wealthiest nation in the world, yet residents of this bountiful country are denied the simple right to adequate nutrition.  Citizens are forced to abstain from basic human needs to be accepted members of society.  Popular culture suggests that emaciation is not only a fashion statement, but an expected lifestyle choice.  The past hundred years have seen the rise of a startling and horrific trend; the thinning of the nation’s young women.  One in five college women suffers from a severe case of  either anorexia or bulimia nervosa.  (Schwitzer et al. 165)  With a death rate of up to 15%, anorexia nervosa has the highest mortality rate among psychological disorders.  Those dying are not the poor and ignorant unfortunates from the slums and ghettos of the inner cities--they are the best and brightest of the young generations.  They are the future leaders of this country, and they are, literally, wasting away.  Yet this epidemic has never made the cover of Time.  There is no national council to fight this war against the body.  The issue is relegated to daytime talk shows between cheating lovers and make-overs.   I maintain that western civilization has knowingly manifested an atmosphere of hostility towards women and their bodies.

	95% of those who struggle with eating disorders are female (Wolf 183).  The small percentage of men who suffer are almost exclusively athletes or homosexuals.  The situation is most prevalent among male wrestlers and dancers who feel extreme pressure to keep their weight low.  So, why women?  In her book, Beauty Bound, Rita Freedman writes, “A five-year-old confidently tells me that ’girls play at being pretty, but boys play cars...’  The socialization of gender begins in infancy and involves almost every aspect of experience.” (118).  A little girl learns early that her aesthetics are her definition.  She understands that to be a woman is to be attractive, to be attractive is to be thin, and to be unattractive is to be unwomanly.

	The twentieth century brought remarkable technological advances, but it also gave rise to an attitude of unimaginable consequence. Young women are taught that exterior beauty is more relevant than any other aspect of their lives.   Female role models teach that young women can </description>
    <pubDate>2005-07-26T06:38:32-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Emergence-Of-The-Thin-Ideal-In-America-27394.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Iran is not Barbaric</title>
    <description>Iran is not Barbaric!

The American people, though they strive on equality, human rights and democracy are uneducated and ignorant of other cultures. All they know is their own life and some are not even interested in learning about other cultures. Many people don’t even know what Iran is or where it is. They have formed stereotypical views of what Iran is about. In the movie “Not Without My Daughter” portrays Iran and its people in a negative way. They just formed and idea from stereotypical views that already existed and made a movie about it. In the essay I will illustrate what Iran is and who the people are.

	Iran is a country in the Middle East. It was formally known as Persia. After the revolution in 1979, it became a fanatical Muslim country. One third of the nation is deserts. There are big cities and cars and computers and other forms of technology. Iran is also know for their beautiful hand made rugs which are famous around the world.

	Some stereotypical views on Iran held by Americans are they are terrorists, everyone rides on camels, there are only deserts there, we don’t have technology, and women don’t have rights and are physically abused. 

The movie “Not Without My Daughter” portrays Iran barbaric in a way. The movie adds to the stereotypical views already held by Americans. It illustrates in the movie that women have no rights and are physically abused. The men are abusive and superior to women. The movie demonstrates that Iran has a male dominated culture, however that is not the case.

The social message of this movie is that Iran is not westernized and the people are barbaric. The women have no say in the family and the men are abusive and superior of the women. 

The social relevance is that some people are uneducated about Iran and instead of educating people about Iran in this movie, it adds to the stereotypes that already exist. They portrayed Iran in a negative way and that’s not how the people of Iran want to be seen as.

The cultural perspective is that this movie is made form an Americans point of view that used existing stereotypes and made them facts through this movie. They didn’t get a true analysis on what Iran is and who the people really are,

Though this movie might have been a true story, it only to the already </description>
    <pubDate>2005-07-25T06:41:53-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Iran-is-not-Barbaric-27371.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Is Procrastination a Good or Bad thing?                     </title>
    <description>Essay on Procrastination

What does procrastination mean? Is it the stereotypical meaning of laziness? And this word, “procrastinate” has over time become derogatory and insulting. It has also been applied to the newest generation of the world. I have heard many comments from older folks that, “those teenagers are so lazy, they wait till the last minute to do anything.” But as Dennis Sell comments in the teenager’s defense, “It isn’t procrastination if you intend to do it.” I hope that this doesn’t become a question on the future resume. “Do you procrastinate, please check yes or no.” A wonderful lot of people would be out of the job; very talented people that just have a time trying to become “perfect.” Procrastination is a way of life and a person has to be good at it to play the “lazy” game.

What does procrastination really mean? I’ve adopted a quote that now guides my everyday life; “My work is best when I am under pressure.” Most of my better essays are written in the ten minutes I have before my next class period when it’s due. Sorry Mr. Bush and Mrs. Swafford, and any other teacher that have been subjected to my messy rushed handwriting (not that Mr. Bush minds, I’m still failing his class. And his e-mail address is… just kidding). Procrastination is character building. The rare few who can handle the pressure often have rushed lives, or many deadlines, whichever applies, but the point is that they can handle the pressure that procrastination gives and they come on top. My father designs computer boards and his superiors are often changing what they want the board to do, but my dad can handle those people and their strict deadlines that are ludicrous because of the little time given. But because he procrastinated in high school, he knows what to do and how to control himself in these situations. He hasn’t thrown himself off a cliff yet after about ten years of the strenuous work, that has to count for something.

Procrastination is like many other things. It has its good and bad points, just like eating. A person must eat to live, but it makes people gain weight and there is a surplus of obese people in our nation, yet is also saves many lives a day like in Ethiopia. Procrastination can make or break a person. One can either handle the </description>
    <pubDate>2005-07-25T06:05:27-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Is-Procrastination-a-Good-or-Bad-thing-27365.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Careers in Sport Management                                 </title>
    <description>Careers in Sport Management

For the longest time I could not decide on a major and a career to study throughout college. When I came to Georgia Southern University I discovered that they had a major that was very interesting to me. Sport Management id the ideal major for my interest and me. Since I love sports I figured that this would be the career for me. A degree in Sport Management helps to prepare for success in sport related occupations. 

The job market varies in the field of sport management. Some occupational opportunities include: athletic trainer, coach, sports official, Sports agent, camp director, sporting goods sales/dealer, pro scout, athletic director, sport promoter. The list can go on of the opportunities in this career. Mostly anything sport related in today's business world is included also.

The nature of a person in a sport management career is based solely around sports. Depending on what occupation you decide to pursue the work and conditions will differ. Some typical activities are, plan and direct athletic events, represent professional athletes, plan and direct the training of the team players, evaluate skills and potential of players, or work extensively with players, coaches, officials, managers etc. The work condition can vary with different jobs or tasks. A scout will be called on to travel about 3/4 of the time. Athletic directors handle the athletics of their prospective schools along with coaches. A sports agent working conditions can involve a lot of long hours and extended pressure. Some employment settings are colleges/universities, camps, sporting goods stores, management firms, professional teams, fitness centers and the media.

The job outlook for most careers in Sport Management is fair to good. Sport Management is one of the fastest growing fields of study in the country. With that there will lots of job openings and new businesses starting. Some jobs in this field are limited. For instance, anything dealing with professional teams is limited due to the number of sports teams. Successes in the teams help with salary and benefits for the employees. Most jobs in the sport management field are setup to where an employee must work his or her way up the ladder. For example, the job may ask the employee to assist in work and the salaries are not as high. In some jobs such as being a general manager of a professional team the job is to an extent being </description>
    <pubDate>2005-07-24T02:48:34-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Careers-in-Sport-Management-27350.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Introduction To Prison Design - Why do we have prisons?     </title>
    <description>1.1 Introduction

	The basic reason for the existence of prisons is that society, which expresses its wishes through the means of courts, finds it necessary to separate and isolate some people, who have broken the law. The concept of this segregation is as old as society itself. Conventionally, prisons have been used for punitive purposes only and it is only recently that public opinion has come round to accept the notion of using imprisonment to reform and rehabilitate the inmates.

	The word "prison" immediately evokes a stream of images: stark, forbidding walls spiked with watchtowers; inmates banging on the bars of their cells; the suspicious eyes of armed, uniformed guards. It seems to be the natural end for a convicted criminal, a permanent institution stretching from the pits of the medieval dungeon to the current era of motion detectors and surveillance cameras. But centuries of development and debate lie behind the prison as we now know it - a rich history that reveals how our ideas of crime and punishment have changed over time. Penalties other than incarceration were once much more common, from such bizarre death sentences as the Roman culleus (sealing a convict in a sack with an ape, a dog, and a snake, and throwing the lot in the sea) to fines, various corporal punishments, and forms of public ridicule1. The nineteenth century saw the rise of the full-blown prison system - and along with it came the idea of prison reform.

	There has always been a constant tension between the desire to punish and the hope for rehabilitation, and the prisons have evolved from the rowdy, squalid English jails of the 1700s, in which prisoners and visitors intermingled, to the sober and stark nineteenth-century penitentiaries, whose inmates were forbidden to speak or even to see one another, and finally to the "big houses" of the current American prison system, in which prisoners are as overwhelmed by intense boredom as by the threat of violence.

	On looking back in history, certain evolutionary tendencies are noticed in the pattern of modifications. There has been subdivision of the institution into a series of functionally organized sub-units, each with a certain degree of autonomy. This may have been done to facilitate tighter security. But it was also to provide spaces in which to try techniques of treatment based on human interaction. The external similarity of prisons with other buildings has also been increasing. This </description>
    <pubDate>2005-07-17T20:17:03-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Introduction-To-Prison-Design-Why-do-we-have-prisons-27313.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>A Discussion of the most Popular Nutritional Supplements    </title>
    <description>A Discussion of the most Popular Nutritional Supplements

	Nutritional supplements are becoming more and more widely used by athletes in the world of sports today. Some supplements are more commonly used than others. Creatine is one that acts as a lean muscle builder and is the most commonly used. Ephedrine, which is also known as the oral form of adrenaline, is one of the more dangerous supplements. There is also Xenadrine, which is an herbal weight loss formula. Many of these supplements have side effects that can be harmful and even deadly.

	The most commonly used supplement used by athletes in sports today is Creatine. Creatine helps muscle growth and helps re-grow muscle tissue faster. Creatine is mostly taken before workouts to minimize soreness and to lift more weight in shorter lengths of time. Creatine is found in most foods people eat everyday. However, the amount of Creatine in food is so small that it has little effect. This is why some athletes experience different results depending on their diet. Most reports of athletes taken this supplement say that after a five to ten pound gain in muscle mass they see no other significant results. Creatine also has many side effects. Nausea, headaches, and fevers are a few. The most experienced side effect is upset stomach.

	One of the more dangerous supplements used by athletes in sports today is Ephedrine. Ephedrine is also known as the oral form of adrenaline. It is closely related in structure to methamphedamine and was originally used to relive severe asthma attacks. Ephedrine increases heart rate and increases blood pressure, which is why it is taken before workouts to "pump" athletes up before a workout. The side effects of this supplement include dehydration, clenched teeth, upset stomach jitteriness, dry mouth, nervousness, muscle tremors, heart palpitations, and irritability. The main side effect, which is effecting most athletes, is dehydration. Many athletes are not drinking enough water while taking this supplement.

	One of the best herbal weight loss supplements on the market today is Xenadrine. Xenadrine. Xenadrine contains ephedrine and/or caffeine. This is why most people who are taking Xenadrine experience bursts of energy. In just a few weeks of use, users experience visible improvements in muscle tone and fat loss and increased metabolism. Only short-term use of months at a time is recommended to prevent tolerance to the supplement. Xenadrine is taken by users about thirty minutes prior to workouts. </description>
    <pubDate>2005-07-11T06:22:06-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/A-Discussion-of-the-most-Popular-Nutritional-Supplements-27292.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>An Essay on Metaphors                                       </title>
    <description>Metaphors

Organizations are so complex that we all reach for simpler ways of thinking about them. We look to our life experiences to find entities and approaches in which we identify similarities to organizations. These entities and approaches begin to represent organizations. These metaphors become more than symbols for the organization. Often, when we think of organizations, we use the language and beliefs that are associated with the metaphor. We begin to assume that whatever is true for the metaphor is also true for organization. We are also less likely to consider information that does not fit the metaphor we prefer to use. 

There are a number of metaphors commonly in use. People tend to prefer using one or a combination of two or three metaphors. Each metaphor has beliefs, values, words, and behaviors associated with them. Each metaphor leads to a unique set of desired outcomes, types of problems and strengths identified, and recommended action. Each metaphor has environments where it is particularly effective and organizational dynamics and conditions that it just does not see. 

Seven of the most commonly used metaphors are: Aristocracy, Serf, Brain, Culture, Machine, Organism, and Political. The Metaphor Instrument measures the preferences people have for these metaphors. The stronger the preference, the more likely that metaphor will influence the observations, decisions, and actions of the individual. The weaker the preference, the less the metaphor will influence the individual. 

Aristocracy and Serf Metaphors: 

Organizations are similar to the aristocracy/serf relationships. Aristocracy/serf relationships have certain characteristics, such as: 

o A small group or class of people control and benefit from the work of a much larger number of people 

o There is a clear distinction between those in controlling group and those who are not 

o The controlling group expends whatever resources necessary to maintain control by the group 

o There appears to be an opportunity for those not in the controlling group to join it due to loyal and/or distinguished service 

This metaphor ,when considered by those who identify more with the aristocracy, have certain characteristics: 

o Because of capability or class position are ordained to rule 

o Those not in the controlling group are expected to fulfill their roles without complaint 

o Membership in this ruling group is important 

This metaphor, when considered by those who identify more with the serfs, have certain characteristics: 

o Individuals seek to join the group in power, join with </description>
    <pubDate>2005-07-10T01:09:16-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/An-Essay-on-Metaphors-27273.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Leadership and Management in the Classroom                  </title>
    <description>Leadership and Management in the Classroom

Schools today are trying to change the way that people become leaders, and many of them are doing it online. In the past six months the number of schools that have posted sights on the World Wide Web has grown from thirty to more then two hundred. Some are remarkably shameful; some are so good that they start to change how you think of the school. For business people who are seeking a better education, Fast Company has released its top ten business schools. Toping there list was MIT Sloan school of Management.

Sloan's top ranked academic programs draw the finest students from around the world. The school is committed to educating professionals who have the will to lead and the risk to deal with complex systems. They focus on complex systems because today, nearly every business is a high-tech business. MIT offers undergraduate and graduate management degrees, as well as an array of programs for management leaders, from mid-career managers of start-ups to senior executives with major multinational corporations. Established in 1931, MIT created the Sloan Fellows Program, becoming the world's first provider of university-based executive education. 

In close second on Fast Companies' list is The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. The Wharton School is recognized around the world for its innovative leadership and broad academic strengths across every major discipline and at every level of business education. It is one of four undergraduate and 12 graduate and professional schools of the University of Pennsylvania. Founded in 1881 as the nation's first collegiate business school, Wharton is dedicated to creating the highest value and impact on the practice of business and management worldwide through intellectual leadership and innovation in teaching, research, publishing, and service.

Wharton School is followed by Stanford University School of Business. The School was founded in 1925 at the urging of Stanford alumnus Herbert Hoover, who later would become President of the United States. Hoover had decried the lack of management education on the West Coast and proposed starting a business school at Stanford. He enlisted the aid of his business friends to raise the money and open the School. Each year, the Business School enrolls approximately 740 students in the two-year MBA Program and 105 candidates in the PhD Program, 47 mid-career executives in the one-year Stanford Sloan Program, and over 1,000 executives in executive education programs designed to enhance </description>
    <pubDate>2005-07-03T20:53:46-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Leadership-and-Management-in-the-Classroom-27225.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Do you suffer from Insomnia?                                </title>
    <description>Do you suffer from Insomnia?

         How many times during the night do we toss and turn, check the clock, and find it ticking away and tell ourselves, "If I could fall asleep right now I would get at least five hours of sleep"?  But, sleep doesn't come so we continue to toss and turn.  This happens to many people and may suffer from a disorder known as insomnia.  People who suffer from this disorder have many complaints, and many have similar symptoms.  Symptoms can vary from stress to pain to always feeling tired.  Insomnia is a very difficult disease to have to live with.  It is hard for both those that suffer from it and their family members.

         According to Linde and Savaley's, The Sleep Book, (1974), "the person who has trouble sleeping is not alone" (p. 9).  They also claim, "An estimated thirty million people suffer from chronic insomnia" (p.9).  Many non-insomniacs have occasional periods when they wonder if they'd make it through a sleepless night.  Many insomniacs can't fall asleep because of pain and discomfort.  Those that can fall asleep but can't stay asleep might be caused from depression, or too many things to worry about.  In Ernest Hartmann's The Sleeping Pill (1978) some causes of insomnia (p. 113).  He states that pain and discomfort do indeed play an important part in the difficulty remaining asleep.  For those having difficulty remaining asleep might be because of depression or having too much to worry about.

         In Linde and Savary's, The Sleep Book  (1974), Dr. Dale C. Friend claims,  "insomnia can be classified by four causes: tension, fatigue, discomfort, and in and out insomnia" (p. 100).  Tension insomnia occurs mostly in executives or people who worry about their businesses.  Tension builds up inside during the day and is still inside at bedtime, it won't come out, so they tend to worry and are not able to go tot sleep.  Fatigue insomnia happens when people who get tired during the day and then they take a nap in the early afternoon and as a result they cannot go to sleep at bedtime.  People suffering from discomfort insomnia often </description>
    <pubDate>2005-07-03T05:18:46-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Do-you-suffer-from-Insomnia-27219.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Should Steroids Be Banned?                                  </title>
    <description>Should Steroids Be Banned?

It is amazing what athletes will do to achieve higher levels of performance and to sometimes get the extra edge on the competition.  Most of the time people do not realize the long-term effects that result from the decisions they make early in life.  This resembles the use of steroids in a person's life.

	Steroids became an option to athletes in the Olympics and other major sporting events during the 1950's.  But this use of steroids among athletes only became widely apparent when Canadian sprint runner Ben Johnson tested positive for steroid use after winning the gold medal for the one hundred-meter dash during the 1988 Olympics (Francis, 45).  Now a skinny fifteen-year-old can just walk down to the local gym and find people who either sell or know how to get in contact with those who sell the drug that will make him envious of his friends.  Steroids are an attractive drug.  While steroids seem harmless to the unaware user, they can have a risky effect.  Most of the time whether the users are new or experienced, they do not know the dangerous consequences steroids can have on their bodies and their minds. Though steroids cause a relatively insignificant number of deaths in our society, the banning of steroids is justified because steroids have a lot of side effects not known to the uninformed user.

	Even though steroids are known as a somewhat dangerous substance, they are legal to have and to consume.  There has not been a study that proves such possible side effects are linked to medical problems of steroid users (Rogak, 89).  There are those who have pointed out several cases where someone has died and an autopsy has shown that the person was using steroids, but they claim this does not mean that it is a deadly drug as some medical professionals have stated (97).  Some advocates of steroids believe that because steroids are legal, and because it is the decision of the user to take the drug, steroids are not causing a problem in society.  Alcohol and cigarettes are consumed by millions of people, causing a lot of deteriorating effects on their bodies, but there has never been a ban on these items because of the dangers that they can cause.  Why should steroids be different?  Some people say that </description>
    <pubDate>2005-06-30T05:07:08-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Should-Steroids-Be-Banned-27205.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Difference between Western Boxing and Muay Thai             </title>
    <description>[i:420e86357f]Outline

Compare: Thai Boxing and Western Boxing are both called "Boxing" and "the art of fighting" 

Contrast: Premier Purposes, constituents and rules of Thai Boxing divide two sports to be completely different. [/i:420e86357f]

Though both sports are called as "boxing" and "the art of fighting", Western boxing and Muay Thai (Thai Boxing) are totally different. Both sports were originated since up to thousand years ago. Informer without rules or principles, Western boxing and Muay Thai could be brutal contests in which each competitor tried to conquer his rival by any means. On the other hand, both arts of fighting at their well- controlled best are real sports. They are competition in which each man applies to beat his opponent by intelligent use of skills in which he has been thoughtful trained. However, the premier purposes, constituents and rules of the Thai Boxing make the two sports become obviously distant.

First of all Thai Boxing was originated since Sukhothai Period, three thousand years ago, though it took 300 hundred years later to become well known during Ayuthaya period (1560 A.D.). While Western boxing was well advanced by the time of the Sumerians who lived five thousand years ago, which is much older than Thai boxing. The premier purpose of Thai boxing was to be used as the unarmed fighting art by Thai soldiers. It was our traditional martial art in which ancient Thai soldiers used Thai boxing to fight against Burmese soldiers since the age of wars last 500 years ago. In contrast, the Western Boxing were started as " manly art'" or common sport or personal combat, not for the real war. The purposes of Muay Thai competitions during the age of wars in Thailand was not only for entertainment but also for motivating Thai men to be alert of possible wars that they would always prepared. In contrast the early Western boxing competitions were generated as a staging bout for the entertainment. On the other hand, today the Western boxing is a common sport used in the general sport competitions such as Olympic game, SEA game, and etc, unlike Western boxing in Thailand we recognize the art of Muay Thai as the traditional culture. With the reason professional boxers of Muay Thai then are able to enter the Olympic boxing matches. 

While Western boxing match allows the contest to start since once both opponents get in the ring, Thai boxing has a </description>
    <pubDate>2005-06-29T04:51:13-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Difference-between-Western-Boxing-and-Muay-Thai-27187.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Essay on Proper Sewage Treatment                            </title>
    <description>Sewage Treatment

Where does the wastewater go? 

When water goes down your sink or toilet, it travels through small pipes to much larger trunk sewers. The sewer systems are built to the slope of the ground around the Elbow and Bow Rivers. This slope allows most of the waste to go down by gravity, rather than expensive pumps, to one of four plants. To handle low areas, which do not have enough slope, pumping stations have been made.

How is wastewater treated? 

Wastewater treatment in Calgary involves the following processes: 

Preliminary treatment: 

The water flow is slowed down to get the sand, gravel and other materials to settle out into grit tanks. The waste is then strained by bar screens, which remove large solid objects like sticks.  All material collected by grit tanks and bar screens is washed and then taken to a landfill. 

Primary treatment: 

The screened water flows into settling tanks, allowing more solids to settle to the bottom of the tanks. Also at this stage, "scum" (oils and greases) are scraped off the top of the water. This is pumped to large tanks, for disposal. 

Secondary treatment: 

The half treated water then goes by gravity to covered aeration tanks where it is mixed with "activated sludge" which contains aerobic bacteria. The bacteria eat the organic things remaining in the water. In order to provide a good environment for the bacteria to multiply, air is pumped and spread into the water by blowers. The water, air and the activated sludge are mixed in the aeration tanks for four to six hours. 

Phosphorus removal and disinfection: 

The mixture then flows into sedimentation tanks where the activated sludge is settled out. An iron salt solution is added to the water to remove phosphorus to stop overgrowth of plants. Finally chlorine is added to the wastewater to kill micro-organisms before the treated water flows back into the river.

What happens to the sludge?

Some of the activated sludge is reused as "seed" to help the bacteria in the aeration tanks. The rest of the sludge is pumped into anaerobic digestion tanks. Then anaerobic bacteria get rid of the sludge, producing methane. This gas is used as an extra source of fuel for the plant. The digested sludge containing 95% water then goes through a "dewatering" process to lower its water content before it is incinerated or used on land. The sludge is sent to </description>
    <pubDate>2005-06-21T22:25:25-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Essay-on-Proper-Sewage-Treatment-27112.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Colombia                                                    </title>
    <description>Colombia

Columbia is a country wrought with poverty, corruption, and violence. It has gained notoriety for its drug trafficking and the scandalous dealings by the military. Five percent of Columbia (1.9 million people, 1.1 million of them children) have been displaced due to the fighting in a four decade old civil war. Columbia will need some serious rearranging politically, socially, and overall to get back on their feet.

	Columbia is located in the very northern part of South America, it borders the Caribbean Sea between Panama and Venezuela, and it borders the North Pacific Ocean between Ecuador and Panama. The capital city is Bogota. The population, as of July 1999, was estimated to be 39,309,422. As of 1999, their birthrate was estimated at 24.45 per 1,000 people, and their death rate is estimated at 5.59 per 1,000 people. The life expectancy for males is 66.54 years, and for females it's 74.54 years. Women live longer because we have to suffer more during everyday life. Columbia has a high literacy rate; (91.3% of those aged fifteen and above can read ad write, compared to the United States 97%). 

	Columbia government is very similar to ours; in fact the recently enacted criminal code was modeled after U.S. procedures. The original legal system was based on old Spanish law. The New criminal code was set up in 1992- 1993. Elections are open to be on voted by all citizens aged eighteen and above, and there is universal suffrage (capability to vote) for both genders. They elect a president and also a vice president. Unlike the U.S. where a vice president is nominated by the president who is running, the citizens elect vice presidents also?

	The present president of Columbia was elected August 7th. His name Is Andres Pastana. He will serve a four-year term, as all presidents in Colombia do.

The United States is the now has the largest number of corporations involved with trade and with overall investments in Columbia. The most things exported to the United States are oil, coffee, and cut flowers. Illegally, all the real money comes from drug trafficking of copious amounts of cocaine and heroin. 

Columbia currently supplies the United States with eighty percent of the cocaine consumed in the United States. The cultivation of coca in 1997 was equal to79, 500 hectares.  All that coca could potentially produce 125 metric tons of cocaine. 

Narcotics traffickers sponsored assassinations of numerous </description>
    <pubDate>2005-06-21T22:12:22-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Colombia--27102.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Track and Field - High Jump                                 </title>
    <description>In the 1968 Mexico City Olympics, sprints and jumps were on stage. United States sprint dominance was as evidenced by world records and medal counts. Bob Beamon (US) long jumped past 28 and 29 feet. Dick Fosbury (US) also gathered attention for his medal performance. He took off in the high jump with his back to the bar and landed on his back. Although others claim to have been using this style as far back as the early 60’s, his name is forever linked with the Fosbury Flop. Next we will breakdown the key elements in the high jump and put together training plans for a couple different weeks. 

The high jump has an Approach that contains a transition from linear to a curve. It has a Takeoff that is similar to the long jump, employing a penultimate and takeoff step. Lastly, it has Bar Clearance and Landing in the pit. Let’s begin by taking a closer look at the Approach. 

THE APPROACH

To keep the approach simple we will discuss it as having 5 steps on the straight and 5 on the curve including the penultimate and takeoff steps. Most athletes will take their first step with the same leg they takeoff with. The drive phase will be two steps. Athletes should be moving into an upright running posture by the third step. The athlete will continue to accelerate in a straight line until they reach the fifth step. Watch for deviations to the outside, which slow the athlete down. Athletes will also tend to slow down as they approach the transition to the turn. The athlete should have two measurements for their approach, one parallel to the pit (between 8’-14’ depending on speed) from the inside standard and another directly back on the apron from that point. 

The transition to the turn should be a blend from straight ahead running to single track running while continuing to accelerate. To run on a turn each successive step must be directly in front of the previous one. In addition, the takeoff and penultimate steps must also be on the turn. Initiation of the turn on the fifth step happens on toe off. Instead of continuing to push directly behind, the athlete will push to the outside. This action will begin turning the body towards the far standard. The next step will land on the turn directly in front of the previous </description>
    <pubDate>2005-06-21T20:16:50-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Track-and-Field-High-Jump-27085.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>What is Fat?                                                </title>
    <description>The gain in muscle weight is the same whether you are simultaneously losing fat or not. There is actually quite a bit of controversy regarding exactly how muscle gains take place. Water can be a factor for a number of reasons - for example, when you train your muscles they begin to hold more glycogen, which is stored carbohydrate - this enters the cell in a ratio of about 1 gram of carbohydrate to 2 - 4 grams of water, so there is substantial water involved. Creatine can also drive water into the cell. 

Because this is not "water retention" i.e. water under the surface of the skin or external to the cells, but is in fact intracellular water, it is not necessarily a bad thing ... a volumized muscle cell (one expanded due to water content) may actually create an environment that caters to muscle growth and can provide more leverage which translates to strength. 

You will gain strength and not necessarily muscle as well. This is because your muscles are made of motor units. These are bundles of muscle cells that are triggered by a single nerve, so they can either completely contract or not at all - there is no partial contraction. So lifting a heavier weight is simply a function of "recruiting" or causing more motor units to contract at once. Your muscle never utilizes all motor units and never coordinates them 100% efficiently. Therefore, as you train, your central nervous system (CNS) can become more effective at coordinating and recruiting these existing motor units, which means you can gain strength without necessarily gaining size.

Size often DOES come as the result of training, especially for someone who just begins. There is definitely an increased volume of muscle fibers - in other words, they increase in cross-section which creates overall size and improves the amount of leverage and force that the muscle can generate. So while strength and muscle aren't directly correlated, there IS a relationship. There is also a predominant belief that you have what are known as satellite cells - essentially muscle fibers that don't serve a specific function, but when you invoke the appropriate training, can fuse and turn into more force-generating muscle cells (there are various types of muscle fibers, and some can handle low force output but high volume, i.e. endurance, while others can generate massive force but are easily damaged and </description>
    <pubDate>2005-06-21T16:42:23-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/What-is-Fat--27084.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>So You Wanna Be A Boxer?                                    </title>
    <description>So You Wanna Be A Boxer?
Eric Phillipson

Growing up, I’ve always been intrigued by classic fighters like Muhammad Ali, and Joe Frazier. I’ve also been amazed at the speed and power behind current fighters such as Arturo Gatti, Roy Jones Jr., Micky Ward, and even Heavyweight fighters like Lennox Lewis. Boxing is a sport that not many people watch, but all are intrigued by the dedication, the training, and the heart behind it.

Professional Weight Class:
Heavyweight: 190+
Cruiserweight: 190lbs
Light Heavyweight: 175lbs
Super Middleweight: 168bs
Middleweight: 160lbs
Junior Middleweight: 154lbs
Welterweight: 147lbs
Junior Welterweight: 140lbs
Lightweight: 135lbs
Junior Lightweight: 130lbs
Featherweight: 126lbs
Junior Featherweight: 120lbs
Bantamweight: 118lbs
Junior Bantamweight: 115lbs
Flyweight: 112lbs
Junior Flyweight: 108lbs
Strawweight: 105lbs
Amateur Weight Classes:
Light Flyweight: 106lbs 
Flyweight: 112lbs 
Bantamweight: 119lbs 
Featherweight: 125lbs 
Lightweight: 132lbs 
Light Welterweight: 139lbs 
Welterweight: 147lbs 
Light Middleweight: 156lbs 
Middleweight: 165lbs 
Light Heavyweight: 178lbs 
Heavyweight: 201lbs 
Super Heavyweight: 201 lbs+ 

Why are these weight classes important? Well, you don’t want to train to be a heavyweight when you weigh 135lbs. The difference between the training styles of a lightweight and a heavyweight is that as a lightweight you are going to want to focus on speed, and as a heavyweight your focus will be on power. The Middleweights are the biggest balance of the two.

Dedication:
Training to be a boxer isn’t like other sports, in that you can’t say “I’m training; I hit the heavy bag for awhile today.” It doesn’t work well in other sports, and it will work horribly in boxing.

Boxers wake up early in the morning, and go to bed fairly late considering their routine. Most boxers wake up at 5am to do their early road work of running 3+ miles. They do this day in and day out. Now, as if waking up and running at 5am wasn’t difficult enough, most boxers spend upwards of 3 hours at the gym. At the gym you will spar, shadow box, do circuit training, hit the heavy bag, hit the speed bag, etc. What most fail to realize is how difficult this dedication is. Take into account that the beginning professional boxer hardly makes any money compared to other professional athletes.

What it boils down to is:
Do you really want this, or are you trying it on for fun. If it’s for fun, this article is not for you, and boxing training is not for you… stick to the weights.

Good Morning Sunshine:
The alarm is going off, that buzz in your ear; it feels like you just went to bed. As you </description>
    <pubDate>2005-06-21T16:39:09-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/So-You-Wanna-Be-A-Boxer--27083.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>U.S. Airline Industry                                       </title>
    <description>U.S. Airline Industry

Since its inception in the 1920’s, the U.S. airline industry has been filled with great uncertainty and tumultuous travels.  The main thread that flows through this case is the argument of regulation versus deregulation.  Every time that a problem arose in the industry, the question that soon followed appeared to be, “Would regulation/deregulation provide the solution?”  Throughout the case, certain situations dictated that one policy was better suited for the problem at hand.  Once again in 1995, the question of if re-regulating the industry would restore its structure and profitability, arises. 

	A main building block concerning competition and the effects that it has on consumers must first be addressed.  If a large, well-known airline (United Airlines, for example) was initially the only carrier for customers to fly on, they would be able to set the price that would generate the highest amount of revenue possible (number of seats available multiplied by highest ticket price that would fill all of the seats; suggesting elasticity of demand, which will be covered shortly).  What would happen if a start-up airline offered lower rates?  The question of customer preferences now comes into play.  Everyone is attempting to save money, so this no longer a question of if people will try the new airline, it is a question of how many people will try the new airline.  The answer depends on a few factors, including brand loyalty, United’s response to the new airline, and most importantly, current economic conditions.  Another position that must be considered is time.  If the new airline can sustain low prices, a good reputation, and quality services for a lengthy time frame, they will increasingly draw a larger market share.  The case refers to this occurrence as the “Southwest Effect”.

As the number of airlines increase, so does the pressure of decreasing ticket prices in order to attract a greater market.  Many times this can lead to “cutthroat competition”.  This practice is the result of airlines trying to “under price” each other in order to attract more customers.  This leads to shrinking profits and in many instances, red ink.  Obviously, a business will cease if they continually lose money.  Congress realized that many airlines would fail unless some regulation was enacted, prompting the creation of the Civil Aeronautics Act in 1938.   </description>
    <pubDate>2005-06-21T05:17:47-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/U_S_-Airline-Industry-27066.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>History of The Grand Canyon                                 </title>
    <description>History of The Grand Canyon

     About 3,000 to 4,000 years ago archaeologists believe that the Desert Archaic people lived in the Grand Canyon. Evidence of this are small willow-twig effigies called “split- twig figurines.” These are animal figurines made from a single twig.

     Many pictographs were made in the Grand Canyon. Made from a crude paint made of minerals mixed with plant juice and animal oils. Most of these pictures are to faded to tell what they were. Archaeologists believe they were used to communicate.

     The Anasazi who had been occupying the lands east of the Canyon drifted in to the rim of the Canyon around 500A.D. At about 800A.D. the Anasazi entered the phase known as the Pueblo. Adobe house ruins in the Canyon show that Pueblo Indians lived in this area. Spaniards from Francisco Vasquez de Coronado’s expedition were the first white men to discover the canyon in 1540. In the early 1800’s the only humans that went by the canyon were trappers and Indians. Settlement along the Canyon didn’t happen until about the mid-1800’s.A Mormon missionary group led by Jacob Hamblin. this group was looking for arable land to settle. In 1864 Hamblin and men used a raft to cross the Colorado River. in the south end. Despite this the Canyon was still very much unexplored. 

     Major John Wesley(1834-1902) a Civil War veteran along with ten other men set forth to explore the Colorado River and the Grand Canyon. They came back a year later to explore the North Plateau. They made a second expedition through the Canyon 1872. 

     In the 1880’s there was a lot of live stock companies developing around the Canyon. In the 1890’s.There was an estimate of 100’000 head of cattle more than 250,000 sheep grazing the land.

     Kaibab Nation Forest was established on the Kaibab Plateau in 1883. By 1906 when Grand Canyon National Preserve was founded most of the ranches were out of business. The grass the cattle and sheep ate was all gone. 

     James T. Owen was appointed the warden of the Grand Canyon National Preserve. He started a mountain lion hunting business. After about 12 years and around 600 mountain lions later began to buffalo ranch. By this </description>
    <pubDate>2005-06-21T02:50:02-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/History-of-The-Grand-Canyon-27044.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Leaf Cutting Ants</title>
    <description>One of the most little known species of ants in North America is the leaf-cutter ant. This is mainly because it lives in tropical environments and it is not aggressive to animals or humans if not disturbed. The leaf cutting ant is a social insect. Alone the ant is virtually helpless but with the colony it can be a thing feared by animal and human alike. The leaf-cutting ants have a very important role in the tropical forest. They create and manipulate the environment around them. They also can do major damage. 

The leaf-cutting or fungus-growing ants are distributed from northern Texas to central Argentina. These ants are injurious since they cut the green vegetation from trees, shrubs and crops, and carry it into the nest, where they cultivate fungi on it. They have been known to denude a tree or ornamental plants in one night. It has been estimated they do $1 billion damage per year in North and South America today, these ants still cause millions of dollars in crop losses in many South American countries. Although primarily an agricultural pest, this insect on occasion may invade the home for cereals. In the United States, the Texas leaf-cutting ant, Atta texana , occurs in Texas and Louisiana. This ant is believed to cause a total yearly loss of $5 million in the United States (unison services. 1998).

There are about 9,500 named species of ants. These ants are divided into 16 sub families and 300 genera, all which belong to the family called Formicidae, the family of ants (Hoyt. 1996). The leaf cutting ant belongs to the genus called Atta. There are fifteen different species of Atta and all are limited to the new world (Holldobler &amp;amp; Wilson, 1994). 

The leaf-cutter ant looks pretty much like a regular ant in North America except that it is a little bigger than most ants. Looking at the ant in the untrained eye a person usually perceives that it is a primitive organism. Looks can be deceiving. The leaf-cutter ant is a complex superorganism unique social, environmental, and food gathering behavior.

The anatomy of the leaf-cutter ant is pretty simple. 

It has a one segment "waist" (pedicel) between thorax and abdomen. Sharp spines on waist and backward from head. Antennae 11-segmented very long and elbowed without distinct club. The legs are very long. This ant can be light to dark reddish brown (Smith. </description>
    <pubDate>2005-06-19T18:21:12-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Leaf-Cutting-Ants-27004.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Obscenity, Blasphemy, and Freedom of Expression             </title>
    <description>Obscenity, Blasphemy, and Freedom of Expression

The right to freedom of expression is a fundamental right, which has not traditionally been prescribed by law, but can be considered more of a moral right. 

However the enactment of the Human Rights Act 1998 incorporated the European Convention on Human Rights into domestic law, Article 10 of which creates a right to freedom of expression. Article 10 (1) states “Everyone has the right to freedom of expression. The right shall include freedom to hold opinions and to receive and impart information and ideas without interference by public authority and regardless of frontiers.” However this right to free speech is qualified and not absolute as Section 10 (2) imposes a number of restrictions upon its exercise; “The exercise of these freedoms, since it carries with it duties and responsibilities, may be subject to such formalities, conditions, restrictions or penalties as are prescribed by law and are necessary in a democratic society in the interests of national security, territorial integrity or public safety, for the prevention of disorder or crime, for the protection of health or morals or for the protection of the reputation or rights of others.” 

Two of these “restrictions prescribed by law” are the criminal offences of Obscenity and Blasphemy, which abridge freedom of expression in order to protect individuals and in some cases the public in general, against harm to moral integrity and uphold standards pf public behaviour as well as protecting religious sensibilities. The extent to which they constitute a restriction on freedom of expression, however, is a contentious issue and will be considered in due course. 

The law on obscenity is aimed at protecting those who come to it willingly, against moral harm, which the obscene article is said to threaten. It guards moral integrity or protects some public interest in maintaining moral standards in a way, which overrides personal freedoms. Consequently any expression that contravenes accepted standards of social morality is potentially subject to restrictions. 

Such restriction on peoples expression is justified by the ‘harm’ principle as developed by John Stuart Mills whereby expressive material may only be restricted/interfered with if can be shown to cause harm to others. However there are divergent views on what constitutes ‘harm.’ Some attribute the narrower definition, limiting it to physical or psychological harm that is scientifically evaluable. Others, instead of concentrating upon material harm are prepared to include moral and ideological </description>
    <pubDate>2005-06-01T02:56:20-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Obscenity,-Blasphemy,-and-Freedom-of-Expression-26813.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Legality of Same-Sex Marriages                              </title>
    <description>Legality of Same-Sex Marriages

The proposed legalization of same-sex marriage is one of the most significant issues in contemporary American family law. Presently, it is one of the most vigorously advocated reforms discussed in law reviews, one of the most explosive political questions facing lawmakers, and one of the most provocative issues emerging before American courts. If same-sex marriage is legalized, it could be one of the most revolutionary policy decisions in the history of American family law. The potential consequences, positive or negative, for children, parents, same-sex couples, families, social structure public health, and the status of women are enormous. Given the importance of the issue, the value of comprehensive debate of the reasons for and against legalizing same-sex marriage should be obvious. Marriage is much more than merely a commitment to love one another. Aside from societal and religious conventions, marriage entails legally imposed financial responsibility and legally authorized financial benefits. Marriage provides automatic legal protections for the spouse, including medical visitation, succession of a deceased spouse's property, as well as pension and other rights. When two adults desire to "contract" in the eyes of the law, as well a perhaps promise in the eyes of the Lord and their friends and family, to be responsible for the obligations of marriage as well as to enjoy its benefits, should the law prohibit their request merely because they are of the same gender? I intend to prove that because of Article IV of the United States Constitution, there is no reason why the federal government nor any state government should restrict marriage to a predefined heterosexual relationship.

Marriage has changed throughout the years. In Western law, wives are now equal rather than subordinate partners; interracial marriage is now widely accepted, both in statute and in society; and marital failure itself, rather than the fault of one partner, may be grounds for a divorce. Societal change have been felt in marriages over the past 25 years as divorce rates have increased and have been integrated into even upper class families. Proposals to legalize same-sex marriage or to enact broad domestic partnership laws are currently being promoted by gay and lesbian activists, especially in Europe and North America. The trend in western European nations during the past decade has been to increase legal aid to homosexual relations and has included marriage benefits to some same-sex couples. For example, within the past six years, </description>
    <pubDate>2005-05-27T04:52:34-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Legality-of-Same-Sex-Marriages-26752.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>What is a cult? Cult Research Paper                         </title>
    <description>What is a cult? Cult Research Paper

There are many types of cults in the world, cults are everywhere but you just do not see them. Every person in the world has been in contact with them in one way or another in many cases you cannot see them. The closest cult we know of is on Rice Lake called the Moonies led by Reverend Myung, where I have currently visited. Cults can be involved in churches and even are earliest religions are called cults. Cults are not the strongest groups' sects are the strongest group. When you join a sect you cannot get out of them but a cult you can leave without having any problem or commitment. Sects will not let you out because many times it's illegal and they are afraid that you will say something to the public. Cults sometimes are illegal to. 	 Religious cults are in every town and village there is no definition of a cult that is accepted by sociologists and psychologist or religion many types of activities will take cult like structures, an example would be any popular trend like physical exercise this is called the physical fitness cult. Famous athletes are a big figure when it comes to cults, many times Movie stars, professional athletes will endorse a product and a trend will start, making it turn into a cult. Also people who generate beliefs of something like flying saucer, aliens or any unknown figures can be cult. In religion when people call a church they are referring to a sacred organization having a highly structured or formalized dogma and hierarchy, but also allowing a bit of flexibility about membership requirements allowing you to go to a church and leave church when you want to. Although sects are against church attempts to accommodate to secular society. Sects believe that they are protecting a true faith or belief. Sects tend to stay away from world events , and also they believe in a strong strict behavioral code and demand a commitment out of their people. The differences between cults and sects are sometimes the same. Many scholars do not make distinctions between the two. Cults are different because they do not expect as much commitment. Many times' cults do not expect couples to become apart. Cults do not last as long as sects. Many times' cults survive through a decade, and also </description>
    <pubDate>2005-05-26T09:37:21-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/What-is-a-cult-Cult-Research-Paper-26731.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Regional Analysis of the Arctic                             </title>
    <description>Regional Analysis of the Arctic

Introduction. The Arctic is located in the uppermost region of the northern hemisphere. The region consists of of the area around Greenland, USSR, Canada and Alaska (refer to appendices Fig.1). The Arctic is mostly covered by frozen ice all year long. This region also surrounds the Arctic Ocean. 

So far the Artic is a naive environment, humans have not yet fully explored the region. But as people search for the resource, more and more people will move into to the area to take what they can, this can tip the balance of the environment, resulting in pollution and destruction of this once perfect environment if the proper management steps are not in place ahead of the rush. 

Physical Geography The Arctic region is located across seven countries and covers an area of 10.4 million square miles, in which Siberia covers eight million square miles, which is bigger than Canada and the United States combined. One third of Canada is within the Arctic, among it over 1.2 million square miles are taiga and tundra, and 0.7 million of it is the Yukon and the Northwest Territories. Greenland covers 0.8 million square miles. Alaska covers 0.6 million square miles. Sapmi is the region where the indigenous people in Scandinavia lives, it occupies the smallest area with approximately 0.3 million square miles. 

Polar climate describes the Arctic, which means much of this area has a freezing cold climate and covered with ice all year. Harsh winters, low temperatures, and little snow or rainfall characterizes the arctic climate. In winter the days are shorter because the North Pole faces away from the sun, the sun does not set till midsummer and it is only strong enough to warm the top layer of the earth. Three feet below the surface the ground stays frozen. Frozen ground, called permafrost, covers most of this region. The shallow layer is called the active layer, because this layer freezes and thaws throughout the year. In the summer the active layer can thaw just long enough for plants and microorganisms to grow. The thickness of the frozen ground below this active layer varies from a few feet to hundreds of feet. 

The Arctic Circle is the border of a zone where the sun doesn’t rise at least one day in winter and never sets during at least one day in summer. The North Pole is not </description>
    <pubDate>2005-05-21T09:17:15-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Regional-Analysis-of-the-Arctic-26699.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Haiti Vacation                                              </title>
    <description>Vacation to Haiti

The Caribbean Islands are one of the most traveled to place in the world.  One of these islands in the Caribbean Sea is the island of Hispano, which is both the countries of Haiti and the Dominican Republic. This country has a recorded history of about 552 years. They also have special culture. The general facts, past history, and culture all effect the ways of this country.

	The country of Haiti is located in the Caribbean Sea, which is just south of the Gulf of Mexico. The Caribbean Sea is home to a lot of the world's island. The capital is Port-au-Prince, which is located in the middle of the country right next to Golfe de la Gonave. The whole county is about 10,700 square miles. It contains an estimated 6,867,995 people, this is about 642 people per square mile. This is actually quite dense considering that the United States has about 76 people per square mile.

	The country of Haiti culture is very much like the French. In fact Haiti is the only Latin American country where the culture is French. The first language is French, but another common language that is spoken there is Creole. Many of the people speak Creole because the French settlers introduced it. Creole is a mix of French and the native language that was spoken on the island. Ninety-five percent of the people of Haiti come from an African decent. The religion consists of eighty percent Roman Catholic, sixteen percent Protestant, and ninety five percent Voodoo.

	Between the years of 1492 to the present day a lot of historical events have occurred. The first time the country of Haiti fell under European rule was when Christopher Columbus first set foot on it putting it under the rule of the Spanish. Then after, many revolts, in 1804 Haiti successfully became an independent country by passing a law stating its freedom. It was very much like when the United States of America declared its independence from Great Britain with the Declaration of Independence.  From 1915-1934 US Marines occupied the country. This resulted in the population to go up which also made the country more dense. In 1949 the democratic rule was turned into a dictatorship. Then in 1991 there was the first elected chief brought into office. His name was Jean-Bertrand Aristide; he won 67% of the votes. Then his close friend and former </description>
    <pubDate>2005-05-20T09:51:05-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Haiti-Vacation--26691.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Chinese Law and Restrictions on the Number of Births        </title>
    <description>Chinese Law and Restrictions on the Number of Births 
[i:d4acef5311]But the Law Says You Can Only Have One Baby... [/i:d4acef5311]

Imagine for a minute a newlywed woman. Who want more than anything to have a child maybe two maybe three, but in her country there are strict rules; she can have only one. So she and her husband apply to have that one precious baby, since they need the governments permission. She then get pregnant, 5 months down the road they find out that it is a girl. She is made to abort the baby. What are they going to do about it ? Nothing, because they have no choice. If this woman were real she would be living in China and her family would be controlled by the government and the one child policy. 

China's attempt at making the lives of their people better simply does nothing but put them in unnecessary pain. The law is cruel and unjust and should have never been put in affect. The one child policy was established in 1979, in an attempt to regulate the out of control population increase. In 1979, when the policy was adopted, the population in China was over 950 million people. Today, in the year 2000, the population has skyrocketed to over 1.3 billion people (Gilmore np ). China is extremely overcrowded and is continuing to grow.Statistics show China's population is growing at rate where they are eventually going to run out of places to house and feed their people. 

For many families in China the policy seemed to be a good decision. The government was doing this in the best interest of the people and with nothing but good intentions. The goal was to reduce the population increase by 5% by 1985, and to then move on and reach the goal of 0% increase by the year 2000 ( Maynard np). Though many viewed the policy as negative, the government tried to offer some incentives to following the new laws. For example, families in compliance with the policy were often given money, free health services, preferential housing, and better access to education opportunities. Birth control pills, condoms and other forms of contraception were made easily available, not only for birth control,but to help stop the spread of sexually transmitted diseases. Chinese executives attempted to make the policy seem socially acceptable and used fear as a deterrent to not </description>
    <pubDate>2005-05-19T03:28:41-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Chinese-Law-and-Restrictions-on-the-Number-of-Births-26679.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Operations Resarch, Engineering Paper on Highway Systems    </title>
    <description>What Is Operations Research
Engineering Research Paper

     What is operations research? Operations research is the application of the methods of science to complex problems arising in the direction and management of large systems of men, machines material, and money in industry, business, government and defense. The distinctive approach is to develop a scientific model of the system, incorporating measurements of factors such as chance and risk, with which to predict and compare the outcomes of alternative decisions, strategies or controls. The purpose is to help management determine its policy and actions scientifically. (Ravindran, Phillips and Solberg 1987). How does operations research apply to highway systems inefficiency? Let's find out!

     "Automakers don't build roads and governments don't build autos, yet we expect cars and roads to mesh together seamlessly to form a transportation network." For year's automakers and regional transportation planners have been working to put information age technology to work solving traffic problems. All over the world people are choosing to travel by automobile because this flexible mode of travel best meets their needs. But grid locked expressways threaten to take the "mobile" out of "automobile." This presentation will try to show reasons why our expressways are so congested, what the Federal Highway Administration proposals are to alleviate congestion and the advantages and disadvantages of these proposals under review.

     Firstly what are some of the causes of urban highway congestion? Rush hour traffic is one of the leading contributors of highway congestion. It isn't our imagination. Every year commute times to work take longer and longer. Since 1986 car travel has increased almost 40%, while highway capacity has barley grown. As a result most major interstate routes in Metropolitan areas are jammed during rush hours. Grid locked cost Americans almost the equivalent of $51 billion a year in lost wages and wasted fuel. And the situation is only going to get worse. (Steisand, Betsy. 1996). What causes rush hour traffic? Simply put, at specific times of the day be it in the morning or evening motorists in general are either on their way to work or home. There is such a glut of vehicles on the expressways at this time. They all need to get to their destinations at peak times of the day. It is a simple equation: Too many cars incorporated with the lack of sufficient roadways </description>
    <pubDate>2005-05-17T06:59:56-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Operations-Resarch,-Engineering-Paper-on-Highway-Systems-26654.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Is Hawaiian Sovereignty Something that can be Afforded?</title>
    <description>Is Hawaiian Sovereignty Something That Can Be Afforded?

"If all of this seems long ago and far away, it is worth remembering that the past is never past." (Faulkner cited in Ellison, P.274)

	Many different groups today are seeking the sovereignty of Hawaii. The reason being that these mostly Native Hawaiian groups feel that they suffered a severe injustice when they were annexed into the United States against their own free will.  They feel that since they were treated like objects rather than human beings with rights and emotions, they now deserve reparations.  The intentions of the different groups vary.  Some only want reparations in the form of money and acknowledgements of the inhuman acts that were committed against them and others want it in the form of independence for the island.  However, restoring sovereignty to Hawaii would cause great injustices toward the non-natives living on the island today.  So these groups should not be granted the sovereignty they are seeking.

	"When we have pleaded for understanding our character has been distorted, when we have asked for simple caring, we have been handed empty inspirational appellations, then stuck in the farthest corner."(Walker, p. 698).  When the United States managed to annex Hawaii in 1898, they did break the law and the human code of conduct.  A joint resolution of Congress produced the annexation rather than a two-thirds majority vote, which is required under the United States Constitution. (MacKenzie, p.24)  Also, the Native Hawaiians were vastly opposed to the annexation because it violated a treaty the U.S. had with Hawaii stating that they would not interfere with Hawaii's right to self-government. (Castanha, p.2)  So when the U.S. held a vote on whether or not Hawaii should become a state, many Hawaiians did not vote because their only choices were statehood or staying a territory of the U.S. and they did not want either of these.  Many people today question the validity of the statehood because of the legal violations of long ago.  Also, as human beings there is a naturally agreed upon law that we share with one another and that is to treat people with respect and dignity.  The U.S. did not do this when they disregarded the treaty and the law to annex Hawaii. These are the reasons that Native Hawaiians are presently seeking reparations.

	Prior to 1778, about 600,000 people, </description>
    <pubDate>2005-05-17T06:58:17-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Is-Hawaiian-Sovereignty-Something-that-can-be-Afforded-26653.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Homework: The Key to Student Success                        </title>
    <description>Homework: The Key to Student Success

One of the most difficult challenges that teachers and parents face is getting teenagers to do their homework.  A common complaint with high school students is the fact that they do not have enough time to do their homework. In the year 2000 American students are holding down more jobs, taking on more household responsibilities, and participating in a greater amount of extracurricular activities than any other generation of American students. (Homework: Time To Turn It In?).  As more and more distractions are made available to the American teenager, it is imperative that today's students are aware of the importance of doing their homework. Homework is a necessary component of every successful student's education.  By doing homework, a student will learn independent thought, perform better in school, and provide a greater chance for economic success in their post education lives.

Students, in order to succeed, must become responsible for their education. In a secondary school setting, students spend less than five hours of classroom time per week in any one particular subject.  During this time, the teacher introduces new concepts and skills by building on previous lessons.  In order for student, to become proficient with these newly taught concepts and skills, they must practice and work on these skills, so that they may be ingrained in the student's mind.  In order for this learning to take place, the United States Department of Education suggests that students should use homework to practice what they have learned in school and to prepare themselves for the next day's class (Learning Partners--Let's Do Homework!). With the usage of homework as a practice forum for students, education experts recommend that secondary students should spend two hours per night on homework (Do You Have Too Much Homework?).  

	By becoming more independent learners through homework, the average students will demonstration an improvement in their grades. Students that habitually do their homework can expect to have greater test scores and also higher class grades. (Homework: Time To Turn It In?).  This is because students are taking time to develop their understanding of skills and concepts through practice and self-understanding. However, not only will students' grades and test scores increase, but in a 1996 United States Department of Education survey it was found that, "Students who read eleven or more pages each day for school or homework </description>
    <pubDate>2005-05-17T02:54:02-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Homework-The-Key-to-Student-Success-26649.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Steroid Use Research Paper: Steroids Must Be Curtailed      </title>
    <description>Steroid Use Research Paper: Steroids Must Be Curtailed

    It is amazing what athletes will do to achieve higher levels of performance and to sometimes get the extra edge on the competition.  Most of the time people do not realize the long-term effects that result from the decisions they make early in life.  This resembles the use of steroids in a person's life.

	Steroids became an option to athletes in the Olympics and other major sporting events during the 1950's.  But this use of steroids among athletes only became widely apparent when Canadian sprint runner Ben Johnson tested positive for steroid use after winning the gold medal for the one hundred-meter dash during the 1988 Olympics (Francis, 45).  Now a skinny fifteen-year-old can just walk down to the local gym and find people who either sell or know how to get in contact with those who sell the drug that will make him envious of his friends.  Steroids are an attractive drug.  While steroids seem harmless to the unaware user, they can have a risky effect.  Most of the time whether the users are new or experienced, they do not know the dangerous consequences steroids can have on their bodies and their minds. Though steroids cause a relatively insignificant number of deaths in our society, the banning of steroids is justified because steroids have a lot of side effects not known to the uninformed user.

	Even though steroids are known as a somewhat dangerous substance, they are legal to have and to consume.  There are those who have pointed out several cases where someone has died and an autopsy showed that the person was using steroids, but some professionals claim this does not mean that it is a deadly drug (97).  Some advocates of steroids believe that steroids should be kept legal, because it is the decision of the user to take the drug, and that steroids are not causing a problem in society.  Alcohol and cigarettes are consumed by millions of people, causing a lot of deteriorating effects on their bodies, but there has never been a ban on these items because of the dangers that they can cause.  Why should steroids be different?  Some people say that the wide spread use of steroids among athletes is forcing the young athletes to use steroids, even though it </description>
    <pubDate>2005-05-17T02:50:54-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Steroid-Use-Research-Paper-Steroids-Must-Be-Curtailed-26648.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Hazards of Smoking                                      </title>
    <description>The Hazards of Smoking

Is there anyone who does not know someone who smokes? Everyone has a family member, friend, or co-worker who smokes. They have chosen to smoke, but by just being around them you are also smoking, only you have not made that choice. Before you choose to take this risk you should think about what may happen to your body. There are many factors that you should take very seriously; smoking is a hazardous habit because it leads to addiction, disease, and high-risk pregnancy. 

As advertisements have shown on commercial on television that smoking is a way to relax and to be cool by smoking cigarettes, they never show you the negative side of it. For example, addiction is one of the bad side effects and it is caused by nicotine. Once you inhale the cigarette you will then feel or want the need for another one, and you may have different personalities and change because of the addiction. You may get more grouchy and violent behavior and need a cigarette to relax, but instead it is doing more damage. Researchers have found ways to control addictions and some have succeeded while many have failed. People at a younger age start to get addicted by the nicotine in the cigarette and this is where the problem starts. 

The hazardous of smoking lead to many fatal diseases and should convince people to quit their habit. First, a major reason why people should quit smoking is that many people are dying of cancer. For instance, the statistics say that in the United States six out of ten people are dying everyday due to lung cancer. This disease is killing people if it is not detected promptly. Another reason for quitting smoking is heart disease and its consequences. For example, many people suffer from heart failure, but even though they know about smoking and its dangers, they do not stop their habit until they become ill. Unfortunately, in many cases, people are at risk to live with heart complications for the rest of their lives. Lastly, another important reason for people to stop smoking is the risk of getting emphysema. This is also a deadly disease that affects their lungs and their whole respiratory system. These several reasons should prove to the smokers that this habit puts their health in danger, and causes many diseases that lead to death. 

Unborn babies </description>
    <pubDate>2005-05-16T05:05:33-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Hazards-of-Smoking-26626.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Ice Hockey versus Ice Skating                               </title>
    <description>The Difference Between Blades And Blades

Hockey is a sport of finesse, toughness, and speed all wrapped up by player talent.  Hockey can be played on any surface, though ice and hard rubber "roller turf" are the two major fields currently played on by professionals.  All though to some these two variations on hockey may seem the same, they actually have many differences.  Roller hockey contrasts that of ice in several ways.  While the playing surfaces are the most obvious difference, number of players, periods, and skates also vary.  

	The most obvious difference between the two sports is their playing surfaces.  Ice hockey is played on a three inch layer of ice cooled to approximately ten degrees Fahrenheit.   Roller hockey is played on a two inch layer of a plastic and rubber composite compound. Both types have specific advantages and disadvantages. Roller "turf" almost never needs any repairs while ice must be resurfaced between every period.  Ice is generally known for being a faster surface but a good argument to that is the fact that the players and equipment have more to do with speed than the surface.  

	Hockey would not be hockey without the players.  The NHL is famous for its five on five play.  Roller hockey, on the other hand, is four on four.  Strategically in ice hockey two players stay primarily on defense while the other three are sent forward for offense.  Roller hockey, however, with only two forwards for offense, one of the two defense-men must move up to join the attack in order for teams to have an effective attack. While causing a minor headache to defensive players, having four players on the floor allows more open ice to skate and make plays in.  This too has a downfall though, four players doing the work of five can be tiresome to players leading to the need for shorter periods.

	Ice hockey by league standards consists of three-twenty minute with a fifteen minute intermission after the first and second periods.  Roller hockey plays four-fifteen minute periods.  The first and second periods are separated by only a five minute break, the second and third by a fifteen minute intermission, and finally the third and fourth by another five minute break.  Overtime periods are also different.  Overtime in ice hockey is </description>
    <pubDate>2005-05-15T08:02:43-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Ice-Hockey-versus-Ice-Skating-26615.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Bass Fishing 101: Tight Lines                               </title>
    <description>Bass Fishing 101
Tight Lines

The fog drifts lazily above the murky swamp water as I slowly ease my boat toward an ancient, moss covered cypress tree. A bullfrog croaks its early morning greeting and somewhere off in the distance an unknown creature screeches as the hair on the back of my neck stands on end.

The old tree was the site of a recent battle between a monstrous black bass and me. A battle in which the big bass taught me a valuable lesson in humility. I have a lot more respect for her and her kind. She never gave up the fight at any time during our encounter. Her fierce determination eventually paid off and she swam away in victory. So now, I visit that spot now and then, not really wanting to catch her, but perhaps just to say hello.

Bass fishing has been a part of my life for as long as I can remember. Some of my earliest memories are of my family and me out at a local pond. We learned about fishing, nature, and a lot about each other at that old water hole. I think fondly of my childhood and I am grateful that I was able to experience those things. With that in mind, it comes as a surprise when I'm asked for my opinion on a certain technique or even something as simple, or complex, as tying a knot. I've always assumed everybody knew how to fish.  

Before we go out and tackle that feisty old bass that lives under the cypress tree, here are a few basics that we should keep in mind. Bass fishing can be a very relaxing sport as well as a great way to learn about our environment.

What is a bass? A bass is a member of the perch family; just on the larger side. There are striped bass, sand bass, hybrids and smallmouth, but the fish we are going after is my favorite. The largemouth bass, or black bass. This is the most pursued freshwater fish in the southern United States.

The black bass can be broken down into several different strains. Here in Louisiana, we are most likely to encounter the spotted bass, Florida bass and Kentucky bass. The latter two have been introduced into our waters to enhance fish population and size. The black bass has a very large mouth. A grapefruit would easily fit into </description>
    <pubDate>2005-05-15T08:01:34-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Bass-Fishing-101-Tight-Lines-26614.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Pantanal Wetlands Geographical Study                    </title>
    <description>The Pantanal Wetlands Geographical Study

The Pantanal wetlands are the largest wetlands in the world, spanning an area of 210, 000 km2, a region the size of South Dakota and over ten times the current size of the Everglades in Florida (Silveria).  The vast area contains over 600 bird and about 300 fish species and provides homeland to over 1.8 million people (“The waterway” 40).  In 1993 only forty wood stork pairs nested in the Everglades compared to over one hundred times that in the Pantanal (Eckstrom 54).

	This majestic wetland area, ruled by a seasonal pulse, acts like a large sponge throughout the year. During the wet season it collects water from an area of 1.75 million km2 (Eckstrom 54).  Rising water levels in the Pantanal can exceed seven feet.  In the spring and summer months, it slowly releases it down the Paraguay River, aided by a large rock formation at the base of the Pantanal that acts like a large water valve (Silveria).  This release helps control the flood peaks of both the Paraná and the Paraguay Rivers.

	Despite the majestic depiction of this area, environmental degradation has started to take its toll.  Due to the manganese, iron ore, lime vein, and gold in the northern section, which reside in the hills of the Pantanal, mining has been present for years (“The waterway” 40).  Careless use of mercury by gold miners has critically and habitually destroyed the ecosystem (Gottgens, et al. 301).  The fertile soil north of the Pantanal has contributed to a growing number of soy farmers, who are loosely regulated in regard to the types and amounts of chemicals used on crops.

	Habitual dredging, not related to Hidrovía, and floodplain conversion to crop fields has impacted the flood cycles of the Paraguay and the Paraná Rivers.  In 1993 flooding caused numerous deaths, displaced over 200,000 people, and triggered considerable damage (Silveria).  During 1998 one of the largest recorded floods in the history of the Paraná caused the evacuation of more than 100,000 people in Santa Fe, Argentina alone.

	Portuguese for “waterway,” the Hidrovía project was first planned in the late 1980s by the La Plata Basin countries (Brazil, Argentina, Bolivia, Paraguay, and Uruguay), who set up the Intergovernmental Committee on the Hidrovía (CIH) to supervise and advance the development of this project (Gottgens, et al. 302).  The planned channel will </description>
    <pubDate>2005-04-24T08:33:40-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Pantanal-Wetlands-Geographical-Study-26567.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Dying As A Result Of Fraternity Hazing                      </title>
    <description>Dying As A Result Of Fraternity Hazing

Hazing (subjecting newcomers to abusive or humiliating tricks and ridicule) has always been seen as a secretive campus activity when it comes to fraternities and pledging. As a result, Dr. Mark Taff resorted in his article that, "..a series of 168 cases of injuries and deaths related to fraternity hazing activities...[occurred] in the United States between 1923 and 1982" (2113). Young college men are being hospitalized and even worse, dying, just for a couple of friends that give them a sense of belonging. The major causes of hazing are the students' wanting a sense of belonging in a big college campus, the college's infrequent knowledge of what occurs in fraternities, and the unwillingness of fraternities to change tradition. Since hazing has been around for more than a century, one cannot expect the practice of hazing to stop all together. It will probably take years before hazing perishes from the fraternity scene. Nevertheless, until an end is put to hazing, solutions can be used to make hazing less common, until it no longer exists. These solutions that may be able to put an eventual stop to hazing, in the long run, are better education about fraternity hazing, stricter laws to prevent hazing from occurring, and more intervention from college administrators. 

Stories of hazing incidents are all too common in the news media today. It would not be out of the ordinary, upon opening the newspaper, to read the testimony of some fraternity pledges "'We were taken to a deserted park and blindfolded...We sat on our knees for an hour. Then they began slapping us on the back of our necks, real hard, and then they started pouring hot wax down our back'" (Milloy CL). Also, an article stating that "...A sophomore at Alfred University in New York was locked in a car trunk with two others and told to drink a bottle of Jack Daniel’s, wine and a six-pack of beer, one wintry night in 1978. He died of alcohol poisoning and exposure" (O'Connor 32). Fraternities are getting away with hazing practices, every single day. If a stranger did this to a civilian, they would automatically be arrested and imprisoned. 

The humiliations of hazing are said to build bonds between pledges and fraternity brothers. According to fraternity beliefs, the theory goes, if you and a couple of friends go through fraternity initiations, drinking excessive amounts </description>
    <pubDate>2005-04-24T07:26:31-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Dying-As-A-Result-Of-Fraternity-Hazing-26549.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Cookies vs. Doughnuts                                       </title>
    <description>Cookies vs. Doughnuts

Cookies and doughnuts are both yummy treats, but they also have their advantages and disadvantages. Cookies for instance can be produces with relative ease in any kitchen using flour, water, sugar and eggs. Doughnuts on the other hand are not usually made at home, hence all of the doughnut shops. This is one disadvantage to doughnuts; they are relatively difficult to produce. Doughnuts are made from the same ingredients as cookies, but they also have east in them to give them a more beadlike quality than unleavened cookies. 

Cookies are traditionally made by combining the ingredients listed and adding something like chocolate or nuts. The cookies are then baked at around 375 degrees for about eight minutes or until they are golden brown. They are then allowed to cool and then they are served. 

Doughnuts are not as simple as coolies. The dough must be prepared using flour, water, eggs, and then another ingredient; yeast, to add the tiny air pockets that make the dough rise and to make them so edible. After the dough has risen, it can be shaped into the familiar ring shape either by rolling it into snake-like portions or, more commonly, spreading the dough thickly over a flat surface using a device not unlike a cookie cutter. The popular doughnut shop, Krispy Kreme ® has developed a doughnut extrusion process that results in their distinctive rosette shape with curved vertical ridges on the sides. 

After the dough is shaped, it is cooked using hot oil or fat. This oil is at a much higher temperature than that used to bake cookies. The dough is then cooked to produce a golden-brown crust on the outside while still maintaining a soft core. Sugar may then be applied. This consists of little more than putting sugar and flavoring on the outside of the doughnut in the form of icing, powered sugar, or a glaze which is which is a shell of sugar coating the doughnut. Cake doughnuts are also produced this way using fewer eggs to give them a less airy, more cake-like texture. Adding fruit or nuts to the dough before cooking can change this process, or jelly or custard may be added after cooking through injection. 

As plainly illustrated, both cookies and doughnuts are sweet indulgences, using familiar flavoring and additives. They also have striking differences such as the cooling methods, and accepted eating </description>
    <pubDate>2005-04-24T07:24:26-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Cookies-vs_-Doughnuts-26548.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Ireland Economic Data                                       </title>
    <description>GDP GROWTH
	Ireland - the Celtic Tiger

(This is my section) I’ll obviously focus on Ireland.  The Celtic Tiger, Ireland has benefited incredibly from its membership in the European Union, both through financial aid and through inward investment by companies opening factories in the country to gain access to European markets and take advantage of the country’s low rate of corporation tax. As you can see, Ireland has been growing a remarkable rate, due mainly to a pro- business stance, low corporate taxes and its ability to woo foreign investors by securing union agreement to wage restraint in exchange for tax cuts.

INFLATION
	Ireland - once a problem, now steady

As you can see from the graph, Ireland, much like the other coutries, dealt with increased inflation in the mid 1970s and early 1980s.  However, Ireland experienced a sharp inflationary increase due mainly to rapidly increasing unemployment rates coupled with globally stagnant economic development.  However, with the turnaround of Ireland in the mid 1980s, the country has been enjoying relatively low inflation rates.  Recently, however, analysts feel Ireland’s EU membership could damage its low inflationary trend because of future plans on the part of the Economic Policy Committee of the European Union.

INTEREST RATES
	Ireland - hand-in-hand with economic development

While moving relatively in sync with the other countries, Ireland most notably shows a significant difference from the countries’ trend around 1997 when Ireland really began to come into its own as an economic power within the European Union.  However, it’s important to note that the European Central Bank (ECB) sets Ireland's interest rate. Germany's sluggish growth limits the extent to which the ECB can hike rates. This creates a bizarre situation whereby Ireland's monetary policy is more closely linked closer to the anemic Germany than to its own booming economy. Irish growth has fed off the structural rigidities of continental Europe.

GDP per CAPITA
	Ireland - steadily increasing labor force

Ireland’s GDP per capita is an interesting economic indicator, particularly when graphed.  While Ireland experienced no spectacular GDP per capita growth in the earlier half of the twentieth century, 1985 marked the beginning a turning point economically.  The growth rate of the Irish economy began to far surpass a spectacular trend of population growth, due to increased demand for domestic labor.  However, GDP per capita seems to be leveling off in 2002, which would be explained by a satisfaction of labor demand </description>
    <pubDate>2005-04-20T04:41:57-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Ireland-Economic-Data-26523.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Travel Essay on Kathmandu and Tourist Attractions           </title>
    <description>Kathmandu: Its unique sites

The capital of the Himalayan kingdom of Nepal is Kathmandu, a beautiful city located in the central part of Nepal. It is situated in a valley and looks magnificent from top of the hills surrounding the city. Also known as the city of gods and goddess, it consists of many cultural heritage sites that make the city unique. Some of them are duly recognized as world heritage sites. Kathmandu Durbar (palace) square, Swayambhu Nath stupa and Pashupati Nath temple are some of those wonderful cultural heritage sites that make Kathmandu culturally and historically unique, and opulent in today’s fast developing world.

	The Kathmandu Durbar square, located in the heart of the city, is significant in terms of history, arts and architecture. It consists of a huge royal square including variety of temples that were made in 15th century, dedicated to different Hindu gods and goddesses. It is also known as Hanumandhoka Palace Square named after the monkey god, Hanuman. He is regarded as a powerful protector of the entire palace square. There is a huge stone statue painted all red right next to the golden gate or the main entrance of the palace in the name of hanuman. Some of the important monuments to be seen in Kathmandu Durbar Square are Taleju temple, which was built by Mahendra Malla; Kaal vairab, which is one of the biggest idols of the god; and Kasthamandap, which was built from the timber of a single tree. The name Kathmandu came from the word- Kasthamndap, meaning building made up of wood. There is also a Nautale palace ( mime storied palace) that contains a museum and is also known for the carved wooden doors, roofs and windows.

	Swayambhu Nath stupa, located in a lovely hill rock, is one of the fascinating architectural jewels of the world. It represents a typical Buddhist architecture. There are 360 steps leading all the way to the top of the hill to the stupa. There are paintings of pairs of eyes on the four faces of the stupa. The smaller stupas and other monuments built around the Swayambhu Nath stupa speak a lot about the existence of Buddha. The place is more crowded in Buddha purnima, the birthday of lord Buddha, which falls on the full moon of April-May.

	Located on the banks of the river Bagmati, Pashupati Nath temple is the most popular Hindu temple in the south </description>
    <pubDate>2005-04-14T14:38:15-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Travel-Essay-on-Kathmandu-and-Tourist-Attractions-26503.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Hiking The Appalachian Trail                                </title>
    <description>How to Hike The Appalachian Trail

The Appalachian National Scenic Trail, is a footpath in the eastern United States for outdoor enthusiasts, extending about about 2140 miles from Maine to Georgia, along the crest of the Appalachian Mountains. The trail passes through 14 states and is maintained by 34 different trail maintenance organizations. It is the longest marked, continuous footpath in the world, at some points reaching elevations of more than 6000 feet. Wooden signposts and white paint marks on rocks and trees are placed along the trail.

Construction of the Appalachian Trail was begun in 1922 near Bear Mountain, New York. By 1937 the footpath, extended from Mount Katahdin, in Maine, to Mount Oglethorpe, in Georgia, and was ready for use. Later, (after 1937) the trail officially ended at Springer Mountain, 10 miles northeast of Mount Oglethorpe. In 1968 the Appalachian Trail became part of the National Park System and was officially renamed the Appalachian National Scenic Trail.

To hike the Appalachian Trail, it is suggested to shop around for a good pair of hiking boots, a tent, and a sturdy backpack. Hiking the distance mentioned above obviously requires excellent footwear, and a light pack. Figure in fatigue and you need a comfortable tent to sleep in at night.

Good boots are "solid" on the bottom, so that you cant feel rocks or stones through the soles. If you can press in the bottom of the sole with your thumb, the soles are probably too soft to give your foot proper protection. The top of the boot should be stiff to hold the ankle in place and provide it with good support. While it's possible to treat non-waterproof fabric boots with liquid silicone, it generally doesn't waterproof the boot enough to be useful. Stick with leather boots that can be treated with Sno-seal, beeswax solution, or other waterproofing solutions. 

Feet change over time, as do shoes. Wearing a pair of shoes and/or hiking boots changes the shape of the shoe to fit your foot. Eventually though, the reshaping causes the shoe to rub places on the foot, causing blisters. All boots are made on different "lasts". The last is the "form" the boot is built around at the factory. The size and shape of these lasts, even between identical sizes of boots, can vary greatly. For instance, some boots are built around a European last which is typically narrow in the front, compared </description>
    <pubDate>2005-04-11T06:30:58-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Hiking-The-Appalachian-Trail-26475.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Geography of Saudia Arabia                                  </title>
    <description>Saudi Arabia Geographical Information

Saudi Arabia, monarchy in southwestern Asia, occupying most of the Arabian Peninsula. Saudi Arabia is bounded on the north by Jordan, Iraq, and Kuwait; on the east by the Persian Gulf and Qatar; on the southeast by the United Arab Emirates and Oman; on the south by the Republic of Yemen; and on the west by the Red Sea and the Gulf of Aqaba. The country's border with the United Arab Emirates is not precisely defined. Saudi Arabia has an area of about 2,240,000 sq km (about 864,900 sq mi). The capital and largest city is Riyadh.

Land and Resources

Considerably more than half the area of Saudi Arabia is desert. Rub' al Khali, known in English as the Great Sandy Desert and as the Empty Quarter, extends over much of the southeast and beyond the southern frontier. Partially unexplored, Rub' al Khali has an estimated area of about 650,000 sq km (about 250,000 sq mi). An extension of the Syrian Desert projects into northern Saudi Arabia, and extending southeast from this region is An Nafûd, an upland desert of red sand covering an area of about 57,000 sq km (about 22,000 sq mi). Ad Dhan', a narrow extension of this desert, links An Nafûd and Rub' al Khali. A central plateau region, broken in the east by a series of uplifts, extends south from An Nafûd. Several wadis (watercourses), dry except in the rainy season, traverse the plateau region. Its western limits are delineated by a mountain range extending generally northwest and southeast along the eastern edge of the regions of Al &amp;#7720;ijz (Hejaz) and 'Asîr. The highest point in Saudi Arabia, Jabal Sawd' (3,207 m/10,522 ft), is located in the southwestern portion of the country. Between the range, which has an average elevation of about 1,200 m (about 4,000 ft), and the Red Sea is a narrow coastal plain. In the east, along the Persian Gulf, is a low-lying region known as Al A&amp;#7721;s'. It is underlain by great petroleum deposits.

Climate

Extreme heat and aridity are characteristic of most of Saudi Arabia. The average temperature range in January is 8° to 20°C (47° to 68°F) in Riyadh and 19° to 29°C (66° to 83°F) in Jiddah. The average range in July is 27° to 43°C (81° to 109°F) in Riyadh and 27°to 38°C (80°to 100°F) in Jiddah. The Arabian Peninsula is one of the few places in the </description>
    <pubDate>2005-03-29T02:06:35-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Geography-of-Saudia-Arabia--26459.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Why Visit Hong Kong                                         </title>
    <description>Why Visit Hong Kong

Hong Kong is a city like no other in the world. For a century and a half West and East have joined here, sometimes blending, sometimes clashing, but always producing many dazzling contrasts that make it unique. </description>
    <pubDate>2005-03-29T01:20:24-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Why-Visit-Hong-Kong-26435.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Social Categories and Identity in the High School           </title>
    <description>[i:1145dc876c]Jocks and Burnout's
Social Categories and Identity in the High School[/i:1145dc876c]

     The research for this book was collected in-between 1980-84.  It was done in the Detroit area at five high schools.  Each predominantly white with a mix of financial categories.  The book discusses (in a nutshell) how the social groups (Jocks and Burnout's) are formed and the reasons why they use totally different avenues to reach the same goal (namely, becoming adults).  

     As the writer depicts, life for children in elementary school, falls basically into two different categories, the haves and the have nots.  Because of this situation the kids usually head in two different directions in trying to reach their goal of becoming adults.
   
  There are the working class families that seem to have less time to spend with their children (while busily trying to support them) who many times end up leaving their children to be watched by the older sibling.  These kids learn quickly to fend for themselves and realize at a young age that in there later lives there parents may not be able to totally provide for them.  The kids spend more time exploring and growing on their own.  As they head into Jr. High, they may possibly try smoking or drinking not only as an experiment in life but to show that they are like adults. Also they begin to look at the school system and regimentation as their enemy.  Trying to forces them into a mold in which they do not need or care to fit.
    
 They are trying to show other people that they can be adults themselves. Not that they need other adults to guide them.  In the school setting, they don't see how any of the classes or activities will help them later in life to get a job (applications, job contacts, networking ect.).  Finally it was noted that many kids get the views that they have of school from their parents.  If their parents did well in school and felt that school helped them to progress in life than many times so do their children and if they feel that school was a waste of their time and in the long run they still ended up fending for themselves anyway, their </description>
    <pubDate>2005-03-29T01:06:09-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Social-Categories-and-Identity-in-the-High-School-26431.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>How to Do Basic Skating Tricks                              </title>
    <description>Kick flip

HOW TO KICKFLIP - There is a lot of hype surrounding the kickflip and it is probably the most popular trick in skating today. The kickflip is a lot easier than many think. A KICKFLIP IS VERY, VERY SIMILAR TO AN OLLIE. Stand on the board as you would for an ollie, but have your front foot slightly more on the edge of the board. 

Start the kickflip just as you would an ollie and drag the front foot straight up the board from it's starting position. (Just by doing this the board should flip in the air) When your foot reaches the kick drag it off the edge off the board to allow the deck to rotate freely. Once the deck has flipped over once, use your back foot to catch the deck. From here the front foot should be stomped back onto the deck, evening out your weight between both feet. Hit the ground and roll away! Catch the sequence above to get the idea.

Heel flip

How to Heelflip - The heelflip is a great trick. A heelflip is flipping the board in the opposite direction to a kickflip. This trick is relatively simple however many people do it wrong and end up getting no where near. First things first. The heelflip requires exactly the same action as a kickflip but in the opposite direction. The only difference is where to place your feet when beginning a heelflip place your feet in exactly the same position as you would as ollie. Initiate the trick as you would an ollie however when dragging your foot up the board, drag your front foot OVER the board and up towards the nose. This should cause the board to flip and level out in a fluent motion ready to be caught with the back foot and rode away. 

There are many errors that people make when trying this trick but here is the main two. DO NOT place your heel on the opposite side of your board. This will cause the board to flip behind you with no chance of pulling the trick off. 
The second is that people don't concentrate on levitating the board into the air but focus all their efforts on getting the board to flip. Do this and the board will FLIP INTO YOUR BUTT. The ollie factor and the flipping factor are equally important in this trick. </description>
    <pubDate>2005-03-29T00:21:58-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/How-to-Do-Basic-Skating-Tricks-26425.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Police Officer Profile, Occupational Research               </title>
    <description>Occupational Research
Police officer
	 
	There are many duties and responsibilities of a police officer. There  main duty and responsibility is to enforce the law and make sure that we live in a safe environment. They have many daily routines depending on the officer. One officer may have to do radar while anther may have to drive around and make sure none is breaking the law. While doing these things officers may be called to go somewhere where someone is breaking the law. There is lots of variety in this job. No two days will be the same for a police officer. One day they might be doing traffic tickets anther day they might have to break up a bar fight or be involved in a high speed chase. Police Officers are always working with different people in different situations. This is why there is so much variety. cops have to deal with all kinds of experiences, for example if a cop pulls someone over. This person might try to speed away because he might have some illegal in his car. It all depends on the people they are dealing with. This is also why there is lots of variety, because no two people are alike.

Police officers work mostly with people. This is because it is people who break the law. Police officers have to stop people from breaking the law, or they may have to question people to write out a report. These things make police officers work mostly around people. Cops have may tools for this jobs. These tools are mostly for self defence against any kind of danger. Some tools they have are guns, pepper spray, and clubs. These are all tools used to make sure the officer is safe.

	The work of a police officer is done in and out doors. Police officers are usually outside doing police work, but they also have to do paper work, all officers have paper work to do. This work is done alone and by with other people. Some officers have partners while others don't. A police officer is not self employed. They are employed by are government. A police officer is not closely supervised they do have there independence. When something serious happens they do have to fill in paper work explaining what happened. There are many health and safety hazards. A police officers job is one of the most dangerous </description>
    <pubDate>2005-03-27T11:00:24-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Police-Officer-Profile,-Occupational-Research-26420.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Should students be pulled out of school halfway through?    </title>
    <description>Pulled Out?

	Have you ever noticed that a student attended class for a week and then was gone the whole year?  Did you ever wonder what happened to them?  In high schools across the states many students are "Pulled out, Pushed out, or Drop out" for various reasons.  Most students that are being pulled out, leave school, whether it is they need to leave school to get a job to help income at home, or to take care of someone young or old in the family, or being pregnant.  Never being able to receive the help or support from their high school.  Many students feel like an outcast because they are unable to attend classes with friends.  Also are no longer involved with school activities such as prom, lunch rally's, talent shows, and yearbook.  Never really knowing the emotions these students feel when being called a "Pull out".  

	In my opinion these students feel much like an outcast from their friends, school, and all after school activities, sadden with all kinds of distorted emotions.  All they need is a second chance.  

	Students who are called "Pull outs" have been so outcaste that it seems that they are a ghost.  You never see or hear from them.  Never being able to plan fun weekend trips with friends, study groups, or sleepovers because you lose touch with them once you leave school.  Being known as a "Pull out" is like being called a loser or dumb.  A student tends to withdraw themselves from the few friends they have kept after leaving school.  

	They may lose self-confidence, happiness, determination, and the strength to go back to school when they get that chance.  They may even start to believe that they are a loser or dumb, when they are not, but being called a "Pull out" leads them to think that way.  They also begin to believe that it was meant for them to live this life of no education and working a minimum wage job.  If they continue to live like that, they will never be able to better themselves.  Always being at the bottom never moving higher, just staying the same level.  Only because they continuously remind themselves that it is meant for them to struggle, when it is really not.  That </description>
    <pubDate>2005-03-27T10:39:34-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Should-students-be-pulled-out-of-school-halfway-through-26414.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Spartans and Athenians                                      </title>
    <description>Spartans and Athenians

                  Mountains, valleys, and water isolate Greece. Hundreds of islands are scattered along its coast. As a result of this type of geography, Greece could never become a large unified empire, so instead, small city-states were created. A city-state was known as a "polis". A polis was made up of a two different parts; the lower ground was the main city, which was housed within a large wall. The upper ground was the hilltop acropolis.

                 These acropolis' were used as military posts, and for religious practices, for each acropolis was for a different Greek god. The two most powerful city-states were Athens and Sparta. Both of these cities differed greatly from each other. 

                Athens had a direct democracy, in which a large number of male citizens took part in the daily running of the government. Athenian democracy is not like the one we have today, it was very limited and biased towards women. Women could not participate in the Athenian democracy, as they were believed to be inferior to men.

                 Slaves became another group that was completely restricted from taking part in the government. They could not participate in the democracy, nor did they have any personal freedom. Even through the unusually cruel democracy, the Athenian democracy gave a greater number of people a voice in government than did any other civilization at the time. 

                The assembly, a high group of select members in the government, made laws. Athenian economy was based solely on trade with other city-states. Athenian's shipped whines, olives, oil, and marble to other countries as well. This trading led to more ideas that were influenced by other cultures. The Greeks took what the others knew about and always made it better, some say.

                   Education in Athens was only available to boys. It was morally correct </description>
    <pubDate>2005-03-27T10:19:31-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Spartans-and-Athenians-26403.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Comparison of Buddhism and Taoism                           </title>
    <description>Taoism and Buddhism were born in the same century. Siddhartha reached enlightenment in approximately 535 B.C. and Lao Tzu’s teachings were recorded around 500 B.C. There are many similarities in the basics of these two religions. Some of the similarities can be seen clearly when examining the three meaning of Tao. 

The first definition of Tao is "the way of ultimate reality." This means that Tao cannot be percieved, defined, talked about, or thought of. It is too big a concept for humans to comprehend. As in the first line of the Tao Te Ching (the Taoist text meaning The Way and Its Power): "The Tao that can be spoken is not the true Tao." This is very similar to the Buddhist idea of Nirvana or Enlightenment. Nirvana cannot be understood by one who has not attained it. Even when one has reached Nirvana, he cannot describe it to others, but only help others to reach it as well. 

In its second sense, Tao means "the way of the universe." Tao is something that goes through all beings, all of the earth. It is everywhere, all the time. It is something that flows through everything. This flowing idea links with the idea in Buddhism that Nirvana can be reached by anyone, as long as one is devoted enough and has lost all attachments.

Thirdly, one life must be a certain way to work with the Tao: Tao also refers to "the way of human life" as it "meshes" with the universal Tao in its second sense. This fundamental idea of Taoism has much to do with the "view of unity of man with Heaven and Earth, that is, with Nature." Buddhists also believe that one must live in a certain harmony with nature and the universe to reach Nirvana, or, as it is in Taoism, be at one with the Tao.

Another vital concept of Taoism is that of the wu-wei which is to achieve action through minimal action or inaction. Action is friction and inaction is pure effectiveness in Taoism. This concept compares with Buddhist meditation in which one remains perfectly still and uses only one’s mind. In this state, one may reach enlightenment.

Also, in the Tao Te Ching (13) an idea close to the Buddhist idea of reincarnation is illustrated: Attain to the goal of absolute emptiness, keep to the state of perfect peace. All things come into existence, And </description>
    <pubDate>2005-03-24T03:38:42-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Comparison-of-Buddhism-and-Taoism-26394.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Belief Systems - Christianity, Judaism, and Islam           </title>
    <description>Belief systems, or religions are perhaps the strongest force in society. All of these beliefs are important to each religion in there own way. They’re what make each religion individual and special. Each of these religions had its own beliefs and sacred texts, though all shared some concepts. In the Middle East, the three great world religions-Judaism, Christianity, and Islam had both share some similarities and differences. 

Judaism, a monotheistic religion, so as Christianity and Islam, originally came from the Hebrews. The Hebrews believed that God was their special protector and was everything, the most powerful, and present everywhere. Like the other two religions, Judaism also has a holy book called the Torah. The Torah is a sacred recording of laws and events in Jewish history. The Jews believe that God gave them the Ten Commandments through Moses, which he was called “the Lawgiver”. According to the Jewish tradition, God made a covenant, or agreement with Abraham, the founder of Judaism. One similarity between the Christianity and Judaism is that they both fast at a certain designated times of the year. Not only does Judaism had similarities between the two religions, the other two religions - Christianity and Islam were strongly influenced by Judaism. 

Christianity has the largest world’s cultural, religious and political development. As same as Judaism and Islam, Christianity is also monotheistic. People who follow the religion Christianity are known as Christians. Christians follow the teachings of a man named Jesus, who was born in Palestine in about A.D. 30. Through the belief in Jesus, people believe that humanity can achieve salvation. Judaism and Christianity are quite similar. The teachings of Jesus were rooted in Jewish tradition. For example, Jesus accepted the Ten Commandments that God had given to the Jews through Moses; he preached new ideas at the same time. Also, like the Torah from Judaism, the Bible was the Christianity’s holy book. Although there are a lot of differences between the Islam and the Christianity, there is, still, a little similarity. 

The founder of Islam was Mohammad who was born in Mecca in A.D. 570. Islam, also a monotheistic religion, has a book similar to that of the Holy Bible. It is called the Quran. To Muslims, the Quran contains the sacred text as spoken to Muhammad from god. The Quran not only teaches about God, but about how to lead a good, faithful, and life. </description>
    <pubDate>2005-03-24T03:37:05-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Belief-Systems-Christianity,-Judaism,-and-Islam-26393.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Fletcher vs. Peck Case Description and Analysis             </title>
    <description>Fletcher vs. Peck

In the case of Fletcher vs. Peck, the Yazoo land grants were on trial. One Georgia legislature had sold millions of acres to four separate companies at a price of two cents per acre. (Garraty 174). When the next legislature came into power, it was learned that many of those legislators that sold the land had been corrupt. The companies had sold land to many small farmers who had no idea that the land should not have been sold in the first place. When the grant was taken away by the Georgian legislature, the farmers looked to the Supreme Court. (Corwin 151).

The Court could have easily decided not to hear the case. The whole land grant process had been corrupt, so the Georgian legislature had the right to take them away, but Marshall believed there was something more to this case. He decided that he would hear the case. Marshall declared the rescinding act void because it violated peoples rights, and went against the separation of powers.
For Marshall, this explanation was simply not enough, so he turned to the Constitution to find something in writing to support his decision. He found his support in the contract clause. The problem Marshall had was that the contract clause was there to protect persons waiting for a contract to be carried out, a land grant is over and done with once the land is handed over. (Corwin 153).
By using a very loose interpretation, Marshall stated that when something is granted, the granter is not expected to try and take back what he has been granted. In reality, the Constitution did not say this at all, but morally it made perfect sense. Marshall believed that there was a moral contract involved and that both parties should assume that the grant is permanent. By using a very broad interpretation of the Constitution Marshall made this moral contract a legal one.

Marshall used his broad interpretation of the Constitution to strengthen the judicial branch. He used moral truths so that he could manipulate the Constitution however he felt necessary. The concept of judicial review was put into practice many times by Marshall to restrict state sovereignty and to protect the rights of individuals. At one time the Supreme court met only once or twice a year, but by this time, it was becoming a major power in the federal government, as it was supposed to </description>
    <pubDate>2005-03-20T23:48:44-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Fletcher-vs_-Peck-Case-Description-and-Analysis-26385.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Why Sports Teams Move and Cities Fight To Keep Them         </title>
    <description>Why Sports Teams Move and Cities Fight To Keep Them

	Professional sports, like most of our popular culture, can be understood only partly by through its exiting plays and tremendous athletes.  Baseball and football most of all are not only games anymore but also hardcore businesses.  As businesses, sports leagues can be as conniving, deceitful, and manipulative as any other businesses in the world.  No matter what the circumstances are, it seems that Politicians are always some how right around the corner from the world of sports.  These Politicians look to exploit both the cultural and the economic dimensions of the sports for their own purposes.  This is what is known in the sports industry as "playing the field".

	In the last decade, almost all the big cities in the United States, and a few small cities as well, have battled with each other for the right to host big league franchises.  Cities spend hundreds of millions of dollars to build new stadiums and offer enticements to private franchise owners.  Politicians often push for stadiums and other favors to teams despite not having support from neighborhoods and general opposition across the whole city, especially where these high dollar stadiums would be built.  

	Some of the most prolific franchises in sports, like the Oakland Raiders and Baltimore Colts of the National Football League, have moved to other cities breaking off their loyalty to the hometown fans.  More important than the actual moves are the more frequent threatened moves.  When teams "play the field" and explore the option of playing in other cities they are able to lure interested cities into giving them just about any royalty they want.  New stadiums are only the beginning.  The willingness to threaten departure has secured for teams a variety of land deals, lower taxes, more revenues from parking and concessions, control of stadium operations, guaranteed ticket sales, renovation of stadiums with luxury seating, control over neighborhoods and transportation systems, and that's only the beginning of the list.

	Franchises are able to control their own destinies and have major advantages over city officials.  This is what as known in the sports industry as the "uneven playing field".  City officials react to the offensive strategies of team owners, but never can anticipate what the owners are prepared to do.  Team owners have complete control over </description>
    <pubDate>2005-02-28T02:58:31-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Why-Sports-Teams-Move-and-Cities-Fight-To-Keep-Them-26349.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>History of Tennis                                           </title>
    <description>Tennis

	The origins of tennis are mysterious and unknown. Although some historians have claimed that tennis was developed as far back as Ancient Egypt. However, the first recorded ball and racquet game was first played by monks located somewhere in southern France around the beginning of the twelfth century. They usually played with their hands and hit the ball against a wall.  However, the monks soon developed crude instruments with which to strike the ball. They also developed the first type of playing court, which was usually the monastery courtyard.  It is there where they devised a crude net with a rope to divide the playing areas. Over the next few centuries, the game spread to several countries in Europe, and it developed several variations.  By the start of the nineteenth century, the game became popular and competitive in Great Britain and quickly developed into today's modern tennis, which now consists of many organizations with numerous levels of competition for all ages and skill.

	One of the main competitive organizations in the United States is the United States Tennis Association (USTA).  The USTA is divided into three age groups. These age groups are junior, adult, and senior. The junior age group usually ranges from ages eight to eighteen. This program primarily focuses on the development of the player without breaching his or her amateur status.  The next two age levels are adult and senior. These two levels have a wide range of amateur and professional tournaments for all levels of play. The USTA works in conjunction with the Intercollegiate Tennis Association (ITA).

	The Intercollegiate Tennis Association (ITA) is the next level of competition for advanced tennis players who are attending a college or university.  The ITA is part of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA).  Included in the ITA is the current membership of every coaching staff in all of the NCAA Divisions, NAIA Divisions, and also all of the junior college divisions.  Through the ITA Intercollegiate Program, over 5,000 players at ITA-member schools participate in 80 ITA Regional Championships, which culminates into the Omni Hotels National Intercollegiate Indoor Championships for NCAA Division I and the ITA National Small College Championships.   At the next level, some advance amateur and college players choose to join the professional tour.

	There are two main professional tours in the world.   Those two are the Association of </description>
    <pubDate>2005-02-23T08:47:48-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/History-of-Tennis--26326.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Ballisic Missile Defense                                    </title>
    <description>Ballisic Missile Defense

Recently I have been reading articles in the New York Times on the subject of the building of a Ballistic Missile Defense (BMD) system by the United States government.  If the Pentagon builds such a system, it will clearly violate the Anti Ballistic Missile Treaty.  The idea of building such a system has begun to trouble me greatly on two levels; one is that nations such as Russia and China are adamantly opposed to the building of such a defense system, and two that the leading nuclear physicists at MIT have stated that such a system would not work in practice.  I fear that the building of such a system could spark an arms race as well as alienating the United States from other nuclear countries.

	One article voiced the opinion that nuclear weapons and the idea of nuclear war had become such a science that people had lost sight of the human consequences.  This idea intrigued me, and so I searched on the Internet to see if I could find more thoughts on this statement.  I came across the title of this book called The Genocidal Mentality by Robert Lifton and Eric Markusen.  Ever since I read the book my perspective on life has changed.

	The Genocidal Mentality discusses Lifton and Markusen's beliefs on the state of nuclear weapons.  The two professors theorize that there is "nuclear numbing" occurring in the United States.  The first reason provided for this inability to see human impacts of nuclear weapons is the technical language used to describe them.  Impacts are calculated by risk and accuracy turning it into a science rather than a body count.  The scientists and strategists created this nuclear language in order to escape their own emotional conflicts about nuclear weapon development.  They justify their work in the name of national defense or deterrence.  Lifton and Markusen argue that deterrence is an evil that will result in our deaths rather than the preservation of our lives.

	The second reason for the adulteration of nuclear weapons into society has been public compliance.  The majority of the population does not comprehend the nuclear situation and leaves their trust in the nuclear scientists and strategists.  Due to lack of knowledge or lack of comprehension, the American public accepts deterrence and nuclear weapons as a way of life.  These </description>
    <pubDate>2005-02-23T08:42:50-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Ballisic-Missile-Defense-26322.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Rise of women sports in American: A Society Changes         </title>
    <description>Rise of women sports in American: A Society Changes

Today when you talk about women and sports no one really makes a big deal about it, because it has grown to be a huge part of our society in this time of day.  Women sports have grown rapidly in the past decade due to such success stories as the women's world cup soccer team and all the recent Olympic gold medal winners.

	The first and most important historical moment that impacted the growth on women's sports was the 1996 gold medal basketball team.  This team showed everyone that the United States could and will be a dominant figure in women's Olympic basketball in days to come.  This win also opened eyes in the United States and showed that we needed a professional league of our own so we could become even more of a dominant world power on the basketball stage.  Now that everyone saw that these girls could play Commissioner Stern helped create what we know today as the WNBA. During the 2000 games in Sydney the women's basketball team went 8-0 to capture their second gold medal in a row. 

	Next, I would like to talk about women's soccer, which nowadays have became one of the most prominent women sports in the United States.  Soccer, which has always been dubbed the "World Sport", has always been know as a man's sport, but now it is a huge sport for women today.  Finally, the last sport I want to talk about is women's softball.  Women's softball is becoming the most popular sport in the United States, due to the fact of them winning the gold medal in the Sydney Olympics this summer.  These women showed great composure on the world stage by starting the games with a 2-3 record and winning the 5 games to bring home the gold medal.

Now that I have talked about the growth of the Women Sports I want to talk about how this impacted society as a whole.  Women Sports shows little girls that it is not bad to dream about becoming a professional athlete today, and it also gives them role models to look up to and mold their game around.   Speaking of Role Model's many come to my mind, but I will talk about 3 in particular. The first sport's figure that comes </description>
    <pubDate>2005-02-20T06:20:01-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Rise-of-women-sports-in-American-A-Society-Changes-26278.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Robots: Future Technologies and How They Will Effect Us     </title>
    <description>Robots: Future Technologies and How They Will Effect Us.

	What will life be like in fifty years?  Will our home life be more comfortable?  Will our jobs become easier?  Will our health become better due to new technology?  It is most likely to turn out this way.  According to scientist, robots will be doing our yard work, taking over some of our jobs, and monitoring our health on a daily basis.  Does this sound unbelievable?   This might just be the kind of world our grandchildren will grow up in.  

It's hard not to think about having our lives changed by the introduction of these new gadgets.   As for the household aspect, computers will make our daily drudgery of housework dramatically more interesting.  In the next decade robots should be cleaning our floors, mowing our lawns, and even cleaning our pools at the touch of a button.  Who can imagine what advancements the next fifty years will bring.            

	Home life is not the only thing that will be effected by the growth of technology.  Jobs will go from spine busting manual labor to sitting behind a control panel.  An example of this might be a HVAC system on a large office building. Technology will probably advance to the point of micro chips being placed into their systems, and when a problem is detected a signal we be sent to eliminating not only the problem, but also hours in manual troubleshooting. "Experts say that manual labor will be all together eliminated by the year 2050."(Reed 3)  The teaching profession will also be drastically effected.  Electronic books could replace textbooks and even teachers.  The transportation industry will also see a decrease in human workers.  With the use of magnetic tracks, and computer driven shuttles and busses people will be transported safely and more efficient then humans ever could.  

	Health could be one of the most important subjects for the future, it is also the most advanced. Our health will have the ability to be constantly be monitored.  "Our alarm clocks will to report your hydration level and signal the refrigerator to prepare you a drink."(Gorman 2)  Our toothbrushes will be observing our mouth for gum disease, tooth decay, and abnormal cells. </description>
    <pubDate>2005-02-20T05:24:48-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Robots-Future-Technologies-and-How-They-Will-Effect-Us-26268.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Body Piercing and the Risk for Infection                    </title>
    <description>Body Piercing and the Risk for Infection

     Body piercing is commonly done all over the world. Everything from ears, nose, eyebrows, tongue, genitals, lips, naval, and nipples are being pierced. People think nothing of piercing their bodies with ornamental jewelry at various sites, not realizing the complications that can occur if they are not taken care of properly. 

Depending on where and who pierces a person's body, certain complications can occur. If the piercer is not experienced, they may not know or understand the necessary health and safety precautions needed to avoid infections. Adolescents and young adults under the age of 18 are piercing each other without this knowledge because most places will not pierce them without a parental consent (Armstrong, 1998). 
If instruments are not properly sterilized or the environment is not clean infection may occur. Infections that can arise are HIV, </description>
    <pubDate>2005-02-02T08:33:49-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Body-Piercing-and-the-Risk-for-Infection-26235.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Melbourne, Australia One of the Most Beautiful City's in the World</title>
    <description>Melbourne, one of the most beautiful city's in the world. I have traveled through the USA, Canada &amp;amp; the Bahamas, and still, I find Melbourne is the greatest. 

In 1981 I was born in a New South Wales mid-coast town of Port Macquarie. I lived there until I was the age of four, and that's when we made the move to Victoria.

I grew up in Kew, a suburb of Melbourne, not far from the actual city. Most of my family lived there, and was the main cause for the move. I went to school and met lots of friends. Nearly every night my friends and I would get together and go to the local car park and roller-blade for a few hours before going to 7-11 for a Slurpee.

I look back at those days, and see how Melbourne was in the 80's and early 90's. Old buildings and great friendly people. Still, Melbourne has all of this, as well as new developments, such as new multi-million dollar entertainment complex's. Over the past 5 years, Melbourne have brought us the all new Exhibition Building and of course, the Crown Casino. This was a great move for the Kennett government, as it proved to be successful with the un-employment problem. It didn't stop the problem, but it sure did help it. The casino complex is not only for gambling, it is also a great place for teenager's to go the movies or even the special area for arcade games, sort of a side show alley. Crown also contains 2 nightclubs and is host to many international bands. 

In 1997, the decision was made to start construction of the Docklands stadium, for football and cricket, much bigger then the MCG. Construction is underway and it should be complete in the year 2000.

As well as all these new constructions, Melbourne is home to a lot of well known events. The Ford Australian Tennis Open, is one of the biggest with thousands of international visitors annually. Biggest of them all, has got to be the Australian Formula 1 Grand Prix. It was only a few years ago that Melbourne got this wonderful event, as it used to be held in the streets of Adelaide. It is now located along the banks of Albert Park Lake. Moomba is an event which every Victorian, cant wait for. Its an annual event, held at the same time as </description>
    <pubDate>2005-02-02T05:36:48-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Melbourne,-Australia-One-of-the-Most-Beautiful-City-s-in-the-World-26219.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Recycling  It's Time to Clean Up</title>
    <description>It’s Time to Clean Up
	
What’s the deal with recycling? It is such an important environmental issue, and yet it seems as though there isn’t much done about it as a community. If you ask a random person on the street what they think about recycling, nine times out of ten they’ll smirk and tell you “It’s good for the environment.” But, really, they don’t understand the significance of recycling. Although the concept of recycling and reusing is preached in the schools, on the television set, and on billboards, people don’t take it seriously enough. Recycling is plainly returning an item back to its original condition so that it can be reused. As astonishing as it may seem, the average San Diego citizen disposes of 4.6 pounds of waste per day, which would equate to more than a thousand six hundred pounds per year. Surprising, half of this outlandish total of waste dump could easily be recycled. Recycling is so important to the welfare of our community that California passed a law that required all of its counties and cities to cut the amount of waste going to their landfills in half. Most people already know that recycling helps conserve natural resources, and San Diegan’s of course know that recycling saves space in our landfills. On the other hand, few know that recycling waste products conserves water, energy, trees, and helps reduce pollution in our drinking water and air.
	
With the recent budget deficits in California, energy must be conserved to save money. Conserving energy by way of recycling is a crucial environmental benefit. It takes far less energy to make new products and put them into working order using recycled waste than it does to make them from entirely new materials. Every pound of steel that you recycle will save enough energy to light a 60-watt bulb for more than a day! A recycled pound of plastic will keep the same bulb aglow for 48 hours straight. Even that empty Sprite bottle that you so thoughtlessly recycled will store more than enough energy to keep your television set running for hours on end. San Diego will benefit greatly from the extra energy they will save just by putting their recyclables in the big blue bin. For example, the citizens of Pennsylvania came together as a community and made a valiant effort at improving the amount of waste they recycle. They in </description>
    <pubDate>2005-02-02T03:27:25-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Recycling-It-s-Time-to-Clean-Up-26204.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Security Dilemma As Applied To Greece And Turkey            </title>
    <description>Security Dilemma As Applied To Greece And Turkey

	The political concept of the security dilemma can be characterized as, fear of an external enemy or external attack.  The problem stems from the fact that there are no purely defensive weapons, and countries that strive solely to defend them selves consequently transform into offensive threats.  Therefore, countries striving to attain security from outside threats are driven to stockpile weapons to gain security, this makes other neighbors insecure, and thus the cycle begins again.  This vicious cycle of extreme military excessiveness is notably hard to break.  Once a country in question has begun to increase its military arsenal, its neighbors logically will do the same not to be left vulnerable.  This sequence repeats itself continually until a determining event such, as a war or peace, which will put it to rest.  The security dilemma is the breeding ground for many volatile situations to arise.  The "upping the ante" of the military status increases tensions and paranoia in the region(s) in question, allowing costly confrontations to manifest.

	The countries of Greece and Turkey have a bloody hatred for each other that goes back thousands of years.  The Turks ultimately defeated Greece, the treasure of the ancient world, in 1453 with the fall of Constantinople and the Byzantines.  Emperor Constantine I, ruler of the Byzantine Empire, was the former ruler of the Greek city-state of Sparta who inherited the Eastern Roman Empire.  He strived to expand Greek culture and influence via his Byzantine Empire, and was extremely successful.  The gem of the empire was the capital city of Constantinople that was named for the great ruler.  Constantinople was at the crossroads of the known world.  It was arguably one of the most important and wealthy cities in history and in its time.  With the barbarian invasion of the Turks in 1453, Constantinople was sacked and ultimately the great Byzantine and Greek Empires were defeated.  This plunged the Greeks into an unimaginable four hundred years of slavery under the Turks.

	Under these four hundred years of occupation and slavery, untold numbers of atrocities were perpetrated upon the Greeks.  The Turks were notorious for their treatment of the Greeks.  These actions of the Turks left a bitter sentiment in the region, and solidified the Greek spirit for freedom.  The Greeks finally </description>
    <pubDate>2005-01-08T05:17:45-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Security-Dilemma-As-Applied-To-Greece-And-Turkey-26139.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>DNA in the Criminal Justice System as Evidence              </title>
    <description>The Tale of the DNA

Our criminal justice system is best described as a search for the truth. Increasingly, the forensic use of DNA technology is an important ally in that search. The development of DNA technology furthers the search for truth by helping police and prosecutors in the fight against violent crime. Through the use of DNA evidence, prosecutors are often able to conclusively establish the guilt of a defendant. DNA evidence offers prosecutors important new tools for the identification and apprehension of some of the most violent perpetrators, particularly in cases of sexual assault. DNA aids the search for exonerating the innocent. Lets take Dennis Fritz for instance. As mentioned in the article, Innocent, After Proven Guilty by Adam Cohen in the TIME magazine, Fritz was an average father from Oklahoma who led a normal life as a single parent raising his thirteen-year-old daughter. He made a living teaching science to Junior High School students at the time he was convicted of raping and murdering his neighbor, twenty-one-year old Debra Sue Carter. The evidence against Fritz was vague. "He had no eyewitnesses, no evidence linking him to the victim and no credible evidence linking him to the crime scene." But he was misjudged by the odds. What he didn't realize is there were other players working against him and found himself in a situation where he had everything to lose, "…a convicted criminal, wasting away in jail with little hope of ever proving his innocence." Ron Williamson, Fritz co-defendant, was days away from being executed and put to death. He was retried due to a small technicality. Prosecutors then decided to do DNA test on both Fritz and Williamson of semen and hair found at the crime scene. As a result, the DNA proved them both innocent. Stupidity is not a capital offence in the American justice system. So why are they making so many mistakes? This is when it should work to separate the innocent from the real dangers to society. When it failed for Fritz and Williamson what they got was twelve-years of punishment for someone else ignorance. Also mentioned in the article, a man by the name of Vincent Jenkins was wrongfully convicted of the rape of a Buffalo, N.Y. woman and served seventeen-years in prison was just released after DNA test had proven him otherwise. Tim Durham, convicted for the rape of an eleven-year-old girl, </description>
    <pubDate>2004-12-29T06:55:07-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/DNA-in-the-Criminal-Justice-System-as-Evidence-26094.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Health, Diet, and Physical Fitness                          </title>
    <description>Health and Diet

There are two major factors that determine the physical appearance of a person, how they feel and their weight. Diet and exercise is a great mediator in the way person looks, weighs and feels. Your diet will greatly impact on the way you look, the way you approach things and the amount you will be able to do physically. A good balanced diet consists of the five major food groups. No single food can provide all the essential nutrients needed for good health and well being.

The five major food groups are: Bread and Cereal, Fruit, Vegetables, Meat and Meat Alternatives and the Milk Group. Bread and Cereal are recommended for six or seven serves per day. Fruit is recommended for two to three serves per day. Vegetables are recommended for four serves per day. Meat and Meat Alternatives are recommended for one serve per day. The Milk Group for a young or still growing person is of much greater importance than when the person has stoped growing. The reason for this is because while growing your body needs fats and dairy products for energy and nutrients. After growing has stoped your body will store this as fat because the need for energy and nutrients is not as great. 

If you follow these plans to eat [above and below] you will look and feel great, you will also be able to participate in more physical activities such as running, skipping and swimming. The food groups are broken up into three other groups: Eat Most, Eat Moderately and Eat Least [as seen in chart below]. The eat most food group consists of foods such as: wholegrain cereals, bread [preferably wholegrain], pasta, rice, vegetables and fruit. The eat moderately food group consists of foods such as: milk, cheese, yoghurt, lean meat, poultry, fish, nuts, eggs and pulses [e.g. soya beans]. The eat least food group contains foods like: butter, margarine, oils and sugar. Also to compensate for the fluids lost through perspiration, expiration and urine and faeces we should drink two to three litres of water per day. These ideas may contribute to general health and well-being if put into practice.

Exercise will also help you lose weight and have higher self-esteem by burning kilojoules that will inturn make you thinner. Exercise will also work your muscles and make you more flexible and agile. By participating in sport and exercise you develop </description>
    <pubDate>2004-12-29T06:29:51-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Health,-Diet,-and-Physical-Fitness-26085.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Sports in Australian Society</title>
    <description>Sport in Australian Society

Australian people's lives are greatly affected by sport. In Australia, most people will either participate in sport or watch sport, weather it at the arena or on television, what ever you do it would be hard not be caught up in all the hype surrounding sport. A lot of people will participate on weekends at a social level, but some people will play representative sport, that is the reason that many Australians have come to think of themselves as a great sporting nation. It is these ideas that have allowed Australian athlete's to become world champions.

People participate in sport not only for the physical values but the values of team spirit, sportsmanship, relaxation and for some financial rewards. Sport is - one or more people competing against another team or individual to see who will win. Sport also is - a game played at a non-competitive level. Some people however believe that competitive sport causes narrow-mindedness or that winning and competition lead to individualism and selfishness. Sport is open to people of any age or race. Anyone can participate in sport, however as you get older you may be limited physically to the amount or sport you play. Some other limitations may be the resources available, your age, your time available or the costs involved. A survey was said to be conducted by the courier mail titled, "Yes, We Really Are Sports Mad". The survey had the following results, 88% people in capital cities play sport with 1 in every 2 of those people taking part in at least four sports a week. Swimming was seen to be the favorite sport among participants with tennis, fishing, snooker and pool close behind. Also in this survey it was said 2 out of 3 Australians that live in capital cities will go to at least one sporting match a year.

The reason a large number of Australian lives are affected by sport is because you hear about it every day, weather it be on the radio, in a newspaper or on television. The Courier-Mail devotes a section of the paper just to sport and so does the news services. On Foxtel and Galaxy there are two sports channels and on Optus Vision there are three. On the AM radio stations, there will be three or four minutes every half hour on sport. A large section of the media is devoted </description>
    <pubDate>2004-12-29T06:28:46-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Sports-in-Australian-Society-26084.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>How to consistently shoot a free throw                      </title>
    <description>Shooting free throws is tough for basketball players on all levels. Here is how to shoot a free throw in five easy steps.

Making a free throw in a basketball game should be simple. It’s only a fifteen foot shot, you’re in perfect line with the basket, and nobody is guarding you. But often times it can be a nightmare for players, from the grade school level all the way to the pros. Here are some ways to improve your free throw shooting: 

1.) Relax before stepping to the free throw line. Before the referee hands you the ball to shoot, take some deep breaths. Walk around a little bit and get yourself mentally relaxed. Sometimes standing at the free throw line waiting for the other players to get set can put some undue pressure on you. Let everyone else get set before you do. 

2.) Get your feet set. When the referee hands you the ball, set both of your feet where you feel most comfortable. If you’re young and jump forward a little bit when you shoot, that’s fine. Just allow for that little jump by stepping back a step from the line so you don’t jump over it when you shoot. If you are able to keep your feet still, get as close to the line as possible. It doesn’t matter where you stand or if you jump or not. The goal is to make the shot from behind the line. How you get it to go in doesn’t matter. There are no extra points for style. 

3.) Have a routine for bouncing the ball. Some people like to bounce it three times. Some bounce it five. Some don’t bounce it at all. Whatever you do, be consistent each time. The more consistent you are, the more comfortable you will feel each time you step to the line. 

4.) Ignore everything and everyone around you. It can be intimidating with players standing on each side of you watching you shoot. It’s even more intimidating if a big crowd is watching. You need to focus on the basket and on your routine. Picture yourself in your driveway, at practice, or somewhere where you feel comfortable. The more distractions you can eliminate, the better off you’ll be. 

5.) Shoot the ball the same way each time. It’s all part of your routine. Use the same strength and same arm extension. </description>
    <pubDate>2004-12-28T06:10:38-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/How-to-consistently-shoot-a-free-throw-26053.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Rastafarians and Smoking Cannibus                           </title>
    <description>Rastafarians and Smoking Cannibus

Rastafarians acknowledge that their religion is the blending of the purest forms of both Judaism and Christianity; they also accept the Egyptian origins of both these religions. In affirming the divinity of Haile Selassie, Rastafari rejects the Babylonian hypocrisy of the modern church. The church of Rome, and even the council of Rome, are considered to be particularly Babylonian: was it not from this city that Mussolini invaded the holy land of Ethiopia in 1935? Religions always reflect the social and geographical environment out of which they emerge, and Jamaican Rastafari is no exception: for example, the use of marijuana as a sacrament and aid to meditation is logical in a country where a particularly potent strain of 'herb' grows freely. 

Marijuana: The Weed of Wisdom

In fact, the herb "ganja" (marijuana) was regarded as "wisdomweed," and Rasta leaders urged that it be smoked as a religious rite, alleging that it was found growing on the grave of King Solomon and citing biblical passages, such as Psalms 104:14, to attest to its sacramental properties: "He causeth the grass to grow for the cattle, and herb for the service of man, that he may bring forth food out of the earth." 

"Ital" Diet and Dreadlocks

A set of dietary and hygienic laws were formulated to accompany the religion's doctrine. They urged their flocks to shun the ingestion of alcohol, tobacco, all meat (especially pork), as well as shellfish, scaleless fish, snails, predatory and scavenger species of marine life, and many common seasonings like salt. In short, anything that was not "ital," a Rasta term meaning pure, natural or clean, was forbidden. 

They also outlawed was the combing or cutting of hair, citing the holy directive in Leviticus 21:5: "They shall not make baldness upon their head, neither shall they shave off the corner of their beard, nor make any cuttings in their flesh." Their nappy tresses were allowed to mat and twine themselves into ropy dreadlocks, so called to mock non-believers' aversion to their appearance. (The noun "dread" has also since evolved into a word of praise.) 

Babylon Will Fall

The Rastas deny allegations by other relgious groups that they were antiwhite or antibrown (mulatto) and invited all to repent and accept Jah (a shortened form of Jehovah). They vowed that at a secret hour known only to a devout few, converts would return to Ethiopia by an undisclosed means, leaving </description>
    <pubDate>2004-12-25T23:49:32-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Rastafarians-and-Smoking-Cannibus-26033.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>How to Make Peanut Butter Cookies - The Right Way!          </title>
    <description>How to Make Peanut Butter Cookies - The Right Way!

     Have you ever tried to bake peanut butter cookies, and for some reason they were a complete flap because they were dry and crunchy, too moist and crumbly, or perhaps they had a terrible taste? Well, I have discovered this cool new recipe and I have never failed at making them. Have no fear, the ultimate peanut butter cookie recipe is hear. 

We will need the following ingredients: 1c. of brown sugar, 1c. of white sugar, 1c. of margarine or butter, 1c. of peanut butter, 2 large eggs, 1 tsp. of baking soda, 1/4 tsp. of salt, 2 tsp. of vanilla, 3 cups of flour, and 1/2 cup of white sugar. 

As far as cooking utensils go, we will need the following: 2 large bowls, a small cup, a microwavable bowl, a baking sheet, one set of measuring spoons, one set of measuring cups, a large sheet of was paper, 1 fork, wooden spoon, and a metal spatula. As far as appliances go, we will need the following: a microwave and a conventional oven (pre-heated to 350 degrees). 

Before you begin, always wash your hands. First we begin by blending with the wooden spoon, in one of the large bowls the brown sugar and the one-cup white sugar. Soften the margarine or butter in the microwavable bowl in the microwave for fifteen seconds. After you add the margarine to the sugar, mix them together. Add the peanut butter to the batter then mix again. In the small cup crack each egg separately, and add the yolk part to the batter and stir. Set the mixture aside for the time being. In the other large bowl measure out and sift the flour, baking soda, and salt. Once sifted together, carefully add to the sugar and butter mixture. Blend together carefully. It may take a little elbow grease. Once completely blended, add the vanilla and stir till it is mixed on. The hard part is now over. Make sure that there are no lumps of sugar, pieces of eggshell, and clumps of baking soda. Nobody wants to bite into those! From the batter, scoop out a teaspoon size amount out and roll in your hands until it looks like a sphere. Roll it again, but this time, roll it around in 1/2 cup of white sugar until completely </description>
    <pubDate>2004-12-22T23:53:18-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/How-to-Make-Peanut-Butter-Cookies-The-Right-Way-26012.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Cajun Food and Culture                                      </title>
    <description>Cajun Food and Culture

"Cajun" and "Creole" cuisine is native to the "Bayou" country in the State of Louisiana. Creole cuisine was the creation of the French and Spanish settlers and their Black servants, and it is perhaps the best characterized by the sauces. Creole sauces are creamy and full-flavored with the rich use of herbs and spices. Cajun cooking is, generally speaking, a countrified version of Creole cuisine. It tends to be more robust and hot-peppeory than its cusin. It took several generations for the emerging social structure and cultural identity to form in Cajun Louisiana. Acadian refugees to Louisiana gradually divided into two relatively distinct classes: the elite planter class and the working farmer class. Acadians gradually adopted some of the Anglo (English-speaking) culture at all levels of social class. If you know what, where, when, and with whom to eat, then you know a great deal about the character of society. Food choices and production are influenced by biological and social needs, technology, and ecological restrictions. Two groups of people settled Louisiana during the eighteen hundreds, their class and origin shaped the types of foods they developed and ate.

The Cajun culture eventually developed as a blend of French, Spanish, and English cultures. "Dictionaries generally define Cajuns as 'a Louisianan who descends from French -speaking Acadians'" (Acadian, Cajun or Creole, p1) The Cajun people represent ingenuity, creativity, adaptability, and survival. The Cajuns used what they had in order to survive. Unlike the Creoles they made no attempt to create dishes they had in Europe. "Cajun cuisine is a 'table in the wilderness,' a creative adaptation of indigenous Louisiana foods. It is a cuisine forged out of a land that opened its arms to a wary traveler." (Folse, 2) The Cajuns lived off the land and used what natural resources they had in order to survive. They lived in the bayou were fish shellfish and wild game were plentiful. The Cajuns did not try to replicate European dishes since they did not have access to the exotic spices and other hard to find ingredients that made up the more complex European dishes. The Cajuns were simple, hard working, lower class people living off the land. 

The Creoles were European aristocrats who traveled to New Orleans in the 1690s for the opportunity to establish communities and traditions in the New World. The Creole people were the upper class of Louisiana. "The </description>
    <pubDate>2004-12-22T22:14:24-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Cajun-Food-and-Culture-25986.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Canada And The War Against Terrorism                        </title>
    <description>Canada And The War Against Terrorism

Canada will face the implication of biological attacks as it joins the war against terrorism in the 21st Century.  Bioterrorism will have an enormous impact on the Canadian people and their quality of life.  Canada must deal with this threat quickly and efficiently to ensure the health and well being of its citizens and restore the sense of security for all Canadian peoples.

	Fear is one of the major factors associated with biological weapons.  Fear may do more damage that the weapon itself.  So far, there has not been an actual case of biological weapons such as anthrax being found in Canada.  Even though a white powder was discovered on Parliament Hill, Health Minister Allan Rock says, "At this time, there are no cases of Canadians being infected by anthrax.  There have been no infections, or even actual deliveries of anthrax spores, and few false alarms."  Rock continued, "To date, very few suspicious packages have been brought to the attention of Canada Post." and concluded, "It is important to remember that the risks are remote."*  Despite Rock's reassuring comments, Canadians feel much unrest, as the incidents of anthrax in the United States become more frequent.  Even isolated cases, if occurring in Canada, would instill a tremendous amount of fear into Canadian citizens.  Having a greater awareness would provide Canadians with a greater sense of security, but Canadians are too aware, they are paranoid.  The fear is like an epidemic, it is contagious and the only cure for it would be to take a final stand against terrorism once and for all.  Canadians are afraid, and enormous impacts on the economy and lifestyle have resulted.  The economy suffers as Canadians withhold their money, spend less, take more time away from work and are less productive at work.  The lifestyle a Canadian has changed, they are more alert and aware of the potential dangers and try to do anything they can to protect themselves and their families.  These actions have caused a strain on the economy and have led to an economic slowdown, which could lead to a much dreaded recession and even worse, a depression. 

	In an effort to allay these fears and maintain the growth of the Canadian economy, the federal government has set aside tens of millions dollars to purchase </description>
    <pubDate>2004-12-22T22:13:47-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Canada-And-The-War-Against-Terrorism-25985.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>A Comprehensive Look At Knee Injuries In Sports             </title>
    <description>A Comprehensive Look At Knee Injuries In Sports

	The knee is a complex joint.  There are many different injuries that can occur during sports.  The most predominant type of injuries to the knee are those done to the Meniscus and the ligaments.  There are two areas of ligaments that are commonly affected; the Cruciate ligaments and the Collateral ligaments.  Within the Cruciate ligaments there are posterior and anterior injuries, and within the Collateral ligaments there are medial and lateral injuries.  It is very important that these injuries be taken seriously in athletics due to the seriousness of their affects to the knee.  

	One of the most commonly injured part of the knee is the meniscus.  The meniscus is a wedge-like rubbery cushion where bones of your legs connect.  The meniscal cartilage curves like the letter "c", and helps the knee joint carry weight, glide and turn in many directions.  This helps prevent the bones in the leg from grinding against each other.  

	The two Menisci are easily injured by the force of rotating the knee while bearing weight.  A partial or total tear can occur and the serious of the injury depends on the location of the tear.

	When an athlete tears the meniscus he might experience a "popping" feeling, but he may still be able to continue playing.  The following days after the tear the player will experience more pain accompanied by stiffness and swelling, tenderness in the joint line, and collection of fluid on the knee.  Sever pain may occur if a fragment of the meniscus gets caught between the femur and tibia.

	Treatment for a mild meniscus tear is basic.  Using the "RICE" formula, rest, ice, compression, and elevation; the knee may be able to heal on its own.

Some doctors may recommend therapy to strengthen the muscle.  If the tear does not heal on its own, repair may be necessary.  Either through arthroscopic surgery or open surgery.  These two surgeries will be performed to trim off the pieces of cartilage damaged by the injury.

	Injuries to the Anterior and Posterior Cruciate Ligaments are generally referred to as sprains.  The ACL, Anterior Cruciate Ligament, is usually stretched or torn while when the feet are pointed in one direction and the knees are turned in the opposite direction.  The PCL, Posterior Cruciate Ligament, is </description>
    <pubDate>2004-12-22T22:05:13-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/A-Comprehensive-Look-At-Knee-Injuries-In-Sports-25980.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Global Warming Investigation                                </title>
    <description>Global Warming

Long ago the earth was conceived in a fiery blast of volcanoes and molten lava. The earth cooled and life was spawned. From the first bacterium that swam in a new ocean thru just before the industrial revolution climate, lacking any external factors, has steadily changed. But since the industrialization of civilization, the climate of the earth has faced an ever growing foreign factor. This factor is the emissions of the so called “greenhouse gases” that have caused the rapid increase in world temperatures. This phenomena has been given the title global warming, and has sparked a new debate in local, state, national, and world policy.

	Since the end of WWII the United States has played the role of international policeman. As one of the strongest economic, political, and economic powers in the world the United Nations Special committee on Global warming research has also made us the leading emissions releaser in the world, with approximately one fifth of all global emissions coming from our country. As of March 13, 2001 President Bush has refused to honor the Kyoto Protocol which promised to reduce emissions by 5% in ten years. He labeled the agreement to be overly ambiguous and not not plausible because it would cause, “serious harm to the US economy”, “the incomplete state of scientific knowledge” on global warning and “the lack of commercially available technologies” as his biased reasoning for rejecting the Kyoto Protocol. On all Accounts President bush is wrong.

	To begin with there is no serious harm to our economy. The heavy majority of America's industrial complex is owned by less the six large corporations. The cost to further filter the the industrial outpouring of these toxins is averaging less than 3% of the average yearly profit of these large corporations. It would have a very opposite effect on the economy, by creating clean company images these corporations would gain, but since they don't tarnish their reputations with private lobbyists they have nothing to lose. On the other hand the public has much to lose.

	Our President once again has factitiously stated that scientific knowledge is inadequate in reference to global warming and the accompanying greenhouse effect. Not only is the greenhouse effect and an accepted scientific fact, but it is in science textbooks around the nation. He chooses to fault the lack of similar estimates across the board. The reasons for discrepancy is al the factor </description>
    <pubDate>2004-12-21T06:49:00-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Global-Warming-Investigation-25934.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Cases of Violence in Sports and How They Should Be Handled  </title>
    <description>Cases of Violence in Sports and How They Should Be Handled


     Violence in sports will always be a big issue although I don't think it will ever be truly resolved. In sports there is competition and where there is competition people are striving to be the best. 
There is a lot of strong emotion when people are trying to win 
for themselves or for their team. In sports as long as there is competition and high emotion, there will always be the potential 
for violence. The intense competition that is a part of sports can and often does lead to violence. 
The violence isn't always among the players of the sports being played. At a nine-year old soccer game in Staten Island parents of opposing teams became engaged in a verbal fight over a call that a referee made and it became a big brawl between parents. This shows the kids at that game that if their parents can engage in a fight with the opposing teams parents then that makes it right to throw an elbow in a game or shove someone. 
Yet in professional sports it isn't the athletes most of the time. Usually the fans are the ones to cause the riots and fights. Especially in the sport of soccer, the fans take the sport so serious and they aren't even playing in the game. Unhappy Corinthian fans said that the players were slacking off and so the fans gave the team a piece of their own mind by invading the field, cursing at the players and punching their own team. Corinthian fans have been known to turn against there own team in unfavorable times. These are obviously not true fans. 
A few years ago Latrell Spreewell was in an incident where he choked his coach. This brought major conflict to the NBA; they did not know what to do with Latrell. At the time he was on the Golden State Warriors, they needed to make the playoffs and to do this they needed Latrell. But to let him physically and orally assault his own coach and to get away with it, who knows what type of controversy this could bring to the basketball world. They had to do something with Latrell but what? If they suspended him, the team would have no chance of getting to the playoffs and, without the possibility </description>
    <pubDate>2004-12-20T03:25:53-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Cases-of-Violence-in-Sports-and-How-They-Should-Be-Handled-25850.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>50 Years of Speed                                           </title>
    <description>50 Years of Speed


     The Goodyear Thunderdome was the first purpose built Oval speedway outside of the continent of America. 

Construction started in November 1984 and it was officially opened by the Mayor of Keilor on August 3rd. 1987 although it was christened by Americans Richard Petty, Bobby Hillin Jnr. and Rodney Combs along with local men Jim Richards,Graeme Crosby and Gary Rush. 

The first race was only a couple of weeks later when a 300 Km. Touring Car race was run on the combined Oval/road circuit.The race was won by Terry Sheil and John Bowe in a Nissan Skyline(the only time a Japanese car has won on the Thunderdome) from the Commodore of Larry Perkins and Bill O’Brien. Allan Grice had been quickest in practise with a lap of 1m.45.74s and he also set the fastest lap in the race with a time of 1m.46.17s. 

Later that year another race took place on the combined circuit and this was a round of the World Touring Car Championship.Pole position went to Klaus Ludwig in an Eggenberger Ford Sierra with a 1m.42.92s but in the race it was his team mates Steve Soper and Pierre Diuedonne who took the honours from Emanuelle Pirro and Roberto Ravaglia in a BMW M3. The race was not without problems as it began to rain very heavily just before the start and so for the only time a race was run on the Thunderdome in the wet. The other feature was that the combined circuit goes in a clockwise direction (same as for AUSCAR) which was fine for the locals but not so good for the European Fords and BMWs. 

The first Oval meeting was held on February 28th. 1988 and it was a mixture of Americans, mostly from the Winston West series,and Australians. A bonus for the organisers was that just 2 weeks before the event Bobby Allison, one of the imported stars, won the biggest NASCAR race of them all, the Daytona 500, giving the Thunderdome a huge publicity boost. 
A crowd of over 46,000 saw a typical NASCAR race which,of course, had a typical NASCAR multi car shunt.On lap 80 the cars of Allan Grice, Gary Collins, Dick Johnson, Brad Noffsinger, Harry Goulart, John Lawes, Terry Byers and Bill Venturini were all put out of the race after coming together in Turn 3 but again typical to NASCAR </description>
    <pubDate>2004-12-20T03:25:21-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/50-Years-of-Speed--25849.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Michael Jordan                                              </title>
    <description>After winning his third consecutive NBA championship, at the peak of his career, Michael Jordan, on October 6, 1993, announced his retirement shocking the entire sports world.  Jordan said, “the mental aspect is not the same - the challenge is not as great. I promised myself - and I have said many times publicly - that when the mental challenge began to fade, I would leave. That time is now here.”  He then decided to pick up the game of baseball, for 1994 baseball season, playing for the Birmingham Barons, an affiliate of the Chicago White Sox in the Class AA Southern League.  With the mental challenge gradually returning, on March 18, 1995, Jordan publicly announced that he would rejoin the Chicago Bulls and play in the next day’s nationally televised game against the Pacers at Indianapolis. He stepped onto the court with a new jersey - the number 45 - a perfected fade away jumper, and whole new game.  Jordan returned to the game, with only one ambition in mind, to prove to the NBA fans worldwide that he is, without a doubt, the greatest player ever.  After his return, he was able to dominate the game and market, in such a way that no other player can compare with. 

Michael Jordan returned to the NBA in the middle of the regular season, in which the Chicago Bulls were in a disaster.  With a pitiful 34-31 record, Jordan’s return was the team’s only hope.  Although looking a little rusty in his first game, he was soon able to pick up it up in his fifth game with an unforgettable 55 points against the New York Knicks.  With Jordan the Bulls went 13-4 to finish the season with 47-35 overall, bringing the team to the playoffs.  Jordan proved that even after years off he could come back at an old age and actually dominate the league more than he did previously.  He showed that one could still lead the league well into his thirties.  He may have been a little less agile, but in compensation Jordan was a far more effective and controlled jump shooter, three-point scoring threat, and remained an outstanding all-around contributor.  Only after his return, in the 95-96 season, did Jordan start all 100 games for the Bulls, becoming the first and only player to </description>
    <pubDate>2004-11-29T16:34:42-05:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Michael-Jordan--25776.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Creatine Supplementation in High School Athletes            </title>
    <description>Based on their recently completed survey of high school athletes, Mayo Clinic doctors are recommending a large-scale study on the use and long-term effects of creatine, a supplement used by athletes who believe it enhances athletic performance. The survey of high school athletes completed at the Mayo Clinic Sports Medicine Center showed that users of creatine usually rely on friends for their information about the supplement and most either aren’t aware of the dosages they take, or take more than the recommended amounts.  

The Mayo Clinic authors used anonymous surveys returned by male and female high school athletes during the August 1999 pre-participation examinations to determine the level of use and knowledge about creatine. Of the 328 students surveyed (182 males and 146 females), 27 athletes (26 male, 1 female) or 8.2 percent, reported creatine use. Most of the users were high school football players, who received their information about it from friends. And most of them reported they did not know how much creatine they were taking or reported taking amounts that were more than the recommended doses.  

The article “Creatine Use Among a Select Population of High School Athletes,” appears in the December issue of Mayo Clinic Proceedings, and is among the first to look at the use of creatine among users in the 14 to 18 year-old age group.  

Creatine users in this population reported relatively minor side effects, such as: diarrhea, cramps and loss of appetite. Multiple studies have failed to document performance enhancement with creatine supplementation, the authors report.  

Both the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and the National Collegiate Athletic Conference (NCAA) have expressed concern about creatine supplementation practices. Anecdotal reports of muscle cramping, strains, dehydration, gastrointestinal distress, nausea and seizures have emerged, but long-term prospective population-based studies are lacking.  

Creatine use has generally outpaced scientific study and athletes at all levels may feel that it is a “safe” alternative to anabolic steroids. A 1997 survey of NCAA athletes found almost one-third reporting the use of creatine, while the use of creatine by American professional football players has been estimated from 25 to 75 percent.  

“Given the uncertainties regarding effects and side effects of creatine supplementation in the high school population, healthcare professionals should strive to become unbiased sources of information for athletes regarding the use of creatine,” the authors write. The authors also stressed that further study </description>
    <pubDate>2004-10-31T03:13:48-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Creatine-Supplementation-in-High-School-Athletes-25663.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Violence in Sports                                          </title>
    <description>VIOLENCE IN SPORTS “…Steeler running back Rocky Bleier, whose war time experiences, not so oddly, offer some insights. To Bleier, there are interesting parallels between survival in war and survival in the NFL. ‘The experiences with war injuries and football injuries are quite the same,’ he said.” (Casay) The injuries that are accumulated during sports are rapidly increasing to the point that there are injured players on every team in each game that is played. This is especially true in the most physical professional sports, i.e., NFL and the NHL. Most of these injuries are directly related to the increasing violent nature of pro athletes. “`The cost of the aggression -- the punishment -- has to be greater than the benefits,’ said Dr. Brenda Bredemeier, sports psychology consultant at the University of California-Berkley. The latest outbreak of violence occurred in Bredemeier’s back yard, Oakland, where (Latrell) Sprewell attacked Coach P.J. Carlesimo during practice and, according to published reports, threatened to kill him if he wasn’t traded.”(Detroit Press) Pro athletes are committing criminal acts and the law for the most part is letting them get away with crimes. Another case of violence by a pro athlete happened recently. Ray Lewis was initially charged with murder along with two of his friends for an altercation that happened in Atlanta after the Superbowl on January 31, 2000. The three men got into a fight with two other men and killed them. “Lewis pleaded guilty to obstruction of justice and Superior Court Judge Alice D. Bonner sentenced Lewis to 12 months’ probation, the maximum sentence for a first-time offender.”(CNNSI) This case made me think to myself, “Would a man facing murder charges with two of his friends be able to walk a free man with no jail time at all and still be accepted by society?” Pro athletes receive star status by the public and the media, encouraging law enforcement officials to look the other way whenever they break the law. Our judicial system in turn hands out less severe penalties for criminal offences committed by pro athletes than the average criminal offender. Violence in professional sports is seen in the actions of one player against another, but is now rapidly increasing outside of the games to where the players are now being deemed as criminals as well as athletes and tarnishes their image as role models to kids. Athletes in pro sports are </description>
    <pubDate>2004-10-30T23:10:44-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Violence-in-Sports--25651.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Terrorism                                                   </title>
    <description>The 21st century began on September 11, 2001.  In June of 1914, the assassination of Archduke Ferdinand in Sarajevo precipitated the first war that would define the 20th century.  The attacks of September 11 will be the precipitating moment of a new kind of war. The kind of war everyone will be on high alert.  Everyone is the United States of America will come together and help each from this tragedy.  The United States of America now sees a national security threat raised to an unbelievable level.  However, the USA also sees an opportunity to solidify international support and national unity during this time.  International cooperation and national unity will be critical to a sustained war against terrorism, and their prospects for success have never been better.    The attacks on September 11 are just a few of the things that have been attacked.  This is what we call Terrorism. ( www.google.com link// Research Center/Index)  

Terrorism is a special type of violence.  It is a tactic used in peace, conflict and war.  The threat of terrorism is ever present, and an attack is likely to occur when least expected.  A terrorist attack means the event that marks the transition from peace to conflict or war.  The definition of terrorism is “the calculated use of violence or the threat of violence to fear; intended to intimidate governments or societies in the pursuit of goals that are generally political, religious or ideological.”(US command &amp;amp; general staff College) Terrorism is calculated, terrorists generally know what they are doing and their selection of a target is planned and rational.  “I agree with the definition of terrorism, because it can happen when you least not expect it too.”  Terrorism is common practice in insurgencies, but insurgents are not necessarily terrorists if they do not engage in those forms of violence identified as terrorists acts.  While legal distinction is clear, it rarely inhibits terrorists who convince themselves that their actions are justified on a higher law.  In contrast, war is subject to rules of international law.  Terrorists recognize no rules.  No person, place, or object of value is immune from terrorist attacks.    Modern terrorism offers it practitioners many advantages.  First, by not recognizing innocents, terrorists have an infinite number of targets.  </description>
    <pubDate>2004-10-30T16:45:17-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Terrorism--25647.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Ireland                                                     </title>
    <description>Throughout history the Irish have always faced many hardships.  They are people who have faced poverty, war and not many high points.  Throughout the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries the Irish slowly lost more and more power in their own country. 

	The Irish had always had an English influence within the country.  Kildare had been for a long time the head of this influence.  When King Henry declared himself the leader of the Catholic Church, Kildare opposed his decision.  King Henry felt threatened by Kildare because he was afraid that Kildare would become allies with England’s Catholic enemies and he sent for him to come to London.  Kildare’s son, “Silken Thomas” arrived in Dublin on June 11, 1954 and declared Ireland’s revolt against England.  After Sir William and his army knocked down the walls of Maynooth Castle and killed those who survived, “Silken Thomas” was defeated.  “Silken Thomas” was murdered and the power that the Kildares had for many years was put to an end.  

An English governor succeeded Kildares and once again there was an English influence in Ireland.  

	Henry started a lot of the fighting that went on between the Catholics and the Protestants.  He was afraid that the Catholics would one day gain to much control in Ireland and therefore set up programs to deprive the Catholics of some of their basic freedoms.  It was his daughter, however, who set up the system of “plantation.”  Plantation was a system where the Irish would have their land taken away from them and then the English would be planted on the land.  This land was often ancestral land that was past down from generation to generation.  Although Mary I did give the Irish a choice, she allowed them to either give up their land or become tenant farmers on their own land.  This was not much of a choice considering that the land had belonged to them.  A lot of the Irish who were very attached to their land stayed to work for low wages on their own property and become prisoners in their own homes.  In 1571 Mary I’s sister Elizabeth I decided to allot even more land to the Irish and to take away more rights from them.  She outlawed Catholic services and even ordered the execution of many </description>
    <pubDate>2004-10-30T02:14:48-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Ireland--25622.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Eiffel Tower, The                                           </title>
    <description>One of the best-known monuments of France is the Eiffel Tower. The Eiffel tower was built for the International Exhibition of Paris of 1889. It was in commemoration of the century of the French Revolution. There were around 700 proposals submitted for the design of the building. Gustave Eiffel’s tower won unanimously. 

The tower is over 300 meters high including its antenna. This height varies depending on temperature. There are 1652 steps to the top. It also contains 2.5 million rivets, 15,000 iron pieces, and 40 tons of paint. The structure sways up to 12 centimeters in high winds. 

The Eiffel </description>
    <pubDate>2004-10-30T02:01:32-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Eiffel-Tower,-The--25616.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Swastika did NOT originate as a Nazi symbol of hatred   </title>
    <description>The English and German word SWASTIKA is derived from the Sanskrit word: SVASTIKAH, which means 'being fortunate'. The first part of the word, SVASTI-, can be divided into two parts: SU- 'good; well', and -ASTI- 'is'. The -ASTIKAH part just means 'being'. The word is associated with auspicious things in India - - because it means 'auspicious'. 

In India, both clockwise and counterclockwise swastikas were used, with different meanings. Since the swastika is a simple symbol, it has been used, perhaps independently, by many human societies. One of the oldest known swastikas was painted on a paleolithic cave at least 10,000 years ago. 

About 2000 years ago, when Buddhism was brought to China from India, the Chinese also borrowed the swastika and its sense of auspiciousness. In China, the swastika is considered to be a Chinese character with the reading of WAN (in Mandarin). It is also thought to be equivalent to another Chinese character with the same pronunciation, which means 'ten thousand; a large number; all'. 

The swastika symbol has been used for thousands of years among practically every group of humans on the planet. It was known to Germanic tribes as the "Cross of Thor", and it is interesting that the Nazis did not use that term, which is consistent with German history, but instead preferred to "steal" the Indian term "swastika". As the "Cross of Thor", the symbol was even brought to England by Scandinavian settlers in Lincolnshire and Yorkshire, long before Hitler. 

Even more interesting, the sign has been found on Jewish temples from 2000 years ago in Palestine, so Hitler was (inadvertently?) "stealing" a Jewish symbol as well as an Indian one. In the Americas, the swastika was used by Native Americans in North, Central, and South America. 

According to Joe Hofler, who also refers to Dr. Kumbari of the museum of Urimqi in Xinjiang, China, the Indo-Aryans of the Germanic branch traveled into Europe around 2000 BC and brought with them the"svastika" symbol (sun disk) of their religious art at that time as shown by excavations of Kurgan graves on the steppes of Russia and Indo-Aryan graves in Xinjiang, China.

If you look at the outer circle of the Falun Dafa symbol, you will see that there are 4 swastikas (of Buddhas' School origin) and 4 Taiji, or Yin-Yang, symbols (of Taoist origin). The Taiji are not black and white, as those colors are a </description>
    <pubDate>2004-07-12T22:19:05-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Swastika-did-NOT-originate-as-a-Nazi-symbol-of-hatred-25553.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Where did the Yo-Yo Originate?                              </title>
    <description>Yo! Man! Know where the yo-yo comes from? No, I am not asking you to name the local toy store. Sorry, let me rephrase it. Gimme its history, guys. You thought the yo-yo was created by Donald Duncan, huh? Forget it! The yo-yo is nearly a millennium old! 

So, it wasn't called the yo-yo then. But for want of a better name let's stick to calling it the yo-yo, okay? Kids all over the world have played with a similar toy. It is believed that the yo-yo originated in China. Ancient Greek kids (500 BC) played with a little spool-like toy and archaeologists have found samples in many other countries including Egypt. 

 What was it like? Early yo-yos were made of wood, metal or even terracotta and decorated with paints. It consists of two discs connected by a small rod between the discs. A piece of string was tied to this rod and the other end was tied to a finger. The disks were rolled up on this string and when released the disk ran up and down this piece of string! 

As simple as that. From China the yo-yo moved to Europe. A 1789 painting of French king Louis XVII shows the four-year-old playing with the toy. Guess what they called it?- 'incroyable' and 'l'emigrette'. By 1791, it spread through to Britain. Here it was called by a French word 'bandalore' don't ask me why! It was called plain and simple 'disc' in Greece. 

It was in the Philippines that the yo-yo came to be called yo-yo! A yo-yo means 'comeback' which is what the toy does. In 1920, a smart Filipino, Pedro Flores, found that if he spent a few millions manufacturing this toy, millions would come back through sales. So he moved to the United States and in 1928 began a yo-yo company in California. 

His yo-yos were unique as they were the first yo-yos that did not have the string tied to the axle. Instead, the string was looped around the axle, allowing the yo-yo to spin or 'sleep' at the end of the string permitting the yo-yo to do an infinite number of tricks. 

In 1929, Flores sold the rights of the yoyo to another smart man, Donald F. Duncan Sr., American businessman and the inventor of the parking meter and the Eskimo Pie ice-cream. 

Duncan tentatively called it the 'O-Boy Yo-yo Top'. The </description>
    <pubDate>2004-07-12T22:09:10-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Where-did-the-Yo-Yo-Originate-25550.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>A Line in the Sand Political - Egyptian Horses              </title>
    <description>If you are interested in Arabian Horses, and especially in Straight Egyptian bloodlines, a journey to Egypt is a “must“ in your life. It also should include a date in the Egyptian state stud farm, El Zah-raa.  You will also find interesting horses in the private stud farms. The interest of private breeders in Egyptian horses has increased greatly in the past ten years. There were just a handful breeders in the seventies, but today there are more than a hundred private stud farms.  These farms are members  of “The Egyptian Arabian Breeders Association,” an organization set apart from the government controlled breeding programs. 

With the increasing interest, new people became interested in breeding and brought new ideas. The Egyptian breeders became more open for foreign influence. Arabian horses from foreign countries, especially from the USA, were imported.  Omar Sakr was the first breeder in Egypt to import foreign bred, Egyptian Arabians, in the nineties.  His beautiful mare AK Nouasha (Ansata Abbas Pasha x AK Nouara) – Supreme Champion at the Egyptian National Show in 1993 - is unforgotten.  On one side, her win caused a discussion about a mare winning against a stallion, on the other side, this mare came from a foreign country.  This was just the start of a nearly endless discussion about the pro’s and con’s of Re-Imports. 

Although born on foreign soil, the Egyptian breeders imported only horses of Straight Egyptian bloodlines. There ancestries came directly from Egypt. This is a difference to many other eastern countries like Qatar, Kuwait, Saudi-Arabia, U.A.E.  It seems that the breeders in these countries are seeking show-horses regardless of pedigree. 

Private Breeding Farms Dot the Deserts Edge. 

In Egypt the people set great store by keeping a cultural heritage and they understand their Straight Egyptian horses as a part of their cultural heritage. But it is not only necessary to keep this heritage but to improve it, too. And if imported horses contribute to this aim, why not? The breeders who import Straight Egyptians of excellent quality from abroad are working in the best tradition of the Royal Agricultural Society (RAS). The RAS bought several horses from the English Lady Wentworth in 1920. Among them were horses who traced back to the well known Egyptian stud farms of Abbas Pasha and Ali Pasha Sherif. But within this group were horses with </description>
    <pubDate>2004-07-07T04:19:46-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/A-Line-in-the-Sand-Political-Egyptian-Horses-25542.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Describe the Role and Power of Magistrates                  </title>
    <description>There are some 30,374 lay magistrates in England and Wales, 15,858 men and 14,516 women, appointed by the Lord Chancellor or the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster, in the name of the Crown. Magistrates are ordinary members of the community who sit in the Magistrates' Courts and who dispense justice at the lowest level of the English court system. They are unpaid for what they do and therefore are not servants of the Crown. This supports their position of impartiality between the Crown and the public whom they serve. English lay magistrates are not learned in the law - they do not hold legal qualifications, nor have they formally studied law to any level other than that which they may have done at school. There may be some exceptions - there are legal professionals who are also lay magistrates - but the vast majorities are just ordinary members of the public. They do, however, undergo a vast amount of training so that they can perform their judicial functions correctly and within the law. There are three Magistrates (also known as justices of peace) who make decisions in court. Only one magistrate has very limited powers e.g. warrants. Magistrates take part in summery trials, committal proceedings, and ancillary matters e.g. issuing warrants, bail applications, and youth court and family court. Cases heard in the Magistrates' Court are termed summary cases and are, supposedly, to be dealt with quickly with summary justice. These tend to be the simple, petty crimes of everyday existence. The Magistrates' Court used to be known as Petty Sessions. For more serious crimes the accused is charged on indictment and sent to the Crown Court to be tried there. In between summary and indictable offences there are a whole range of offences that are termed either-way offences. These are offences that vary in their seriousness. The best example of an either-way offence is theft. These offences can either be tried summarily by the magistrates or sent up to the Crown Court. The process of deciding where an either-way offence will be heard starts with what is known as Plea Before Venue. The accused is asked to indicate whether he will plead guilty or not guilty. If he indicates he will plead guilty, then the magistrates immediately accept the case and try it as if it were from the start a summary offence. There then follows what is </description>
    <pubDate>2004-07-05T22:59:20-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Describe-the-Role-and-Power-of-Magistrates-25532.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Causes of Gangs in the United States                        </title>
    <description>Gangs are a violent reality that people have to deal with in today's cities. What has made these groups come about? Why do kids feel that being in a gang is both an acceptable and prestigious way to live? The long range answer to these questions can only be speculated upon, but in the short term the answers are much easier to find. On the surface, gangs are a direct result of human beings' personal wants and peer pressure. To determine how to effectively end gang violence we must find the way that these morals are given to the individual. Unfortunately, these can only be hypothesized. However, by looking at the way humans are influenced in society, I believe there is good evidence to point the blame at several institutions. These include the forces of the media, the government, theatre, drugs and our economic system.

On the surface, gangs are caused by peer pressure and greed. Many teens in gangs will pressure peers into becoming part of a gang by making it all sound glamorous. Money is also an crucial factor. A kid (a 6-10 year old, who is not yet a member) is shown that s/he could make $200 to $400 for small part time gang jobs. Although these are important factors they are not strong enough to make kids do things that are strongly against their morals.

One of the ways that kids morals are bent so that gang violence becomes more acceptable is the influence of television and movies. The average child spends more time at a TV than she/he spends in a classroom. Since nobody can completely turn off their minds, kids must be learning something while watching the TV. Very few hours of television watched by children are educational, so other ideas are being absorbed during this period of time. Many shows on television today are extremely violent and are often shown this from a gang's perspective. A normal adult can see that this is showing how foully that gangs are living. However, to a child this portrays a violent gang existance as acceptable. 'The Ends Justifies the Means' mentality is also taught through many shows where the "goody guy" captures the "bad guy" through violence and is then being commended. A young child sees this a perfectly acceptable because he knows that the "bad guy" was wrong but has no idea of what acceptable apprehension techniques </description>
    <pubDate>2004-07-05T09:32:17-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Causes-of-Gangs-in-the-United-States-25342.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Nile River in Shaping Egyptian Life                     </title>
    <description>The Nile, is the longest river in the world, and is located in northeastern Africa. Its principal source is Lake Victoria, in east central Africa. The Nile flows north through Uganda, Sudan, and Egypt to the Mediterranean Sea, with a total distance of 5584 km. From its remotest headstream in Burundi, the river is 6671 km long. The river basin covers an area of more than 3,349,000 sq km. Not only is the Nile considered a wonder by Herodotus, but by people all over the world, due to its impotance to the growth of a civilization.

The first great African civilization developed in the northern Nile Valley in about 5000 BC. Dependent on agriculture, this state, called Egypt, relied on the flooding of the Nile for irrigation and new soils. It dominated vast areas of northeastern Africa for millennia. Ruled by Egypt for about 1800 years, the Kush region of northern Sudan subjugated Egypt in the 8th century BC. Pyramids, temples, and other monuments of these civilizations blanket the river valley in Egypt and northern Sudan.

To Egypt, the Nile is seen as the fountain of life. Every year, between the months of June and October, the great rivers of the Nile rush north, and flood the highlands of Etiopia. The flooding surges of the land, and leaves behind water for the people, and fertile land, which can be used for agriculture. The impact the Nile has on Egypt during the ancient times and present are consierably apparent. The influence the Nile has is so extensive, that even the speech is transposed. For example, "To go north" in the Egyption language is the same as, "to go down stream"; "to go south" the same as "to go upstream." Also, the term for a "foreign country" in Egypt would be used as "highland" or "desert", because the only mountains or deserts would be far away, and foreign to them. The Nile certainly had an exceptional influence on Egypts, both lifestyle and thinking.

The Nile also forced a change on the political system and ruling in Egypt. Because of the vast floods every year, the country needed a ruler that was capable of enforcing of the farmings and methods used. Such as the hoarding of the water and the stocking of the food harvested. Second, only a stongly cetralized administration could manafe the economy properly. To Egypts benefit, they lived in a fairly isolated area, </description>
    <pubDate>2004-07-05T09:28:01-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Nile-River-in-Shaping-Egyptian-Life-25336.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Brazil: Country Profile Essay                               </title>
    <description>The name Brazil comes from Pau Brasil. There are around 145 million people living in Brazil, most of them near the coast. The population is growing rapidly and half of all Brazilians are under the age of 20. By the end of the century, it is estimated that Brazil's population will have reached 180 million. Brazil borders on ten other Latin American countries. Most of the northern part of Brazil is low-lying and veined by the mighty Amazon River and its tributaries. The Amazon is the largest river in the world. The native peoples of Brazil lived in the forests and along the rivers, hunting, fishing, and gathering fruits and nuts. When the Portuguese arrived early in the 16th century, it is estimated that there were between 1 and 2 million native Amerindian people. They were used as slaves, and many thousands died from diseases brought by the Europeans. Recently Amerindians have been exploited and killed as land speculators and highways go farther into the rain forest. There are probably less than 150,000 Indians now.

Portuguese settlers developed vast sugarcane estates in the Bahia region, and for 150 years these estates were in the world's main source of sugar. To work the estates, the owners used salves from Africa. Today there is still an African tradition in Brazil.

Modern immigration began early in the 19th century. Only about 4.5 million foreigners, mostly from Europe, settled in Brazil after then. Most were Italians and Portuguese, but there were also Spaniards and Germans, and later Slavs from Poland, Russia, and the Ukraine, and Arabs from the Middle East. In this century the most significant immigrants have been Japanese. They have become the most prosperous ethnic group in Brazil, growing a fifth of the coffee, a third of the cotton, and all the tea. Traditionally the majority of Brazilians settled near the coast, but in the last 30 years the rapid movement from rural areas to urban centers has led to a very uneven distribution of the population. In parts of the interior there is an average of just two people per square mile. More than 75 percent of the people live in towns. Half of these are in just two cities. Sao Paulo and Rio de Janeiro.

People have moved from rural areas to the towns to seek work and better medical and educational facilities for their families. But the reality has been very different. </description>
    <pubDate>2004-07-05T09:27:21-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Brazil-Country-Profile-Essay-25335.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Lost Art of the Essay                                   </title>
    <description>What is an essay? Based on the current consensus of dictionary definitions and my own ongoing literary experiences, I would feel comfortable defining an essay as an analytical, interpretative, or occassionally informal literary composition, usually of a concise length though sometimes longer, which engages in a given topic often for the purpose of advancing an author's thesis or point of view to her or his audience. Essays can be formal, informal, satirical, even poetic. Literature's evolution has enabled the essay to accommodate the demands of the ages and assume the broadest or narrowest of subjects. Despite its past and present success, the essay is still one of the most underestimated, under-celebrated modes of human expression. Plainly put, our appreciation of the essay is not, this author believes, where it could or should be. 
The essay sprouted from the simple needs of advancing ideas. Like any plant it grew taller and many branches, and the essay is a tree today in the forest of literature, one with strong, deep roots in the history of human expression. Many among us take solace in its shade or nurture it through writing and reading essays. It is of such enduring fiber that the essay will subsist indefinitely. Yet, with such a rich and vibrant forest of plants and creatures, the essay often blends into the background--partly due to its natural adaption to the environment of texts and critics across history, partly due to the sheer number of texts in existence today, and partly due to a lack of capable discernment on our part as students of literature. Our need to understand the essay is only exceeded by the form's own need to defy set definitions. 

Aside from all the scholastics that have dominated the essay form, there has still yet to arise a universal essay model that can at once typify the form for literary taxonomy and provide a clear example to future students as to what constitutes an essay. This is, I suggest, by genetic design and is a major reason why essays have out-survived countless other literary forms. It is this organic sense of composition and mutative capability that allows the essay form to survive another generation. In fact, while no two critics will agree as to the specific characteristics of the "ideal essay," this is (to the literary taxonomist's dismay) a very good thing indeed, as it allows the essay to </description>
    <pubDate>2004-07-05T04:15:47-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Lost-Art-of-the-Essay-25287.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Acupuncture as an Alternative Medicine in Western Culture   </title>
    <description>Acupuncture as an Alternative Medicine in Western Society

Alternative medicine is a very general term whose definition can be very controversial. Basically, it is many holistic techniques for preventing and treating illnesses. Acupuncture, and many other therapies, have long been a part of Asian cultures and have recently been integrated into the Western culture. Since Acupuncture is such an important tradition in China, it has gained much respect from other cultures.

Acupuncture is a strong component in China, and can be traced to their health care system for at least 2,500 years. The procedure involves inserting hair-thin steel surgical needles into specific points in the body which are supposed to make you feel better, and be healthier. This is only the technical aspect though. To understand the "art" of this procedure, you must have a background on Chinese medicine. How it works is this: health is achieved though the balance of the opposing forces between "yin" (spirit), and "yang" (blood). The attraction between them creates an energy called "Qi" (pronounced chee). This energy flows to all parts of the body through channels which are known as "meridians" (pathways that  run along the surface of the body and branch into the body's interior). An imbalance in these forces is what is believed to cause illness and disease. When needles are placed on the acupuncture points along the meridians, balance, and hence, health is restored. There are several styles of acupuncture, the differences being how the acupuncture points are stimulated (be it by hand pressure, electrical impulse, ultrasound, or wavelengths of light).

Acupuncture was introduced to American doctors by Sir William Osler, who is often called the father of modern medicine. In a classic medical textbook written more than a century ago, he said, "For lumbago, acupuncture is, in acute cases, the most efficient treatment." The first time acupuncture really got notice wasn't until 1972. James Reston, a New York Times correspondent, was assigned to cover President Nixon's now historic trip to China. During his stay, Reston had to have an emergency appendectomy, and was treated with acupuncture for the postoperative pain he had to endure. The report of his experience with acupuncture caught the interest of many American doctors who wanted to see how the Chinese used acupuncture as an anesthetic. Many non-physicians went to train overseas or with acupuncturists who had been silently practicing in the States, in many Asian communities. These </description>
    <pubDate>2004-07-04T08:37:35-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Acupuncture-as-an-Alternative-Medicine-in-Western-Culture-25237.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>School Violence: An Analysis                                </title>
    <description>School Violence

The problem we are facing today with violence in the schools is a major concern with communities everywhere.  Juvenile homicide is twice as common today as it was in the mid 1980's.  It isn't the brain that the kids are born with that has changed in half a generation; what has changed though is the easy access to guns and the glorification of revenge in real life and in entertainment.  Crime in and around schools is threatening the well being of students, as well as the staff and surrounding communities.  It also affects the learning and student achievements.

Violence is found more in public schools rather than Catholic schools.  Most Catholic schools have less tolerance and are a better teaching environment.  It is said that uniforms help to keep more peace in the school.  The students don't get made fun of for not wearing the "in look" or name brand clothing.  Making fun of, or laughing at other students contribute to low self-esteem, which is one characteristic of a student who brings violence in the schools.

In 1997, more than 1/2 of the schools reported at least one crime incident.  Also, in 1997 one out of ten schools reported at least on serious violent crime.  Ten percent of all public schools have experienced one or more serious violent crimes, such as, murder, rape, suicide, sexual battery, and physical attack of fighting with a weapon or robbery.

Crime and violence seem to be more of a problem in high schools and middle schools rather than elementary schools.  In 1997 45% of elementary schools reported on or more acts of violence, middle schools reported 74% and high schools 75%.

One of the goals of the National Education Goals was that by the year 2000, all schools in America will be free of drugs, alcohol, violence and the presence of firearms by unauthorized personnel.  The also wanted a disciplined environment that is acceptable for learning.  This goal has obviously not been reached yet.

The crimes that are occurring the most in schools are vandalism, theft/larceny, physical attacks or fighting without a weapon.  The report of physical attack or fighting with a weapon was calculated as 6%.  Even though weapons related crime is not as high of a percentage as everything else, it is still one of the biggest and must be eliminated. </description>
    <pubDate>2004-06-26T18:24:18-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/School-Violence-An-Analysis-25187.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Sigurd the Volsung - Northern Europe Hero                   </title>
    <description>Sigurd the Volsung, a legendary hero from Northern Europe, shares many similarities and also has several differences with Theseus, a hero of Greek origin. The two different cultures are also alike and different in a glut of ways. 
	
The heroic tales of Sigurd the Volsung, and Theseus contain many similarities culturally as well as physically.  Sigurd is destined for greatness at a young age, for his veins swam with the blood of Sigmund, the noble and courageous King of Hunland. Similarly, when Theseus lifts an enormous boulder to retrieve his father’s sword, at the young age of sixteen, he is quickly labeled a hero. Sigurd and Theseus also share a preeminent desire to gain fame, treasure, and heroism through great deeds. Immediately after learning of Fafnir the dragon, and the hoard of gold he posses, Sigurd is determined to attain this wealth, no matter how ferocious and powerful the beast is. Theseus too shares this determination for success and immortality. During his stay with his father, Aegeus, in the city of Athens, Theseus offers to accompany those who must be sacrificed to the Minotaur of Crete; for he believes he can defeat the terrorizing monster. The cultures in Northern Europe and Greece tend to involve supernatural creatures that must be overcome by a dauntless hero. Sigurd was a towering man, with unbeatable strength, astuteness, and agility; he defeats Fafnir to obtain his notoriety. In Theseus’ quest for glory, he overcomes the Minotaur of Crete, using his wit and strength. 
	
The cultures from which Sigurd and Theseus originate from differ in several ways, and their character qualities are unlike as well. Theseus demonstrates greater courage, for he seeks danger by volunteering to travel to Crete, in hopes of slaying the vicious Minotaur to attain fame. Sigurd, on the other hand, needs decisive convincing by Regin, before he dares confront Fafnir. In several instances, the omnipotent god Odin advises Sigurd. Odin saves Sigurd from his sure to be demise, by telling him that he should dig several holes to contain Fafnir’s blood rather than a single hole; for if he doesn’t, he will drown from the dragon’s immense dispersion of blood. On the contrary, Ariadne, a simple human being, guides Theseus during his mission to rid the world of the Minotaur of Crete. She helped him by giving him a magic sword and a ball of thread so that he could </description>
    <pubDate>2004-06-19T01:57:36-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Sigurd-the-Volsung-Northern-Europe-Hero-25177.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The Art of Streetball                                       </title>
    <description>The Art of Streetball

Street basketball, the back-bone of what basketball stands for today. "Streetball is more than just a game, it's a glimpse of heaven on earth." For those of you who don't know what streetball is all about, there is no word to describe what you're missing out on. It's all about freedom. Streetball is the most open-minded and free flowing game in the world. It gives kids, teenagers and adults the opportunity to test their creativity, stretch their limits and boundaries, and most importantly, lets them be themselves on the court without being told what to do. "Streetball is definately about respect," said Shane from the AND1 team. "This is Respect, this is tradition, and this is what I stand for," said Hannibal, court announcer from Rucker Park. "Without respect for the game, there is no game." -said a streetball league player.

The rules for streetball are simple. There are no set rules, the only rule is to respect the game. Meaning you must respect foul calls or non-foul calls when they are made. Those players who have a weak game and can't rely on their talent and willpower to win, they tend to make bad foul calls which earns them disrespect on and off the court. Disrespecting the free flowing streetball style is disrespecting the game. Fouls, travelling, double-dribble and out of bounds are usually not a big issue when it comes to pick-up basketball. The game relies more on earning the ball instead of saying, "Your toe was out of bounds, my ball." It's all about earning the ball, playing good D, pulling down a board or making a big block. Defense is your only weapon to getting the ball back. On Offense you are in total control of what happens next. There's no coach saying pass and screen away, there's no player saying you ain't meant to be handling the rock and there's no clock saying you got 24 seconds to do something. It's all about freedom right here. You make the next move, left, right, pass or shoot. This is what gives the strugglers the opportunity to achieve, the quiet players become out spoken players and the weak players become the strong players. 

Streetball and basketball are two different games. Basketball is organised by referees, rules and boundaries kids must abide by. Where as streetball is almost the opposite. Streetball lets players test their creativity </description>
    <pubDate>2004-06-13T00:19:28-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-Art-of-Streetball-25165.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Argentina Essay                                             </title>
    <description>Argentina Essay

Argentina is the 8th largest country in the world. "The first people in Argentina were the Indians of the Americas. They were thought to have descended from Asia, crossing the Bering Strait from Siberia in prehistoric times" (Gofen, p.17). "The first Spaniard to land in Argentina was explorer Juan Diaz de Solis in 1516. He sailed into the Rio de la Plata estuary and claimed the land for Spain"(Argentina, p.1).

Argentineans enjoy a climate that favors outdoor activities throughout the year. They camp, hunt, fish, hike, rock climb, ski, sail, windsurf, cycle, tennis, and golf. They take seaside vacations on the Atlantic coast and inland vacations in resort areas such as Bariloche.  They also like all team sports, there most favorite being soccer, known as futbol. The English brought this game to Argentina in the last century. Among national teams, a passionate rivalry exists between Argentina and Brazil. More than 100,000 fans will turn to watch a game between the two countries.

Vegetation varies greatly throughout the country. The scrublands produce mainly dwarf shrubs, while the rainforests support giant cedar and laurel trees. Quebracho trees, from which tannin extracted, are native to Mesopotamia. The wildlife is typically South American, with llamas, monkeys, jaguars, armadillos and many snakes. Bird life includes toucans, hummingbirds, parrots and the ostrich-like rheas. Fish, including piranhas, abound in the many streams, and there are sea lions off the coast. Pigs, introduced by European settlers, are to be found wild in Patagonia. 

Argentina is alive with festivals, or fiestas. Their colorful processions brighten the landscape from one end of the country to the other. Many different groups of people express their artistic, musical, and culinary creativity through festival celebrations. Argentinean festivals reflect the spiritual traditions of both native Indian religions and Christianity. Festivals and holidays may involve religious pilgrimages, feasts, parades, dancing and even gaucho competitions on horseback. Most of the competitors in gaucho events are descendants of gauchos. They use traditional old costumes and saddles for the contest.

Carnival occurs at the same time as similar celebrations among Roman Catholics all over the world, including the Mardi Gras in the United States. The celebration of Carnival in Argentina is especially vigorous in the northern part of the country. Business comes to a halt as costumed Argentineans dance in the streets. Carnival festivities usually begin on the weekend before Ash Wednesday, which most often falls in February. The </description>
    <pubDate>2004-06-10T05:10:40-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Argentina-Essay--25111.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Barbados                                                    </title>
    <description>Barbados is an independent country, formerly a British colony, and the most easterly island of the West Indies. Its capital and only port of entry is Bridgetown.

The island is underlain with folded sedimentary deposits, and a surface layer of coral attains 90 m (300 ft) in thickness. In the northeastern parts, erosion has exposed rugged ridges and ravines. The climate is warm and pleasant. The average annual temperature is about 27¡ C (80¡ F), and little daily or annual variation occurs. A dry season (from December to May) alternates with a wet season. The average annual rainfall is about 1,500 mm (60 in).

Barbados is one of the world's most densely populated countries. Nearly 90% of the island's population is black.

The production of sugarcane and its by-products, molasses and rum, long a mainstay of the Barbadian economy, has been replaced by tourism as the chief industry. The development of light industry, offshore banking, and fishing and the diversification of agriculture have been encouraged by the government.

Barbados was settled by English colonists in 1627. To work the sugarcane plantations, slaves were brought from Africa, a practice abolished throughout the British Empire in 1834. Dominance by a small group of British landowners continued, and a political rights movement began, resulting in the founding of the Barbados Labour party (BLP) in 1938 and an offshoot, the Democratic Labour party (DLP), in 1955. Barbados became independent on Nov. 30, 1966. Errol Barrow of the DLP, the first premier, was succeeded by Tom Adams of the BLP, who held office from 1976 until his death in 1985. The DLP returned to power under Barrow (1986Ð87) and Lloyd Erskine Sandiford (1987Ð94). Owen Arthur of the BLP became premier after elections in 1994 and was returned to office in a landslide victory in 1999.

In 1997, Barbados hosted a regional summit attended by the leaders of the English-speaking Caribbean nations and U.S. president Bill Clinton. Late the following year, a constitutional commission recommended that Barbados become a republic and replace the British monarch with an elected president as head of state.


Bibliography: Beckles, H. M., A History of Barbados (1990); Butler, K. M., The Economics of Emancipation: Jamaica and Barbados, 1823Ð1843 (1995); Davis, K., Cross and Crown in Barbados (1983); Levy, C., Emancipation, Sugar, and Federalism (1980); Payne, A. J., and Sutton, P. K., eds., Dependency under Challenge: The Political Economy of the Commonwealth Caribbean (1984); Richardson, B. C., and </description>
    <pubDate>2004-06-10T04:56:34-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Barbados--25106.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>The American Dream                                          </title>
    <description>From the birth of America, to America today, the driving force and the heart of America has always been the “American Dream.” The  “American Dream” is a goal for the majority of people who live in the realms of the Americanized world. I believe that the “American Dream” is controlling my own destiny, becoming successful, and living free. Examples of this dream are things like television, automobiles, supermarkets, malls, Internet, planes, trains, etc. The “American Dream” is success, freedom, and being able to control your own destiny. 

	Becoming successful has been the dreams of many people of the past and present and I think that it is one the most important things that a person must accomplish. Anyone and everyone can develop into a successful person, permitting that the person believes in the dream. Like an old English teacher once told me, “Success is a journey not a destination” and the “American Dream” supports this quote. There is no limit to what you can accomplish in America and becoming successful is part of the ultimate dream.

	The ability to be free made this country into the melting pot it is today and that ability still brings many immigrants who believe in the “American Dream” to the country. Today freedom is often overlooked because all of us are use to it, but in many countries freedom is just the “American Dream”. The ability to say what we feel and protest injustice is imperative and should not be overlook as part of the “American Dream”. Freedom is a reality because people believe in the “American Dream”.

	Controlling one’s own destiny is the last essential part of the  “American Dream”. Like freedom, this significant part is often disregarded as not being part of the dream, but it should be recognized because it is rare in the world. In most countries a person is told by the government what they will become or are born into a cast system where they are stuck there till death. In America we could be born into a low-income family and excel to great fortunes, but the system also works the other way. The “American Dream” allow people to control their own destiny. 

The “American Dream” is success, freedom, and being able to control your own destiny. We may complain about the economy. We may complain about our government or our President but in how many other countries </description>
    <pubDate>2004-06-10T04:55:21-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/The-American-Dream--25104.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Dorm Live vs. Home Life                                     </title>
    <description>Last month in our country, thousands of eighteen year olds flocked and migrated to a location where they could finally escape the stress of parents, siblings and their very own house and neighborhood. For the majority of the students, the move was indeed a success, an enjoyment, and otherwise a great new place to call home. There are some teens however, who are finding the new life in college to be struggle, and for some, an unejoyable event. In this essay, I will compare and contrast the views and opinions on life in the dorm versus life back home.

	To begin, I would like to state my own opinion on dorm life. I find that life at college is by far, better than life at home. Parents, jobs, and siblings are never a problem here for me, and I find it very relaxing. Tons of kids my age live within footsteps of me, and I find myself getting along quite well. No one is here to tell me what to do, where to go, where not to go, or anything like that. I don’t have to make my bed, or even match anymore. Its great! Personally, I find college dorm life better than life at home.

	There are many kids who agree with me. Students find that there are more people to associate with, and more parties to go to. There is never a curfew, and never parental guidance. Total independence is what makes life here so much easier. The pressure from parents urging studying is by far very annoying, and who wants to do chores? Money is sent in the mail, meals ( in which I will thoroughly comment on some other time ) are free, and everything is within walking distance. It really does sound strange to hear people complaining about living at school.

	You depend on your parents at home, more so than you do now. But what I found out is that your parents still supply you with everything, so you really get the best of both worlds. Parents can be a huge bothersome at home when they become too intrusive in your life. They want to control everything. At college, your parents don’t have the ability to pry open your life and invade your personal space. They still, however, play a role as the supplier. They take a sort of nuetral position, and seem to be very easily </description>
    <pubDate>2004-06-10T04:51:14-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Dorm-Live-vs_-Home-Life--25101.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Assiduous College Athletes                                  </title>
    <description>Not many people know the onus of being a student athlete in college. This burden set on them has caused the graduation rate of scholarship players to average at about fifty percent from 1995 to 1998. In order to be eligible to play, the athletes must be full-time students , which means taking at least twelve units a semester. Because these athletes are taking so many classes, they must make time for a considerable amount of studying and homework. Then add up the amount of practice their sport requires and I doubt they will find a second to rest. Student athletes are the hardest working students in college.

	Most student athletes have a demanding and rigorous schedule. This is partly because of the required twelve units minimum a semester to qualify as a full-time student. Without the full-time student status, they would be ineligible to play sports.  That means at least three hours a day                    of courses on average.  My schedule is similar to this, in that I am taking fourteen units this semester.  It averages out to about three and a half hours of class a day.  Scheduling the class times can also be a burden.  It took my friend, Chris Carter, who plays baseball for Chapman University, two weeks to plan his class schedule around his job and his training.  An athlete cannot have class on Fridays because some games occur on Fridays.  Therefore,  it makes it even harder to plan.  My physical therapist, Jim Hairston, is a teacher at Chapman University and he said that many of his students who play sports have a harder time staying awake because of lack of sleep.  These could all attribute to the recent fall in the graduation rate.

	Another conundrum student athletes must face is finding time for studying and homework.  With classes half the day and training the other half, that leaves the night for studying.  Most athletes do not get started until about eight o’clock because of late practices.  

Mr. Reames, a teacher at Foothill High School, said that we should expect to spend about four hours a night studying , and that does not include homework.  Even if the athlete had only two hours of homework </description>
    <pubDate>2004-06-10T04:50:06-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Assiduous-College-Athletes--25099.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>America's Court System                                      </title>
    <description>Federal Court

The jurisdiction of the federal courts is defined in Article III, Section 2, of the Constitution, as extending in law and equity to all cases arising under the Constitution and federal legislation; to controversies to which the U.S. shall be a party, including those arising from treaties with other governments; to admiralty and maritime cases; to controversies between states; to controversies between a state, or its citizens, and foreign governments or their subjects; and to controversies between the citizens of one state and citizens of another state. The federal courts were also originally invested with jurisdiction over controversies between citizens of one state and the government of another state; the 11th Amendment (ratified February 7, 1795), however, removed from federal jurisdiction those cases in which the citizens of one state were plaintiffs and the government of another state was the defendant. The amendment did not disturb the jurisdiction of the federal courts in cases in which a state government is a plaintiff and a citizen of another state, the defendant. Federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction in patent and copyright cases; and by congressional enactment in 1898, federal courts were vested with original jurisdiction in bankruptcy cases.

The courts established under the powers granted by Article III, Sections 1 and 2, of the Constitution are known as constitutional courts. Judges of constitutional courts are appointed for life by the president with the approval of the Senate. These courts are the district courts, tribunals of general original jurisdiction; the courts of appeals (before 1948, circuit courts of appeals), exercising appellate jurisdiction over the district courts; and the Supreme Court. 	A district court functions in each of the more than 90 federal judicial districts and in the District of Columbia. A court of appeals functions in each of the 11 federal judicial circuits and in the District of Columbia; there is also a more specialized court with nationwide jurisdiction known as the court of appeals for the federal circuit. The federal district court and the court of appeals of the District of Columbia perform functions discharged in the states by state courts. All lower federal courts operate under uniform rules of procedure promulgated by the Supreme Court.

The Supreme Court is the highest appellate tribunal in the country and is a court of original jurisdiction according to the Constitution “in all cases affecting Ambassadors, other public ministers and Consuls, and those in which a </description>
    <pubDate>2004-06-10T04:41:27-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/America-s-Court-System-25096.aspx</link>
  </item>
  <item>
    <title>Dyslexia and the Phonological Model                         </title>
    <description>Over one hundred years ago, in November 1896, a doctor in Sussex, England, published the first description of the learning disorder that would come to be known as developmental dyslexia.  "Percy F.,... aged 14,... has always been a bright and intelligent boy," wrote W. Pringle Morgan in the "British Medical Journal," "quick at games, and in no way inferior to others of his age. His great difficulty has been--and is now--his inability to learn to read.”  (Sec 3)  

In that brief introduction, Morgan captured the illness that has intrigued and frustrated scientists for a century.  In 2000 as in 1896, reading ability is taken as a substitute for intelligence; most people assume that if someone is smart, motivated and schooled, he or she will learn to read. But the experience of millions of dyslexics, like Percy F., has shown that assumption to be false.  In dyslexia, the relation between intelligence and reading ability breaks down. 

Early explanations of dyslexia in the 1920s, held that defects in the visual system were to blame for the reversals of letters and words thought to typify dyslexic reading.  Eye training was often prescribed to overcome these alleged visual defects. Later research has shown, however, that children with dyslexia are not unusually prone to reversing letters or words and that the deficit responsible for the disorder is related to the language system.  In particular, dyslexia reflects a deficiency in the processing of the distinctive linguistic units, called phonemes that make up all spoken and written words. Current linguistic models of reading and dyslexia now provide an explanation of why some very intelligent people have trouble learning to read and performing other language-related tasks. 

Over the past twenty years, a consistent model of dyslexia has emerged that is based on phonological processing.  The phonological model is consistent both with the clinical symptoms of dyslexia and with what neuroscientists know about brain organization and function. To understand how the phonological model works, one first has to consider the way in which language is processed in the brain.  Researchers theorize the language system as a hierarchical series of modules or components, each devoted to a particular aspect of language. At the upper levels of the hierarchy are components involved with semantics (vocabulary or word meaning), syntax (grammatical structure) and discourse (connected sentences). At the lowest level of the hierarchy </description>
    <pubDate>2004-06-10T04:16:47-04:00</pubDate>
    <link>http://75.150.148.189/free-essay/Dyslexia-and-the-Phonological-Model-25091.aspx</link>
  </item>
</channel></rss>